Skip to content

An Interview with Nabina Maharjan — Secretary/Youth Advisor, Society for Humanism Nepal

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/14

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Any family background in humanism?

Nabina Maharjan: Most of my family members are Hindu and Buddhist. But at one point, they went beyond religion. I could say they made decisions towards something like humanism. There are lots of non-believer beliefs that family members in my generation ignore.

Jacobsen: What was the moment of humanist awakening for you?

Maharjan: Nepal is also known as religious country. My family also religious and in our community, religious activities teaches from childhood. Whether its worship a concept of God or goddess or believing in it. I was also religious during my childhood days. After my higher education, I started working. During my working time I met many people, I try to being socialize. When I was thinking about life and during social activities, I use my logic. Most of time, I feel awkward and uncomfortable being doing religious work or such unbelief matters. I feel that I am attracting people to show what I am doing, which I do not like. I always try to find an answer behind ‘No’. Which made my family and other irritate, I believe in every No there is an answer.

Later I am involved in Society for Humanism (SOCH) Nepal. I read about humanism, its principles and philosophy. It is very new and hot cake for me at that time. Slowly I realise internally all those feeling that I have is called humanism and somewhere I have humanism. Specially headed in mind the word Human and we all human are equal .Where I don’t have to be a Human Right activist, any humanitarian and any social workers because it’s all in Humanism. If I said about inspired in Humanism, its scientific and critical thinking, its value and philosophies.

Jacobsen: As the secretary/youth advisor for the Society for Humanism Nepal, what tasks and responsibilities come with this position? How do you build a support base?

Maharjan: Since the establishment of SOCH Nepal, I was there and coordinating activities of SOCH. Being involved in SOCH and boosting the SOCH mission, vision and goals, I never realise my designation to work. I feel like it’s my organization, that showed me the way of living and clear my vision. If I really need to talk about being the secretary, my tasks and responsibilities are calling meeting, taking minutes, and updating all of the activities happening in SOCH.

Since the establish time in SOCH, I have lots of familiarity with the activities, and I believe in change and opportunities. As a youth advisor, I guide the youth team in how to work in teams and conduct programs so they can directly become involved in activities and then groom their capacity to performance for the next leader. I, personally, do not interfere in their coordination, but needing supervision then I will be there.

Jacobsen: What is the current state of humanism with Nepal? What is its brief history there too?

Maharjan: The term Humanism is relatively new in Nepal — though many atheists and secular minded people campaigned for secular Nepal. Nepal remained the world’s only one Hindu country for decades. The 2007 constitution of Nepal declared Nepal a secular country. Although, the Nepali constitution clearly mentions provision of preserving old time religion, which is Hinduism. Nepal is the country where Buddha was born. Buddha probably was the first person to speak against superstition and religious dogmas in the East. His idea of secularism has flourished throughout the world. A famous education reformist Mr. Jaya Prithivi Singh promoted the idea of Humanism in Nepal during the 1919s. He has written dozens of books on Humanism and travelled to various countries to spread the idea. There was no organized Humanist movement till the late 1920s. An organization called Humanist Association of Nepal was formed during 1980s. However, it could not survive due to various reasons. Later, the Society for Humanism (SOCH) Nepal was formed in 2005, which became only one leading Humanist organization in Nepal. Thousands of members are associated to SOCH Nepal, which is also the member of IHEU.

Jacobsen: Are youth or elders in the society more involved in humanism? What are the activities, educational initiative, and social and political projects related to humanism available to youth in Nepal?

Maharjan: We do not have any exact record of youths’ or elders’ involvement in humanism, but during the program and discussion when we meet peoples they have the feeling of humanism. Elders have the concept of humanism, and followers too, and belief in the concept of humanism.

If we talk about in more recent times, more youths that I have seen are humanists because they are not ready to have belief in the concept of God, and those unseen things. They use their logic to question and the belief in science as much as we had interacted in colleges and groups. Yes, they have confusion on humanism, but somewhere they are humanists as I realise — and SOCH has made clear to them.

There are no educational initiatives, and social and political projects, related to humanism available to youth in Nepal done by the Government.

Regarding the activities, SOCH is one organization that is working in Nepal to promote humanism, its philosophy and values in society. We are regularly doing our youth discussion/seminars and youth talks on humanism, scientific & critical thinking in different colleges and schools. We are practicing in school to teach scientific and critical thinking, and run one class on humanism too. SOCH targeted to youth because they are change maker and tomorrow’s leaders.

Jacobsen: What are some of the main threats to the free practice of humanism in Nepal?

Maharjan: Although, Nepal is a secular country now, right wing Hindu group are well-organized and practicing extreme radicalism. On other hand, Christians are proselytizing Nepali society getting benefit of secular constitution. Hindu and Christian groups are confronting day by day. Meantime, Humanists have become the enemy of both radicles due to its secular values based on science and atheism.

Radical Hindu are the biggest threat in Nepali society because they are more organized after the declaration of secular state. Humanist activists are threatened and attacked by radical Hindu group many times in Nepal.

Jacobsen: What are your short- and long-term goals for humanism in Nepal?

Maharjan: SOCH Nepal short and long-term goals are to promote a scientific way of life, good governance, democracy and justice with humanist values, to promote humanistic and ethical practices and to raise awareness about individual human obligation.

Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Nabina.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Adeyemi Ademowo Johnson on Freethought in Nigeria

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/13

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As an associate professor and affiliate faculty in multiple departments, what is the situation for free thought in Nigeria?

Adeyemi Ademowo Johnson: Freethought is still unpopular in Nigeria; although there are so many youngsters who doubt their beliefs, they have not muster sufficient courage to openly express their admiration for freethought and desire to treat religion with caution.

Jacobsen: Do you have more hope for the younger generations?

Johnson: Yes! I definitely believe that the younger generation will realize that it is foolish to kill in the name of any faith or any God and that all we have are one another as humans.

Jacobsen: While teaching and designing programs for the sociology department at Afe Babalola University, do you incorporate aspects of critical thinking into the curricula?

Johnson: Yes! The University where I teach, Afe Babalola University, Ado-Ekiti, prioritizes entrepreneurial skills development; this makes it imperative for many of the students to offer courses in critical thinking and creative thinking. I, for instance, developed and teach a course: Sociology of Creativity and Innovation. Critical Thinking is an integral part of the course. There are other courses that encourage critical thinking to satisfy its outlines.

Jacobsen: What do you consider the more pertinent topics in sociological discussion within Nigerian society?

Johnson: There are two of them: religion and active citizenship. In religion, indoctrination of the young ones, Boko Haram recruitment of children/women as suicide bombers and the brazen display of wealth by Pentecostal pastors are issues that have dominated academic discourses. The importance of citizens in democratic governance and their attitudes towards tackling corruption are other issues. These are issues at the heart of sociological discourses from diverse angles.

Jacobsen: Does religion have sway over the political environment of the country?

Johnson: Religion and religious leaders have a place in our political landscape. Aspirants lay claims to being ordained or ‘called’ by God to contest for elections to get favours; they also attend big Pentecostal revivals and crusades to show their loyalty to and believe in religion. Humanists are rarely taken serious and sometimes demonized when they should interest in politics or to contest.

Jacobsen: As you work for the Humanist Association for Peace and Social Tolerance Advancement (HAPSTA) , what are your tasks and responsibilities?

Johnson: Humanist Association for Peace and Social Tolerance Advancement (HAPSTA) is the first Humanist association to be registered formally by the Nigerian Corporate Affairs Commission. I am one of the driving forces that worked relentlessly for this as the President. I later became the Projects Director in charge of HAPSTA life changing projects like ‘Humanist Against WitchKilling in Africa’, Stigmatized Children Rights Project (SCRIP), Omuo Humanist Against WitchKilling and Stigmatization’, Humanist Anti-Indoctrination Project (HApI) and Youth Leadership and Tolerance Training Project. I work to manage and raise funds for these projects which have been funded in the past by HAMU, Norway; Swedish Humanist Aid, Africa Unite Against Child Abuse (AFRUCA, UK). I also coordinate the international links for the organisation. As a member of HAPSTA Board of Trustees, I represent it at fora and work with others to coordinate its activities.

Jacobsen: How does HAPSTA advance the humanist movement in Nigeria? 

Johnson: Yes! Through our activities targeted at fulfilling our objectives. Our objectives as an organisation include:

*spreading the ideals of humanism, peace culture, social tolerance and peace education
* fighting against superstition and superstitious beliefs that violate dignity of the human person, indoctrination that promote hate and violence, and policies capable of promoting disunity and social intolerance
* advocating and campaigning for Humanity’s freedom from being persecuted for their opinions, beliefs, sexual orientation and values, to prevent disenchantment that may result in violent conflict.
* promoting the development of ethical, peaceful and social tolerance conscious youths, through the promotion of peace education

Apart from representing and supporting our members and networks, HAPSTA also support human cause through the following projects:

1. SCRIP – Stigmatized Children Rights Project (which campaign against child-witch labeling and killing in many states across Nigeria
2. ARK-C: Anti-Ritual Killing Campaign (which works to dissuade people from thinking that human parts, including those of Albinos, hunchback, etc can be used for charms, money-making, among others)
3. CAJUJ: Campaign Against Jungle Justice (a very common phenomenon in Nigeria and other parts of the world, Jungle Justice is against the tenets of human rights and many innocent people have lost their lives through this miscarriage of justice)
4. SEMSUP: Sexual Minorities Support Project (which support the LGBTI community in Nigeria and around Africa)
5. HASTEP: Humanist and Social Tolerance Education Project
6. SCHCEP: Street Children Care and Empowerment Programme

Jacobsen: Who is a personal hero or exemplary for you regarding the humanist movement?

Johnson: Levi Fragell!

Jacobsen: How can individuals within the country or in neighboring nations of the African Diaspora help out with the humanist and irreligious movement in Nigeria?

Johnson: Support and participate in our activities.

Jacobsen: How can anyone else help regarding donations, remote skills assistance, advertisement and exposure, and so on?

Johnson: Let me start by appreciating the Norwegian Humanist Association and the Swedish Humanists, they have really supported financially and human capital development in the past years. Other well-established groups can get in touch with us for supports: funding of our ‘Anti-Indoctrination’ Campaign handbills; annual social tolerance leadership training for youths, invitation to attend humanist programmes; support for website hosting, etc. We would really appreciate supports that would strengthens the group more.

Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts?

Johnson: Having been a humanist for about 18 years; a university teacher for over a decade and worked with a lots of children and women stigmatized as witches, I am convinced that the world needs humanism and critical thinking. Hence, I would be happy to work with any Humanist Foundation and initiatives that will promote its humanist ideals in Africa and other continents.

Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Yemi.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Tim Klapproth on the Jehovah’s Witnesses

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/12

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was like with the Jehovah’s Witnesses in early life?

Tim Klapproth: being a third generation witness I knew nothing else so it’s hard to express. The school was tough. I was bullied throughout and was fearful of ‘worldly’ kids. Christmas and birthdays were awful and I was always promised that we would have present days to ‘make up for it’ but this only happened twice. I felt that I was missing out on something that had zero scriptural foundation. The pressure from the family to study, preach and grow spiritually was intense and this led me to lead a double life as I became a teenager. I was insular, intense, and secretive. I married the first girl who smiled at me and was divorced by 30 with three children.

Jacobsen: What seems like some of the pivotal moments in that early development regarding the Jehovah’s Witnesses?

Klapproth: The decision to be baptized when I was 15. I did not have any comprehension of what a dedication is and that it means losing my whole social circle if I ‘lose faith’. My ability to make decisions that were measured and backed by reason was not formed until my thirties.

I also was shaken by the way my congregation friends were treated by their own parents when we were often found breaking the rules. My father as a city overseer and a great and sought-after speaker was very strict with me.

Whereas all my friends’ fathers just shrugged and said boys will be boys. This strict attitude extended as far as requiring me to read the lyrics and almost present my case, should I want to buy an album or CD. My dad rejected most of my choices.

I was also expected to leave school and pioneer. I ‘went along’ with all these things. The power over me was incredible in that it was so controlling yet I was not aware of it. A silent pressure, steering me towards a goal that I’d not wished for myself.

Jacobsen: What were the main parts of the JW faith that made you think, “I cannot believe this. It is illogical, without evidence, and beyond doubt false as a faith”?

Klapproth: The creation account. However, until my late twenties, I was proud of my counter argument against evolution. I’d done my research (within the constraints of Watchtower publications of course) and felt very confident on this topic.

When I later heard Prof Richard Dawkins rail against the mid-quote of the Watchtower and subsequently the ACTUAL explanation of the theory (and what the word theory meant…) a light was flicked on in my brain and in many ways, I had all I needed to leave the cult.

It was based on lies, spread by many well-meaning people and lead mainly by power hungry small minded weak men.

Jacobsen: What are common signs that one has psychologically and emotionally left the faith?

Klapproth: It’s a huge step. You risk losing everyone you’ve known. To take that step is not done lightly however in my case, once I had cut ties; I felt freer than I can express.

In my case, I studied Dawkins, Hitchens, Dennett, and Harris which reaffirmed that God is a man-made concept and that religion is man’s way of exerting power over the flock. The psychological effect on me was palpable.

Although I did go off the rails a little, trying all the things I’d missed earlier in life, I was happier than I’d ever been. However, when I turned forty things started to change. I became fixated on my past and with disproving to my parents that their faith was based on nonsense.

This was only curbed when I had to counsel in 2017. Since that time though my father has died and I feel that I didn’t finish our conversation.

Jacobsen: What are some peculiar experiences of those once deeply within the Jehovah’s Witnesses who have left them – stories only ex-JWs know?

Klapproth: I’m probably not the only person to share the ridiculous process of ‘only men can lead’. I was leading all of the daily meetings for field service at fifteen, ahead of a whole team of experienced women who had been handling the meetings alone for years.

I had no clue how to lead, how to work the map effectively or how to pray and inspire. I also am surprised to see that friends of mine I grew up with and lead a double life like me are still in the religion.

In many cases they acted and behaved far worse than I. We drank, swore, tried to pick up girls (never successful in my case) and sneaked into nightclubs and concerts that we’d never be allowed to attend.

Threw wild parties, misbehaved and ridiculed the society and elders. Then I hear that they’re now an elder. They didn’t have and unless they have had a road to Damascus experience, still don’t have a spiritual bone in their body!

Finally, the silly process of ‘counting time’. I spent almost two years (of my 12 years) pioneering without knocking on a single door. I worked along with my best friend and we just mimed the door knock.

A total and utter waste of our time. I habitually lie about the time is spent in the ministry. Missing my time target by a country mile each year. One of the triggers that prompted me to ask what I was doing with my life was this very fact.

I was in my late twenties, married to a violent woman who made me miserable (she was a victim of child abuse that was covered up by her parents and ‘left to Jehovah…’ this leads her to be extremely violent and a man hater) I was poor due to part-time work and wasting my life.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion? 

Klapproth: I left the JW’s without being shunned by my family. The circuit overseer I met with said that he could see I did not identify or claim to be a JW and that my only spiritual influence was that of my family.

Retaining my relationship with them might mean that I would be tempted back and so he let me fade. That said, I did lose all my friends and I’m excluded from family weddings etc., but I have retained a relationship of sorts since 2000.

I’m struggling with my conscience now though. I want to challenge my family about the two witness rule regarding child abuse. Not that I want them to leave as such but they live their family.

They are at the heart of the congregation and would be horrified to think what is actually happening. I’d like them to be able to hear the actual truth and then challenge the organization from within.

JW’s are mostly not bad people. They simply follow the lead set and do not think critically.

Jacobsen: Also, your email signature is the following:

“To do is to be” – Nietzsche 

“To be is to do” – Kant

“Do be do be do” – Sinatra

Why?

Klapproth:  It’s just a funny quote. It’s not good to take things too seriously…

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Tim.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Another Call from the World Sikh Organization

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/12

The World Sikh Organization (WSO) of Canada continues its activism with the ongoing smearing of the Sikh community at large.

Note, this does not amount to Sikhophobia. Rather, it comes to anti-Sikh bigotry, individuals with religious beliefs not religion.

There have hundreds of articles in the media over three weeks, or more, tarring an entire community as radicals with rising extremism.

Some have stood to protect their image. The WSO has worked hard to keep a positive image in spite of the accusations against the Canadian Sikh community.

The Sikh community of Canada, much of it, according to the WSO, argues against the human rights violations in India, but protest this in a peaceful manner.

As the WSO said in an email that I received, “We are proud Canadians who believe in the rule of law, freedom of expressions, and upholding freedom of religion.”

Sikhs, fellow Canadians, need a strong, supportive voice in the light of the controversial motion, which does not need too much detailing as it has been in the news.

The motion if advanced in a firm way would greatly harm the image of Sikhs potentially leading to increased hate crimes against individual Sikhs, as happens with those following the Islamic and Jewish faiths in Canada, as shown in high numbers of anti-Muslim and anti-Semitic hate crimes in this country.

Sikhs have been reaching out to their local representatives. We can reach out too.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

This Week in Religion 2018-03-11

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/11

“VANCOUVER — Jaspreet Bal was eating lunch with friends in rural Ontario when she says a “kind, well-intentioned” white man approached them to chat. He asked about her background, and she replied she was Sikh.

“Oh yeah, Air India,” he said, recognition flashing in his eyes.

Bal was born in 1985, the same year that Sikh militants bombed Air India Flight 182, killing all 329 on board. It was, apparently, the man’s only point of reference for her religion.”

Source: https://www.ctvnews.ca/canada/frustrating-sikh-canadians-dismayed-by-extremism-talk-1.3838001.

“Are Canadians embracing religion less than previous generations? Sociologist Reginald Bibby,  author of Resilient Gods, would say no.

“Right now, it’s popular to say younger millennials are highly secularized compared to past generations,” he says. “But when you look at the data since the 1980s, while there has been a slight increase in those who don’t value religion, there is stability in the segment of people who do value religion. People variously reject, embrace or take a middle position on religion.”

Bibby has conducted national surveys on religion in Canada every five years since 1975, producing data from thousands of Canadians and tracking trends over time.”

Source: http://ucalgary.ca/utoday/issue/2018-03-12/speaker-asks-how-resilient-are-our-gods.

“CRANBROOK, B.C. — A judge has rejected a challenge of Canada’s polygamy laws that was launched after two men were found guilty of the offence in British Columbia.

Winston Blackmore and James Oler were found guilty in B.C. Supreme Court last July of having multiple wives, but a lawyer for Blackmore argued the law infringes on the charter right to freedom of religion and expression.

Justice Sheri Ann Donegan dismissed all arguments Friday that the charges should be stayed, including a claim that the prosecution was an abuse of process.”

Source: https://www.thestar.com/news/canada/2018/03/09/bc-judge-to-deliver-ruling-in-constitutional-challenge-of-canadian-polygamy-laws.html.

“Pakistani Canadian Daood Hamdani is a pioneer in the study of Muslims in Canada. A retired statistician, his most recent publication, “Canadian Muslims: A Statistical Review“, has been used to highlight key statistics about Muslim demographics in Canada, including the ridings with the largest Muslim populations in the lead up to the 2015 Federal Election.

Daood Hamdani was born in Ferozpur, British India in 1939. His family immigrated to the new nation of Pakistan in 1947 where he grew up in the small town of Jhang in the province of Punjab. He grew up surrounded by the religious diversity of the region, attending schools run by Christians, following Islamic Studies from both Shia and Sunni teachers, and having meetings of his debate team at the Ahmadiyya community centre. Hamdani is proud to say he graduated from Jhang Government College, the same college that produced Pakistan’s first Nobel Prize winner – Professor Abdus Salam. After graduating, Hamdani moved to Lahore to attend the Forman Christian College.

His area of study was economics and he moved to the United States on a scholarship from Vanderbilt University. After graduation, he shifted to St. Johns, Newfoundland in 1965 and started work as a research fellow at Memorial University. His area of study had him travel all across Newfoundland to study the geographical and occupational mobility of the labour force. He then shifted to Queens University in Kingston and looked at inter-provincial migration in Canada and its impact on the Canadian economy. Eventually, his career had him travel to the University of Toronto where he worked as a teaching assistant. He jokes that he was responsible for “teaching basic courses that new people are given that senior people don’t want to teach.””

Source: https://muslimlink.ca/community/daood-hamdani-exploring-muslim-canadian-history-and-demographics.

“In an appeal for equality and inclusivity, the Elementary Teachers’ Federation of Ontario (ETFO) has recently reiterated calls for the Ontario government to abolish the province’s Catholic schools and move toward one secular school system for each official language.

This is what Quebec did in 1997. Make no mistake, though, it isn’t one harmonious system for all. It’s still two separate school systems.

Separating children by religion is deemed by the ETFO to be an anachronism and an assault on inclusivity in Ontario’s diverse 21st century society. Curiously, separating them by language is not.”

Source: https://theconversation.com/why-canada-divides-children-into-separate-schools-92674.

“It’s the day of the Doug.

The Ontario Progressive Conservative Party rejected the options of bland moderation or a famous name, and instead chose in Doug Ford the brother of the most notorious municipal politician in Canadian history, and a man who has turned bluster and hyperbole into art forms. A blowhard he may be, but one would be acutely foolish not to take him very seriously indeed.

One of the probing questions being asked right now is what Ford does with the socially conservative and right-wing Christian support he received during the leadership election. Candidate Tanya Granic Allen was never going to win the race, but her votes were crucial in Ford’s triumph, and when he made his victory speech, there was the anti-sex-ed campaigner standing right behind him. If nothing else, the woman who told us that children failed at school math because they spent all of their time learning about anal sex knew how to milk a media opportunity and get in front of the camera. Witness her bringing out water to journalists during the count, because apparently there was absolutely none available in the entire hotel!”

Source: https://ipolitics.ca/2018/03/11/have-ontarios-socons-found-their-saviour-in-doug-ford/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

George Ongere on the Center for Inquiry in Kenya

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/11

Scott Jacobsen: To begin, do you have any prefaces to the conversation today?

George Ongere: When I was growing, my mother believed something was wrong with me. I was the only child in the family who could not succeed in cramming the catechism to graduate and eat the sacrament.

She even made efforts to make the content of the book rhyme with a song to make it easy for me but it did not go well. My young brothers did well and mastered her catechism song and got all the content.

What surprised her is that even though I could not cram the creed, I was a bright student in school! In that way, she failed to understand what was happening to me. I also could not explain, but I think it was the scepticism I had adopted after interacting with my grandfather as you will learn in the interview.

All my family members, including my father who was not fond of the church, graduated to eat the sacrament; I was the only one who dropped out of the session. Along these lines, the question is, did my skepticism start right from my childhood?

As you will find, I was fortunate to have a grandfather who was skeptical of Christian religion, a father who was a Christian but was not a fond of going to church frequently, and a mother who was a staunch Christian who wanted her children to follow the way of God; — that combination provided room for growth of a skeptical young person like me.

There was no pressure to have me full indoctrinated into religion. Even though I grew as catholic child, where I was taken to a Sunday school, then to a primary school where we could worship and pray in the assembly, and finally to an Anglican sponsored high school, I still found my way into humanism.

From my experience, as I demonstrate in the below engagement, reading widely, and having an open mind is the key to rationality and scepticism.

Jacobsen: Do you have a family background in skepticism and secular humanism?

Ongere: My family did not have any person subscribed to Secular humanism or scepticism, but the divergence of religious beliefs within the extended family helped me develop my skepticism at a younger age.

My grandfather was a traditional person and when he witnessed the way Christianity came to Africa and displaced African religious beliefs during his youth, he vowed to remain a pagan. In this context, it meant he did not follow the Christian religion but adhered to selected African traditional beliefs.

As a child, when I asked him why he did not pray, he would tell me about the traditional concepts of African gods leaving me confused at that age. The puzzlement came since my mother was a staunch Christian who made sure we attended the Sunday school, while at the same time, grandfather stole me away and fed me with the traditional concept of god.

It only confused me further and that is how I started getting inkling that not everyone was afraid of the God we were told in the Sunday school could strike dead disobedient people using thunder.

Moreover, even though my mother was a true Catholic believer, my father, though a catholic, was not fond of going to church every Sunday. My mother used to call him in our Luo mother tongue language “Jakafiri”.

Jakafiri can also be interpreted as pagan. Though, in this context, my father believed in the teachings of Christianity but did not adhere to the rules like everyday prayers and going to church regularly.

Every Sunday, as we attended the Sunday mass, my father remained at home pretending to be attending some business functions. The only times I saw him in the church was during Christmas festive season and during Easter.

To sum up, I did not have many pressures from all sides, like most families do, to adhere to religion. In Africa, most children have pressure right from the grandparents, mother and father to adhere to one religion.

I was fortunate since only my mother placed pressures that were absorbed by the traditional grandfather and my father; they did not pressure me to go through the process of eating the sacrament when all the other siblings were doing it.

Jacobsen: When did you have your first inklings of skepticism and secular humanism in personal life?

Ongere: As a young person addicted to reading all types of novels in late primary, high school and college, I met characters in the books who claimed they did not believe in gods, God, and any supernatural entities.

This was strange to me at the time because it was rare in the rural to find a person declaring a disbelief in gods or God; I did not even know the term “Atheism”. Even though my grandfather did not believe in Christianity, he still believed in the supernatural world like the ancestor’s power.

Growing in the interior rural village during my primary and high school years, the only medium that could give me entertainment was the storybooks since there was no electricity to get fun from other mediums like the Television. As such, I could put my hands on any book that promised entertainment. I would go to local libraries and read anything that looked like a novel.

Moreover, I had a cousin who was doing philosophy at the University and at one point when I was still in high school; I stumbled upon his course book on the philosophy of religion. I read about Sigmund Freud and Nietzsche. Their ideas puzzled me and this is where I gained interest in philosophy.

After completing my high school and was in early years at the University, I got engaged with the University of Nairobi Philosophy club. Here, I met the students who attended the first Humanist Conference organized in East Africa in 2004 by Uganda Humanist Association led by Deo Ssessitoleko. I received the first humanist materials.

It is where I got to learn about humanist ideals. Excited with the knowledge I got from the magazines from CFI, IHEU, and other humanists organizations, I declared myself a humanist.

Jacobsen: What was the reaction of friends and family?

Ongere: The first time I told my friends and family members that I was a humanist and an Atheist, they had different reactions.

My family did not take this as a surprise; they had suspected I could end up in something close to that because of my childhood skepticism since I was the only member of the family who avoided taking the sacrament and was not even bothered by it. However, some of my extended relatives related this to devil worshiping.

Since they are not exposed to different ideologies, they only know that anyone who does not believe in a god or God must be a devil worshipper, just the way Nigerian movies give Africans the picture that people who do not adhere to the religion are in affiliation with the devil.

They looked at me with curiosity and spread the rumors in the village. However, my generosities in the village, where I sponsor children to school have puzzled them and the perception is changing.

I had different categories of friends by the time I announced my Atheism. I had religious, skeptics and rational friends. I had the problem with religious friends and to make it worse, I was also dating a religious lady at the time. They did not want to associate with me and they advised my girlfriend to abandon me. She did, but that did not deter me from pursuing my new found life stance.

My skeptic and rational friends praised my steps and they were happy about it. I was the first person to establish a humanist office where Kenyans could get Humanist materials and rational books that were difficult to get in most libraries.

CFI sent me important materials that could be easily read and understood by first timers into humanism and skepticism. A good number of Kenyans who have declared themselves as Atheists and humanist in Kenya got the inspiration from my work with the campus groups and CFI Office in Nairobi.

Jacobsen: You’ve written a number of articles for The Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. What is the importance of major skeptical organizations such as The Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and the Center for Inquiry?

Ongere: CSI and CFI have supported all my projects in Kenya. By publishing my articles, they have made my activities visible to many people who have continuously supported my endeavors. When I joined CFI in 2007, my dream was to be published in their reputable sites.

I knew that as a young person, still unable to write to the standards of the scholars I read in the sites, I had to go through self-study and read widely. I started writing my skeptical and rational ideas freely and sent them to Norm Allen Jr., who was the director transnational programs at the time, intended to be published in the African American Humanism Newsletter, the AHH Examiner.

When I finally wrote the article How Can the Concept of Humanism Solve Witchcraft belief, Norm informed me that Barry Karr, the Executive Director of CSI, was interested in publishing it. When finally the article appeared on the site, it was my breakthrough and it encouraged me to write further.

Having my article published in the two sites has made many learning institutions to trust my activities and collaborate with me; the reason I am able to mobile University and college students to attend my activities.

Secondly, most people in Africa have no access to humanist and skeptical hard copy literature. Even in most libraries in Africa, finding journals or scholarly resources that promote humanist or Atheist ideas are rare.

CFI and CSI have helped to fill this gap by sending reading materials to most humanists in different parts of Africa. Anytime I need reading materials to send to any group across Africa, I simply request the organization and they respond immediately by sending a package of books and magazines.

Most importantly, ever since I started CFI/ Kenya, the two organizations have supported all the programs financially and that is why we are able to sustain the humanist orphans and the On Campus activities.

Jacobsen: How did you first come across Center for Inquiry in Kenya?

Ongere: I first came across CFI by interacting with the philosophy group at the University of Nairobi. A good number of the members were sponsored by IHEU to attend the first humanist conference in Uganda in the year 2004. Here they met the then Transnational Co-directors, Norm Allen Jr. and Bill Cooke. They came back with reading materials like Skeptical Inquirer and Free Inquiry. I read them and became much interested in the ideology.

The visit of Norm Allen Jr. to Kenya in 2006 also made me get first-hand information about CFI. By then, Boaz Adhengo was the contact person. Adhengo approached me to mobilize University students to meet Norm and after attending the meeting, Norm read some of my collected articles and gave me his contacts.

I started interacting with him and in 2007; he approached me to be the director CFI Kenya to replace Adhengo. That is how I became the CFI director.

Becoming the director of CFI is one of the best opportunities I have ever had. It made me know many influential people in Africa like Leo Igwe of Nigeria, Deo Ssesitoleko and Betty Nassaka of Uganda. I traveled to Uganda through sponsorship of CFI and they also paid travel expenses for Leo, Betty, and Deo to visit my office in Kenya. Without the organization, I would not have got such connections.

Jacobsen: What did you see as the major need for science, skepticism, and secular humanism in Kenya at the time? How did this inspire you to form and run CFI-Kenya as a branch of Center for Inquiry in Kenya?

Ongere: Science, rationalism, and skepticism is needed in Africa more than any part of the world. Irrationality that is prevalent on the continent has led to major human rights crises.

One of the examples in Kenya that featured in the international scene is the burning of old men and women alive, in the rural parts of Kisii in 2009 when they were suspected to be witches. The graphic video of old women and men burnt alive till death still haunts many people. Up to the current moment, old men and women are still targeted in witch hunts.

Moreover, Albinos are still at risk in Kenya and Tanzania because most society believes that their body parts can make their business successful when put within the business premises while fishermen believe that their hair attracts the huge mass of fish. Science and reason needed to respond to such unreason.

In West Africa, like Nigeria and Congo, children have since time immemorial been accused of witchcraft and become abandoned.

Majority of the children are left to roam the street to become street children, some are hacked to death and fed poison. Close scrutinising reveal that parents who are incapable of raising children or look after distant relatives use witchcraft as a scapegoat and run away from responsibility.

The most vulnerable children are orphans whose parents have died, those born with HIV/ AIDS, and those with disabilities. Abandoning children to fake bleak future is gagging the future generation and only through reason that they can be saved.

Moreover, religious institutions are not helping in any way. With many obstacles that African people face due to unreason, religious bodies have not tried to help but to immerse people deep into unreason. Currently, Africa still has a big challenge: HIV/ AIDS. Every year, about millions of people, get infected.

Instead of approaching the issue with logic, churches and other religious wings have advised people to seek religious healings instead of taking the Anti-Retroviral Drugs. The approach has caused many deaths and this leaves you to wonder if an all knowing, all present God celebrates the wiping of mass population of Africans!

The above problem statements made me search for an organization that could respond. Before I got CFI connections, I was a youth volunteer at an organization called KumekuchaKumekucha is a Swahili word meaning sunrise. The organization promised to liberate youths from the dogmas of the society.

However, the organization did not give much to the youths. In this direction, when I was introduced to CFI, I believed it was the organization to respond to the problems Africans faced and it had the capabilities to take action to the irrationality in Africa. That is how I started running CFI Kenya!

Jacobsen: What has been the plight of children in Kenya? How has a humanist message improved their and their families’ livelihoods?

Ongere: Currently, it is estimated that there are about 300, 000 street children in Kenya. Increasing poverty and deaths of parents due to HIV/ AIDS are the major causes for the children to scavenge the street to look for ways of survival.

In many cases, fathers who are not able to support their families leave behind mothers in the rural with even more than six children. Staying hungry and unable to go to school, most of the children migrate to the streets to try and find ways of survival.

In my article, The Plight of Children in Africa and our Humanist Efforts, I address the issues that children face in Africa. Even though declaring children as witches are not widely practiced in Kenya, I am afraid that with the current inflation and rise of prices in essential commodities, Kenyans will look for ways of avoiding supporting orphan children whose parents were wiped by HIV/ AIDS.

The only way they can do this is by adopting the Nigeria and Congo style where such children are declared to be witches. Declaring a child to be a witch is the easiest way relatives avoid the burden of protecting vulnerable children who have lost their parents.

Killing children because they are a burden is hurting and that is why the humanist message is important. The spread of HIV/ AIDS in Kenya is rising and soon many children will be left without parents and it means many distant relatives will start using witchcraft as a scapegoat.

CFI Kenya’s program The Humanist Orphans Project is a strong humanist message responding to the plight of children. Demonstrating to the society that orphaned children are harmless members of the society is core and that when given education can become potential members of the society is important.

As such, the dedications of CFI Transnational to help the children is one of the social justice stories that should be told across to inspire other African groups to join hands to save the future generation.

Jacobsen: Reflecting on the 2014 article on the agenda of African humanism, in 2017 now, what is the state of humanism in Africa? What is the agenda, in brief?

Ongere: As I wrote in the article, humanism in Africa has undergone different phases. The first phase, which was explained by reputable scholars in Africa like Es’kia Mphahlele (1919–2008) was a kind of humanism that needed to give Africans hopes by trying to reconstruct their history from that which was given by the western scholarship.

From that phase, came Ubuntu, which even though gave good promises but still had hidden agendas of promoting religion.

With the changes in technology, where people across the world have access to information due to the internet, African humanism is adopting another face.

Whereas the forefathers of African humanism focused on reconstructing the African face in the international world, the current young generation is responding to the irrational beliefs that have held the masses captive. They believe the only way for Africans to be free is to delete the dogmas of religion and embrace, science, critical thinking, and rationalism.

In Kenya for example, the Atheist movement have raised many contentious issues. First, they have demanded religious educations to be removed out of the curriculum since it is one of the avenues children are indoctrinated. They have also challenged faith healers who use tricks to steal from the public.

It demonstrates that African humanist is catching up with the agendas that global humanists’ movements are seeking and this is very important because it gives room for many Atheists and people who are not easily accepted in the society, like gays and Lesbians to come out of the closet.

With such developments, it demonstrates the Atheist movement is making progress in Kenya.

Jacobsen: How can humanism support the least among us?

Ongere: Humanism as a life stance compels many African humanists to work for Social justice. When I went to Uganda in 2009 together with Norm Allen Jnr., I witnessed how Uganda Humanists Effort to save Women (UHESWO) was liberating prostitutes and giving them financial empowerment.

They took them away from the streets and taught them income generating skills like tailoring and salon work. Most of the women eventually left the streets and became employed in salons and others got sewing machines to become tailors.

I also met Deo Ssessitoleko who had a humanist school that was sponsoring vulnerable children. I was inspired by the works of Ugandan humanists and believed humanism in Africa was capable of helping the less fortunate amongst us.

In 2011, I conceived the idea of starting the Humanist Orphans Kenya. I witnessed the plight of children the rural areas during the Anti-Superstitious campaign. Many children lost their parents due to HIV/ AIDS scourge when religious institutions started healing campaigns advising them to abandon taking Anti-Retroviral drugs.

With many children left behind, we believed that our humanists’ endeavors would try to solve the situation. In this way, we selected 11 children who were vulnerable and gave them essentials of life like education, basic needs, and empowerment.

In this way, I believed that if African humanists can embrace social justice, then we will be a good example just the way Ugandan humanists have demonstrated through their projects.

Jacobsen: What are your lifetime hopes for humanism, skepticism, and secularism in Kenya, and Africa?

Ongere: I am happy that the young generation in Kenya today can easily declare their Atheism without fear. This was something I had hoped for. Kenya is not a very much radical country like many African countries where religious fundamentalism is core.

When I started running CFI, I had hoped that a time would come when young people would come out of the closet and declare their unbelief. At the time, the internet was still expensive for the fact that people could not browse through their cell phones but to go to the cyber cafes that charged expensively.

However, when cell phones were introduced, we had a revolution in humanism where youths had access to many reading materials. It became easy to engage the youth and direct them to important sites.

My hopes for humanism are that as youths become radicalized to abandon religion, they should focus on the gaps that humanism can fill in Kenya and Africa. I have always wished that humanism should not be another avenue of colonization just like religion.

In my much engagement with youths who have abandoned religions, a good number of them do not understand the cause; they only think becoming a humanist is linked with intellectualism and fashionable.

To me, being a humanist is to respond to the many unreasons in Africa and trying to help the situation through advocacy and social justice.

Jacobsen: Any closing thoughts or feelings based on the discussion today?

Ongere: Thanks for having me in the interview today. In sub-Saharan Africa, spreading humanism is still an obstacle. Many Africans still feel vulnerable when religion is deleted away from them.

The Bible promises them life after death and they believe they are the children of God because of the obstacles they undergo. They believe they will be rewarded in heaven and hegemonic nations that have conditioned them will be punished in hell.

What African humanists need to do is to empower Africans. Critical thinking is one of the areas that need to be explored. Being that African forefathers were superstitious, it is not inherent to be superstitious in the current global world. There needs to be a change in mind and thinking. Humanism promises this kind of change for Africans to abandon the blind faith and focus on the realities life.

Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, George.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Melissa Krawczyk – Atheist, Secular Humanist, and Skeptic

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/10

Melissa Krawczyk is an atheist, skeptic, and secular humanist by worldview and science mom, Arabic speaker in training, and author-to-be by professions, and has worked in a variety of domains including materials and engineering science, ergonomics consulting, and skincare. Here we talk about her work, views, and upcoming-unfinished book.

*Note: This interview was conducted on Friday, August 4th, 2017.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You grew up in an Evangelical home on the east coast of the United States up to 2000. After 2000, you moved to California. What was life like in an Evangelical “born again” home?

Melissa Krawczyk: Until I was about 15, I grew up outside of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. It was a great home. I had a great family. We went to church a lot, but not excessively. Most of my friends were probably from church, and I had friends at school as well. We went to church every week. Sometimes, we had Bible studies. In the Summer we spent at least a week or two at Vacation Bible School. Some of those are my best memories. My parents were very loving and friendly people.

We had restrictions like not listening to music. We described it as only being able to listen to elevator music, so if you’d walk into a major building downtown and you heard it in the elevator, that’s about all we could listen to. So, no pop music. We didn’t get to watch many movies. We did get to watch televistion, but it had to be pretty bland, and generic. Nothing offensive.

I didn’t see a PG-13 movie until I was actually 13. My mom would let me go to dances, but we couldn’t tell my grandparents. It was restrictive, but it didn’t feel that restrictive as a child. There were just things we didn’t do that other friends got to. But I had a lot of friends and we had a lot of fun at church.

I don’t think I really realized that there was anything different from anyone else. It was just the way it was. It was a happy home life.  I will say that I became much more fundamentalist and Evangelical myself as I grew older – late in high school and college. More so than my parents. My own views diverged greatly as time went on.

Jacobsen: What were the views of the young earth creationist family members when no one else was watching?

Krawczyk: I don’t think any of us ever, ever thought of ourselves as young earth creationists. It was just the way it was for us. God created the Earth and everything in it in six, literal, 24-hour days, with a day to rest called the Sabbath. Adam and Eve were real people created by God and imbued with souls. They lived in this magical garden where there was no death. Everything was happy.

Dinosaurs, as far as I was aware, lived at the same time as people. There were references in the Bible that I was told referred to dinosaurs as “leviathans” or creatures with legs like Cyprus trees. They were big things. We were told that these were the dinosaurs. They lived alongside people. I never had any concept of how old the Earth was according to modern, real science. A couple thousand years seemed plenty old to me.

There were two original people. When Eve was tempted by Satan in the form of a snake in the Garden of Eden to eat an apple, she shared it with Adam. They were kicked out and everything perfect went bad. Therefore, we had original sin from that day forward. Basically, that mistake cost all of us ever after. When we are born, we are separated from God because of that sin by that first man and woman.

I think the most important features were that God created the Earth and everything in it. He created man and woman as they are today. There was no evolution at all. Everything was created as individual species. There was no change from one thing to another. I remember hearing things like “Well, we’re not descended from monkeys.” I don’t remember talking to my parents too much about it. I remember in school, the few times we started to talk in science about something that might touch on evolution, I remember them saying something like, “Just learn what you need to learn at school, we’ll tell you the real truth at home.”

They didn’t make waves. They went stealth, under the radar. This is the right thing, anyone who teaches you otherwise is deceived.  Sometimes people would say that scientists were being used by the Devil. That wasn’t very common, and I can’t say that I heard that from my own parents.

It was literal, 24-hour days. Humans appeared as they are. Even was created from Adams rib to be a helper, which subsequently meant that – I don’t if if the word subservient ever came up, but man was the head of the household.  Those things all go together.

Jacobsen: When did the young earth creationist view become untenable for you?

Krawczyk: I never really ran into anyone who questioned that until I was in college. Even then not a whole lot, because most of my friends were Christian from the Rensselaer Christian Association. I do remember, probably towards my senior year or even my first year in grad school, reading some books that were trying to reconcile the age of the Earth according to science with some of the creationist accounts in the Bible. I don’t remember finding anything convincing, but I do remember reading a few books. I am surprised I found anything at the time, because they would have been in the Christian bookstore. We didn’t really have the Internet resources yet, so it was a bit hard to find information. It was still tenable to me, even though I got to a point by the time I graduated as an undergrad where I didn’t think it was a big deal if another Christian thought an old earth was possible. As long as they believed that God created everything or had a significant hand in moving it along, I wasn’t so attached to the age of the Earth. It wasn’t not a core belief.

It wasn’t until a couple years after I graduated, that I was really encouraged to question things by my boyfriend at the time, who is now my husband. He would point something out as we were walking: “Look at that spider. Isn’t it amazing that spiders evolved to do these amazing webs.” He would tell me some scientific information and I would say, “It is an amazing example of God’s beautiful design work.” [Laughing] He would look at me. He couldn’t believe that I really thought those things and he would ask me questions. We would argue back and forth about it. Eventually it got to the point when I realized that I didn’t really understand enough of what evolutionary theory was to combat it. So I decided to start reading. [Laughing] You know what happens when you read… You learn things, [Laughing]!

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Krawczyk: Let me go back a bit, I think this was my year of grad school at RPI. The church I was involved in there was a Baptist church and they were the most strict, and most fundamentalist church I had ever been to and I was really involved with that church my whole time at school.  They had an outreach program, where they would reach out to the new engineering students at RPI. They would suck us in, bring us to church, take care of us, feed us, love us. They were wonderful people. They were loving people, who were really happy to make us feel like we had a home away from home. One of the things that I do remember is going to an intensive course in  young Earth creationist science. I think the guy whose material we used was Kent Hovind. Looking back now, there were some very fantabulous ideas about how the great flood came about, with a canopy of water over the Earth, how they fed all of the animals on the ark, etc.

I had gotten a full indoctrination on some of these theories of “creation science.” I felt confident that this was really what happened. My pastor was telling me, and he’d studied, so clearly this was it. I don’t think I ever thought to question anything or look at any source materials.

It wasn’t until a few years after I graduated when my boyfriend was questioning me. I got frustrated that I couldn’t win the argument, so I started reading more books, and I started learning about what evolutionary theory was. I realized I didn’t know anything about it. The little snippets I got growing up were that we are not descended from monkeys. Well, no! That is not what evolutionary theory says. It doesn’t say we’re descended from monkeys. I learned about natural selection and about common ancestry and things I had never heard before. It was until I found a book called Finding Darwin’s God by Kenneth Miller who I believe was either a microbiologist, or a cell biologist, but also a practicing Catholic, which, by that point I had decided did fall into the realm of Christianity.

Reading his book – and I read it twice, though I couldn’t recall much of it right now – but he gave me permission to allow myself to think about the science as potentially true and yet not have to discard my belief in God. It had been framed as a choice like that to me for years. You either believe it all, or you’re not a real Christian.

Jacobsen: I believe there is a term for that called False Dichotomy.

Krawczyk: Yes! Reading his book was a big turning point for me. It allowed me to look at the science and learn. I still believed in God. Miller gave something that was a potentially plausible way for both to be true – for me to continue believing and not have to turn my back on everything, but still advance with science.

I was an engineer. I was in materials science and engineering. I wanted to be an astronaut. I was not anti-science. I just had this big section of things that I was not allowed to touch. I didn’t let myself analyze it. You are not encouraged to question these ideas as a child. It just is. It just is the way it is. I’d say about 15 years ago was when I really accepted evolution, but I was still a believer.

Jacobsen: What were your rationalizations for being a good Christian?

Krawczyk: We were taught from a very young age to “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your mind and with all your soul.” God is the person you love above all other people.

We were created to worship Him and to love Him. So, my rationalization for trying to be a good Christian was to show God that I loved Him. I wanted to do what was right. God was right. Anything that he said was right. Whatever commandments were in the Bible – those were right.

Showing your love for God was obedience to his commands. The Bible was literally true. I wanted to please him. I wanted to show that I was a good person. I wanted to go to Heaven.

Even though we were told that once you accept Jesus Christ into your heart as your personal Lord and Savior, and have a relationship with Him, that you were saved, and that you’d be together with God in Heaven, there was also definitely fear. Fear that I wasn’t really good enough. Fear that I wasn’t really saved, that I hadn’t done it right. I’ve met a lot of other Christians who came from similar backgrounds who always worried that when they asked Jesus into their heart to save them from their sins, to wash away their sins. That we didn’t do it right. That quite a few of us found ourselves doing it again. That saying the sinner’s prayer – Lord forgive me, I accept Jesus into my heart – still left fear in the background.

Mostly, I was doing what I thought I was supposed to do. I believed there was an omniscient, omnipotent Creator who was up up there watching everything I did and I wanted to please Him. He was our Father; our Father in heaven. You want approval from your parents.

There was one other thing that made me want to try to be a good Christian. In high school, I wasn’t terribly good. I fell away from the things that we were supposed to doing, like most teenagers, you get involved with relationships and I was a bit promiscuous, that sort of thing. When I got to college, that was my chance to really get it right. I was going to do everything right. That became a strong driver for me. That is when I became really, really rigid and much more fundamentalist than I was growing up.

Jacobsen: When did you fall in love after graduate school? And how, was the time simply ripe?

Krawczyk: It was shortly after I had mutually broken off an engagement with a guy in Scotland. I was determined to date no one, but I met Tom through a mutual friend. He was a great guy and I really liked him. He called me and wanted to take me out after we met at a party. The biggest problem was that he was not a Christian, not a believer. That was a huge problem, even though I liked him. That was unacceptable. You are taught not to be yoked with non-believers, because you will pull in different directions and you’ll go in the wrong direction. You are only supposed to marry another believer, and really only be close friends with other believers. He had grown up without any religion at all.

His parents left Catholicism when they were teenagers. He was sort of a blank slate. He was willing to come to church with me. He came to Bible studies, he came to youth group meetings. He did all of these things. I figured that he was very interested and that if he was not a believer then, that he probably would be soon, so it was probably okay to date him. Once I told myself that, it was very fast. I just met the right guy. He was a great guy. It was pretty quick. It was a problem, though.

Jacobsen: Is that a common theme in interbelief partnerships or potential partnerships?

Krawczyk: I think it is a problem for a lot of people. It is a difficulty at least. It depends on how rigid your own beliefs are, how strong your own beliefs are, what type of background you came up in. There’s a lot of negotiation. For Tom and I, it wasn’t very difficult. He came to church but didn’t believe any of the stuff. As long as I didn’t try to make him believe anything, he was fine, he was supportive. He didn’t try to change my mind on anything. In this case, it was an overall easy situation. I was by far the most devout person he had ever met in his life. But I think it becomes more of an issue for a lot of people when you end up having children. We have two. Once we had our first child, it became more difficult because we had to navigate what things we would be teaching to our child.

Jacobsen: On the day after Christmas in 2010, you bought the book by Dan Barker entitled Godless: How an Evangelical Preacher Became One of America’s Leading Atheists. Did this trigger a transformation for you?

Krawczyk: Absolutely. I have no idea how I heard about his book. Absolutely none. I don’t know if I heard about it on a radio show or heard it being bashed or promoted. I have no idea. This is a plug for e-readers, because if I did not have a way to anonymously purchase that book, I would have never bought it. Kindle was a win. I had already had a number of friends encouraging me over the last 5 or 6 years, or even longer, to consider reading books and writing by people who did not believe, just to expand my understanding of other people. One of my friends was an atheist, but she didn’t really call herself an atheist. Her family background was Hindu, but she did not believe in God. However I heard of this book, I think it intrigued me that he was an ex-Evangelical preacher and songwriter. It completely stunned me that someone could claim that they had left and become an atheist.

I read that book. As I read it, he went through the arguments, stages in faith, various small crises as he was going through faith. I identified so much with them, because I’d heard all of the same arguments and questions and answers. I call them “Sunday school answers.”

By the end of it, I remember putting it down and sitting there quietly and saying out loud, “Everything I have ever believed is a lie.” It was crushing and dark. It had systematically destroyed every argument that I had to support my faith. I did not know what to do. I didn’t tell anybody that I read that book. I didn’t tell my husband. It was a depressing Christmas vacation.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Krawczyk: [Laughing] It was about celebrating the birth of Jesus and I was thinking, “All of it might be wrong.” It was really, very stressful. I don’t remember how long after, but not long after I thought, “Well, this is one person’s experience. I need to do some research.

I have to figure out if this is actually true or just one person?” So, I got online. Fortunately, we did have the internet at that point. I found a blogger named Rachel Held Evans who had written a book called Evolving in Monkey Town. She had grown up in an environment similar to mine in terms of the teaching that she’d received. She is pretty liberal. She had a blog that had all sorts of people and had things like “Ask A Lutheran,” “Ask A Jehovah’s Witness,” “Ask A Mormon,” and so on. I do not know if she did those particular groups, but at one point, she had “Ask An Atheist.” I thought that was interesting. It was the first time I realized it was okay to ask questions. Other people asked questions and I was not the only one asking questions about what I believed.

It was shocking to see the variety and depth of what people in the world believed. I had been exposed to other religions from friends – Buddhism and Hinduism – but vaguely. This was the first time I realized how many different types of Christians there are and beliefs.

Dan’s book started me on a path of reading and trying to understand, and learning, and asking questions a looking outside my own head for the first time ever. That was seven years ago or so. But I still believed for probably another four years.

Jacobsen: What is a positive of religion to you?

Krawczyk: Community. That is the one thing I remember from my childhood – always having people around who would care about you. It was like a big extended family. People you would probably get along with. If someone said they were a Christian, you knew they are probably very moral and good people [Laughing]. Those seemed like positives to me. Now I realize it’s a little more complex than that. But definitely community. Belief gave me a sense of strength. With God, I felt I always had a friend, I always had someone to talk to, I had someone to help me through hard times. I had someone to help me be a better person. I found a lot of strength in that for many years.

Jacobsen: Within what is called the atheist movement now, of course, it is a number of sub-movements. Some of which do not even talk to each other.

Krawczyk: [Laughing] That’s true.

Jacobsen: What are points of critique if you were taking a neutral outsider’s view that the movements, plural, should take into account to become more effective? Also, what should be the next step for them?

Krawczyk: I like to think of it as the atheist community rather than a movement. I know there are various movements within it. Some of them really seem to be at odds. A critique from the outside – I have come from the outside very recently – it has only been about ten months since I discovered that there was an atheist movement or an atheist community.

So coming from the outside – it looks like we eat our own [Laughing]. There seems to be such a drive to make everybody the same. That reminds me of religion, sometimes. We are trying to be consistent in our aims, what we do, what we should do, what we should work towards, how we should do it, how we should think about different things.

But the only thing we necessarily have in common with another atheist is not believing in a God. Aside from that, you know nothing about someone else until you ask them. What are your values, what are your interests, what are your aims, your goals. My friend Armin Navabi, of Atheist Republic and I have talked about this before and I believe we agree pretty well in this area. There is room for everybody. There is room for all sorts of different aims within the atheist community or movement. I would like to encourage – and I’m working toward this – is not to build bridges that stand over time between different groups, but maybe build temporary bridges like those little military bridges that you put in when the river washes them out.

Jacobsen: Engineers build bridges. That is true.

Krawczyk: [Laughing] But build relationships, that allow people – who may disagree within the atheist community, that may disagree strongly on approaches or how to do something, or what we should be working for – that would allow us to work together to solve common problems, make common goals.

From the outside, there seems to be a lot of bickering and fighting. I don’t think it appeals to a lot of people, even to some of us within it. I would like us to band together when necessary and do our own thing when not necessary. Does that make sense?

Jacobsen: Were you truly afraid of being seen as an “evil atheist, an apostate, a blasphemer, someone without morals”?

Krawczyk: Yes, I absolutely was. I am not sure I ever heard the term atheist when I was growing up. But I knew the one thing that could send you to Hell, was to turn your back on and deny the existence of God. Even when I realized I didn’t believe in God anymore, I realized that my friends and my family and anyone else who believed that, would think that I was doing the most horrible thing and that I was an awful person for it.

So, that is where the blasphemy comes in. As far as having no morals, my mom said, recently, that she never taught me this. She never taught me that people who weren’t believers had no morals. A lot of Christians believe that every person has the capacity to be good, but that is a gift from God. But a lot of others, including myself, believed that if you had not accepted Jesus as your personal Lord and Saviour, if you didn’t have God in your life, that you had no ability to be moral morals and you had no moral compass. Your morals come from the Bible and indwelling of the Holy Spirit and being born again.

The idea that I would tell my family and my friends that I didn’t believe and didn’t have this. They would think that I was potentially an evil person. I would say that the most common question I have gotten since I publicly began telling people that I am an atheist is “Well, where do your moral come from?”

Sometimes people are curious and really asking but cannot comprehend how it can be possible. And you can sense that other people are saying it as “I’ve gotcha here! You are really not moral. You only think you are.” I was afraid. I was definitely afraid. The other biggest aspect that kept me from telling people at first is that I didn’t want to make my family sad. One of the things about being a Christian is that you believe that once you are saved and you’re connected with God and your sins are forgiven, that once you die, you will go to heaven all of your family will be there. Everybody you love. All of the other believers will be there.

To tell my family that I do not believe, to them, is me committing blasphemy, which means I will be in Hell. That’s a really big amount of pain to put on someone else. That kept me from talking about it for a long time.

Jacobsen: How should people come out? When should they be quiet and strategic?

Krawczyk: That is a tough question because there are so many situations people can be in and so many types of religions and so many family situations, family dynamics, social dynamics, and so on. I do not think there is a single answer to that question.

I’ll start with when you should you be quieter, and more cautious – if you are coming out of Islam. I have developed quite a few friendships with ex-Muslims. Some of my friends have been physically threatened with death or actually injured for leaving Islam because the social penalty, in many places especially in Muslim-majority countries, can be death. There are 13 countries where you can receive the death penalty for being an apostate, which is renouncing Islam. You can imagine that there are places where even if it is not illegal that you can have vigilante “justice” in a way, where people can be in real danger. That is not as common in the US, or Canada, or the UK, but it definitely happens and more in the UK. That is an extreme situation, where you have to be very cautious. I wouldn’t recommend it unless you have safe place to go, and protection and your own financial resources.

If you are in a place like I am – I’m in Southern California, pretty liberal place. I have lots of friends and support. It’s not unsafe for me to come out. I don’t know. It is a hard question.  You have to be ready to be yourself and be able to defend your decision to not be quiet about it.

One of my family members asked me, “If you knew this was going to hurt your family. Why didn’t you just keep it a secret?” I thought, “Why should I?” I asked, “Why should I keep this a secret when it is so important and affects the way I think about most things? Why should I have to hide this?”

If you are ready to deal with some flack in order to be yourself, that is when you should come out. That’s why you come out. The more people who come out and are open and honest about being secular, being atheist, and ot having a belief in God, the easier it is for everybody else.

Right now, there is a perception that we are bad people. Really, there are a lot more of us than people think. A lot of us are uncomfortable; some people don’t want to bother talking about it. Others don’t think it’s important to talk about. Others are just fearful of consequences, like I was. A little under two and half years, I was afraid of losing friends. I was afraid of losing business. You are immediately afraid of being tarred as an amoral person right off the bat – you can’t possibly be good person. That is a big burden to carry.

Jacobsen: Does this speak to a tacit theocratic tendency in America?

Krawczyk: I think so. [Laughing] I’m not even sure it’s tacit.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Krawczyk: It’s very common. Religious people are better than non-religious people in the common thinking, at least among believers – even of various faiths. I often think it would have been easier on family and friends if I had switched faiths rather than left completely because then I would still believe in God.

Now, I have crossed that line. It’s much harder for people to accept. We hear about America being a Christian nation – the U.S. being a Christian nation – and thinking our laws should reflect Christianity. So, there is a tendency for some people to want the U.S. to be a theocracy, for sure.

Jacobsen: You began to be known as your real self online. Was this scary?

Krawczyk: It was terrifying. It was only ten months ago. I became an atheist three years ago, but aside from telling a few people as I met them – as I met new friends I tested the waters by telling people. I did not post anything online that indicated I wasn’t a believer.

Maybe, things that made me look like a much more liberal Christian than I had ever been before. In the end of October 2016, my husband and I attended CSICon. It was for the Center for Skeptical Inquiry, which is a branch of the Center for Inquiry. It was a conference for scientific skepticism. There is a high crossover between that community and the atheist community.

When we walked in, there was a photo booth for an organization called Openly Secular. Their aim is to promote people being open about being secular, non-religious, or atheist so that it becomes normalized, to reduce discrimination.

I took a deep breath and I dragged my husband over and we took a picture of ourselves in that frame and then one just of myself. I posted it on Instagram before lost my nerve. I was terrified. That was the first time I was ever going to say anything online that said I was not a believer. I was posted it and I kept checking it and I didn’t get a bunch of nasty comments. I got a bunch of likes. That was a big relief.

A couple of weeks later, it was Openly Secular Day. I changed that to my profile picture. I was shaking like a leaf to put that as my profile picture, on Facebook, to have my hundreds of friends and family members see that I was saying that I was openly secular.

It was absolutely terrifying. But I started getting likes. I saw a number of friends I already had were also secular. It was amazing. But, it was scary. I also started getting messages from people I hadn’t talked to in years, and some family members, asking me to consider Pascal’s Wager and sharing Bible verses that I have known very well my whole life.

They were worried about me and wanting to bring me back. It opened me up to a lot of criticism. It was very scary.

Jacobsen: Dr. Dawkins encouraged you to write a book about your transition and experiences. What was the result?

Krawczyk: I met Richard at that same conference – CSICon 2016. We started talking after I introduced myself and he was intrigued by the fact that I had been a young Earth creationist – that I had absolutely despised him and had been taught to despise him. Not by my parents. I don’t remember anything from them, but through various apologetics and defending your faith classes that I’d been too.

For most of my life, since I’d heard of him, he was an awful, evil figure. He was just a horrible man.  An arrogant, horrible person who was trying to destroy everything I believed in, so by the time I actually read his book, The God Delusion… [Laughing]

Jacobsen: [Laughing] We have all experienced that bullying of either being told that some famous person who doesn’t believe is as such, or if they don’t target the famous person, they target you.

Krawczyk: Exactly.  So, I had thought he was a horrible, horrible person. But I’d actually booked tickets to that conference to thank him for writing The God Delusion. Because when I read that, about 4 years after I read Dan Barker’s book, I got about two thirds of the way through that and realized that I was an atheist. I had already left those other beliefs behind and had gotten to the point where pretty much everything he said totally made sense. I had still, just prior to that, thought he was an arrogant jerk. [Laughing]. My husband reminds me of that now. My husband had said, “Why don’t you read something he wrote rather than basing your opinions on stuff you’ve heard over the years? Just read something.” So, I picked The God Delusion and that changed my life. Suddenly it gave me a name. I knew what I was. I knew what category I fell into and I wasn’t the only one.

We kept in touch after the conference. I was in the process of telling family members that I was an atheist. He wanted to know how that went. We were corresponding and I was letting him know how it went with each person. At one point, a cousin on my husband’s side completely cut me off on Facebook. He said he absolutely could not be friends, or in touch with me at all. He wasn’t going to interact with me, or my family anymore, because he couldn’t respect anyone who didn’t believe in God. I was just devastated. I knew this was a possible risk, but I had known him for 18 years. I thought, “How can someone’s opinion change so suddenly when they know me. They know who I am?” I was really upset. I wrote to Richard and told him what happened. I got a response back, which I sadly, can’t find anymore, but basically said he was filled with fury about how religion can poison families. Then, shortly after, I got a message that said that I needed to write a book. I thought, “No. I’m not writing a book” But my husband said, “Richard Dawkins just suggested that you write a book. I think you should look into this.” [laughing]

I talked to Richard about it. He encouraged me to write my own story – it was unusual to come out of being a young Earth creationist and rather fundamentalist – and to tell the stories of other people. What has come out of that so far, is that I’m working on a book. The working title is Losing Your Life to Save It, and the idea is based on a Bible verse. That people have to sometimes lose everything that they care about in their lives – even risking their lives – to just be themselves, to be who you are and open about it, and to just be.

Richard said from the start that he would write the forward to the book and wanted to help by advising me. That is where it is now. I am gathering stories and will soon be putting out a survey to gather many more. I have at least 1,300 people waiting to fill out my next survey to talk about their experiences in various types of relationships and what life has been like, living as an atheist in the US and UK specifically. That is where we are at the moment. I’m writing a book!

Jacobsen: You have been involved with the publicizing and latter-planning for the LogiCal-LA conference, which is for the support of scientific skepticism. What is it? Any highlights that you would like to point out about it?

Krawczyk: Yes, it’s a new conference. It started last year in January. Bruce Gleason of the Orange County Freethought Alliance is the organizer. He runs the conference. Last year, we had a nice group. We had Sean Carroll, the physicist, as the keynote speaker. We had a lot of different great scientists from around the country and local in California. We are trying to support critical thinking, science education, and rational thought.

Los Angeles is a popular area where people live and visit, but we don’t really have anything that happens right there in that area. We are trying to gather some great minds and people who are interested in science and learning and thinking. We are trying to promote rational thought and critical thinking in the country. We really think it is lacking at this point and could use a boost.

Jacobsen: What are your next steps after the organizing and book?

Krawczyk: The book will probably take another year or two. I would like to continue helping with LogiCal-LA. I want to learn… I attended the International Conference for Freedom of Expression. Maryam Namazie’s conference in London – in July. I have been learning about the plight of ex-Muslims around the world. I’ve studied Arabic on and off for about 12 years and I have a BA in Arabic Language and Culture. I am particularly interested in people leaving Islam. I am interested in Arabic cultures and have a lot of Muslim friends.

I’m not sure exactly where I want to go, but I want to support secularism and the separation of church and state in this country. I want to help in any way that I can in normalizing atheism to the point where no one has to be afraid I like I was. No one had to be afraid to come out and say what they believe. I want people to understand, whether religious or non-religious, that families don’t have to be torn apart because of differences in belief.

We all can get along. We can all be. I’m not sure as to what the efforts will be, they are all going to be in support of those ideals. A lot of the work for the next couple of years will be going into this book. Like I said before, I’m in a position where I’m unlikely to have any real problem being out – out loud and proud about being an atheist. But a lot of people in the world are not in that situation I really want people to know that there is discrimination and it is very hard for people, even in the United States, Canada, and the UK, and it shouldn’t be. It shouldn’t have to be this way.

Jacobsen: Thank you for very much for your time, Melissa.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Anouar Majid Talks About Islam and the West

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/09

Anouar Majid is the Founder and Editor for Tingis MagazineMajid has authored several books on Islam and the West, and has been on Bill Moyers Journal and Al Jazeera television. He is the Founding Director of the Center for Global Humanities. Here we talk about Islam and the West.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We have done an interview for Canadian Atheist. We have one, forthcoming in Conatus News as well.  We talked about another series focused on the “grand theme” of Islam and the West, which is, of course, an area you have published a great deal in.

I would hope for this to remain conversational, as a dialogue, where I aim to learn from you. To begin, what demographics can provide an image of Islam around the world and the United States?

Anouar Majid: The number of Muslims around the world is fast approaching the 2 billion mark. (I think it is now above 1.8 billion.) Like Christianity, Islam is everywhere, on all continents, and in most countries.

Jacobsen: What core beliefs define a Muslim and a non-Muslim? What core do beliefs define someone from the West, a westerner? 

Majid: Muslims believe in one God (called Allah in Arabic) who created everything and to whom we are accountable after death. To be good in the eyes of Allah, one must have absolute faith in him and his prophet Mohammed, pray at least five times a day, fast at least one month a year, give at least 10 percent of one’s wealth to charity, and go on pilgrimage to Mecca, at least once in a lifetime, if possible.

There is another sub-set of obligations, but the aforementioned are known as the pillars of the religion. A Westerner, in this sense, is not the opposite of a Muslim, since she can be secular or religious. In fact, millions of Muslims are Westerners, in the sense that they live and are citizens of Western nations.

Generally speaking, though, we use the term in the sense that it includes a set of ideas that originated in Western Europe, including belief in secular government, human rights, rule of law, democracy, freedom of speech, and other traits.

Jacobsen: Where do these belief sets tend to conflict? 

Majid: In Islam, all power belongs to Allah, and the role of Muslims is to execute Allah’s wishes. Muslims are servants of Allah and, as such, cannot legislate on their own. Everything, according to devout Muslims, has been prescribed in the Koran and the Hadith (compilations of sayings and deeds attributed to the prophet Mohammed).

In principle, notions like “democracy” or “republic” do not exist in Islamic political thought. Sovereignty belongs to Allah only, not to nations or individuals. Nowadays, Muslims use the concept known as “shura” (advisors or consultants) as an example of how Islam makes room for democracy, but being an advisor to a caliph is not quite like voting for candidates running for office on a socialist platform, for instance.

Also, nations like Saudi Arabia do not believe in a human-made constitution, believing, as most Muslims do, that the Koran is sufficient in that regard.

Jacobsen: How does this conflict, in general terms and keeping in mind the demographic question at the outset, play out in American culture? Sometimes, as described in “Muslims in the West: Chronicle of a Crisis Foretold,” this can lead to lethal outcomes based on internal conflicts, in the individual. 

Majid: I am glad you mention that article. The clash of cultures, if not of civilizations, is quite real, although it is not fashionable to say this in polite circles. People who grow up as devout Muslims in Muslim-majority nations have a hard time assimilating into Western secular societies, even though most Muslims covet the West’s education, products, and even freedoms.

From a strictly cultural point of view, though, there is no doubt that a real conflict exists between Islam and the West. There are other aggravating (or attenuating) factors, but this is not our focus here.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Anouar. 

References

Jacobsen, S.D. (2017, December 28). Interview with Anouar Majid – Founding Director, Center for Global Humanities. Retrieved from https://www.canadianatheist.com/2017/12/majid/.

Majid, A. (2016, January 10). Muslims in the West: Chronicle of a Crisis Foretold. Retrieved from http://www.tingismagazine.com/opinion/muslims_in_the_west_chronicle_of_a_crisis_foretold.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Scott – Founder, Skeptic Meditations

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/09

Scott is the Founder of Skeptic Meditations. He speaks from experience in entering and leaving Self-Realization Monastic Order, a hindu-inspired ashram headquartered in Los Angeles and founded by famous Yogi Paramahansa Yogananda. Here we talk about meditation beliefs, and Westerners who are Post-Christian and consider themselves atheist or spiritual but not religious.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You were part of a community with many cult-like aspects devoted to meditative techniques and a monk lifestyle. What was it? How did you become wrapped up in it?

Scott from SkepticMeditations.com: I was an ordained monk for 14 years in Self-Realization Fellowship Order, founded in 1920 by famous Yogi Paramahansa Yogananda. It is essentially a Hindu-inspired religion with heavy blend of Christianity.

I got involved while in college I considered myself a mystical musician. Basically, I saw myself as a creative-music type, played guitar, sang, wrote music, and played in punk rock bands, sang in Choirs.

I was looking for ways to be more creative, more intuitive. To tap into the hidden, unknown creative powers within myself. At a party, when the band took a break I spoke to my buddies Uncle who was a Yoga Meditator. He recommended I read Autobiography of a Yogi by Paramahansa Yogananda.

Long story short: I read the Autobiography and had a “come to Yogananda” experience. At the time I felt that everything I wanted–mystical union with my soul, God, and Creative Cosmic Om–was to be found in following Yogananda’s teachings, which were articulated by his organization Self-Realization Fellowship (SRF).

Within 12 to 18 months I gave up everything–college, business/job, friends, family–not involved with the SRF and ran away from home  to live at SRF Hidden Valley Ashram. My aim was to see if I could dedicate my life as an SRF monk. I intended to be a monk for the rest of my life.

I worked my way up the spiritual-monastic food chain of SRF Order. For 18 months, I was a postulant (bootcamp for new monks) at Encinitas Ashram north of San Diego, California. Then I transferred to the SRF Mother Center, the International Headquarters, on top of Mt. Washington, in Northeast Los Angeles between Glendale and Pasadena, California.

At the SRF Mother Center ashram within two years I took Novitiate vows and three years later took Brahmachari vows. Each vow tier was meant to dedicate the monk’s life more fully to loyalty, obedience, celibacy, and simplicity to God, guru, and the SRF. Looking back it all seems like a bad dream. It turned out after several years it was a nightmare to be a monk.

Jacobsen: How did you get out of it, following from the previous question?

Scott: As life gets, it was complicated. After a decade and a half of struggling to make the monk life work I realized the monastery wasn’t the right place for me. What I needed was to grow, try new things.

In secret I would “sneak” out of the ashram under some pretense to buy and read books on escaping religious cults, to visit a life coach and talk over my challenges with a certified psychologist.

Over a period of 1-2 years I gradually got up the courage to leave the Order, the ashram. But how? I needed money, a place to stay, car, job, virtually everything. I renounced everything to be a monk and now I had to find a way to survive in the world outside.

(Incidentally, fear of making it out in the world is extreme in the SRF Order as it is in all high-control groups. The longer members stay the harder it is to leave on practical grounds. Where will you go? What kind of work can you get? How will people see you since you’ve lived under a rock, in a closed Hindu-meditation cult. These and more wild thoughts raced through the heads of monks who entertained escaping the clutches of the ashram Order.)

Fortunately for me, I cobbled together enough cash to buy myself a car, to rent an apartment in nearby Glendale, and to cover my basic living expenses for several months so I could get a toehold out in the world on my own.

Also, I had moral and psychological support from my family and key friends. (SRF treated former monastics as pariahs, as traitors, or so couldn’t rely on SRF…]

Jacobsen: Now, with this foundation, the “I have been there” framework for this series. I want to delve into a variety of topics. For a first one, which was your idea in correspondence, the idea of post-Christian spirituality. What is it? Why is it a relevant, timely, and intriguing topic to you?

Scott: What I mean my post-Christian spirituality I’m referring to the underlying puritan ideals of the West: purity of mind and heart which turns to stilling thought, emptying mind, or no thought as somehow special or sacred.

In the process of secularization, prayer, contemplation, or meditation turns from religious to mind cure. Meditation is somehow secular form of magical “healing”. Meditation is supposed to be beneficial to everyone, to be enlightening, to free practitioners from suffering.

Thinking God’s thoughts becomes thinking “right” thoughts, enlightened thoughts, or no thoughts. That is stilling the mind. Mastering thought. Meditation is actually a subtle version of religion, with a system of enlightenment and an elite with authority.

The system of enlightenment is based on a subtle form of religious thinking. This is why I called it post-Christian or Western secular spirituality.

Good question. Post-Western Christianity is probably not the best way to say what I meant. I’m talking about Westerner’s interest in Eastern spirituality and meditation. Those who are in PEW surveys when people are asked their religion they call themselves “Nones” or spiritual but not religious.

The spiritual but not religious and even many people who identify as atheists who cringe at the term “spiritual” sometimes harbor magical beliefs in things like meditation practices. So this magical thinking about meditation practices, like Buddhist-inspired mindfulness, creeps in.

It goes like this: There’s something deep, magical, and mystical behind the darkness of closed eyes. The Yogis and Eastern Enlightened Masters were onto something. “Science” is proving that meditation cures depression which is not actually the case when we carefully examine the studies of meditation we find that at best meditation practice has a moderate benefit if any compared to other methods of relaxation, exercise, or drugs.

My blog, skepticmeditations, rants about what I call these hidden sides of meditation, regardless whether we call meditation practice secular or not.

Jacobsen: These explorations post-Western Christianity can lead to many areas including meditation, yoga, Buddhism/Hinduism, the New Age philosophy, and Eastern cosmology. What are some cognitive-behavioural traps from the post-Western Christianity explorer’s side?

Scott: Haha. Lots of booby traps. We will never escape them all. But we can gradually, hopefully avoid falling into them endlessly. Each person has to untangle the cognitive traps themselves. It’s a lifelong process of discovery and exploration.

Some may overcome of the obvious traps of Christianity, the Catholic or Protestant doctrines and rituals. Realize that the communion wafer is not the body of Christ but is a cracker and so on.

That probably there is no God, at least not the kind of Divine Intelligence that culturally we are led to believe. But underlying our cultural indoctrination is a system, a framework for Protestant puritan ideals or enlightened masters or authorities and so on. We are products of the culture of the West.

Calling ourselves atheist or secular means we might be post-Christian but still have much of the subtle Christian-Western puritan worldviews. Even simple notions like “Work hard and you will succeed”. “Control your thoughts and control your destiny”, and so on. These are sublter versions of God beliefs or based in religious worldviews.

Jacobsen: What are some of the traps from those who wish to bring those post-Western Christianity explorers into their particular fold?

Scott:The scientific research into the benefits of meditation are inconclusive. We don’t yet have enough good data. Yet, many people scan and read only the headline that says meditation is beneficial for everybody.

So this kind of surface exploration of claims, like we’ve seen now with so-called fake news, should cause us to pause. It takes time and effort to dive deep into a topic like religion, meditation, or atheism.

Whatever, these are just labels. I think we should not take headlines and labels too seriously without first doing our homework and diving deep into the underlying premises and assumptions.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?

Scott: Well, I appreciate the opportunity to talk with you today. I enjoyed your questions and grappling with how to respond. I really like your conversational and interview style. I think back and forth dialogue is one of the best ways to try to understand ourselves and others. Thanks.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Scott.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

International Women’s Day in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/08

Canada seems poised for a proper celebratory day, today March 8, for International Women’s Day. Of course, this allies with two other days: Women’s Equality Day, and Women’s History Month.

These mark important celebrations for women throughout the world with a recognized day. Canada remains an important proponent of the rights of women in the legal context and privileges in the socio-cultural environment.

There appear a number of women of prominence or modest achievement in the world – “Hypatia of Alexandria, Elizabeth Anscombe, Hannah Arendt, Margaret Atwood, Simone de Beauvoir, Hildegard von Bingen, Marie Curie, Lady Anne Conway, Sarah Margaret Fuller… and innumerable others” and many of whom I do not know the full biographies – and, indeed, in Canada (Jacobsen, 2018).

In recognition of Canadian women’s achievements, often overlooked, we find the 2018 recognition from the substantive to the trivial. On the ledger of the more substantive, we find the boost in pro-women initiatives at the level of the federal government (O’Malley, 2018).

Also, the symbolic importance of a change in the ten dollar bill image with a printing of Viola Desmond, which is signal a representation of a woman of achievement in Canadian history on a Bank of Canada note (Bank of Canada, 2018).

Finance Minister Bill Morneau stated, “Two years ago today—on International Women’s Day—Prime Minister Trudeau and I announced that the time had come for a Canadian woman to be represented on Canada’s bank notes. Since then, thanks in large part through her sister Wanda, more and more Canadians have come to know Viola Desmond’s remarkable personal story of courage and dignity. Her story serves as inspiration to all Canadians and acts as a powerful reminder of how one person’s actions can help trigger change across generations” (Ibid.).

On the moderate, middle-part of the ledge, we find a change to the Barbie line of products (Batha & Taylor, 2018). Also, the hashtag #MyFeminism is a decent symbolic gesture in more modern media, social media, too (Status of Women Canada, 2018). Then into the trivial side, as Abedi hints at in the title and so on, we have the upside-down McDonald’s “M” into a “W” standing for “Women” instead of “McDonald’s” (Abedi, 2018).

Overall, it seems okay as a celebration of the day for women around the world in Canada, but, as the cliché goes, there is (always) more to be done.

References

Abedi, M. (2018, March 8). McDonald’s flips arches to honour International Women’s Day — but it backfires. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/4070137/mcdonalds-international-womens-day-flipped-arches/.

Bank of Canada. (2018, March 8). New $10 bank note featuring Viola Desmond unveiled on International Women’s Day. Retrieved from https://www.bankofcanada.ca/2018/03/new-10-bank-note-featuring-viola-desmond-unveiled/.

Batha, E. & Taylor, L. (2018, March 8). How the world is celebrating International Women’s Day. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/entertainment/barbie-flashmob-womens-day-1.4567692.

Jacobsen, S. D. (2018, March 8). Rick G. Rosner: Giga Society, Member; Mega Society, Member & ex-Editor (1991-97); and Writer (Part Ten). Retrieved from https://in-sightjournal.com/2014/12/15/ick-g-rosner-giga-society-member-mega-society-member-ex-editor-1990-96-and-writer-part-ten/.

O’Malley, K. (2018, March 8). Team Trudeau to mark International Women’s Day by boosting pro-woman budget initiatives. Retrieved from https://ipolitics.ca/2018/03/08/team-trudeau-mark-international-womens-day-boosting-pro-woman-budget-initiatives/.

Status of Women Canada. (2018, March 8). Government of Canada celebrates International Women’s Day 2018 – #MyFeminism. Retrieved from https://www.newswire.ca/news-releases/government-of-canada-celebrates-international-womens-day-2018—myfeminism-676251983.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Damon Conlan – Writer and Magician

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/08

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early development life for you – geography, culture, language, and religion if any?

Damon Conlan: I grew up in England, in the West Midlands. I was lucky in that no one was particularly religious in my immediate family, other than to be culturally Christian; the only time they would end up in a church was usually for a wedding, a christening, or a funeral.

Even Santa Claus was not thrust upon me with too much gusto, and I was left to my own devices to figure out whether or not all these myths had any validity.

The primary school I attended (when I was 5 until 11), in the last few years I was there, rebranded as a Church of England school; I think my initial objection to the new name was based primarily on its linguistic aesthetics.

Alongside the occasional sermon at assembly when the vicar turned up, the mandatory collective worship that took the form of a prayer, and hymns decrying how great God was, that was my first exposure to the concept of religious imposition into an otherwise secular space.

Jacobsen: As a magician, how does this inform your own view on our ability to be easily deceived – as James Randi says, “You too can be fooled!?”

Conlan: I have always found magic to be a fine bedfellow of skepticism, science, and reason. In its purest form, it presents a paradox: a coin cannot vanish from within a closed fist, and yet the magician’s hand is now empty. To be convinced of a lie whilst being fully aware you are being lied to is an incredibly useful learning tool. The inherent irony of magic provides us with a constant reminder that we can be misled.

Whenever I perform, that is always the subtext in my head. The easiest path to deception is to assume that you cannot be deceived; once you cease to question something, you censor yourself from discovering new truths.

As James Randi would say, magicians are honest liars, and I like to think that they serve to inoculate the populace from contracting faith by reminding them that they too can be fooled.

Jacobsen: What is your own view on religion and the progressive politics, i.e., their relationship and compatibility?

Conlan: I do not think it is any great revelation that the less someone takes a religious tome seriously, the less likely they are to abide by its rules and ideas. And there are plenty of them, from the beguilingly benign to the acutely wicked. Faith, the willing suspension of critical thinking, ultimately poisons the well.

Apply that to anything outside of religion and you can end up being convinced of anything, confine it to religion and you can be made to do anything; it is hard to talk someone out of something that they think God wants them to do.

To quote Steven Weinberg, “With or without [religion] you would have good people doing good things and evil people doing evil things. But for good people to do evil things, that takes religion.”

If a religion insists on not having its ideas scrutinised, which often betrays much, then it follows the traditional pattern of being dragged, kicking, and screaming, into the future. Questioning, open discourse, the battle of ideas: these are the things that should be at the forefront if we want any kind of societal progress, and religion has always been the antithesis of those things.

Jacobsen: Safe spaces, trigger warnings, and so on, are new phenomena. How do these conflict with the ideals of an academic environment?

Conlan: A university, a place exactly designed for the battle of ideas, should not be a place than overprotects or infantilizes. You only short-change students if you seek to inoculate them from the ideas that might offend.

Ideas need to be readily and freely discussed because free speech, in actuality, is the way in which we unshackle ourselves of bad ideas, maintain plurality, and protect the minority voice.

How do you know if an idea stands up to scrutiny unless it has been scrutinised? Why wouldn’t we want students to develop good arguments for the ideas they hold, and develop effective critical thinking?

I am always reminded of the “be careful what you wish for” trope; the perils of the literal genie. A benign request for something positive, when carried out thoughtlessly, can wreak havoc on the wisher. What we see more and more of, and not just on campuses, is the pursuit of a kind of puritanism. This new religion demands you to think and behave according to a strict set of dogmas not just in the present, but also in the past and the future, lest you be ostracised from the in-group.

The Christian notion of being “created sick and commanded to be well,” to quote Christopher Hitchens paraphrasing Fulke Greville, finds a pseudo-religious home. This is not the pursuit of amelioration, but a totalitarian exercise in creating a utopic society.

The intolerance towards anyone who does not comply with the in-group is a symptom of our tribalistic human nature, and one which we must out-grow. This is why free speech is so important, as true progress is only achieved if we properly confront the ideas we dislike, and fully scrutinise our own.

Jacobsen: What do you recommend for those interested in either magic or writing about the issues around free speech if those are topics that interest you?

Conlan: For those interested in magic, I would probably start by recommending a visit to your local (or virtual) magic shop or joining a local magic club. If you are interested in free speech, I would start typing immediately.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?

Conlan: It is been a pleasure to have been interviewed for Canadian Atheist.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Damon.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

“Is Christianity or Secular Humanism a better foundation for human rights?”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/08

There was a recent conversation entitled “Is Christianity or Secular Humanism a better foundation for human rights?: A conversation Between a Christian and a Secular Humanist.”

Steve Kim was the moderator of the conversation. Kim earned “a diploma in Worship Arts and a BA in Biblical Studies from Columbia Bible College in Abbotsford, BC. He has completed a master’s degree in Christian Apologetics through Biola University.”

Dr. Andy Bannister was the Christian side of the conversation. Bannister is the “Director of the Solas Centre for Public Christianity and an Adjunct Speaker for Ravi Zacharias International Ministries” and holds a “PhD in Islamic studies.”

Ian Bushfield was the Secular Humanist side of the conversation. Bushfield is the “Executive Director of the British Columbia Humanist Association” and “also the co-host of the PolitiCoast podcast.”

The dialogue covered a wide variety of subject matter including human rights, ontology, the Third Reich, the Silver Rule and the Golden Rule, varieties of societies around the world and across time, the source of morality, the binding nature of human rights, Down Syndrome, Canadian culture and Western civilization, reflections on Friedrich Nietzsche, good and evil in relation to human rights, metaphysical beliefs around morality, empowering people as part of ethics, relativism, rational discussions, and many others, especially entertaining and enjoyable because it was framed as and turned out as a “conversation” rather adversarial as a debate – and was covered in a humorous and respectful light. Kudos to Kim, Bannister, and Bushfield! Take a peak: 

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with EJ Hill – Former Reformed Evangelical Christian Minister

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/07

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are a former missionary an church planter. What were moments for the crisis of faith or something akin to it? Were these singular momentous deluges or slow drips of doubt upon which you built an ocean to sail your non-religious boat?

EJ Hill: I was a very dedicated believer, until the moment I realized that there were errors in the Bible, that no-one denied. What these folks seem to miss, however, is that the God of the Bible promised to protect His Word against corruption, meaning that he either lied or failed. That, along with the fact that we do not have an original copy of the ‘original Bible’ led to a ‘singular momentous deluge of doubt’ that left me devastated and depressed for months.

Jacobsen: How does the religious and skeptical environment compare in North America and South Africa (your place of residence)?

Hill: Well, I have never had the opportunity to travel to North America, but I do have a couple of online friends and follow a number of atheistic websites from there. It would seem like non-believers in North America has way more support in the sense of support groups, magazines, fraternities, and a number of celebrity intellectuals to champion their cause – Neil deGrasse Tyson, James Randi, Penn Jillette, and until recently Christopher Hitchens. While, here in sunny South Africa we have very little of that. But we are working on it, and we also benefitting from what is happening in North America.

Jacobsen: If you could take some of the big preacher names such as the late Billy Graham, Rick Warren, T.D. Jakes, Matt Chandler, Mark Driscoll, Francis Chan, Tim Keller, Dr. Ed Young, Sr., Craig Groeschel, Chris Hodges, Joel Osteen, and others, what tends to describe their approach in bringing people into their fold?

Hill: As a former Reformed Evangelical Christian Minister I had very little time for most of these guys, including Benny Hinn, Jesse duPlantis, Jerry Savelle, Kenneth Copeland, and Kenneth Hagin.

As far as I was concerned, Billy Graham was an ecumenical hypocrite, who watered down the gospel to accommodate as many people as he could via an appeal to emotion. Rick Warren promised God’s “blessings” to everyone, and that based on a flawed interpretation of the prayer of Jabez. T.D. Jakes is a typical prosperity preacher who fleeces his simple-minded flock with promises of wealth and prosperity. I initially liked Mark Driscoll, because of the somewhat reformed evangelical nature of his ministry, but I did not approve of his arrogant leadership style. He seems to be employing the “cowboy approach” to bringing men, in particular, into the fold with gimmicks like mixed martial arts, sex talks, etc. Joel Osteen is yet another prosperity preacher, promising his flock wealth and prosperity for a quick buck. I know too little about Matt Chandler, Francis Chan, Tim Keller, Dr. Ed Young, Sr., Craig Groeschel, or Chris Hodges, to comment on them.

Jacobsen: What seems like the 10-year future of the ex-pastor community in terms of becoming public, telling their stories, and becoming accepted members of mainstream society rather than fringe?

Hill: By “ex-pastor community” I assume you referring to The Clergy Project, which will have a bright future, if they could manage to work out some organizational technicalities. If not, they will become nothing more than a mailing list, most of the members being swallowed by local atheistic groupings, where they will provide invaluable consultation.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?

Hill: To my atheistic friend. Please double-check what you say. If you do not know what you are talking about – consult. But, whatever you do, do not spread misinformation. Most of those “bible contradictions” I see thrown around the Internet, are not contradictions by a long shot. The only reason why you think they are, is because you lack understanding. These types of flawed attacks on Christianity only serves to strengthen believers in their belief, that the Bible is inerrant, and atheists do not know what they are talking about. Do everyone a favour, and do not speak on a subject, until you earned the right to do so, having done your research. And, no, reading a single article or book does NOT constitute research.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Off the Lazy Path — If You Cannot Find the Community, Then Make One

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/06

Out of the long history of the rejection of the traditional religious moral frameworks, practices, rituals, and beliefs about the fundamental constituents of the world, humanism bubbled to the surface in pockets in the world’s history, whether schools associated with Charvaka or Lokayata materialist school in India and Mengzi or Mencius in China, or thinkers of the Greco-Roman orientation (The Editors of Encyclopædia Britannica; Stefon et al, 2016; Humanists UK, 2018).

Even with these formations in various parts of the world with different histories and peoples, humanism arises as a tendency in human thought across time more than a formal school of thought, with exceptions to some uncommon instances in the ancient world.

Of course, these “tendencies of thought” arose as rich and accepted, and flourishing, formal schools of thought in the Rennaissance Era, with approximations of their modern form, during the 13th and 14th centuries in Northern Italy with a geographic transition into England and continental Europe (Grudin, 2017).

Given its assertions about the nature of the world — an emphasis on empirical investigation for imprecise, but ever-improving, reels of the material world, the focus on the natural world discovered by natural means or naturalism, reason and compassion allied with scientific investigation for decision-making with relevance to human beings and their happiness, and so on and so forth, these tend towards opposition with the dominant schools of thought seen in mainstream faiths across the world because of perpendicular, in content and purpose, assertions about the universe (Papineau, 2016; American Humanist Association, 2003; Harvard Divinity School, 2018).

The emphasis on, though not exclusionary utilization of, faith or “confidence in what we hope for and assurance about what we do not see,” the discovery and comprehension of the world through revelation in order to prepare for the hereafter in some form, and care, compassion, and often good works (if not by grace) geared to the wellbeing of immaterial souls (The Bible, 2018; The Editors of Encyclopædia Britannica, 2017).

Granted, Encyclopedia Britannica orients humanism within the religion palette, but with an addendum about its own emphasis on human community and the natural world and not on the sacred and a potential afterlife.

In short, another form of religious belief focused on the here-and-now rather than the unforeseen and hoped-for there-and-then (The Bible, 2018). Formal religious practices tend to require assiduous effort, especially if of the self-flagellate kinds.

Given current trends within Canada, and by these standards, most Canadians with religious traditions, heritage, and practice do not meet this criteria for formal religious practitioners: religious by title (Press, 2013; Clark, 2003; Slater et al, 2015).

However, if the belief and epistemology, in its standard representation of trust in a higher power than oneself, then it amounts to hazy-lazy as a life trail.

To investigate, to prod and probe, to question, to doubt about everything, this takes time, effort, and another path in life less fuzzy and with fewer lazy moments than its traditional and dominant counterpart.

To construct a community in this manner brings about the common wisdom, which contain some modicum of truth values in its fundamental presuppositions, the unbelievers and infidel types, to play on the conceptual maps of the formal religious, in the construction efforts towards a communal environment of some form can feel as if “herding cats.”

How almost completely true, how pitiable, yet how hopeful and triumphal, the assumption amounts to at least two or more people trying in spite of the common pessimism and tiresome intellectual meanderings around the creation of said community.

That community of human beings in search of meaning, relationships, a common language and culture, music and art, and some place to build a foundational sense of family and sense of mutual respect and individual dignity in the pursuit of one’s livelihood: humanists.

In a Christian country, in Canada, via interpretation of the numbers throughout its history right into the present, many of the individuals with rejection of God with a formal atheism, often in the Abrahamic tradition, will move into the religiously unaffiliated categorization, but this amounts to a rejection of God or gods and the affirmation of their non-existence as well, in general (Press, 2013; Clark, 2003; Slater et al, 2015).

One of these groups of people equate to the humanists. Not only the standard denial found in atheism or the standard position of unknowing known as agnosticism; not only those related but distinct positions, humanism provides an affirmation of life values with an implied axiological status or set of values about life, epistemology or means through which to know the world, ontology or considerations about the foundational nature of being, ethic or how we should behave in accordance with and to one another, even a young aesthetic with the slow development of an art and culture with some writings and music and visual presentations meant to evoke emotions or strike thoughts.

Many in Canada grow without a faith or transition into none, the Nones, and then find a secular religion in its benign interpretation in humanism. It may seem like a big switch, but probably does not amount to much for many. In other words, to get a new lease on life, all you need to do is change your point of view a bit; and we are never too old for that. Plus, it comes with a community, but it remains acknowledged as a hard road to earn it.

References

American Humanist Association. (2003). Humanism and Its Aspirations: Humanist Manifesto III, a Successor to the Humanist Manifesto of 1933. Retrieved from https://americanhumanist.org/what-is-humanism/manifesto3/.

Clark, W. (2003). Pockets of Belief: Religious attendance patterns in Canada. Retrieved from http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/11-008-x/2002004/article/6493-eng.pdf?contentType=application%2Fpdf.

Grudin, R. (2017, November 22). Humanism. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/humanism.

Harvard Divinity School. (2018). Humanist Manifestos. Retrieved from https://rlp.hds.harvard.edu/humanism/humanist-manifestos.

Humanists UK. (2018). The Ancient World. Retrieved from https://humanism.org.uk/humanism/the-humanist-tradition/the-ancient-world/.

Papineau, D. (2016). Naturalism. Retrieved from https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2016/entries/naturalism/.

Press, J. (2013, May 8). Religion in Canada, a breakdown. Retrieved from http://www.canada.com/life/Religion+Canada+breakdown/8354112/story.html.

Slater, P., Coward, H., Chagnon, R., & Baird, D. (2015, March 5). Religion. Retrieved from http://www.thecanadianencyclopedia.ca/en/article/religion/.

Statistics Canada. (2008, November 21). Canadians attend weekly religious services less than 20 years ago. Retrieved from https://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/89-630-x/2008001/article/10650-eng.htm.

Stefon, M., et al. (2016, July 6). Mencius. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Mencius-Chinese-philosopher.

The Bible (NIV). (2018). Hebrews 11:1. Retrieved from https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Hebrews+11%3A1&version=NIV.

The Editors of Encyclopædia Britannica. (2017, June 16). Charvaka. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/Charvaka.

The Editors of Encyclopædia Britannica. (2017, April 28). Religion. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/religion.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Triumph and Tribulation, Haiti Agriculture and Culture, and Sisal

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/03

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team. Here I explore Haiti, part 1.

I want to talk about some natural fibres in one particular part of the world that is unique, that part of the world is Haiti, which is under a great amount of duress at the moment following some tribulations and trials (or ‘trials and tribulations’ in the early part of 2016) in the country.

But first, I want to discuss or point out some of the basic information around natural fibres in the world, and then that part of the world. Natural fibres are composed of mineral, plant, and animal fibres. They can decompose. Mineral fibres only have one kind as far as I have discovered/learned, which is asbestos. Plant fibres are made of cellulose primarily and come from plants, of course. Animal fibres are composed of amino acids linked together in chains or proteins. Animal fibres come from a variety of fauna including camels, alpacas, and others.

Synthetic fibres and man-made fibres differ from natural fibres in that they do not decompose and are prominently seen in such things as polyester. Polyester being made primarily in mainland China based on consumer demand from Europe and North America, I assume.

With respect to Haiti, they have a proverb that says, ‘Bèf pa di savann mèsi.” The ox does not thank the field. That’s probably true. Or “Bèl cheve pa lajan.” Good hair is not money. For a poor country, which often lacks for the basics of life, then this makes perfect sense. You wear clothes for livelihood or to just have clothing, not as a frivolous garment. What is Haiti?

Haiti is a Caribbean country in or sharing the island of Hispaniola with the Dominican Republic. The Dominican Republic is to East. In 2010, it had a terrible earthquake. That earthquake devastated much of the country, and the country has upwards of 10 million people in it. In Canada, we have approximately 36 to 37 million people. It’s teeny little place with a tremendous number of human beings. The capital is Port-au-Prince. And its official language is Haitian Creole French or French. Recently, a deadly attack was conducted on a Haitian police headquarter as tensions arose in February. The tensions arose and individuals in military fatigues attacked at night in the coastal city of Les Cayes.

Gunmen stormed police headquarters on Monday and killed 6 people in an apparent shootout at a police station. Could the country be close to a civil war? One of the problems with the possibility for the civil war at the present moment is in light of the fact that the country was unable to sign in a new president because it missed a deadline to do so.

The individuals that committed the crime seized automatic weapons. Some of these murderous activities stem from February in terms of a political disagreement for the Caribbean nation. It failed to hold a runoff election. In other words, both deadlines were missed.

How does this relate to the natural fibres? Look at the people, look at the frustration, look at the clothes, it’s all intertwined.  One giant interconnected web.  Sisal, itself, has actually been used in terms of content materials for furniture and construction in addition to cars and plastics and paper products. The plant is quite hardy and can grow year round in hot climates and even in arid or dry regions that are typically unsuitable for other crops.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Cycle of Natural Fibres

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/03

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team.

Cycles are loopy, ideally.  Not crazy. It’s a system that feeds back into itself. Pick a circular metaphor, that’s it. It’s not necessarily the most efficient in the short-term.  But the bet is on the long term.  Sustainable for generations to come, and ethical, super ethical because, this loop provides decent conditions for future generations.  I introduce the natural fiber lifecycle, not a new idea – far from it. So, it’s not mine, and I have no idea where the concept (not the title, though,) started out.

Synthetic or man-made fibers might have more productive methodologies in the short-term.  But there’s basically a one-way line from production to consumption to waste. I mean, look at the landfills and oceans, global catastrophe case in point. The landfills are stocked with synthetic garbage. The oceans have 4.54 trillion pieces of super-small plastics alone. Our recycling isn’t keeping with the level of intake-outtake. And the waste that falls through the massive gap is non-biodegradable, which means it will be around forever. So we are left with a mess. A big one.  Like that proverbial chocolate on the white dress shirt or wedding gown.  It ain’t comin’ out, except by drastic measure.

Demand in the fashion industry has caused the production for synthetics to increase. Alas, alternatives exist! Natural fibers, on the other hand, are natural thus involving a cycle! Which includes the input, the processing, and the output.  Input, involves growing the plant fibers by proper fertilization and watering.  For the animal fibers, there’s getting the right food like grain or grass, and water sources, and even the occasional need for open fields for that grazing.

Then comes the processing which involves harvest for the plant fibers and a shearing or de-hairing for the animals’ fibers. It’s a very different set of processes, the outcome, sustainable product which allows cycles to continue! Then comes the fun part! The fashion guru’s get to make some hip, even beautiful, products that are sustainable and have the environment in mind.  I’m no pro, but there are many options. And they are pretty fantastic work. I would be fumbling to make these things with my clubs for hands, but take a short look at some of the other bloggers’ stuff from very recent.

And then comes the last part of this cycle, which includes many, many parts. There’s the cutting and composting route with red wiggle worms (Real name!) and a hot composting to help out.  This makes fashion bio-degradable. And then there’s the waiting…stage…that…comes…next.

Fertilizer: that’s the final product that’s used in the soil for plant fibers to grow (with some water) and to feed the grazing grounds that grows the grass that the animals eat – camels, alpacas, stuff like that. And that’s the natural fiber life cycle(s)! Which makes fashion for the conscious minded individual more enjoyable!

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Boxer Shorts, Boxer Briefs, Trunks, Briefs, Jockstraps, Bikinis, Thongs, and G-Strings

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/02

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team.

You know what they say about a man’s underwear: he wears them. He doesn’t wear them to wear them alone, though. In that, he might have other purposes. What do you think? I think he wears them for health, if he’s conscious and conscientious about these things.

Comfort matters, undergarments matter, but so does health such as reproductive health. In my experience, there are some things men rarely talk about. Nonetheless, the men do at times in Canada – or, at least, maybe, in your county or township. And there’s more than the basic idea of “underwear.” Men have lots of kinds of undergarments; boxer shorts, boxer briefs, trunks, briefs, jockstraps, bikinis, thongs, and G-strings.

That’s a basic visual crash-course in the underwear meant for males. If you scroll or look back up the kinds of underwear for them among the 8 that I know of online – others might exist but I do not know for sure, what’s the problem there? There’s something off about most of them and we’ll get to that in a tiny bit. But what are the testicles, really, and what do they do – in brief?

Testicles are part of the male sex anatomy and sometimes called the testes or gonads. They are two glands that are a main part of the male genitalia. They are housed in a skin pouch and produce one set of gamete cells and one hormone; the male sex cells for reproduction, sperm, and the testosterone, the ‘male’ hormone. Sperm development is best with temperature slightly below that of the rest of the body. 

What is the process for semen? According to the experts, the process takes about a total of 7 weeks. That’s something amazing to me. It takes 7 weeks in total. If you look at the seminiferous tubules or the sertoli cells on the diagram above, the germ cells create the sperm. Once gone from there, they move and are stored in the epididymis for maturation for a few weeks, after which time they proceed into and up the vas deferens for admixing with the prostate and the seminal vesicles; That then becomes semen. 

What about testosterone? That leaves the leydig cells that are throughout the testicle and the core creator of testosterone for the body. Typical male characteristics that come from the heavy production of testosterone are facial hair, low voice, wide shoulders, and without this the man can suffer from depression, fatigue, hot flashes (men get them too!), and even osteoporosis. You can find out more here.

So what are the health issues? One issue has to do with the innate aspect of the male sex from biology. As with many other mammal and primate species, the innate male sex organ is complicated and prone to problems like most organs and, of course, this includes the testicles. The testicles are outside of the body in human males, and this is the reason why they need to be about a degree cooler, less hot, in comparison to the temperature of the body. Tight underwear can make them to close to the body and even keep too much heat in for that 7-week developmental cycle of sperm and, that means, health sperm or male gamete cell development. Oh, man! 

Another issue deals with an intuitive sense of the constriction to the blood flow to the testicles. Tight underwear can cause problems for the testicles themselves by this constriction. Apparently, the loss or reduction of regular circulation in the testicles of men, such as myself, can lead to some major reproductive issues. What does this do? According to the experts that spend their time writing the medical textbooks and websites, it reduces the sperm count of the man that happens to wear these tight garments. Like this:

That’s tight. That’s constricting and it can reduce sperm count, which for many, many men that, likely, want children can be a health issue and reproductive concern. I think it’s a probability issue. If you wish to increase chances of fertilization as a man, then this is something that you need to take into account for the future, especially with the modern reproductive health services – the numerous ones around – that can assist with family planning. Women have their own concerns and issues with respect to reproductive health. Men have their own too; myself included, because I would want to increase the chances of fertility with appropriate family planning for my partner and I (not dating at the moment, single as a lost sock). Most of the time, people want families, and so this seems like a reasonable concern to bear in mind, I feel.

Even further, there’s another issue with a higher surface area for bacterial growth on synthetic materials, which can cause…issues…odor problems. Bacterial growth can cause that, and it is more likely with synthetic materials. And if you have an intimate partner, or consider general genital health, then this can be an even more serious issue. Because I would want to keep my partner included on health things. Why? Well, if married or together with someone, my health, especially sexual health, could have impacts on my partner. And so, continuing with elementary moral truisms such as ‘the Golden Rule’ , I would expect the same of them, and so I expect the same of me. 

Finally, and one particular point brought to my attention by Shannon, cotton is one of the least moisture absorbing fabrics, and this can cause irritation to the skin, which is also an issue for the health of male genitalia, and ties into the rest of the points. Thanks for your attention… 

By the way, please feel free to disagree with any of this. I’m not a deity or anything like that, I did some research, and presented some information and opinions. Does this make me an underwear connoisseur now? Doubt it. 

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Decomposition, Natural Fibres, Networks, Blogging, and Climate Change

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/01

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team.

We’re back again once more with a very short discussion on natural fibres! Another important discussion around the foundations of sustainable and ethical and healthy fashion. We here at Trusted Clothes work on these issues and consider them of the utmost importance.

Natural fibres are more important than many other things. They incorporate networks of people and ideas in blogs and fashion clothing lines. Idea’s to do with global warming and climate change, sustainability, pollution of the environment, plastics, synthetic fibre industries including especially polyester, and many things that are not necessarily on the forefront of concern, and possibly those not even discovered to date.

The basic distinction in natural fibres is between plant and animal fibres. Plant fibres have cellulose and can decompose. Animal fibres have amino acids for proteins and can decompose. One of the best ways to decompose is hot composting. However, one of the other ways to decompose, a standard way, is through cold composting. Composting is dumping stuff into a pile with other rotting things like fruit and vegetable peels and the stuff will, in general, if not synthetic, decompose and can make for a pretty good fertilizer.

There can be some additional help for the decomposition with a general purpose red wiggler worms. They’ve helped for millions of years. Why not some more now? Synthetic fibres or man-made fibres cannot decompose and they are in fact the problem for the environment, for climate change and global warming. Their lifecycle is only a one-way arrow and not an actual cycle. Not even that little critter can help. Sorry little buddy!

So I want to talk a little bit about what the nature of the problem is. The problem is that healthy and sustainable ethical fashion does require a focus on the natural fibres. Natural fibres are pretty much the only way that we do have and know about in terms of creating the cycle of the Earth’s fibres.

Fibres that can be taken from the earth, manufactured and made into fashion, and then put back into the earth – or what is put back into the earth becomes the fertilizer based on the decomposition of the original biological material

The fibres can then be utilized for further growth of crops that can be used for fibres. The nature of the problem is many, many fold. It is a multi-headed beast, but we can work our way through it. So, what can we do?

 We can change our consumption patterns. We can change the things that we grow. We can change the things that we wear. We can change the things we consider fashionable. We can adapt our current consumption patterns to a more sustainable cycle. We can coordinate with indigenous cultures that happen to use natural fibres rather than larger conglomerates and corporations that happen to use the synthetic or man-made fibres that do not decompose and pollute the environment, that contributes to one of the most devastating environmental challenges overtime for the 21st-century known as climate change/global warming.

This is noted by the international community, many national communities and societies, groups and associations and organizations, and individuals with equal perspective and concern not only for themselves, but also for the subsequent generations coming before our children and our children’s children. If we do want an sustainable future, and to keep ethical bounds of with respect to our life-support system known as the environment, then we will need to have a radical shift in terms of how it relates to the environment as a whole.

As with everything written, I could be wrong, incredibly wrong – think for yourself and come to your own conclusions. I’m human. I’m a writer. I have biases, fallibilities, and quirks – even some funny ones. My words aren’t gold, nor are they a calf.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Andrea Sanabria, Something Personal, and La Petite Mort

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/01

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team. Part 2 of an interview with Andrea Sanabria.

It sounds to me like something personal in that way.  As an aside, you would know better than I would, have you looked at the amount of carbon footprint from synthetic fibres compared to natural fibres?

Right, I think at the end I do take it personally because of what I have seen. What pushed me is that Latin America produces a lot of raw material that is high quality. I think the first article I wrote for Trusted Clothes was about farming in Latin America because we are changing our ways to become better.

What I think is silly is that we produce high quality coffee, food, and textiles, and it all goes abroad. All of the footprint you’re reducing by changing your ways of production, it needs to be transported to the other side of the world. All your savings went out, again!  Actually, we aren’t producing it for us. We’re producing it for them (developed countries).  You hardly find those in the local market.  Then we get really low quality products imported from Asia, and so on, we follow trends. We follow the American look.

Low quality products from these far away countries coming all the way to Peru… In my logic, this doesn’t make any sense. You’re making high quality fibres and not even using them. You’re sending them far, far away. So, though my idea, initially, was to produce high quality clothing to sell in Europe where people actually care about manufacture… seeing the situation in my country. I figured this was impossible, something had to be done.

In my eyes, we have full potential. We’re just not seeing it. At the end, it’s a matter of misinformation. It’s not a matter of money.  The price is not even that high.

You founded La Petite Mort, organic streetwear company, where “la petite mort” is translated as “little death” or as a popular reference to a sexual orgasm. How do these two relate to one another?

The inspiration for the company is, first, to develop an alternative to streetwear, common streetwear, that we wear every day… but in organic cotton. Farther than organic, I’ve chosen to work with Pima cotton. You have several types of cotton. The pima one is the cotton that has a longer fiber. So, when you do the textiles, it’s going to be softer. You notice that immediately when touching a t-shirt. I really want people to relate the brand to the substance. I decided to work with the best that I could find to make these pieces. If you look at the brand, it’s not really about statement pieces. It’s a regular t-shirt, so it better be a good one! I also try to make it very approachable.

The second is also that it’s environmentally friendly. I wanted to develop the brand with a lower impact, of course.

Then, the inspiration for the name brand… la petite mort is, of course, the orgasm. It is actually the moment of the orgasm that lasts maybe half a second. As if you were dead for an instant. It goes farther than orgasm itself. It is the feeling of emptiness – total, ultimate freedom, it is what people look for when they do yoga or meditation, or reach nirvana. It’s just another way to put it.

I chose it because when I learned the meaning of it. I thought, “Wow! This is so true, we all look for this” Even before I had the brand, I had this concept in my mind, back of my mind. So, I decided that when the time came to grab it. I am having trouble with it because the new generations of French do not really understand or make the connection with la petite mort. It’s kind of sad as a name.

Once they get it, they connect to it, some of them. (Laughs) And once you do, it’s hard to forget, right?  I don’t do the whole la petite mort when working in Latin America, because French is hard! In Spanish I use the short La P.M. standing for la puta madre, which means something super cool. It’s slang, urban slang.

To me, La Petite Mort, is the ultimate nirvana. There’s no other name to call it. I don’t want to use a yogi name! (Laughs)

Any concluding feelings or thoughts about sustainable fashion? 

I’m going to say it is a lot of work. Sometimes, I feel like the brand, if I didn’t mention “sustainable,” it would run even better because when you take this approach people immediately back away. I think there is a lot of clichés around it. That’s why when I try to communicate I try to be very soft, very positive, and not to make people feel guilty. To this point, I think fashion has been sold in the wrong way.

I wish there was more of this movement in Latin America. I know there are organizations working on it over there, but the road is still long. So, I take it personally to help raise consciousness. It’s crazy. We are the ones that get affected the most in the developing countries. That’s all that.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Andrea Sanabria, Fashion, Lima, and Peruvian Fashion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/01

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team. Part 1 of an interview with Andrea Sanabria.

Would you tell us a little about your familial and personal background, as well as provide some educational background? 

I spent most of my life in Peru, but I finished my high school in the U.S. I lived in Minnesota for a year and went back several times after that and I did all of my university in Lima because after high school, I went back to Peru. Though I am not originally from Lima, I’ve lived there for, maybe, 10 years. Finally, I stayed working there in advertising and marketing. After a few years of work, I felt the need to change industries because fashion was actually moving in Peru. Before, the industry wasn’t much in terms of creative fashion – it relied more on manufacture and production. I wouldn’t have really called it a fashion industry, more like industry-suppliers. But at that time, the creative industry was already moving, though in a slow pace.

So, I decided to travel to see what the fashion industry was actually like around the world because I knew we were in a very early phase. I decided to move to France to do my Masters in fashion management, with thoughts of moving back to Peru right afterwards to help develop the industry there and build a bridge between the Peruvian industry with the rest of the industry abroad. While I was here in France, I discovered sustainable fashion – which in Peru we didn’t know about.

Now, there is a little bit of it. In Latin America in general, there is a little bit of sustainable knowledge, but people talk about it and don’t really know about it. Here, even though French people consider it not that important or developed, to me, it was like, “Wow!” It’s been eye-opening. So, I decided to stay here to learn more about it.

You are a freelance writer and activist for better practices in the fashion business. How does this play out in personal and professional life at the present?

To be honest, until maybe, two years ago, I was really the regular professional person. When I was in Peru, I would work for several companies in marketing. On the side, I would always do freelance design just for the fun of it. When I moved to France, after school I started working for fashion companies. I was on the regular path I guess. But ever since I decided to fully commit to sustainable fashion and the promotion of sustainable fashion in Latin America, starting my own company of course, I quit any possibilities of a full-time job and have been doing freelance ever since. I have been freelancing for fashion showrooms, for sales, and everything that has to do with writing. Everything that aligns with fashion and sustainable fashion. I do that nowadays. I am an entrepreneur and freelancer. It’s a mess sometimes (laughs).

You have experience in the international market and a specialty for Latin America, and you are a featured author for Trusted Clothes. How does your expertise influence chosen article topics?

I’ve been checking a lot of blogs and writers that are contributing. They write about their own personal experience, which I think is important to start. I also started to write what it is like to start your own business, and I think it is the first step because you are connecting people that are thinking, “Maybe, I should be more interested in this, than that.” But in the articles that I’ve been doing afterwards, I’ve been trying to look at it more from a commercial point of view. At how sustainable fashion and practices is something that you can make profit off. Little businesses, and major brands, are looking into it and developing. I cannot not see that with my background.

I’ve studied marketing strategies, green-washing cases, and successful online startups. So when I see it happening, I immediately do a little research and write about it. The last article, which I wrote for Trusted Clothes, and hasn’t been published yet, is about the shared economy and how it applies to fashion, because it’s a big thing right now.

It has taken longer for fashion. So, I wrote a little bit about my thoughts on it, and at the end I always end up mentioning, based on personal observations on the international scene – why it’s happening or not happening in Latin America – how it applies there.  Because being from Latin America, and going there once a year, I get to see how the market changes, and then I get to compare it with the rest of the world because I want to say the US and Europe are somewhat  aligned. However, I feel Latin America is behind. And I try to state why it is we’re behind or in different states.

I mix my professional background with my cultural background every day (laughs).

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

But What Can I Do?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/31

am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team.

I felt like writing a less thinking piece. And more of a reflective or opinion piece, based on a feeling, not so uncommon, and not so profound, but worth its weight in meaning.

Something ‘struck’ me. And it’s the idea of reach. Personal reach, emotional reach, the reach of physical work, the reach into the lives and minds of others, and hopefully (if super lucky) hearts of others, and so on and so forth. How far can I possibly go?

Like, if in this endeavour with such a limited capacity in my own life, what could I do? I’m just a person, like most people. There’s small contributions: getting informed, knowing a bit, reflection on these things talking, writing, et cetera, etc. There’s doing composting – hot or cold – to reduce my personal impact on the environment and eventually on the climate.

And I know I’m already bad at that. I know that. So I feel as though, at times, it’s like, “but what could I do?” Well, a good first step is to learn about these things. Good.

What then? Well, I’ve done some of the taking in of neat stuff, and then there’s writing. Writing?

Yup, it’s the productive phase past learning about things. I can do some kind of mini-outreach to others through this. I can reference. I can footnote or end note. I can think more, and re-reference (and footnote or end note), and on and on. That’s a great tool to learn, kind of.

But does that matter to folks? I don’t know, quite frankly. I have an intuition that there’s some reach there, but is that good enough? For me: no. What then?

There’s reading other peoples’ work. Other articles. Other interviews, even chapters or whole books. But that takes a lot of time. And time is short with lots of things going on. Many folks have kids, have work – have lives. Or, in other words, have resources being spent, resources which are likely quite short, like time, money, emotions and energy, or other, more personally immediate, things. Even after those things, there’s reflection on all of this together, talking straight about the issues, staying positive, and, maybe, keeping persistent.

Persistent writing, persistence reading, persistent thinking, persistent work in general. That’s a good start, and it skips a lot of the issues around particularities and funky little details.

Is this all too much waving of hands, and wishing the wishes? I don’t know, but can see why it might seem like it.

Even with that, it would seem wrong to me in that, even though there’s the “but what can I do?”, there’s also the little voice of “but what can’t we do?” ‘cause it’s an organizational message, a collective and communal effort, a group plan, and a unified network of principles.

So I don’t know for sure, and could be wrong, but I think the voice of doubt alone can be replaced by a voice of assurance together.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Brief Note on Natural Fibres and Climate Change, or Always a Polar Bear

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/31

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust! 

Natural fibres split into animal fibres and plant fibres with the animal fibres composed of proteins and the plant fibres of cellulose.[i],[ii],[iii],[iv],[v]

These, together, constitute a large set of industries with millions of workers including the textile industry, and they have competition from the synthetic or man-made fibre industry.[vi],[vii] One of these is compostable or bio-degradable, and the other is not.

Plant and animal fibres are bio-degradable such as in a cold or hot compost, and synthetic or man-made fibres are not.[viii],[ix],[x],[xi],[xii] The one’s that do not biodegrade will tend to end in landfills and the ocean, and will become broke down cubes such as microplastics.[xiii],[xiv],[xv],[xvi],[xvii]

The lifecycle of synthetic or man-made fibres are different than the natural fibres because the natural fibre lifecycle is shaped like a loop. And the synthetic or man-made fibre lifecycle is basically a straight line with some looping via recycling.

And with this taken in its full implications comes around to one of the major issues of our time, global warming or climate change.

According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations via Jan van Dam, the connection between environmental sustainability, climate change, and natural fibres is not necessarily a complicated one. How so?

The promotion of the use of natural fibres as CO2 neutral resource is believed to contribute to a greener planet… The transition towards a bio-based economy and sustainable developments as a consequence of the Kyoto protocols on greenhouse gas reduction and CO2 neutral production offers high perspectives for natural fibre markets… On ecological grounds products should then be preferred that are based on photosynthetic CO2 fixation… Growing of crops results in the fixation in biomass of atmospheric CO2 through photosynthesis and has therefore in principle a positive effect on the CO2 balance.[xviii]

There we go again. A green planet, accordance with the Kyoto Protocol (and likely numerous other agreements), carbon capture, an actual lifecycle for feeding back into its own future generations of growth and product via natural fibres, and even a reduction in the net CO2 in the medium- to long-term. What’s not to like – and there’s plenty more where that came from.

It can be a complex representation of the information. However, the fundamental principles need little thought. Synthetic fibres do not decompose. Natural fibres decompose. What follows? The former become various direct and indirect pollutants and is, therefore, unsustainable and increases the ongoing climactic warming; the latter amounts to a self-sustaining cycle and is, therefore, sustainable and reduces the ongoing climactic warming.

[i] New World Encyclopedia. (2014, December 23). Natural Fiber.[ii] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica.[iii] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibres.[iv] Government of Canada: Canadian Conservation Institute. (2015, November 23). Natural Fibres – Canadian Conservation Institute (CCI) Notes 13/11.[v] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Why Natural Fibres?.[vi] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibres.[vii] man-made fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica.[viii] Wild Fibres. (2016, February 15). Animal Fibres.[ix] Wild Fibres. (2016, February 15). Plant Fibres.[x] Almanac. (2016). How to Compost: Hot and Cold Methods.[xi] Vegetable Gardener. (2009, February 10). Composting Hot or Cold.[xii]Kitchen Gardeners International. (n.d.). Which is better: hot or cold composting?.[xiii]New World Encyclopedia. (2016). Natural Fiber.[xiv] United Nations Environment Programme. (2013). Microplastics.[xv] Ministry of Environment and Climate Change. (2016). Microplastics and microbeads.[xvi] WorldWatch Institute. (2015, January 28). Global Plastic Production Rises, Recycling Lags.[xvii] [National Geographic]. (2015, October27). Are Microplastics in Our Water Becoming a Macroproblem?.[xviii] Van Dam, J.E.G.. (n.d.). Environmental benefits of natural fibre production and use.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Abena Sara, “Batiks,” Batiks for Life, and Ghana

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/31

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust! Part 1.

Batiks for life has come a long way, what does “Batiks” mean and where did the name of the company originate from?

Batik is a process of creating a print on cotton fabric, by applying wax to form a design, then dyeing the cloth, then removing the wax.  It’s a traditional way of making beautiful fabrics in many parts of the world and in Ghana, there’s a particular way of making batik that’s been handed down from generation to generation that’s specific to this country.  One way of making batik in Ghana involves using stamps with symbols known as “Adinkra” – it’s a centuries-old system of symbology with meanings attached to each symbol, kind of like a proverb in a way.  So, for instance, you could tell a story through the Adinkra symbols stamped on your batik!  I love these symbols, which tell the story of life in all its nuances.  The name “Batiks for Life” is partly about the Adinkra symbols used in batik, but also about the intention that sales of our products will support life – from the people in Ghana who make the products, to the customer.  Our batik medical scrubs are one of a kind, and bring colour and liveliness into often depressing environments.  We have several repeat customers who remark on how their patients enjoy the batik scrubs they’re wearing!  Additionally, our mission is to use a portion of our income to support life-giving medical projects here in Ghana.  This has been a goal of mine since the beginning of the business, but I never expected to be able to realize this dream so soon.  I’ll say more about this below.

The process of batik requires several steps. Wax is applied to the white cotton fabric, either as a stamped pattern, or painted on in a free form design. The fabric is dyed; only the parts free of wax take the dye. After drying, the wax is boiled off.

What kinds of things does Batiks for Life offer, and what is the overall purpose, to you, of the organization?

We started out with medical scrubs, but pretty soon people who don’t wear scrubs were asking for other batik products.  They wanted to support our mission, but the product wasn’t appealing to them.  So we’re in the process of adding new products that our supporters asked for, like different sizes of bags, yardage of batik fabric, and wrap skirts.  Right now our batik artistes are working on some batik wall hangings that I’m excited to put up on the website!  I think one of the things that makes our products desirable (in addition to being beautiful of course!) is that customers know that people in this developing country are being supported through their production, and that a portion of income goes right back to the community in the form of healthcare initiatives.

What is the difference between fair trade products and other products?

First off, I want to be clear that Batiks for Life products have not yet been certified as Fair Trade – this is a lengthy process which we will undertake once we are more established.  But we do incorporate fair trade business practices – meaning the people who create our products are paid a living wage and work in safe conditions.  Actually, they set their own prices and work out of their own small businesses.  So there is no concern that they’re being exploited or forced to work in unsafe factories like often happens when sewn products are mass produced in China or other countries.

You contribute to a website on wildlife conservation in the continent of Africa. What is its importance as a website or resource, and the salience of larger efforts to preserve wildlife in Africa?

The website is www.safaritalk.net and is a community of people who support wildlife conservation efforts in Africa.  Some people own safari lodges, others are visitors to Africa, and some live on the continent.  There’s always interesting discussion about wildlife topics, amazing photography, and reports on places all over Africa.  One of the issues that continually comes up is that most of the problems facing wildlife here are economy-driven.  When people don’t have another source of income, they will be more likely to poach wildlife.  We all know about the plight of rhinos and elephants, but it continues down to the smallest of animals.  Poaching here in Ghana is a huge problem because people love bushmeat.  Bushmeat can be anything from grasscutter (a large rodent that lives in sugar cane fields), to antelope, to monkey, etc.  Anything that moves can be consumed, pretty much.  Combined with habitat loss, this has decimated the local wildlife.  But, if people have a reason to keep the animals alive, by and large they’ll protect them.  Again, it’s economy-driven.  So some communities have started wildlife sanctuaries which are tourist destinations and bring money into the community.  Ghana isn’t known for wildlife as are East and South Africa, so through my writing for Safaritalk, I hope that more people will see that we too have wildlife (you just have to know where to look!), which will bring in more tourism, and keep these local wildlife sanctuaries, preserves, and national parks alive.

What is the importance of the companies and organizations such as Trusted Clothes and Batiks for Life to you?

I think that people are in a conundrum when it comes to their clothing.  We all know that most of what we get at the department store is produced by people who work in a form of slavery – these clothing companies make a huge profit on the backs of impoverished people in the “third world”.  Yet while someone may feel bad about supporting these businesses through their buying choices, they don’t know their options.  We’re here to show them the options, and to convince people that it’s worth a little extra money to buy something unique and lasting.  I value my connection with Trusted Clothes because it reminds me that on top of all the other reasons I’m here in Ghana pursuing this crazy idea of mine, I’m also contributing to a healthier world through promoting sustainable clothing options.  Kind of like the cherry on top!

Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion? 

I wanted to back up and say a bit more about the healthcare initiative I mentioned above.  Godfried is from a little village in the southeastern corner of Ghana.  I interviewed the two nurses who run the clinic – I also write for a nursing website, HireNurses.com – and I’m doing a series on healthcare in Ghana.  In doing this interview it became clear that they’re doing the best they can, but are really hampered in their ability to provide healthcare for the village for a lot of reasons.  I saw the opportunity to do something to help.  It was an initial goal of mine that Batiks for Life would give back to the community through giving a portion of income to health related projects, but I never expected it to happen so soon in the life of the business.  For Godfried, it’s also a dream come true because his great-great-grandfather founded the village and so he’s in the lineage of chiefs and very concerned about the welfare of the village.  He’s also had an idea in his mind for a long time about leading medical mission trips throughout the country.  Well, almost immediately we started getting offers of help that were most unexpected!  We’re pursuing these offers and trying to wrap our heads around the possibilities!  It’s really exciting and we hope to make our ambitions to help under served communities with their healthcare a reality.

10% of income from sales of products will go toward this little village’s health center. Sara will be posting an article about the health center and the challenges they face in providing health care in a remote village soon. They will also be accepting donations of over the counter meds and other supplies, as well as monetary donations toward a building fund to help the clinic expand.

Click here to read more of Sara’s posts from Africa and Batiks for Life. 

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sarah Mills, Writing Methodology, Tone and Pace, and Tips for Budding Writers

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/30

Sarah Mills is a Writer and Editor at Conatus News, as well as a personal friend with whom I have written some articles. Here is a short interview with her.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your methodology for writing?

Sarah Mills: Each writer has a different approach to writing. Some like to take an organic approach, which involves sitting down and allowing the story to develop while writing. Others, myself included, prefer to outline the direction of the story and have all the elements in place before beginning to write. This includes any research and character development.

Jacobsen: How do you take into account tone and pace in your writing? How has your previous writing affected your current writing? What makes for a better piece?

Mills: I like to think that, in my writing, form and content are inextricably linked. For example, a piece packed with action might call for shorter sentences and paragraphs, which make for a faster pace. If a piece is more introspective, on the other hand, perhaps a discursive style might be more appropriate. A writer might also choose to play with reader expectation and deliberately deviate from this. I like to experiment.

I hope that my current writing is always an improvement on my previous writing. A successful piece will most always bring an original perspective to the table. If a writer, either through innovative use of language or a unique set of life experiences, can cause a shift in the reader’s mind so that he/she views a concept in an unconventional light or even comes to a profound conclusion about humanity, I think this is an achievement. But it is an equally commendable achievement if the reader is simply entertained or allowed to escape the stresses of life for a little while!

Jacobsen: What are some of your more enjoyable topics to write on? Can you link to some examples?

Mills: It depends what you mean by ‘enjoyable.’ Most of what I write is not light-hearted, but I do enjoy, if we define that term loosely, writing about socially and politically relevant topics. Art can be edifying when it draws upon reality and holds up a mirror to society. I believe that it can be an instrument for change in this way. So while writing about something like genocide, for example, is never going to be enjoyable- as in pleasurable – I am gratified if it is illuminating and leads readers to appreciate our common humanity. Having said that, I do dabble in short stories that, I like to think, are witty or humorous, albeit in a dark way. Here’s a link to a short story that was recently published. It’s called ‘Hayfever’ and it deals with conversion therapy, hive mentality, consumerism, the pharmaceutical and food industries, and the environment- all under 4,000 words!

Jacobsen: What are some tips budding writers can use to make their writing more effective?

Mills: Read. Before a writer is a writer, he/she must be an avid reader. Read classics. Read experimental work. Read pieces that shifted the paradigms of the literary world. Follow the rules before you break them. Get a strong grip on grammar. Don’t be pretentious and haughty and think you’re too cool for school. Many artists fall into this trap. The artist is not a persona. The artist is simply a person who acutely perceives and relays. Write about your passions and write well.

Jacobsen: What is next for you? How do you hope to develop your craft? Any books coming down the pipe?

Mills: I try to never sit on my laurels. As soon as I’ve had something published, I’m on to the next article, short story, or poem. I hope to have more of my works published; I do see this as a sort of positive feedback, a confirmation that my writing appeals to people other than myself. So that is definitely a goal. I am currently developing a novel that I’m quite passionate about. It’s in its nascent stage and is going to require a lot of research.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Abena Sara, Trusted Clothes, Ghana, and Ethical and Sustainable Fashion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/30

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust! Part 1.

Abena Sara is a regular contributor and featured author here at Trusted Clothes. Read more about her below through this one-on-one interview with Scott.

Your name is Sara Corry, but you have the name Abena Sara, too. How did this come about for you? 

In Ghana, everyone has a ‘day name’ that corresponds to the day they were born.  I was born on a Tuesday, so my day name is Abena.  When saying it, the stress is on the first A so it’s like AH-beh-nuh – not aBEEnah like most people outside of Ghana pronounce it.

You have a passion for travel, and you’re living in eastern Ghana near its capital of Accra at the moment. How’d you get there? Tell us your story. 

That’s a long story, but I’ll try to keep it brief.  I was involved with African drumming in Albuquerque, New Mexico where I’m from, for many years.  One of my teachers is from Ghana, which piqued my interest in Ghana in the first place.  Then, a friend from a drum circle introduced me to a Ghanaian friend who was visiting NM – this was back in 2010.  His friend, Godfried, and I hit it off and kept in contact after he went back to Ghana.  In 2011 he invited me to come to Ghana and see some of the country, and I went for 16 days.  The trip was amazing.  I’d never been to a “third world” country and I saw so many things that touched my heart and soul.  I fell in love with Ghana, and with Godfried.  Then lots of “life” happened for both of us and I didn’t return until 2014, for a month this time.  When planning the trip, I started brainstorming ways I could spend more time in Ghana, and the idea to form a business that would allow me to be here more often came to mind.  One thing led to another and I realized that my passion is with humanitarian causes and a desire to give a hand up to people who are in desperate situations.  In February, 2015 I returned and ultimately spent nine months in Ghana, working on business development – and I’m still here!  I’m working on getting residency so that Godfried and I can be together and continue work we’ve started on a project to improve medical care in villages, and of course to develop Batiks for Life

Your posts always have great photographs of Ghana. What personal fulfillment comes from it? 

Yes, I love photography, although I’m really an amateur.  I love nature photography most, but I’ve managed to get some nice shots of people here in Ghana.  Ghana in general is a very colourful and photogenic country!  For me, photography can be a spiritual thing.  It’s soul-nourishing to slow down and see my surroundings through the camera lens.

And you’ve lived in the desert for over 30 years. How did this come about for you?

I moved to Albuquerque, NM (high desert in North Central NM) in 1988 (after spending a couple of years there previously).  New Mexico’s state slogan is “the Land of Enchantment” and it’s a joke that we say it’s the “Land of Entrapment”!  Or like Hotel California, you can check in any time you like, but you can never leave!  The land does seem to hold onto people!  I do love New Mexico and my family is there, so I’ll be back to visit at some point.  Ghana feels like home now though.

What’s a normal day in Ghana like for you?

It’s a rather “chop wood, carry water” kind of life – in some ways a little like camping.  I don’t have a huge income so I can’t afford the high rise apartments or fancy gated communities in downtown Accra.  Actually I wouldn’t want to live like that anyhow, surrounded by mostly ex-pats and apart from everyday people. So I live in a small town in a small house, draw water from a well every morning, wash my clothes by hand, shower from a bucket of cold water, shop for food at the markets and food stalls, and cook over a little gas canister, just like most people here.  One challenge is that I’m continually singled out because of my skin colour, which gets kind of embarrassing at times.  But whereas a Black person in a predominately white area of the US might be negatively singled out, here “obrunis” are looked upon as an asset to the community.  Sometimes this becomes another kind of challenge, when children come to me asking for money for instance, or when the market ladies overcharge me.  Even Godfried has said he gets charged more at the market when I’m with him.  To be looked upon as a source of easy money is uncomfortable, and creates a kind of entitlement which is exactly the opposite of what I’m trying to do through my work.

Click here to read more of Sara’s posts from Africa and Batiks for Life.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Brief History of Natural Fibres

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/30

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust!

Natural fibres have been around for a long time and will continue to be around for much longer. As described by the Encylopedia Britannica, Natural Fibres are “any hairlike raw material directly obtainable from an animal, vegetable, or mineral source and convertible into nonwoven fabrics”[i]

It’s out of the textile industry, or the industry devoted to fibres, filaments, and yarns capable of being crafted into cloth or fabric for the production of material.[ii] That’s a huge industry, international in fact, which is connected to the local economies of many, many developing nations.

And these same developing nations have consumers throughout the world – and our concern is for the sustainable and ethical working conditions. With the strong emphasis on natural fibres production because of their variety and their ability to decompose and not simply accumulate in landfills.

Natural fibres, as utilized in small-scale and rather ancient textile industries, dates back to before the era of recording history.[iii] Flax and wool appear to be the most prominent sources in those times of ‘pre-history,’ which have been found at various Swiss excavation sites dating to the 7th and 6th centuries BC; and this coincides with multiple vegetable fibres utilized in a similar manner by ancient peoples.[iv]

Some would claim that the oldest are “flax (10000BC) cotton (5000 BC) and silk (2700 BC), but even jute and coir have been cultivated since antiquity.”[v] The more detailed histories appear to exist with hemp natural fibre, at least as a cultivated fibre plant emerging out of Southeast Asia, which “spread to China” around 4500 BC.[vi]

After this, along came the introduction, or the development/invention of spinning and weaving linen around 3400 – at least, and likely before that time in Egypt based on the archaeological record, and so flax was developed before that time too.[vii] There were even developments around that time in India with cotton (3,000 BC).[viii]

Lastly, we come to China and silk from this ancient era. The manufacture, and one can reasonably suppose distribution, of silk and its associated products came from them. According to Encyclpedia Britannica, it was “highly developed” at around 2640 BC with the “invention and development of sericulture – a sort of silkworm cultivation to get raw silk, wow![ix]

Phew, that’s a lot of information. Part II, we’ll cover some of the more recent history of natural fibres, and how they came to be – stay tuned!

[i] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[ii] textile. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[iii] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[iv] Ibid.[v] Bcomp Technologies. (n.d.). Natural Fibre Specialists. Retrieved from BCOMP.[vi] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[vii] Ibid.[viii] Ibid.[ix] Ibid.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sustainable Fibres – Camel Hair, Humps, and Fashion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/29

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust!

It’s that time again!  First, a quick recap from part one Sustainable Fibres: What is AbacaThere, I said

Natural fibres, as opposed to synthetic or man-made fibres, have a long history, and come in many types.[i],[ii] Typically, these include animal fibres or plant fibres.[iii],[iv]

Animal fibres can be things like alpaca wool, angora wool, camel hair, cashmere, mohair, silk, and wool. Animal fibres come from hair, secretions, or wool.[v] Plant fibres can be things like abaca, coir, cotton, flax, hemp, jute, ramie, and sisal. Plant fibres are come from seed hairs, stem or bast fibres, leaf fibres, and husk fibres.[vi]

Now, the other fun stuff!

Let’s take a look at an animal fibre this time, specifically camel hair. First things first, what is it in general? According to Encyclopedia Britannica, it is as follows:

Camel hair[is] animal fibre obtained from the camel and belonging to the group called specialty hair fibres. The most satisfactory textile fibre is gathered from camels of the Bactrian type. Such camels have protective outer coats of coarse fibre that may grow as long as 15 inches (40 cm). The fine, shorter fibre of the insulating undercoat, 1.5–5 inches (4–13 cm) long, is the product generally called camel hair, or camel hair wool.[vii]

Who supplies it?

According to the Cashmere and Camel Hair Manufacturers Institute (CCHMI), there are many, MANY sources that supplying the hair including China, Mongolia, Iran, Afghanistan, Russia, New Zealand, Tibet and Australia.[ix] Those aren’t necessarily a tremendous amount of places, but an enormous land area coverage if taken as a whole especially with a whole continent (Australia) and the largest country in the world (Russia).\

How much is gathered and produced?

Yields can vary, but there’s a common range. For these kinds of specialty animal hair fibres, natural fibres, the gathering or the collecting of the hairs occurs in the molting season or the season when animals tend to shed their hair.[x] For camels, that means late spring to early summer. This hair can fall off in clumps for collection by standard collection methods.[xi]

Following this, the “coarse hairs and down hairs of the…camel are separated by a mechanical process known as dehairing,” which in turn brings a yield per camel between about 8 to 10 kilograms.

What is its utility, look, and feel?

Camel’s hair is lightweight and naturally warm, it’s a tan colour, but and can be changed to various colours through dyeing – and, in fact, takes in the dye about as well as wool does.[xii]

What about the small stuff like the end product and recyclability?

If you check out this website, there’s a wonderful layout of some of the finer points such as garment care, end uses, virgin fiber, and recycled fiber.[xiii] Garment care is basically the means by which garments can be properly cared for, so “dry clean wovens; knit goods may be hand washed.”[xiv]

End uses are the finalized textile uses such as “]m]en’s and women’s coats, jackets and blazers, skirts, hosiery, sweaters, gloves, scarves, mufflers, caps, and robes.”[xv] Not bad, a decent selection with a certain appeal in its ability to be re-colored. Hosiery is the one that surprised me, personally. Hosiery is a virgin fibre or non-processed fibre and it’s capable of being recycled. As with many of the lovely variety of natural fibres, the forms and uses provide plenty of reason for consideration of the general consideration about, what I might call, the lifecycle of fibres.[xvi]

Closing thoughts?

Synthetic or man-made fibres can end up in landfills or the ocean and are not biodegradable, but natural fibres, granted with a little effort, can be sent back from whence they came after they’ve spent or expired their fashionable quotient – sometimes in a season, and other times after a decade of cycled fashion trends (you never know).[xvii],[xviii] Come back for part three for the next fibre profile!

[i] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from http://www.britannica.com/topic/natural-fiber[ii] man-made fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from http://www.britannica.com/technology/man-made-fiber.[iii] Wild Fibres. (2016, February 15). Animal Fibres.[iv] Wild Fibres. (2016, February 15). Plant Fibres.[v] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibres. Retrieved from Natural Fibres.[vi] Ibid.[vii] camel hair. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[viii] Bactria. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[ix] Cashmere and Camel Hair Manufacturers Institute. (2013). Cashmere and Camel Hair Fact Sheet.[x] Ibid.[xi] Ibid.[xii] Ibid.[xiii] Ibid.[xiv] Ibid.[xv]Ibid.[xvi] Ibid.[xvii] man-made fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[xviii] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

They’re Called Microplastics, Bro

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/29

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust!

We talk about the natural fibres and the man-made fibres, but do not take into account as much the water aspects of these fibres. As natural fibres come from plant and animal fibres, by definition, their contents come out of the earth and extract and use water in the midst of their production, whether cellulose or proteins composed of amino acids (of course).[i]

But what about the possibility of problems with water in connection with the synthetic fibres? Take, for instance, the issue of microplastics in wastewater. Microplastics are part of the larger categorization of marine litter – gross – and can be defined “as particles of less than 5mm in size.”[ii],[iii],[iv],[v]

These small bits of plastics can tend to come in the form of pellets.[vi] However, the source of them are separate processes. According to GreenFacts, those are:

  1. deterioration of larger plastic fragments, cordage and films over time, with or without assistance from UVradiation, mechanical forces in the seas (e.g. wave action, grinding on high energy shorelines), or through biological activity (e.g. boring, shredding and grinding by marine organisms);
  2. direct release of micro particles (e.g. scrubs and abrasives in household and personal care products, shot-blasting ship hulls and industrial cleaning products respectively, grinding or milling waste) into waterways and via urban wastewater treatment;
  3. accidental loss of industrial raw materials (e.g. prefabricated plastics in the form of pellets or powders used to make plastic articles), during transport or trans- shipment, at sea or into surface waterways;
  4. discharge of macerated wastes, e.g.sewage sludge[vii]

The per annum increase in the consumption of plastics will not by necessity change overnight, but these can continue unabated in the, at least, near future because of the continued increase in the global consumption of plastics.[viii] That is, circa 2013, 299 million tons of plastic was produced, about 4 percent more than 2012, and collection and recycling of these materials does not suffice to keep up with the pace of these developments, even only a couple years ago, and these plastics complete their journey in landfills and oceans.[ix]

There are about “10–20 million tons of plastic that end up in the oceans each year. A recent study conservatively estimated that 5.25 trillion plastic particles weighing a total of 268,940 tons are currently floating in the world’s oceans.”[x]

This comes back to the industries of natural fibres, biodegradable, and synthetic or man-made fibres, non-biodegradable in the textile and other economic juggernauts.[xi] According to O’Connor’s report (2014), “In fact, 85% of the human-made material found on the shoreline were microfibers, and matched the types of material, such as nylon and acrylic, used in clothing,” she continued, “It is not news that microplastic – which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration defines as plastic fragments 5mm or smaller – is ubiquitous in all five major ocean gyres. And numerous studies have shown that small organisms readily ingest microplastics, introducing toxic pollutants to the food chain.”[xii]

Many organisms eat these materials and thereby poison the food supply with pollutants. And it’s ubiquitous, that is, it’s everywhere and that means the global food supply chain is being completely filled with trillions of bits of plastic particulate matter less than 5mm small and finding its way into the food chain, which moves up into us.

National Geographic in Are Microplastics in Our Water Becoming a Macroproblem? (2015) provides a good overview of the subject matter at hand with the connection between the manufacture, distribution, and lack of recycling measures, and then the consumption by lower-end animals in the food chain and how this moves into our own food supply chain – bigger things eat on the smaller things.[xiii] It’s an issue for the environment and a major concern for us.

So are these micro plastics accumulating in our bodies?

We don’t know, but there is reason to believe that it is very much likely. And even if it doesnt accumulate in our bodies, do you want this in you? I think, and feel, as with many of you that I firmly do not.

[i] New World Encyclopedia. (2016). Natural Fiber. Retrieved from  New World Encyclopedia.[ii] GreenFacts. (2016). Marine Litter[iii] Adventurers and Scientists for Conservation. (n.d.). Global Microplastics Initiative. Retrieved from Adventure science.[iv] United Nations Environment Programme. (2013). Microplastics. Retrieved from UNEP.[v] Ministry of Environment and Climate Change. (2016). Microplastics and microbeads. Retrieved from[vi] Ibid.[vii] Ibid.[viii] WorldWatch Institute. (2015, January 28). Global Plastic Production Rises, Recycling Lags. Retrieved from World Watch.[ix] Ibid.[x] Ibid.[xi] O’Connor, M.C. (2014, October 27). Inside the lonely fight against the biggest environmental problem you’ve never heard of. Retrieved from The Guardian[xii] Ibid.[xiii] [National Geographic]. (2015, October27). Are Microplastics in Our Water Becoming a Macroproblem?. Retrieved from Nat Geo.[xiv] [gedwoods]. (2010, May 11). Polar fleece. Retrieved from Fabrics Int’l.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sustainable Fibres – Abaca as an Introductory Fibre

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/28

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust!

Natural fibres, as opposed to synthetic or man-made fibres, have a long history, and come in many types.[i],[ii]Typically, these include animal fibres or plant fibres.[iii],[iv]

Animal fibres can be things like alpaca wool, angora wool, camel hair, cashmere, mohair, silk, and wool. Animal fibres come from hair, secretions, or wool.[v] Plant fibres can be things like abaca, coir, cotton, flax, hemp, jute, ramie, and sisal. Plant fibres are come from seed hairs, stem or bast fibres, leaf fibres, and husk fibres.[vi]

Let’s zoom in a little on one of them, say a plant natural fibre like Abaca.

According to Encyclopedia Britannica, it is this:

Abaca(Musa textilis), plant of the family Musaceae, and its fibre, which is second in importance among the leaf fibregroup. Abaca fibre, unlike most other leaf fibres, is obtained from the plant leaf stalks (petioles). Although sometimes known as Manila hemp, Cebu hemp, or Davao hemp, the abaca plant is not related to true hemp.[vii]

So it’s a leaf fibre, a kind of hemp without being real hemp. I like that definition by association. Where did it come from?

It’s native to the Philippines since at least the 19th century, and around 1925 there was cultivation by the Dutch in Sumatra.[viii],[ix] Following this, the United States of America’s Department of Agriculture began to establish plantations in Central America along with the smaller operations, commercial ones, in British-run North Borneo, which is now Sabah or a part of modern Malaysia.[x]

What does it look like?

It’s a bit like a banana. Its rootstock produces about 25 fleshy, fibreless stalks in a circular cluster.[xi] Even cooler, every “stalk is about 5 cm (2 inches) in diameter and produces about 12 to 25 leaves with overlapping leaf stalks, or petioles, sheathing the plant stalk to form an herbaceous (nonwoody) false trunk about 30 to 40 cm in diameter.”[xii]

Where do they grow?

They grow in puffy, open, and “loamy soils” with decent ability to drain. Mature rootstock planted in the earliest moments of the rainy season constitute its common means of growth. It takes a 1.5 to 2 years for its plant stalk from each mat to be harvested, and the cut on the plant for the separation for that further growing is at the or to the ground of it – “at the time of blossoming.”[xiii] They’re replaced within 10 years as well.

Finally, what are its uses, and benefits?

For one, it’s environmentally friendly. According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Abaca can be utilized for “[e]rosion control and biodiversity rehabilitation” for things such as “by intercropping abaca in former monoculture plantations and rainforest areas” in addition to “minimize erosion and sedimentation problems in coastal areas.”[xiv]

Erosion control is important because without it crop yields can be reduced because of the soil loss due to the water erosion.[xv] Monocultures can have benefits, but necessarily at every given instant of agricultural production and harvesting, and even in most cases there could be downsides.[xvi] So, in general, the facilitation of biodiversity is a net good, and abaca helps with it. Good stuff!

Biodiversity is the opposite of monoculture; it’s lots of cultures, that is, a plethora of biological plant life, for instance; or it “encompasses all living species on Earth and their relationships to each other. This includes the differences in genes, species and ecosystems.[xvii]

Biodiversity rehabilitation relates to monocultures and the assistive properties of planned agricultural activities through abaca, which means it, according to the Convention on Biological Diversity, can be used towards the purpose of “rehabilitate and restore degraded ecosystems and promote the recovery of threatened species through the development and implementation of plans or other management strategies.”

So it can even help with saving the lives of endangered species, or those animals on the brink of extinction, gasp!

Secondly, it’s used for a vast number of things within or associated with the textile industry including Cordage products – e.g. ropes, twines, marine cordage, binders, cord, Pulp and paper manufactures – e.g.  tea bags, filter paper, mimeograph stencil, Handmade paper – e.g. paper sheets, stationeries, all-purpose cards, lamp shades, balls, dividers, placemats, bags, photo frames and albums, flowers, table clock, even fibercrafts, handwoven fabrics, and furniture.[xviii] And even with all of these uses, he darn things are being beat out by synthetic fabrics in cordage products, for example.[xix]

And now? The Philippines continues to dominate the cultivation of Abaca to this day.[xx] And its’ widely used as a fertilizer. That’s all for now, folks!

[i] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica[ii]man-made fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[iii]Wild Fibres. (2016, February 15). Animal Fibres.[iv] Wild Fibres. (2016, February 15). Plant Fibres.[v] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibres. Retrieved from Natural Fibres.[vi] Ibid.[vii] abaca. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[viii] Philippines. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[ix] Sumatra. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica[x] abaca. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.[xi] Ibid.[xii] Ibid.[xiii] Ibid.[xiv]Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2016). Future Fibres: Abaca.[xv] Government of Alberta: Agriculture and Forestry. (2016). An Introduction to Water Erosion Control.[xvi] agricultural technology. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.  [xvii] Biodiv Canada. (2014, July 3). What is Biodiversity?.[xviii] Textile Learner. (2014). Abaca Fiber (Manila Hemp) | Uses/Application of Abaca Fiber.[xix] Ibid.[xx] abaca. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica. Retrieved from Britannica.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

So, What is the Deal With Natural Fibres?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/27

I am a writer and executive administrator for Trusted Clothes, which is an ethical and sustainable fashion organization. The following is a series devoted in honor of the work done in collaboration with the Schroeckers and the Trusted Clothes team, more to come I trust!

What’s the deal with natural fibres? Why are they important?

Organic Cotton, Jute, Hemp, Alpaca, Cashmere, Flax, Silk & Wool. Oh My!

So, what’s the deal with natural fibres? Natural fibres are “elongated substances produced by plants and animals that can be spun into filaments, thread or rope. Woven, knitted, matted or bonded, they form fabrics that are essential to society.”[i],[ii]

According to Encyclopedia Britannica, they are “any hairlike raw material directly obtainable from an animal, vegetable, or mineral source and convertible into non-woven fabrics such as felt or paper or, after spinning into yarns, into woven cloth. A natural fibre may be further defined as an agglomeration of cells in which the diameter is negligible in comparison with the length.”[iii]

Read more about sustainable natural fabrics here

Natural Fibres:

Plant fibres include: abaca, coir, cotton, flax, hemp, jute, ramie, and sisal. Plant fibres are come from seed hairs, stem or bast fibres, leaf fibres, and husk fibres.

Animal fibres include alpaca wool, angora wool, camel hair, cashmere, mohair, silk, and wool. Animal fibres come from hair, secretions, or wool.

The Government of Canadian Conservation Institute (CCI) provides information on four specific examples: cotton and flax for plant fibres, and silk and wool for animal fibres. [v] Cotton and flax are made of cellulose and vegetable fibres. Silk and wool are protein fibres made of a variety of amino acids from animals.

There are some geographic considerations and plant/animal specific information such as the fact that cotton and wool represent the most pervasively utilized natural fibres in North America. Further, since silk and wool come from animals, they are subject to affects from the ageing of the animal.[vi]

Why are Natural Fibres Important?

It’s actually pretty straightforward. The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations argues from five “choices”: healthy choice, responsible choice, sustainable choice, high-tech choice, and fashionable choice.[vii]

As The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations stated in 2009, [e]ach year, farmers harvest around 35 million tonnes of natural fibres from a wide range of plants and animals…[and] [t]hose fibres form fabrics, ropes and twines that have been fundamental to society since the dawn of civilization.” [viii]

Throughout the last 50 years, synthetic, or man-made fibres, began to dominate the landscape previously carved out by natural fibres in “clothing, household furnishings, industries and agriculture.”[ix]

Natural fibres, as a means for production and, thus, a predominant aspect of the livelihoods of millions of people, are adversely effected by global economic downturn and the increased and ubiquitous competition from synthetic materials. In fact, the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations declared 2009 as the International Year of Natural Fibres to attests to natural fibres’ importance to the millions of producers and their consumers, too.[x

Natural fibres are also the healthy choice. There is natural ventilation from natural fibres. Wool can be an insulator in cool and warm weather. Coconut fibre has a natural resistance against fungi and mites. Hemp fibre appears to show various antibacterial properties as well. What’s not to love?

Natural Fibres: The Responsible, Sustainable Choice.

Natural fibres remain the source of economic vibrancy for millions of people including small-scale processors and farmers. That means “10 million people in the cotton sector in West and Central Africa, 4 million small-scale jute farmers in Bangladesh and India, one million silk industry workers in China, and 120 000 alpaca herding families in the Andes.”[xi]

Further, they are the sustainable choice for the future.  Emergent technologies in the coming decades will increasingly be the ‘alternative’ energies such as wind, solar, hydro, geothermal, and others. The focus is shifting to the oncoming and ongoing green economy. So that means “energy efficiency, renewable feed stocks,” and “industrial processes that reduce carbon emissions and recyclable materials…Natural fibres are a renewable resource,” and natural fibres are, as noted in A How-To On Composting Your Clothes, are capable of decomposition compared to synthetic materials.[xii]

These fibres are also used in high technology given their mehanical strength, low weight, and low cost. As such, they are attractive to the automotive industry.[xiii] Take, for instance, the European example with their car manufacturers utilizing an approximate 8,000 tonnes of natural fibres per year for the reinforcement of thermoplastic panels, which, as with all of the aforementioned information from the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, comes from 2009.[xiv]

Finally, natural fibres exist as a fashionable choice, too. There’s a whole new area of eco-fashion, focused on things like sustainable clothing produced for people of all ages and representing all styles. These items are much more environmentally friendly as they are some of the only clothing items able to naturally decompose. The cycle of natural fibre.

That’s the brief what and the why.

[i] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibres.

[ii] New World Encyclopedia. (2014, December 23). Natural Fiber.

[iii] natural fibre. (2016). In Encyclopædia Britannica.

[iv] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibres.

[v] Government of Canada: Canadian Conservation Institute. (2015, November 23). Natural Fibres – Canadian Conservation Institute (CCI) Notes 13/11. Retrieved from

[vi] Ibid.

[vii] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Why Natural Fibres?

[viii] Ibid.

[ix] Ibid.

[x] Ibid.

[xi] Ibid.

[xii] Ibid.

[xiii] Ibid.

[xiv] Ibid.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Reducing Man’s Impact on the Environment: A How-To on Composting Your Wool Clothes

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/27

Now that we know that we can compost our clothes and with the separation between natural fibres and synthetic fibres, and the multiple kinds of natural fibres on offer are numerous, and these natural fibres come with the benefit of being able to be composted, which does include wool.[i] This one will be about wool, and with some important information as ‘food for thought,’ consider:

Every year, Americans, alone, throw away 11,000,000 million tonnes of fabric and clothing.[ii] And 99% of textiles remain recyclable.[iii] Traditionally, wool has been used for fertilizer in the district of west Yorkshire.[iv] The issue with wool is that it takes a heck-of-a-long time compost. That’s a concern, and a valid one if time is an issue for your projects.

And that waste is not only of the fibre themselves, but of water, and in an increase of pollution as well.[v] But, and to start, there are some general things that can be done to speed up the process for wool, and in fact other natural fibres.

You can chop up your clothes, especially for big harder-to-compost natural fibres like wool.[vi] Apparently, it’s important according to the Texas Office of Agriculture. If you visualize it, that means the tough material can have more surface area on net, with each and every piece taken into account, for the environment to working on degrading the wool.

If you’re super keen and diligent about biodegradation of the wool, you can, and should, remove the non-biodegradable materials such as the synthetic fibres to permit the complete composting of the compost pile. Synthetic or man-made materials cannot be composted – so any that you do not remove will not go away. You’ll have your compost as compost+ or, maybe, compost- with the additional bits of non-wool in it.

Some more involved things include the creation of a hot compost, the addition of earth worms, and recycling the things that cannot compost.

Hot composts – real quick – these can help with the time management concerns of composting that darn wool! Hot composts contrast with cold composts or regular composts. The kind where you simply throw a pile of bio-degradable materials together and wait – that’s cold composting.

Hot composting “produces compost in a much shorter time. It has the benefits of killing weed seeds and pathogens (diseases), and breaking down the material into very fine compost.”[vii] (Wow!) You can also check out other resources as well.[viii],[ix],[x]

Earth worms can, to no surprise, can help with the compost process.[xi] Worms have been hard at work throughout evolutionary history breaking down materials and returning to the earth once the material came.

Feng and Hewitt said, “Worms eat food scraps, which become compost as they pass through the worm’s body. Compost exits the worm through its’ tail end. This compost can then be used to grow plants. To understand why vermicompost is good for plants, remember that the worms are eating nutrient-rich fruit and vegetable scraps, and turning them into nutrient-rich compost.”[xii] Reason enough? Good, because even if it isn’t, with the other reasons it should be, I think.

So consider a combination of chopped wool bits from the clothing, hot composted, and with earth worms to boot. You’ll have that wool composted in no time! And it’ll be ready for fertilizing, too, very likely nutrient-rich. And if any questions, check out the endnotes!

[i] alderandash. (2012, July 11). Composting Woo.

[ii] Mind Your Waste. (2012, March).

[iii] Fisk, U. (2011, November 7). Is Fabric Compostable?.

[iv] Ibid.

[v] Hearts. (n.d.). Surprisingly Compostable Textiles.

[vi] Ibid.

[vii] Deep Green Permaculture. (n.d.). Hot Composting – Composting in 18 Days.

[viii] Bement, L. (n.d.). Hot Composting vs. Cold Composting. Retrieved from Fine gardening

[ix] Government of New Brunswick. (2016). Building A Hot Compost.

[x] Savonen, C. (2003, February 19). How to encourage a hot compost pile. Retrieved from Oregon State

[xi] Fong, J. & Hewitt, P. (1996). Worm Composting Basics.

[xii] Ibid.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

International Women’s Rights, Farming, and Natural Fibres

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/27

International Women’s Rights are, not-so surprisingly, knitted together, intimately, with natural fibers in terms of harvesting and general farming. How is this so?

Well, this, as well, needs a little background with respect to the international community because women’s rights are not limited by national boundaries. It’s international after all. And natural fibers were important enough to devote an entire year too, through a United Nations Organ, the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.[i]

How does the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations self-define?

Our three main goals are: the eradication of hunger, food insecurity and malnutrition; the elimination of poverty and the driving forward of economic and social progress for all; and, the sustainable management and utilization of natural resources, including land, water, air, climate and genetic resources for the benefit of present and future generations.[ii]

Right there, you have an alignment with Trusted Clothes: ethical and sustainable. A part of this connects to the component relevant to us, and our mission – clothing, especially natural fiber-based clothing.

Take into account, we do not exist in a vacuum. Our lovely, and wonderful, writers, more formal, (bloggers, more informal,) come from all over the world, and that reflects the international character of the explicit calls for provisions for women and for the desire for natural fiber materials for clothing and other productions.

For instance, every year “farmers harvest around35 million tonnes of natural fibres from a wide range of plants and animals – from sheep, rabbits, goats, camels, and alpacas, from cotton bolls, abaca and sisal leaves and coconut husks, and from the stalks of jute, hemp, flax and ramie plants.”[iii]  That’s a lot of natural fiber, and many, many sources for its harvest.

How does this tie into the United Nations? It’s Charter. Chapter I, Article 1 of the Charter of the United Nations states:

To achieve international co-operation in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural, or humanitarian character, and in promoting and encouraging respect for human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without distinction as to race, sex, language, or religion [iv]

And some of the economic, social, cultural, and humanitarian items of interest relate to things like manufacture and production of materials for clothes and other things. That includes synthetic fibres, and natural fibres. How much?

There are “10 million people in the cotton sector in West and Central Africa, 4 million small-scale jute farmers in Bangladesh and India, one million silk industry workers in China, and 120 000 alpaca herding families in the Andes.”[v]  Okay, so we have a major organization, our organization, the UN, and statistics on the number of workers, so what?

Many of these workers are women and, in fact, are as efficient as the men, but do not achieve the same yield rate for the output. That sounds like a paradox, or something contradictory. As it turns out, the reason is not innate or anything like that; rather, it is a number of resources given to the women in these contexts that limit their yield.[vi] And this connects to international women’s rights how?

International women’s rights become relevant here because no major discernible difference in farming ability from biology, but from the provision for production based on sex. In short, environment, not biology. That’s the fundamental character of “in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural, or humanitarian character.”[vii] So, we have to work together, directly or indirectly, for the solution to this inequity.

Even further, Men and women in Agriculture: Closing the gap states:

The most thorough studies also attempt to assess whether these differences are caused by difference in input use, such as improved seeds, fertilizers and tools, or other factors such as access to extension services and education. And the vast majority of this literature confirms that women are just as efficient as men. They simply do not have access to the same inputs, productive resources and services.[viii]

Furthermore, and according to the same authoritative source, women can comprise as much as 70% of agriculture, in Southeast Asia, to as little as 20%, in Latin America, with an average of 43% of the total agricultural workforce in developing countries.[ix]

So we have the United Nations Charter, the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Trusted Clothes, millions of workers and so millions of consumers, natural fibers, and women as productive as men but with less yield and lower employment rates. Take at once, this means something quite simple. Women aren’t being included as equally as they could be included in this economic and productivity area, and we’re bound internationally to help out. And there’s a huge industry, and therefore demand, for natural fibers; and that means the concomitant labor as well.

[i] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Natural Fibre. Retrieved from natural fibers.

[ii] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2016). About FAO. Retrieved from fao.org/about/en

[iii] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). . Retrieved from natural fibers.

[iv] United Nations. (n.d.). Chapter I. Retrieved from UN.org

[v] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Why Natural Fibres?. Retrieved from natural fibres.

[vi] The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2009). Why Natural Fibers?: A Responsible Choice. Retrieved from natural fibers.

[vii] United Nations. (n.d.). Chapter I. Retrieved from UN.org

[viii] Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). Men and women in agriculture: closing the gap. Retrieved from fao.org

[ix] Ibid.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.c

A How-To On Composting Your Clothes

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/26

Can you compost your old clothes? It turns out that you can do it, but it takes a little work and the right kind of materials. And it depends on your degree of fussiness as well. It needs some background, though.

For example, the EPA showed that, in 2012, 14.3 million tons of textiles were produced by the United States. 2.3 million of that 14.3 million were recovered (a difference of 12 million tons!) and not all of the recovered textiles were reused. So what’s the major division?

There’s two major divisions in material: synthetic and natural fibre. Synthetic will not decompose. Natural fibres will decompose.

The synthetic fibres include acrylic yarn, microfiber fleeces, and polyester/nylon fabrics. These will bog down the compost heap without decomposition. Don’t worry, there’s plenty of natural fibre options.

For example, cotton, hemp, linen, pure wool, ramie, or silk will compost over a sufficient amount of time. The reason being that they aren’t some easily broken down toilet paper. They have a durability, which makes them good clothes. It will take time, but they do decompose. In fact, any combination of them will decompose, too.

Some exceptions are cotton t-shirts or jeans. They claim 100% natural fibre material, but this might not be true. It could be, for instance, polyester cotton, which does not break down as easily. You could have the compost heap, plus some not-so decomposed strings.

You can speed up the process by giving more points of contact, that is, ripping them to shreds and then waiting for them to decompose. What about admixtures? That’s a good question. It’s about ratios and kinds of materials.

If more synthetic than natural fibre, then it’s not going to decompose as much. If more natural fibre than synthetic, then it’s going to decompose more than if the ratio was reversed. It’ll depend on how finicky you are, basically.

There’s other consideration to do with not composting stained clothes, depending on what was used to stain it. Don’t compost clothes stained with paint or engine oil, do you want those in your compost heap? Nope.

Next consideration, what about the eventual compost material used for vegetables, growing them. Dry cleaned natural fibres might be an issue and heavy prints, there could be some contamination there.

This extends to slogans, designs, aspects of weaves, fabrics that have been soaked. PVC ink could be printed on them too. PVC plastics will not break down. A further note dependent on the individual level of fussiness about these parts of the decomposing planning stage, and eventual process.

Something that can also help with the breakdown of the natural fibres, because you wouldn’t use synthetics, are adding vegetable or fruit peelings, cuts from the garden, and other wet and more easily compostable items. And keep the natural fibre content to ¼ of the pile, and no more!

And while we’re on the subject of composting and sustainability, try reusing your old clothes, or give them to others to borrow (or even have!). Charities are always in need, and the recipients of the clothes would be absolutely grateful. You can do crafts with it. But, of course, you can always, as in line with some of the information given above, compost the clothes.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 150 – Breadth of Search

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/16

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Yea, strongly! That doll-truck difference probably came out of the 70s and 80s with the self-esteem movement.

Rick Rosner: There was the no-fun granola lifestyle. The free to be you and me. The public television, there was a certain egalitarianism that had a joylessness attached to it. It was kind of like moving into a clean, equal future that is like the Star Wars future because it is underpopulated with foolishness and sleaziness. It’s why Blade Runner looks like a more fun world to live in than the Star Trek clean plazas of the 25th or 23rd century.

SDJ: This came from – what some would consider a scourge of – theories devoid of empiricism.

RR: One more thing before we move onto the future. This has to do with another topic: breadth of search or width of search. Peoples’ are higher now because we search more among people for potential partners as opposed to if you’re living in 1922 Brooklyn.

SDJ: [Laughing].

RR: There’s more settling then. There’s an algorithm there. If you want a piece of fish to cook for dinner, and if you only want an 8 ounce piece of fish, and if you’re looking in the pre-packaged fish in the grocery store, and most of the packages have run about 12 ounces, your search strategy is that you pick up a couple packages and see that they’re mostly running 12 ounces and find one that is 10 ½ ounces.

You hold onto that one until you find one that is less than that. You take the second one that sets a new record for smallness and then you settle on that because any further search is a waste of time. You will not get significant improvement. You search once. You find 10 ½ ounces. You search another half dozen and find one that is – I don’t know – 9.8 ounces. Even though, it is not the 8 ounces you were looking for. It was close enough and any further search among the fish is a waste of time.

So you settle for one that is 9.8 ounces because you may never find one that is 8 ounces, which may not be among the packaged fish. Also, is it worth searching through another 20 packages of fish to find one that is 9.6 ounces? Probably not, there’s your settling strategy. To some extent, because the world have 7 ½ billion people in it, you’re going to settle at some point if you’re going to settle down with a partner.

You’re not searching through 3 ¾ billion people in the world of the opposite sex. You’re not even searching the entire population of the city because it would be a huge pain in the ass, but the point at which you settle can be further along. Instead of having to pick up each package of fish, if there were an app that just listed the weights of all packages of fish and showed you th one with the more ideal weight, you’d go with it.

Now, we have technology that widens the scope of search and that means that on average who you settle for is selected from a larger population using more criteria and might be expected to have less settling in it. Less horrible than the 3 guys that you had to choose from in Brooklyn in 1922.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 149 – Biology Trumps Social Constructivism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/15

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: People use Tinder sometimes for romantic purposes. Not just for a fuck buddy at 11:30 at night. Grindr is totally thought of as for finding fuck buddies, but even Grindr – I just saw online that they are bringing out an online magazine.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: [Laughing].

RR: A lifestyle magazine because they are hoping tode-emphasize that it is something that you simply use to have sex with people. There are ones that are not explicitly for sex like Match.com, Plenty of Fish, Christian Mingle. There are dozens of them. They let you to some extent fine tune your criteria. They have done a lot of the criteria for you. You don’t have to figure out what might be important for you.

SDJ: There has been a huge social experiment in Western countries, Nordic countries especially. So some of the wealthiest, freest countries on Earth by measures that are internationally well-respected: measuring democracy (measures of freedom in other words) and measures of wealth (so you can do what you want with your life, build your own life)—because when you’re arguing for biology being in charge, then you’re arguing against a social constructivist view, basically.

Those are the two main categories. The one big piece of evidence that supports you, highly, is that the more free, in terms of the rights that are granted to people, as well as the money to do what you want that an individual citizen has or a general citizenry have, men and women, if you categorize them by sex, the greater the divide becomes between them. And so what you would think would be genetic actually exemplifies itself more. The social constructivist would say—

RR: Hold on, say in simple terms what you’re trying to say here.

SDJ: Sure! It’s your environment or it’s your genetics. If you have more freedom in a society, you would expect that the sexes would, on a social constructivist view, go closer together in terms of their preferences and what they do with their lives and how they build their lives. What happens is the opposite, which is the biological view, which is what you’re saying.

RR: Which is what—you’re saying that when you look at free societies, men and women’s behaviours remain kind of differentiated.

SDJ: Not only remain differentiated, but even more so.

RR: They become even more. Guys become even more playas and horndogs, and women become—

SDJ: That’s the face value. That’s the simple view of men and women. Full-breadth men and full-breadth women of what would be considered men and women by most views, women become more feminine and men become more masculine. I do not mean more ‘macho.’

RR: They have more signifiers. Guys lift more weights, drive pickup trucks. Women may dress girlishly.

SDJ: Maybe not “girlishly,” but maybe adultly feminine.

RR: Heels, skirts.

SDJ: So what I was more pointing out was two views, it is either more environment or it is more biology. Biology is what you’re saying and I am agreeing there. You had a whole continent that was a big experiment. By many, many metrics, well-regarded, freer, wealthier societies – Western, Nordic, Scandinavian countries, men and women’s differences don’t attenuate. Men and women do not become more alike. They become more different. So biology is in charge. Biology is really in charge.

RR: Yea, what gives people girl boners and boy boners.

SDJ: [Laughing] Sure.

RR: Yea, which goes against the idea that if you try to raise ungendered children, if you let boys play with dolls and girls play with army men or trucks, everybody will—that’s the way everything is a social construct and gender roles are a social construct and girls will be as happy with toy trucks and boys will be as happy with dolls, but when they actually set up experiments. Boys still like trucks and girls still like dolls.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 148 – Computers & Mating

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/14

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: I had a not very awesome sexual career. Now, I believe people’s sexual numbers are lower than my 16. But now given the decreasing importance of sex, the wanting to do a lot of experimentation with a lot of people to find out what you want is a less of a priority. So the idea that you could find somebody compatible via computer matching makes that more feasible. I mean, you can use apps to find a lot of people to have sex with.

But you still have to go out and have sex with, but this computer matching thing is probably more for people who part of a generation where sex isn’t the number one thing.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Also, our explicit categories that we then crystallize online: age, sex, sexual orientation, eye color, hair color, height, intelligence, occupation, hobbies, interests, likes of music. Since there are computers now, and they’re going through dumb AIs, basically, but functional ones, computers are kind of in semi-charge of human mating to some degree now.

It is actually the future generations.

RR: Information is more in charge.

SDJ: Yea, it is a system that filters information rather than our intuitive processing.

RR: When you go on an app, when you use an app that helps you look for a partner, to some extent, as you’re indicating, you’re acquiescing to the system to decide what is important.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 147 – The Amy Webb Model

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/13

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Anyways, the Amy Webb model leaves out or seems—I am a child of the 60s and 70s, and a model like that I find scary because it leaves out sex and romance. But if you look at the history of everything, in the 1960 the pill comes onto the market, it takes about a decade to saturate most of the population. Before the 60s, sex was very secret and I’m sure a fair percentage of the female population had sex and much lower than now.

It was hush-hush. There was a lot of prostitution for men. The Hippies are having sex in a more relaxed way. By the 70s, the sexual revolution is hitting all of society. Most people are having pre-marital sex.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: And people are having less sex now.

RR: In the 70s, everything sucked but sex. TV, food, décor…

SDJ: [Laughing].

RR: …No video games. Everything stank. People in the 70s were towards the skinny side. There was less porn. Soif people are having less sex, things are awesome. TV is awesome. Food is awesome. Social media is awesome, but a big time suck. We’re bigger too. Our bodies are stuffed with food and our heads are stuffed with porn. So sex with other people is less of a priority instead of a being the #1 thing as it was in the 70s.

It is among the, say, top 4 things. So in the 70s, somebody might want to – before settling down – hook up with 10 or 20 people to try things out. I managed to hook up with 16 different women.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 146 – Women’s Rights, Selection, & Society

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/12

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: I have a buddy, Ted, who was rabid for fake IDs. He went on to have different adventures in life. He didn’t stay a bouncer for life. He caught many, many IDs, but well below me because he didn’t treat it as this pursuit that occupied a 1/3rd of his life.

[End of recorded material]

[Beginning of recorded material]

RR: You and I talk about the future and the way it will change things in the next century or two, but we don’t talk about when it will get her. There’s a big futurist named Amy Webb who said that you should not worry about the future and then should focus on the near future. You were, off-tape, talking about her – ba-ba-ba—say what you said.

SDJ: She would identify as a women’s rights campaigner, defender, and so a feminist—

RR: No! I thought we were taping and you said did a TED talk.Say what you said.

SDJ: Yea! So I don’t think she would be going through a rabbi for dating. So she made her own formula with some math. She found her best match. Her end message was that ‘when women that their standards are too high that her standards were not high enough.’

RR: You said that she said that women should be selective as possible.

SDJ: Selective in this sense, women should be as selective as possible because women are often told that they are too selective. Her message was women were not selective enough.

RR: She developed a candidate population somehow according to her criteria and then went with the guy who best fit those criteria.

SDJ: Then you transitioned into the pill, which was Margaret Sanger in 1960.

RR: That makes sense in terms of now in that we’re a mobile and information-rich society. We can find out a lot of information about a lot of potential partners. If you look at historical statistics, the average distance—most people in Brooklyn in the 1920s or in London married within a few blocks of each other. They married in a very close radius and made do with whomever was available within their radii of accessibility and information.

A lot of people on hooking up in Brooklyn found people married people from the same block or building – 80, 90, 100 years ago – because people didn’t have much wherewithal to reach further. Also, they died earlier. They had to marry faster because they lived shorter lives, then they had to divorce if the partnerships weren’t ideal. People had to put up with more limited expectations.

But now it makes more sense to access a lot of people, but that model of coming up with a list of boxes to be checked harkens back to an older model of marriage that has it being an economic unit or a business partnership. A union that addresses all of the various tasks of adulthood including having kids.

SDJ: People needed more kids! Their lives were shorter. They married earlier. The chances their kids would survive were lower.

RR: Yea! Mortality was higher. So family sizes were bigger. People needed to start earlier. What that leaves out, the Amy Webb model, assuming that she or we—

SDJ: You were saying biology is in charge, not us.

RR: Well, you talked about a study that about a third of men and women say marriage is one of their life goals. I assume this is people who aren’t married.

SDJ: Yea, I think with ‘marriage as one of the most important goals in my life.’ Very important.

RR: So this has to be among people who aren’t yet married.

SDJ: [Laughing].

RR: That sounds like a lot of younger people, saying, “Yea, I may or may not get married.” If you look at them 10 or 15 years later, most are married or in long-term relationships. Where those young people think they’re in charge, but evolution is in charge, it wants you to hook up and reproduce. One that happens during your life is you’ll probably end up hooking up.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 145 – Wrestling Trans and Fake IDs

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/11

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: There are four factors that other people are lucky to have one of. The Zipf-Pareto represent the luck of getting the trifecta, quadfecta of circumstances.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Also, it can have an individual choice. A top player in one curve distribution can jump into another. One case, which was interesting, was a man who became a trans-woman and was a wrestler, and began dominating [Laughing] women’s wrestling.

RR: There was a kid in Texas that went 159 and 0 because she was born a girl, but is trans, and is undergoing treatment, and was a good wrestler anyway. Now is living in Texas, but Texas being Texas, they won’t let her wrestle as a boy. So she as a boy is going to wrestle a bunch of girls to wrestle, and she unbeatable. He’s unbeatable. He’s a boy now, but being forced to wrestle as a girl.

It is also colonizing—there can be the “Colonizer Effect,” which is the first organism to open a niche will be super productive if it is a new niche. I opened a sport where I am the all-time champion because I am the only contestant. Fake IDs, in bars, I caught 6,000 of them. I am the only participant in the sport. Others may temporarily partake in the sport. Someone may come to LA and work at a bar while they try to make it as an actor.

Somebody who is a bouncer for 3 months in between other stuff may catch 2 dozen ideas. I was rapid for IDs. I caught 6,000 of them. I caught another 6,000 people inside of bars. People in bars that sneaked in, in side doors, and found them and booted them out. I was the king of fake IDs

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 144 – Zipf’s Law-Pareto Distributions

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/10

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Anyway, Zipf’s Law.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Yea, Zipf’s Law, Pareto Distribution, apparently, this dominates any official formal mainstream form of competition: sports, science, arts, humanities. Picasso was massively productive. Most artists aren’t. Poets: Shakespeare, Ezra Pound. These people produced large volumes, very popular, lots of sales – J.K. Rowling.

RR: Basically, what you’re calling a Pareto Distribution or can be called Zipf’s Law, it is likely in any field that that field, whether human endeavour or something else like the population of nations, you have a biggest one and a much less second biggest one, and a much smaller third biggest one. You have one or two giants dominating fields and a bunch of also-rans well below.

SDJ: Yea, these are the people we talked about before. These are the people that lose themselves to the sport watching the sport.

RR: Like frickin’ Yukon women’s basketball team has made it to 25 consecutive sweet 16s, they dominate. You have among the countries of the world. You have China with a population of like 1.5 billion and India at 1.3 billion, then it drops way down. Are we in 3rd place? I don’t know. The US with 330 or so million. It keeps dropping. Brazil with 250, maybe, million. Eventually, you get down into dozens of countries with under 10 million.

SDJ: Yea! Music: Bach, Beethoven, and Mozart. The three most commonly referenced.

RR: State populations. California, 35 million. Texas, probably 25 million. New York, probably 20 million. Then you’ve got 30 states with populations under 10 million.

SDJ: Yea, and if your human endeavour is to kill a lot of people that you don’t like, you can have a simple model in mind, “Get rid of all people that disagree with me or that I don’t like. So I can have only people around me that I like or who agree with me.” In a dark analytic way, you can take Zipf’s Law or Pareto Distributions into the world of mass killings. 

RR: Hold on, hold on. What Zipf’s Law reflects, or Pareto, a perfect storm of circumstances, a rare confluence, a rare conjunction, of the conditions necessary for super mass murder. Germany was a super special set of circumstances. This country was pissed off by what it felt was being mistreated after WWI, a charismatic leader, a rich minority that you could drum up a lot of hate. Same with China.

Huge population in place. Charismatic leader. A change in government as the communists took over after WWII. Stalin, a charismatic leader taking over after a fairly recent revolution. Just looks like there are necessary circumstances. And they don’t arise that often. India would be a place that could have been potentially a site of 20th century—it has the population to support mass murder. Other circumstances, fortunately, were in place.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 143 – Pareto Distribution of Killings

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/09

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Had he just been content to do that, he wanted a 1,000-year Reich. He would’ve not gotten that, but he would’ve been able to hold onto an expanded Germany that was prosperous. He could’ve been talked out of some of his terrible ideas, which included killing 11 million people he did not like. But nobody under dictatorships—there’s no mechanism for that kind of re-evaluation.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Of the people that won out in the all-time murder sweepstakes, killing sweepstakes…

RR: Yea.

SDJ: …[Laughing] This—I don’t think this has been applied to it. So I think this is a first thought, possibly. I believe you could very strongly apply a Pareto Distribution to killings. Where you have a few people at the head of directives and ideologies that drive all of this stuff, it is probably a dozen, and they dominate the landscape as if they are the Dirac, and Einstein, and Bohr, and so on, of physics, but of murder.

RR: Are you talking about the Zipf Distribution?

SDJ: Yea! So these are—for instance, Einstein, Newton, Nohr, Dirac, Feynman, Edward Witten, who are some other big people? Stephen Hawking, Stephen Weinberg, others – because I can’t think of others off the top. Some of these people are some of the most cited physicists, at least, if not scientists, ever. So they have made tremendous contributions, but the citation levels for most academics is not much. It’s probably below double-digits.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 142 – Hitler, then Mao & Stalin

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/08

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: You can call that racism or antisemitism if you want. But anybody he thought sucked or was evil or an exploiter, they were thrown into a hopper – gays, communists, the retarded. People he didn’t like; groups he didn’t like. Also, you can view Nazism as a specific criminal enterprise where Jews had a lot of shit to steal. So it is a good way to get all of their shit by first squeezing them and then killing them.

It’s not that he just hated Jews. He wanted their shit.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The other big 2, China’s Cultural Revolution and the attempt to have a unified country. In the interim of that or during that, killing millions and millions of people, Stalin as far as I know was a communist God-complex figure killing millions of people. I am trying to get at an ideological foundation for a lot of this war—well, not even war, just mass killings based on ideology.

RR: The idea is if you get rid of everybody who is against, then who is left is people who are not against you. You can keep finding more and more people against you. Once you set up the mechanisms by which you can kill people, and the bureaucracies by which you can kill a lot of people, it becomes easy to kill people. Nobody ran or did any kind of analysis under Stalin or Mao, or Hitler, as to possible or positive consequences to not killing a shitload of people.

Hitler could’ve put himself in a super great position had he stopped really early in WWII. He was winning the crap out of WWII until he decided to invade Russia, and then that ended and the war was lost as early as 1942, when he marched and tried to take Leningrad. But until then, he was just easily sweeping through countries. He took France, Czechoslovakia, and Poland.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 141 – The Brontës and Austen, and War

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/07

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Women, particularly, lived constrained lives in the domestic sphere, largely. The Brontës and Jane Austen, the Brontës first published using male pen names.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: [Laughing] Something else you mentioned, or was implied by what you said. You mentioned body count with Hitler as number 3, and Mao and Stalin as number 2 and 1.

RR: All of the deaths attributed to Hitler. He killed 11 million in the camps, of who 6 million were famous for being Jews. Then there were the deaths by the horrible conditions of war. You can assign him 30 million deaths. Then Mao via his various social revolutions, then may 40 or 50 million. Between Mao and Stalin, one has 50 million to him and other has 40 million. Given thatthose were acts of mass slaughter under repressive regimes, you’re not going to get accurate body counts anyway. Go ahead.

SDJ: Each of those cases. Hitler with racist and specific an anti-religious ideology, against Jews as a people and a tradition. Mao with communism and the attempts to unify China’s provinces into a single country.

RR: Hitler wasn’t anti-religious. Hitler had or promoted a certain mysticism, if not exactly—

SDJ: Oh! That’s where I clarified before. It was racist and specific anti-religion: Jewish tradition.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 140 – Computational Power

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/06

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: If you want to add processors, you might have to run the cable up through your neck, which seems like it is probably not the best way to do it. So I think if you’re going to start laying in extra computational power. You gotta do it on the inside of the skull. That, maybe, the fanciest supped up brains in the future will maybe have an added layer of computational capacity that wallpapers the inside of your skull.

Or sits as an added layer that wraps around your brain, that can over time, perhaps, drop tendrils into your brain in the way your brain links up more thoroughly with itself by sending out a zillion other dendrites. Also, if you wanted to get sneaky about it, you could probably “alienize” the back of your head. You don’t want to give yourself one of those Mars Attacks giant veiny skulls.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I was thinking about war again [Laughing]. War is like a drug for nations as a whole – sufficiently enough people with sufficiently enough fervor to pursue wide scale murder on either side, or maybe one side. But in hindsight, like decades hence, people look at it with horror, and then with a quaint, “What the hell were they thinking?”

RR: Hold on! It wouldn’t be “what the hell are they thinking?” I think the future will look at our history full of war and other bad behaviours. It will be seen as consequences of their limited and evolved nature. You know, when we see like 2 bucks with full sets of antlers battling it out, we don’t look at it with horror. We think this is their evolved behaviour and that this we are primates and have these in-built behaviours.

That when populations grew large, these are the consequences of those large behaviours. War in the future will still happen, but in different terms. We are seeing all sorts of war by proxy in the Mid-East with drone-based warfare and robot-based warfare and we’ve seen with Stuxnet that was deployed by the US plus Israel – a worm virus that got into the centrifuges in Iraq until they spun out of control and then fizzed out Iraq’s initiative to build nuclear bombs.

So we have war by proxy. Future war will probably be more concerning because we have been at war with Russia for a year without knowing it. Russia was fighting with us in our election and wrecking it via hacking. Whatever their term is for destructive propaganda, fake news, now, Russia has infected several tens of millions of Americans with complete distrust of news that was trusted for straightforward journalism that has been trusted for centuries.

That’s war. Yea, they may look back at wholesale slaughter with horror. Hitler might be in the 3rd place for people he caused to die compared to Mao or Stalin, but the loss of information processing entities in the future may be as horrible but played out in less flesh-based ways.

SDJ: I think about the importance about image. I might be remembering something vaguely from Errol Morris when he was talking about the power of image, or the frame of an image, or what is an image leaving out, or does it have color, is it black-and-white or not, what is its title and description, what is its era, what is left out of the standard rectangle or square frames, or is it high fidelity or not.

RR: You’re talking about Errol Morris’s presentation or thesis that any kind of photography leaves out more information than it captures, right?

SDJ: Yea. I also relate it to what sparked this part of the conversation, which was seeing an image of a Sherman tank, but an old one – still driving around, worn out, and crushing a car. I thought about wars that, to your example. The bucks, they clang heads, and they clash. We think, “That’s part of their genetic heritage in bucks competing with one another for dominance.”

We consider that part of the end of result or near end result of their reproductive life cycle based on the genes in tandem with the environment, but that’s us looking at a whole other species. Maybe, people in the middle future. They are still us or have elements of us because they come from that for the most part. I think there still will be a sense of horror, or of quaintness or vague pity. [Laughing] A high definition consciousness pity.

RR: It’s not dissimilar. I’ve offered a couple analogies that you’ve—like the buck, you said it wasn’t that on point, but when we look back at a costume drama set in 1810. We feel sorry for the people. These were people who had to shit in chamber pots. They’d be lucky to live into their 50s or 60s. A lot of that stuff is hidden from the viewer, but we are supposed to enjoy the picturesqueness and the idyllicness of it.

But these people, you have to feel for those people given the limitations of their lives. My kid does a lot of work and research on people of that era, like the Brontë sisters. There were 5 sisters and a brother. Only one lived past 30, Charlotte, who was gone by 39. Jane Austen, I think she was gone by 41. They died like crazy. And they had limited means of expression.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 139 – Inexpensive Big Brains

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/05

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: I feel weird eating octopuses because I read too much about how smart they are, but then I read that they only live for 2 years because they are trash animals. They are high-predation animals. They are animals that generally due to their lifestyle get eaten at a high rate, like possums, where possums only live for 2 years. Octopuses only live for 2 years on average because they don’t have a lifestyle where they aren’t eaten. They get taken out.

But possums are crappy and stupid while octopuses are really smart. They fall apart after 2 years, which seems tragic for a really smart, curious, and sometimes friendly animal. It just shows that cognition, in some instances, can be super cheap. It is not that expensive to grow a big brain, and a certainly as synthetic brains become cheaper and cheaper in the future. It is going to lead to a re-evaluation of the kind of consciousness that we have.

The entities that come after us will be like, “Yea, you guys are not overly interesting products of the natural world.”

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Where does that lead dignity? I am not arguing this from my position, but I am taking the perspective, as with many of my questions, of others that might have a question about this. So I am asking on their behalf, as “as if.”

RR: Okay. Yea, then let’s talk about dignity, we used to be holy creatures. We used to have a touch of God in us. We used to have the magical presence of consciousness and a soul, and man a little lower than the angels.

SDJ: Or think about Aristotle even, it was about men. Men were ascendant in many of these traditions as well…still!

RR: Regardless of whether it is just men or grant this divinity to men too, and to minorities, and—we were exalted. Awareness of ugly bodily functions was generally sequestered. There’s always been a literature of the scatological. There was writer from 2,200 years ago named, I think, Simplicissimus who may have written about filthy trickster characters. There have always been profane writers.

But they have been hidden away. But there has been exalted literature—nobody in A Tale of Two Cities, the action doesn’t stop so somebody can take a shit. Nobody jerks off in Dickens that I know of, or in Plato.

[Break in recording]

RR: TV, for the first 30 years of TV, didn’t talk about pee and doody, and butt sex. All of those boundaries have been erased and we are thoroughly biological creatures in everybody’s understanding now. You can look at the wave of zombie stuff as a manifestation of the decay of degradation of humanity. Zombies are like a hyper-aware version of our biological basis. I don’t watch The Walking Dead at all.

But what I think what happens on that show, I think this is season 5, or 6, or 7. Most of the zombies on that show. I don’t know how long the world of The Walking Dead has been going on, but it is probably a couple of years since the zombie plague. So most of the zombies are 2-years-old at least. That means they are extra nasty, extra rotten, because these are people who have been scrambling along the ground or standing in a corner for a long time.

Which is a metaphor for our awareness of our own groundedness in biology, so yea, our best hope for immortality is to hope to live long enough to defy our natural circumstances and hope for technological glorification, technological exaltation, by becoming part of some information processing entities or entity that goes beyond human, which will start happening in the next few decades.

Which isn’t the happiest thing, but the idea of legacy has always been an iffy proposition. 59:00

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 138 – Coming Online

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/04

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: They zapped her brain and she went out with a blank stare into space, then they did it again and she came online. They could do this…

[Fingers snapping by Scott Jacobsen]

…in a snap. Then they had, I remember the number, 171 cases of veterans of war, combat veterans, that came out with, I guess, damage of varying degrees to this. So big sample size, relevant damage, to the relevant parts of the brain, and they found that the level of damage and the level of problems of their consciousness was associated with the level of damage to their claustrum. So there.

Rick Rosner: That reminds me of some kinds of anesthesia don’t block pain as much as the memory of pain. I’ve had 2 colonoscopies. They give you this stuff, and I don’t think – I forget if you’re out or not—I guess you’re out. Regardless of whether you’re out or not, you don’t remember the colonoscopy. I think you’re awake-ish, and they can talk to you. But you lose the memory when they try to talk to you.

So obviously, there’s stuff that can knock out memory of what’s going on. So if the claustrum is a consciousness facilitator, that doesn’t necessarily make it the seat of consciousness. It being a consciousness helper. I think it would be easy to become confused about what it signifies.

SDJ: It seems like a relay. If you zap it, and it’s off, I guess, you lose the memory because when she woke up she had no memory of being out. So it seems to be a relay of relationships with being online, being conscious, and recording – or not recording.

RR: Yea, a lot of stuff goes offline when you’re asleep. You can be thinkingabout physical movement and most of the time that doesn’t cause you to have physical movement. Everyone has the deal where a signal gets through and you jerk your leg. Sometimes it wakes you up. Sometimes, you talk in your sleep. But mostly that’s shut down because it’s convenient or helpful for the brain to not having everything online.

But because there’s something controlling something online doesn’t mean that’s the seat of consciousness. It just means that it has the ability to regulate everything it needs to do to be fully conscious. It’s the cop who says whether you can put on your show rather than the group of players in the show, possibly. Though it may not just be the cop. It might be the time keeper. The guy on the Roman ship who beats the drum that keeps everyone rowing to a rhythm.

So we could talk about how it might work or what it might suppress to make you not conscious because the idea that consciousness is just cross-chatter among all of the different subsystems in the brain, then the idea that one gatekeeper can shut down all of the chatter seems overly ambitious for just one part of the brain.

SDJ: I agree with that, but I think in the context of legacy – a legacy of which you’re alive and processing in some manner matters only if the lights are on, if you’re conscious. I am trying to tie that back into what we were talking about for about 20 minutes. That was one big thing that I was thinking about, talking about legacy again. Sorry [Laughing].

RR: Well, one thing that will happen in the future as information processing entities become moresophisticated and powerful is that the quality of human consciousness will appear relatively trivial. So the way we can look at a dog and what a dog wants and think, “Okay, you’re a dog and want three things mostly, and are dumb and confused by most things in your life as a dog.” Then you can look at a guinea pig and get more frustrated along those lines.

Because guinea pigs are cute and can be affectionate. They mostly want food and to nest, and rabbits are slightly cuddly. I guess they’ll come to you because they associate you with food. Then you can get to iguanas. I have never had one. They just don’t seem to be balls of fire to any great extent. They want stuff, but they don’t appear to be the highest wattage things in the world.

SDJ: Some of these animals are more genetically complicated than us. So relative, within their…

RR: …but their brains aren’t, their behaviors aren’t…

SDJ: …but in their species frame, they might seem more individuated in the same way we do. So what you’re saying is what the AIs or future people will see our internal-to-species bell curve will not really seem like one at all.

RR: Yea, I mean you can have genius animals, but a genius rabbit is still a rabbit. Octopuses, I think Gwyneth Paltrow doesn’t even eat them anymore.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 137 – The Claustrum Zap

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/03

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Hope to hold off long enough for the immortality stuff for the big thought cloud that is coming.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Two things, the big neuron, the other two that are with it are attached to the claustrum. They did an experiment on a lady. When they zapped the claustrum, she stared blankly.

RR: This is a rat?

SDJ: This is a lady.

RR: Wait, what? Wait a second, hold on, they zapped a person-person…

SDJ: Yup.

RR: …in a certain brain area that is associated with consciousness in rats.

SDJ: The claustrum.

RR: Okay, the claustrum.But the human claustrum does not have these big ass neurons?

SDJ: I do not know if they have checked. But the claustrum has been associated with consciousness and the reason that they thought three neurons, especially this big one that went around the circumference, was because they emanated from the claustrum in the rat.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 136 – Crowd Psychology

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/02

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I wonder if crowd psychology relates to that hierarchy of competition. So men create a system, build a hierarchy, compete within that, very few men will make it to the top. And it will get more exaggerated the bigger the population. Maybe, with crowd psychology, there’s something where the more men not necessarily consciously realizing that they’re lower on that system’s hierarchical layering.

They de-individuate. They become more group minded. They lose themselves in it – watching sports would be one example.

Rick Rosner: I’m sure tribes of gorillas wouldn’t—there’s that number like 150, which is the number of friends and acquaintances you can have in mind, at most. We can’t have that many people in mind. Somebody hypothesized that is the maximum number of primate troops before history. But now, we live in aggregations and cities with populations in the millions. And yea, that means, we have to find sub-groups that provide the satisfaction of hierarchies.

Where we don’t have to rank ourselves among the millions, we can either rank ourselves as part of a group. If you follow an NFL team, one of 32 groups. If you follow an NBA team, there are 30 NBA teams, maybe. If pro baseball, there are 30 MLB teams. Then you have narratives, each around those teams. And so yea, you have to either—people join amateur sports leagues. There’s a process through which—when you go to school, people take themselves out of contention when it becomes apparent to them that they’re not going to win in this particular area.

A lot of people go into science, I assume, because they want to be an Einstein or a Newton. They either dropout or pick a specialty where they can excel. There aren’t that many cosmologists or general relativists, or people trying to unify gravitation and quantum mechanics. There are probably thousands of people working on that. But there are millions, or even tens of millions, of people working in physics.

SDJ: I suspect 1 in a 1,000 or 1 in 4,000 can take on those most difficult fields, have the general ability to do it. Even among those that would dare to do it, they may not have the general ability to do it.

RR: There are two manifestations of that. One is people taking themselves out of the field. Another is crackpots who being inexperienced in the field decide that they can take in on. It is apparently a super common thing. That everybody who is a credentialed physicist working at a university. Anyone who has a public presence as a physicist gets hit very frequently – I don’t know how frequently, probably not every day. It could be every month.

But they get hit with a unified theory of everything, or a new field theory. I am one of those crackpots. But I know better than to try to talk about my stuff to credentialed physicists because I don’t want to be disappointed. I keep thinking that if I keep working I will have a defendable theory. But until then, I don’t dare. There have been a couple times, when I talked to my teacher in Group Theory a CSUN about meta-primes.

She blew me off savagely. At which point, I thought, “Fuck it!”, so I dropped the class. It is not the right way to approach someone as a dumb shit after class that is only vaguely related to what you’re teaching. Of course, she had her own shit to worry about. Anyhow, to circle back to what this thing started about, which is legacy, I guess the best chance at having any kind of legacy that survives into the future is for you yourself to survive into the future.


SDJ: [Laughing] The best immortality is to keep living.

RR: Yea! Where Newton made a lot of contributions as a younger man, but I am sure it didn’t hurt to live to88 at a time when almost nobody or some tiny fraction of everybody lived that long. Even though, the great revolutionary scientists are stereotypically known to do their best work as young people. It helps if you can live for another 40 or 50 years after you come up with your great theories to defend them, and to just be a continuing symbol of what you came up with.

When people think of Einstein, they don’t think of the young Einstein with black hair. The guy had black hair for a normal length of time. he didn’t have the crazy poof when he was 30. That kicked in in his 50s. He managed to stay around until he was 76 or 75. He had about 30 years of scientific celebrity. Alright, he becomes the world’s greatest scientific celebrity shortly after General relativity is proven.

He came up with it in 1915. They proved it with evidence from an eclipse, after the world war, which makes it 1919. He lives until 1955. So 1919 to 1955, so 36 years to be th world’s most famous scientist. So anyway, he hung around. That helped his immortality. So yea, if you want to have a shot at immortality, eat right, exercise, take metformin, keep looking around, take aspirin, floss your teeth, maybe get a long-term partner or part, or both, and masturbate.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 135 – Sports & Consciousness

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/04/01

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: You look at sports or being a sports fan. A team often has nothing to do with you. Yet, your happiness depends on the happiness of the team.Particularly in times when other things suck.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: It is genetic too. This stuff, this culture, attracts men more than women.

RR: We look for things to make significant to keep our interest going. In the early 80s, I was having one of my first big boyfriend-girlfriend relationships. But I knew this was during the age of Wayne Gretzky, and also before the Internet. When you wanted to know what Gretzky did that night, you had to wait for the newspaper the next day. I knew that even if I had a shitty night with my girlfriend that Wayne Gretzky would deliver me some juicy statistics.

Some possibly record-breaking numbers. I would look forward to that. Similarly, like right now, I look forward to the Yukon Women’s Basketball team, if they can extend their 110 game streak to the end of the season and into the subsequent season. I am looking at Russell Westbrook to see if he can tie or break the record for triple doubles in a season. These people have nothing to do with me, but their performance makes me happy.

SDJ: We can relate this back to evolution and survival. Men as a strong statistical tendency in primates build a system, create a hierarchy, compete in the hierarchy. Women select men in that hierarchy. I think the sports-attraction, which seems obviously overwhelmingly men in most or all sports comes from that same drive. It is a system with hierarchy and men competing, or men identifying with that hierarchy and that competition if they watching.

So this is deep, deep in us.

RR: There is also the attraction of narrative. Where we are paying attention to a story…

SDJ: That’s a good point.

RR: …the division between us and the participants in the story tends to go away. We are watching a movie or reading a book. We identify with people to the extent that we forget that we’re not the people, which is both computationally efficient—because if you’re immersed in a book or a movie, it does you no good to be constantly reminded that you’re not part of the book or the movie. People get annoyed when something takes them out of a book or a movie like a jarring thing, like a continuity error or something from the past that you find out of place.

Something like from the 60s. You want the pure experience of being immersed in that world. I just watched Hidden Figures, which is set in 1961. There’s a lot of action that takes place in parking lots. One thing that took me out was that the parking lots were full 1957 Chevys. The ’57 Chevy was the most beautiful car of its era. It is a very familiar looking car. That was the era of tailfins and elaborate break lights.

The ’57 Chevy pulled off the fins in a subtle beautiful way that the other cars messed up. When they wanted to make the movie, they needed cars from that era. So they got a shitload of ’57 Chevys because those are the cars that survived for years. Other cars haven’t made it that long. So they put out a call for cars and got a bunch of Chevys. I noticed that. It took me out of the movie.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 134 – Christof Koch & Consciousness

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/31

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You say that phrase: “The future is going to kick our asses” – a lot. It is face value descriptive when I think about it more. It is less descriptive when you take into account the various combinations of new people that will arise. New people relative to us now. I mean much more than – as you’ve noted in previous discussions – with the 3 million people, or 1 million people, with insulin pumps in their bodies, or pacemakers, or Parkinson’s pacemakers.

Rick Rosner: 1% of the US population, say, has some kind of circuitry in ‘em. Most of them pacemakers. Some of them are cochlear implants. Some of them are insulin pumps. You’ve got the in-brain pacemakers for people with Parkinson’s. Probably a zillion experimental ones like visual arrays in the back of your eyes for blind people.

SDJ: Also for augmented consciousness, if you want to take a flight—there was a recent rat study, they looked at its brain. They hadn’t seen it before. It was a neuron that went around the circumference of its brain. Proportioned to us, it is huge. We have large structures that are wired deeply like the corpus callosum.

RR: What does that neuron do?

SDJ: They think it might be key to consciousness. There’s a researcher named Christof Koch. So he and his team did the research, looked at the rat, and found two other neurons, less big, coming out of, as it turns out, a single area. They emanated from the single source called the claustrum. It has been associated with consciousness. By which they mean, the experience of you being you, and the observation of you being you, and so on.

RR: Let’s talk about that for a bit. We believe – you and I – that consciousness is an or goes along with, or emerges from the chatter of the, subsystems of the brain. Every part of the brain chats with every other part of the brain. So every conscious part of the brain knows what is going on in—the conscious parts of the brain that are evolved in being involved in conscious awareness are roughly aware of everything that’s going on consciously along with some stuff that’s just being reported to consciousness from processors that are themselves not entirely part of consciousness.

That is, you have the chatterers, the expert systems, that are fairly transparent in sharing what they’re doing. Then you have other things that we’re less conscious of, but still aware of, like walking and breathing. We’re aware that we’re doing those things without most of the time very consciously very controlling them. But we get status reports. Like right now, I have a semi-bummed knee. I am aware of it.

It makes me slightly more aware of what I am doing while I am walking, but still walking is still not something that we are usually 100% conscious of. That was a lot of babble for not much. But anyway! It seems reasonable that consciousness would be helped by synchronizers or rhythm keepers like music. Some kind of rhythmic stimulation, which helps some people focus. It just kind of keeps every or all expert subsystems rooted in the now.

Maybe, it can prevent you from spacing out. It lets you focus. Some other stuff that lets you focus depending on what your personality is, is some minimally, not painful, but minimal physical stimulation like chewing gum or biting your nails. Sometimes, I bit my nails. I pick at myself when I get tired. There are places on my body where I tend to look for zits or little ingrown hairs.

The stimulation from attacking myself like that helps me focus when I am sleepy. So this giant rat neuron that wraps around the rat’s brain. If it is sending some synchronizing signals, it would be a way for the rat – it doesn’t cause the rat’s consciousness – to maintain focus, more aware than it would be otherwise. And we can assume that we have some kind of stimulating system in our own brains that helps us stay focused.

That stimulation can be itself either conscious or unconscious. A conscious system is something that amps up our excitement and stuff that in any kind of objective reality would not be that exciting, like for guys seeing anything vaguely girl-shaped.

SDJ: [Laughing].

RR: It revs up our libido-based attention. My dad who just turned 86, but when he was younger was notorious for being fantastically distracted by any woman who gave off any hint of any attractiveness. It was ridiculous. It wouldn’t matter that the woman was attractive or not. If she made any kind of gesture in the direction of gender-based attraction, like wearing a skirt, or wearing high heels, or any kind of tight top, it didn’t matter how the woman actually looked.

My dad, his jaw would drop and his eyes would the Tex Avery thing – ‘awooga!’.

SDJ: There’s another layer to what you’re saying. So there’s the time-keeper. Assuming all of the premises that you’ve laid out, let’s assume that the big ol’ circumference spanning neuron, the next level is the attention to what, and the attention is to reproduction or anything “girl-shaped” …

RR: …That particular thing is based on sex drive. But just about anything that happens to us is important to us way out of proportion to any kind of objective significance.

SDJ: The world from natural science remains the non-important world. You do not find values in the world. You find values in organisms making evaluations in relation to a world.

RR: Yea.

SDJ: You don’t find meaning in the world as a statement in and of itself as a descriptor.

RR: The world itself does not contain meaning, but we provide the meaning.

SDJ: In a way, so rather than meaning in the world, you derive meaning from the world, but that “from the world” implies an information processor – in IC language.

RR: You have to construct meaning.

SDJ: Yea, same with values, but those values are evolutionarily, or biologically, or information processing constrained.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 133 – Gene Tweaks

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/30

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With objective criteria, that you can count, say genes on a genome.

Rick Rosner: You that if you tweak a gene that influences the HGH (Human growth Hormone) someone makes during adolescence, say. Parents who want a big athletic kid might be able to tweak the HGH regulator andget a kid who’s 6’4”/6’5” when otherwise that kid would’ve been 6’1”. There’s a genetic error that shows up in humans and other animals. It is the muscle suppressor gene.

That is sometimes absent. Then you get these super animals and babies. That have something like twice the normal amount of muscle because the suppressor gene is absent. You can Google like “double muscle animals” to see these crazy dogs, and crazy cows, and there’s an Olympic athlete that has this condition. I haven’t Googled it. Anyway, they have double the muscle of a regular person due to genetic error.

That would be fun for a lot of people and for a lot of ambitious parents to have a muscle baby that grows up to have a career in something athletic. Similarly, we may find out tweaks that may regulate the speed at which your brain shoots out dendrites for mental flexibility.

SDJ: There was a study a while ago about rats. I am probably misremembering this. They found a gene that codes for cortex size, complexity, and so on. I believe the gene also coded for the kidneys. They tweaked it. The question was, “How smart was it?” However, they [Laughing] couldn’t find out. Do you know why?

RR: They died early.

SDJ: [Laughing] It exploded. It exploded [Laughing].

RR: [Laughing].

SDJ: [Laughing] By the way, it also coded for the gonads. So I could imagine rats walking around with their testicles in wheelbarrows like Stan Marsh’s dad in South Park when he microwaved his testicles, put them in a wheelbarrow, and started walking around. So these multivariate – to use the term that they use – effects come for single changes. So the evolved complexes are staggering.

But if you can know relative probabilities that are relatively safe, then why not? It seems reasonable.

RR: Yea. And eventually – by “eventually,” I mean the next 20 years, we will figure out most of the helpful gene tweaks, and anybody who has the wherewithal to grab some of the tweaks will. So if you’re reproducing now, and have any kind of—the idea that, I don’t know. People don’t think about the idea of genes surviving when they’re having kids. Somewhere encoded in us is the idea of our kids carrying something of us.

That is under the new era of gene tweaking. It’s not something that most people worry about, probably. It is part of that or kind of that whole deal where the future will kick our asses more than in the past.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 132 – Racists and Social Advantage

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/29

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Racists don’t really seriously entertain the idea – well, I don’t know. A lot of them are deluded and proud advocates of their Viking forebears that want to pass on their genes.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: [Laughing].

RR: They just want to exercise social advantage. If they can convince other people to give white people privileges, then that’s fine regardless of whether they’re actually superior or not.

SDJ: [Laughing] I am reminded of cults, where the leaders the followers that all of the followers are gods within the cult framework of seeing the world, and the cult leaders just happen to be at the top of that hierarchy. It is an arbitrary, non-empirical basis. 

RR: It is like Amway.You do a good job and move up the pyramid of godhood.

SDJ: Yes.

RR: So, anyway, you see them on Twitter posting really good looking white people pictures.They say, “All of these people will go away if white supremacy or if isolated white populations aren’t defended, if white nations aren’t defended.” It ignores are the superhot mixed people.

SDJ: Also, it is icky and based on old disproven theories in outmoded biology, in pseudoscience biology.

RR: For the most part, year. But we’re about to enter an era of effective gene tweaking.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 131 – The Era of Mortality (Part 2)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: From the point of view of future people, “They wrote stories about people contending with natural human drives, generally the reproductive drive.” Everything to them that we’ve produced will seem pedestrian and unremarkable. We’re about to enter an era of say slightly less creepy eugenics. The first era where people tried to practice eugenics. Eugenics is the idea that if you let superior people reproduce and inferior people not reproduce, then you’ll improve the human stock.

It is a garbage idea for a couple of reasons. One is the people in charge of deciding who is superior have generally always been racist assholes. Reason two is that seeds of greatness aren’t exclusively contained in having supposedly superior parents. Humans’ reactions to their own genes and those genes themselves are more flexible and less determined by parental lineage. Great people can rise from a great variety of genetic background and circumstances.

And when you have a bunch of racist numb nuts…

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: [Laughing].

RR: …trying to determine what those lineages and circumstances might be—when you look at the white supremacists, they are almost never the people that you would consider starting the human race from – a lot of them look like they were delivered with forceps. It’s not that white supremacists think they’re better than everyone else. They just want to be put in a superior position from everyone else.

They claim that they are better, but really all they want is an advantage based on their race.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 130 – The Era of Mortality (Part 1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/27

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: In the era of mortality – that is, in the era in which every single person dies, which we’re drawing towards the end of, one way to be overcome your mortality is to leave some sort of legacy. Either through having kids or making a contribution to culture, but the odds of so successfully are – culturally – super miniscule. There have been 107 billion people on Earth, roughly.

A fraction of those are recognizable as historical figures. It’s one in 200,000, depending on how widely you want to throw your net. Most people are super, super forgotten by history. Genetically, things aren’t so great either. The idea that your offspring will proliferate and multiply. It helps if you were Genghis Khan and had hundreds and hundreds of offspring. Where some crazy percentage of people in the world now have genes that have descended from Genghis Khan.

Things are about to get even more depressing. In that, the products of unaugmented humans re going to become less impressive in the view of what comes after unaugmented humans, which will be technologically augmented humans in combination with various forms of AI and entities that will increasingly be sophisticated and unrecognizable to us – information processing entities – with their tremendous power will make stuff that is a lot better than the stuff that we make.

And who will tend to look at the stuff that we made as the natural products of the organisms that we were – kind of the same way, not quite as bad—we don’t give much artistic significance to wasps’ nests and birds’ nests. It is what birds and wasps instinctually make. But there’s going to be more than a hint of that in future people looking at our stuff. Yea, it’s what they made, images of the world around them, and they wrote stuff trying to figure out how people work.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 129 – 10^70th

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/26

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: There are a bunch of ways to tap dance around some of the problems, but it is taking ignorant stabs in the dark. One way of dealing with it is that there is such a thing as a world that can be self-contained. A world of information that doesn’t need hardware for it to exist. That seems unlikely to me, but maybe it is possible. There could be fluke worlds which are worlds that have arisen by pure happenstance rather than having evolved over time.

If you imagine it as a string rather than a ladder, you can imagine that maybe the string has an end, and then you have to speculate about what the end is, and one possible end is the self-generating or self-containing information world, which seems unlikely. Possibly more likely is the information world that arose by chance. Instead of being one moment in a string of moments that evolve from simplicity to vas complexity.

A moment of vast complexity spontaneously arose, which you could do via the quantum laws of chance that will arise and then in the moment coming up vanish. One thing that might solve this infinite chain of increasingly gigantic universes containing each other. Another awkward thing is that each successive world is bigger than the world below it. Our brains are almost 10^11th neurons.

We can assume that each of the neurons has, on average, how many dendrites?

SDJ: 1,000 to 10,000, something like that.

RR: Okay, a gazillion. A bunch of them. 10^11th neurons time 10^3rd or 4th dendrites that form a framework for our mental world. And if you would use the universe analogy, then our mental world might consist of 10^15th particles. That if it is an exact analogy that our mental universe’s work just like the universe at large, so that the information in our minds can be seen as consisting of protons and neutrons and electrons and all of that stuff.

Then maybe we have 10^15th of those that form our awareness, or maybe a little less, but who knows? Maybe, a little less, then the universe has 10^80th or 10^85th particles in it, so that’s a step up from 10^15th to 10^85th. So it is a jump of 65 or 70 orders of magnitude larger than our mental worlds. The information in the universe contains something like 10^70th times more information.

And if that is an average step up, and who knows if it is, and it is not unreasonable, then if you take a step up from the universe – then you’re multiplying the containing world instead of having 10^80th particles instead 10^150th, and instead of 10^150th then 10^220th. It doesn’t seem like Occam’s Razor is operating very well because you need this whole stack of this bigger and bigger universe to support these dinkier and dinkier universes.

Maybe, there’s a way around that. Maybe not every containing universe has to be 10^70th or 10^65th times bigger than th mind it contains. Maybe, universes aren’t simply connected along a string of magnitudes. Maybe, there’s feedback among the, or maybe there are more intricate and complicated forms of feedback among various information worlds. That somehow at some scale there are complicated forms of containment and feedback among the various information worlds.

That somehow our scales are somewhat self-contained and can avoid the infinity of containers. Maybe, there’s no way to tell what the container beyond the container beyond the container is, and that is lost in uncertainty and being lost in uncertainty is somehow an allowable not quite infinity because the uncertainty somehow erases the necessary infinity. None of these are particularly good solutions.

But if IC is a thing, if matter being made of information is a thing, then that’ll remain a thing and will be one of the problems to explore, which is, “Does the information need a container? If so does the container stack? And if so, do they stack forever?”

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 128 – Infinities, Infinities, Everywhere

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/25

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So in IC, we have termed something the “Tower of Minds” or the “Ladder of Minds.” It is the idea that information spaces contain one another like Russian dolls, like a Matrioshka situation. 

Rick Rosner: Or like ‘turtles all the way down,’ but it is mind spaces all the way up.

SDJ: Exactly, so it’s an infinite up, and a finite down, or a functionally infinite up, and a definite finite down.

RR: That whole thing seems problematics. In our experience of the world in a reasonable stance towards the world,the world can’t contain infinities. In every aspect of our world, everything is finite. The universe appears to have a finite age – though under IC we’d claim that to be much older than the apparent age of the universe, but the universe is finite in space, finite in the particles it has, and finite in the interactions among these particles.

There are no actual infinites in the world as far as we know. There are theoretical infinities that you can use in various ways to do math and physics, but those infinities help you get a solution to your equation, but not perfectly something infinite in the world itself. So when you have this structure under IC, call it the “Subject World”; that is, a thing perceiving a wider world. We each have a Subject Worlds in our heads.

Information worlds that function to perceive the greater outer world. So you have a Subject World and the Object World. A thing that is perceiving, our consciousnesses, and the information processing in our brains that can abstracted as a mind space, as an information space, and that this mind space or Subject World reflets or analyzes an Object World external to the Subject World.

To extend it further, the Object World consists of matter, which is itself information that is part of a Subject World that implies yet another Object World and that Object World can be assumed to be made out of information that is a Subject World looking at yet another Object World. So that each Object World is actually a Subject World looking at yet another probably vastly larger Object World.

Our minds are supported by our brains. Our conscious experience wouldn’t be possible if we didn’t have the hardware, which is our brains, and the world that surrounds our brains. Our conscious world would not be possible without that hardware, which is the world and the universe. And then we further extrapolate the universe as made up of the same stuff that our mind space is made of, and that stuff wouldn’t be possible without an exterior world that has the hardware that contains that information world.

So we’re left with infinite chains of worlds being contained in each other. And that’s a really troublesome infinite. That we can’t exist, and the that the universe can’t exist, without an infinite chain of further universes containing each bigger universe and each bigger universe containing the one below. It seems unwieldy and reflecting of an insufficiently developed understanding of what things might be that we need this infinite just get the existence of our minds and the universe that contains them.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 127 – Grape Soda, Watermelon, and Fried Chicken

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/24

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: I’ve worked in the entertainment industry. Most of the places I’ve worked at had other Jewish people because there are a lot of Jewish people in entertainment, and it’s dumb to hate those people because the people I’ve worked with in entertainment, whether they are Jewish or not, have been great because they’re smart, funny, and you get to laugh all day when you’re working on stuff.

And for the most part, these are people you’d want to hang out with because they are fully human. You can’t write good stuff or make good entertainment unless you’re fairly well-plugged into the human condition. I don’t want to say they’re more human than other people. But they have access to their humanity and they’re not—you’ve seen the drawing. They’ve popped up since Trump has run.

You’ve seen the old Nazi drawings of Jews popping up all over social media again. Hooked nose and hunched nose Jew, receding hairline, rubbing his hands together over a chance to screw innocent blonde people out of their money, that’s not obviously the Jews in the entertainment industry. There are some Jewish people. There are a lot of other non-Jewish people who have gotten rich in entertainment.

But they’re a tiny sliver of people who have gotten famous. Not because they’re part of a cabal, and everyone else is working for a living and has mortgages and nobody is your—there are no more hunched over whiny Jews than hunched over whiny other people in entertainment. And most people I know – Jewish or not – in entertainment are badasses. People you’d want to hang out with, even if you’re from the Heartland.

Guys can turn a warehouse space into a living space. And by the way, we’ve talked about this before. The positive stereotypes are ridiculous. Why make fun of black people? They are stereotyped for liking foods like grape soda, watermelon, and fired chicken. [Laughing] It has always struck me as a crazy thing to make fun of lack people for, “Oooh, they really like this stuff. This delicious stuff.” [Laughing]

Yea! Why are you making fun of people for their good taste in what tastes good?! One more thing, after the Trump election, California and I were, we were, pissed off. But there’s nobody to get into an argument in with in LA. LA is fairly uniform. There are not a lot of triumphant Trump dickheads to get in an argument with. My wife and I were at the local taco place and a guy walked in and started talking about Israel.

I got up and was ready to throw down with him, but he turned out to be a crazy guy who gave the cashier a handwritten note saying he note was worth $100,000. So he wandered out. I know anti-Semites are out there. I get into pointless skirmishes on Twitter. I post stuff on Twitter that would annoy them. But looking at my tweets, that’s all my stuff – pissy anti-Trump stuff. That’s enough of that.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 126 – Trump Administration Possibility Two

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/23

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Another possibility is that jerk conservatives manage to keep getting elected, and reinforce each other, and it doesn’t get better. There’s another possibility, which is that the future will happen to everybody and will tend to swamp the current shitty antisemitism with a whole other set of challenges. My conservative buddy is worried about the US being swamped by Muslim refugees, and that they will become 10% of the population.

Right now, we are at less than 1% Muslim. He listens to all of this stuff about the countries that do have a percentage of the population pushing – European countries – 10% of Muslims. He hears the lectures about life being Hell in those countries. But if you go to other sources that aren’t conservative or manipulative in that way, other sources say, “No, they’re not that bad. People acclimate.”

Regardless of whether that 10% level is terrible for the country or not, I tend to think it is not that terrible. Before the population of Muslims in this country reaches 10%, we will have hundreds of billions of AI running around in the country or plugged into stuff in the country. You will have your robot girlfriends, and your Cortanas, and Siris, and sidewalks with chips, and refrigerators that ask if you want more yogurt.

It will be a very woke up world. People’s concerns – racist people’s concerns for the most part – about issues surrounding Muslims will be dwarfed by the issues associated with AI.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 125 – Trump Administration Possibility One

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/22

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Alright, so now we have this rise in antisemitism as part of the reign dumbassery that goes along with Trump, as what I hope is the culmination of 30, 40 years of tenderizing dumb conservatives’ thinking via easy manipulation and the dumbing down of media targeting conservatives, you have proudly ignorant—tens of millions of proudly ignorant—conservatives feeling pride and strength.

63 million people voted for Trump. Not all of them are these belligerently ignorant jerkwads. When Hillary talked about “deplorables,” she said half of them are jerkwads. Maybe, somebody can do a survey sometime and can do the breakdown sometime. I know people who voted for Trump who are decent people, but voted and are holding their nose because of economic reasons and some of the attacks policies.

I’m sure that more than 10 million of the people who voted for Trump really dislike Trump and feel really sad every day when sad stuff happens. But those people aside, principles Trump votes, non-jerk Trump voters, leave them out, you have 30 or 40 million jokes, and they reinforce each other on social media, and everybody who is not these people—not everybody—feel that Trump or hope that people who voted for Trump have overreached and will collapse.

The racism and the antisemitism will burnout and collapse under human decency before things get worse. And it might because Trump is doing surprisingly worse at his job than almost anybody anticipated. Trump collapses, if, we can hope that it will mean a flywheel of nationalism and intolerance that is energizing 20-40 million jerks will slow down.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 124 – The Never Again Jew

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/21

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: There has been a phenomenon since WWII of the tough Jew. The “Never Again Jew,” there is a feeling post-Holocaust that—there’s a little bit of blaming the victim or sometimes a lot of blaming the victim about the Jews and the Holocaust, saying, “They got easily played. That they were complacent because they were such a part of German society that they didn’t adequately feel the threat. That they weren’t tough.”

“That they weren’t skeptical to the years or provocation with aggression of their own. They just stood by and let themselves get swept into the camps.” Which isn’t a fair characterization, but yea! People could’ve done better. The Germans were sophisticated about tricking people. It obviously wasn’t a simple situation. A lot of people saw what was going on and got out. A lot of people were straight out lied to or coerced.

A lot of people who were in Holland. They thought they were safe. Their government was a Nazi puppet government. They thought they were going to be left alone for the duration of the war. That the Jews were going to be left alone. At some points, the Nazis decided, “Hey, let’s kill the Jews in Holland too.” The Nazis were crazy. In that, long after the war was lost, they kept working and working to kill more and more Jews.

I think most of the Jews killed in the Holocaust were killed in the 2 to 3 years after it was clear Germany was not going to win the war. You could make a case for killing Jews as part of a theft ring, as part of a crime syndicate, which the Nazis were, and to steal their wealth to propel this war machine. But after 1942, after Hitler got his ass kicked in Russia and it was clear that the Nazis were not going to win, they kept killing more and more Jews for no good strategic reason.

So a lot of or a certain percentage of Jews were sucked into the Holocaust because they couldn’t believe the Nazis could be as crazily genocidal as they were. So after the Holocaust, you have the establishment of the state of Israel in 1948, which is founded in belligerence and like, “Fuck you! We are not going to be screwed over again.” And now, you have the stereotype, which is based on fact, of the tough, aggressive Israeli Jew – who is not wimpy at all and knows how to use a machine gun.

If you hire an, for some reason many of the moving companies in New York City, is Israeli, and those guys are fuckers, they will do the job the way they want to do…and they don’t take any shit. [Laughing]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: [Laughing].

RR: They’re all pretty tough guys, and tough women. Like, what’s that Sandler movie? You Don’t Mess with the Zohan.

SDJ: Okay.

RR: And it is a comedy about a super tough Israeli Jew, and conversely a bunch of pretty tough Arabs. Everyone has been toughened by all of the crap since, not just WWII, but for hundreds of years before that. I caught a little of that bug. I didn’t entirely catch it from the Nazis. Some of the wanting to be tough came from taking a bunch of shit in junior high from a bunch of kids and some gym teachers, and one asshole gym teacher in particular.

It helped give me that “fuck you” attitude and help me want to start lifting weights, and eventually become a bouncer. I’ve got that same ridiculous Rambo feeling that if stuff went down in a variety of situations I could wade into it and do okay. I at least have the excuse that in 1928 I won a Rambo lookalike contest. So there’s that.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 123 – Antisemitism, Old is New

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/20

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Antisemitism is increasing, apparently. There are some hoaxes, but, in general, there are things like, for instance, bomb threats directed at Jewish centres or federations. I have noticed this in British Columbia, Canada. You have noted it across America.

Rick Rosner: Okay, well, I have, as a Jew, and not just a Jew, but a Jewy-looking Jew.

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: I have a stake in antisemitism. I have experienced very little of it. I have experienced very little overt antisemitism. The worst I’ve been called is Jew-boy on Twitter. I think being Jewy and nerdy in Boulder, Colorado, which is like 98% super Caucasian. When all of my friends were 6’1” blonde ski instructors, that wasn’t—being Jewy wasn’t helpful in trying to get a girlfriend.

I think if I grew up in New York or Los Angeles—cities with larger Jewish populations—I may have found more of peeps to hang out with and mac on. I was born in 1960. So 15 years after the end of WWII. So it has always been – the potential for antisemitism and the Holocaust – a part of my awareness than people who are younger than me. Antisemitism, much antisemitism and particularly American antisemitism, strikes me as—most racism is stupid.

But antisemitism strikes me as particularly stupid because most people don’t have much contact with Jews. I think there are about 6 million Jews in American in a population of about 300 million people, so just under 2%, with Jewish people being concentrated in bigger cities. I grew up in Boulder, which had a population of 20,000 to eventually 100,000, and Albuquerque. My parents got divorced, so I had two families.

There were not many Jews in each city enough to sustain 1 or 2 synagogues. All of the Jews knew all of the other Jews because there weren’t that many of them. The Jews in Albuquerque knew the Jews in Boulder and Denver, at least the ones who live there for 4 or 5 generations because you did business across those networks in addition to across other networks. Anyway, not a lot of Jews across most of America.

So I always have to ask, “What is there to be anti-Semitic about?” You can ask this about other small minority members of the population. Most obviously right now: Muslims. I think in the 60s there were like 60,000 Muslims in the whole country. Now, I have a conservative buddy who is freaking out because there are 3 million Muslims in the country, but still less than 1% – which means most people don’t have much contact with Jews or Muslims in their daily lives.

I don’t know. It is a dumb stance for me to have, but “if you’re going to be racist, at least base your racism on personal experience, it is bullshit that you’re basing your racism on people you’ve never met and know nothing about.” That opinion itself is stupid because it expects racism to make sense or to somehow be justified.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 122 – Alonzo, Kim, Daniel

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/19

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: To go back to the dreams and schizophrenia stuff, we can look at autism. Where some people like to say, and people like to say a lot of stuff because autism has a history of people saying wrong stuff about it, people present it as a problem in processing sensory input. But autism, like schizophrenia, comes in different flavors, where on the Asperger range of autism, it’s not pure chaos.

It can be a different distribution of mental resources. So a kid can be bad at social cues, but awesome at math or visual arts. Like Alonzo Clemens, I am probably slightly messing up his name. The guy lives in Boulder. From memory, he can do, from images, or knock out a horse that is anatomically accurate with clay, or any other animal. But he’s in a group home or was in a group home in the past for people.

[Break in recording]

RR: Alonzo Clemens has a hard time. He’s a really nice guy. He can’t function on his own in society. He’s gotten better over time. But missing a lot of social coping skills. Photographic visual and dextral-finger memory or animal anatomy. Then you have, Kim Peek is it who is autistic with all sorts of numerical processing skills?

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Memory in General.

RR: “Rain Man,” the guy Rain Man was based off of.

SDJ: Daniel Tammet too.

RR: So these people, something is—you can look at it.

SDJ: You have also argued for yourself on that spectrum.

RR: Yea, but just a little bit.

SDJ: This is no formal diagnosis, but just self-diagnosis.

RR: I was nerdy. Asperger’s, it was less so now. But it has been de-emphasized from autism. Like 10 years ago, it was one of the biggest self-diagnosed mental problems out there. A super model could say, “Oh yea, I was really awkward in junior high. I probably have Asperger’s.” It’s like, “No, everybody’s awkward in junior high – 6’1” super model who is dating Orlando Bloom.”

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: My guess is that you can look at various disorders or phenomena in the brain as whether they are disruptive at the smallest—you can look at the size in the brain of the disruption. Taking LSD is like sand-blasting a jigsaw puzzle, so the image becomes less legible as opposed to some forms of schizophrenia, and autism, where it is more a problem with pieces are missing or tabs between pieces are missing. So they can’t be connected properly.

But the problem exists among systems on a larger scale. So I think I’ve said a lot of twaddle here. But I guess the one idea that might stand up is that you can look at consciousness, and phenomena, and disorders of consciousness as whether consciousness is disrupted on the tiniest possible scale – LSD or other possible drugs that make it hard for the cell-to-cell mechanisms to function properly – versus disorders on a larger scale that disrupt communication more among large clusters of cells that are arranged in expert subsystems. Or maybe, it is all twaddle. I don’t know.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 121 – Maternity Certainty & Paternity Uncertainty

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/18

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: That explains part of it. I can explain it with, maybe, a metaphor, or an image, or a model.

Rick Rosner: Okay.

SDJ: Two concentric circles [Laughing], if I understand the idea right, and then an infinite expansion out. In the innermost circle, that will represent daily life and activities, and information processing—emotional, cognitive, otherwise—

RR: Yea.

SDJ: Just around that, the comfortable, but semi-fuzzy, areas of life. Where maybe weekly, monthly, yearly, these activities are engaged in that expand an individual. You’re learning how to paint. You’re learning how to play an instrument. You’re learning how to write a joke. You’re learning how to do better on the SAT. Things of this nature.

RR: Okay.

SDJ: Outside of that circle are things completely outside of your frame of reference, the inner circle and the one circle just outside of that. That expanse has infinite aspects, functionally speaking. So at some point, the models—if one is going through a mental illness given information or through circumstance in life comes across information, or is impacted in such a way, that their frame of reference for daily life, and even for the other weekly, monthly, yearly circle, then it is completely outside of the frameworks.

That person is left in a crisis. So what does that person do? How does an organism handle that? So that leads to two questions, and I’ll make it quick. First question, how does this increase survivability? Because an organism in this state, obviously—just by observation—is more susceptible to predators in a survival-based ancestral environment. As well, it might make them less desirable as a partner or a mate.

So they may be less likely to pass on their genes. So not only, how does this affect survivability in an ancestral environment? But also, what mechanisms would then come online through selective pressures to be able to guide an organism functionally, quickly back into a functional state in ancestral, survival environments?

RR: Okay, there’s a thing in evolution. I just read about it. Some characteristics, or some evolved abilities,are highly adaptive in high probability situations and useless in low probability situations, relatively useless. So let’s assume that if you’re in such danger that your life flashes before your eyes, then it’s not likely that an information dump is going to save you at that point. That out of all of that stuff that your brain has dumped on you.

That somehow you’re going to pick out the right things and save yourself, from the sabre tooth tiger or some other Flintstones creature on the savanna.

SDJ: I would add one thing there too. Think about mating partner, statistically speaking, and based on surveys; if you ask a woman, ‘what is more critical as a harm to you?’ I am paraphrasing. Is it emotional infidelity or physical, sexual, infidelity? For women, it tends to be emotional. For men, it tends to be physical, sexual. So the values are flipped by the sexes.

RR: In any case, there’s the unlikely survival in a low probability or low probability of survival in that situation does not have to affect the heritability of a characteristic. That that characteristic, that your brain throws information at you when you’re in danger has been shaped by higher probability of survival situations.

Situations that arise more frequently anyway. The whole information dump, you might get in times of extreme danger is just a side effect of helpful behaviors, brain behaviors, with regard to information in less dire and more probable life situations. It’s the situations that come up over and over and over, and that are survivable that shape how your brain deals with information when you’re in danger compared to the few seconds people might have before their heads sliced off.

So weird information behavior in extreme danger may be less a survival mechanism than a side effect of a survival mechanism that works more reasonably in more reasonable situations. With the emotional versus physical violations, you can probably make sociobiological arguments. Where a lot of sociobiology as applied to humans and other species is whether a male can trust a female to have offspring that are his, then on the other side, whether a female can trust a male to provide a support for the offspring; so that probably helps to determine some of that stuff.

SDJ: There’s a term for it too, in evo-psych. Maternity certainty and paternity uncertainty because [Laughing] a woman knows if it’s her child. A man ain’t so sure.

RR: Yea. So there are behavioral and societal structures in place to reduce that uncertainty.

SDJ: Maybe, as we’ve discussed in previous conversations, it explains the socio-cultural, or religious, restrictions and taboos around sexuality for women.

RR: Well, yea! Some of the sociobiological behaviors we’ve adapted—some of them benefit both men and women. Both men’s genes and women’s genes, say. Since they’re driving a lot of this, almost all of it. Some things oppress one sex more than the other. But those behaviors wouldn’t be in place if they didn’t benefit one gender or another.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 120 – Existential Crises and Coping

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/17

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So this leads to a question, which we discussed off tape a few days ago. Which is on the nature of the brain’s, not only functionality but the, contingency plans through trial-and-error in evolution have been selected for and in-built. So some critical moments for some organisms—existential crisis of the organism, whether an ant, [Laughing] questionably, or a human, in some cases more obviously, the brain appears to have mechanisms to cope with this extreme inability to handle new information and, if here is such a thing, repressed information or crises of the organism-as-a-whole based on the processing.

Rick Rosner: What you’re talking about is when you’re in extreme perceived danger, for one thing, things seem to slow down because you’re extremely focused on what’s happening to you. You’re trying to take in as much information as you can, and the normal chatter shuts down. So you have a very clear picture of the situation—sometimes in slow-wo, and for some people in some situations, you get a massive information dump.

Where that life flashing before your eyes thing, which is probably some extreme version of the brain trying to help out with relevant information under stress, that if—that, I assume that, extreme stress triggers extreme focus on associations. Any possible association; when you’re focused just on what is happening directly in front of you, then your entire associative structure of landscape switches to cater to that situation.

So you pull up a lot of stuff. I assume that if you crank it to 11. You pull up just about everything, so much stuff that it seems as if your life is flashing before your eyes.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 119 – Dysfunctionality, Functionality, and Epilepsy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/16

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Also, from the interpretation—from my perspective—on the statements there, the neuron-to-neuron, not necessarily dysfunctional firing but, dysfunctional wiring can be sussed out in functionality for the person-as-a-whole, for the organism-as-a-whole. However, if you take expert subsystems-—and please correct me if I am wrong and if I misheard you—expert subsystem-to-expert subsystem has dysfunctional wiring, so the functionality of that community that is then played out in thought and behavior for that organism in its relevant environment, then it becomes a major issue.

Someone might hear voices or have visual hallucinations, which, in some extreme cases, can be cripplingly dysfunctional for them.

Rick Rosner: Yea.

SDJ: Others can be fine.

RR: Yea. I mean, like, who was it? One of the Russian authors used to have migraines and used to love it when they kicked in—no, they had epilepsy, and he looked forward to the fits because before the fits kicked in reality took on this aura of holiness. That he found extremely satisfying. He knew it was connected to the epilepsy. It might have been Tolstoy or Chekhov. For him, I think, the feeling of being exalted was worth the seizure he was about to have, and he was highly functional.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 118 – Dreams, LSD, Cats, and Art

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/15

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: A lot of stuff happens during sleep, and it doesn’t freak us out. We lose contact with the world. We lose contact with our bodies. We have dreams where all sorts of weird stuff happen. If any of this stuff happened while we were awakened, we’d be panicked, but thanks to hundreds of millions of years of evolution we have systems in our brains in place that make it so sleep phenomena don’t freak us out.

Everybody, for most people I think once in a while, gets a signal through from the sleeping/dreaming brain to your leg because you need to in your brain. That happens to people every few months at most, unless something is wrong. But I a guessing that the shutdown systems aside that the structure of dreams can give information about the structure of consciousness.

In that, all sorts of things—things happen in dream, but they are not totally chaotic.

[Break in recording]

RR: Dreams have a narrative. They have a rough flow. You can describe what happens in a dream as if you’re telling a story, but don’t because nobody likes to hear other people’s dreams. But anyway, there’s a narrative flow. This happens then this happens. Often, the things that happens from one moment to another are related to one another. There’s continuity. There’s a world that feels normal within the dream.

It takes a lot to happen in a dream and for you to realize, “Bullshit, this is a dream. It can’t possibly be happening.” Which, to me, says that a lot of the information structures in the brain are intact and linked to brain architecture, kind of the way you’d expect The brain is not getting any sensory input. So it’s self-stimulating. And I don’t know why, and I’m not sure it matters to this discussion.

But when self-created inputs run through the brain, they create recognizable aspects of life. You don’t just get crazy noise as compared to, like, when you take LSD. So it’s as if I think in dreams you’re processing modules—your expert subsystems in the brain—are largely intact in terms of being able to process signals. And you get worlds that aren’t pure chaos in your dreams. It’s—Dreams are almost what you’ve forgotten you can’t do because you have incomplete information.

Like, in a dream, you forge you can’t fly. So maybe you fly as opposed to complete chaos, like on LSD, which breaks down—it gives your perceptual systems and your thinking a hard time, and people end up looking lizardy or weird in a whole bunch of different ways because the expert subsystems that normally process sensory information about people’s faces into useable information have been messed up, and you’re getting incomplete and crappy results.

So you might see wire-frame-ish faces that look like they’re made out of polygons. Your perception of faces is crappy and incomplete because your expert subsystems have been hampered at the neuron level, and they’re just—when you’re drunk, your perceptions are—unless you are blackout of pass out drunk—your perceptions are largely intact, but just slower and you’re more confused.

It seems like it affects neuron-to-neuron processing and breaks down what should be self-contained information processing. Dreams also leave those information processing systems intact. You run thoughts or electricity through expert parts of your brain through dreaming. You still get decent imagery, recognizable imagery, recognizable situations. Ditto with a brain surgeon poking your brain with electrodes and runs electricity through your brain that way.

People don’t get chaos. They get sights and smells, besides the smell of burning brain. In schizophrenia, I don’t that much about it, but it seems as if schizophrenia can encompass a range of scales of disruption. That schizophrenics hear voices or have other types of hallucinations. That’s closer to disruption among or between expert subsystems, where you are still seeing recognizable visual images.

You’re still processing, and still getting recognizable stuff. You are just confused where it is coming from, which is your own head. I assume there are other varieties schizophrenia, where things are messed up more on the neuron-to-neuron levels, and you suffer perceptual difficulties similar to the ones you get if you took LSD. Like the—I dunno—famous set of drawings by the cat artist at the turn of the 20th century, that anybody who was a kid in the 70s had Time Life books.

This guy was a famous drawer and painter of cats. Then he started losing it…

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: [Laughing]

RR: …and being institutionalized. He kept drawing cats and he went crazier…

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: …and crazier while the cats got spikier and spikier.

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: Until they looked like sunbursts, they’re kind of awesome. They’re pretty as hell. They reflect some kind of perceptual difficulty.

SDJ: They probably came from drawing cats. [Laughing]

RR: It probably did come from drawing cats! Because cats carry toxoplasmosis—researchers suspect that people who catch toxoplasmosis from their cats are more subject to schizophrenia. So he probably [Laughing]…

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: …caught it from the cats themselves.

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: Anyway, creams, schizophrenia, LSD, kind of represent a range of derangement from neuron-to-neuron to expert subsystem-to-expert subsystem.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 117 – Natural Creatures from Natural Processes

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/14

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Even though, we’re natural creatures arising from natural processes. Nobody wants to live in a wasteland where the average lifespan in 40 years. So via evolution, each person is invested in himself or herself from what we’ve learned about ourselves in our lives about our continued existence. We get to decide whether we continue to live. We can assume the same about other people. There’s your Golden Rule.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Also, you don’t need consciousness for the valuation of persistence. Macromolecules—

RR: Some people could argue consciousness is an emergent thing that is a ride along.

SDJ: Oh no, I would argue something else. Macromolecules like DNA persist over long periods of time through minor variations and self-replication. Same with species. They value persistence for the survival of the species. So in a way, the Golden Rule is implied by survival, in a loose way. So it almost becomes a tautology.

RR: Yea. For the last three minutes of this talk, at least, we’ve been reasoning sloppily.

SDJ: [Laughing]

RR: But that doesn’t mean there’s nothing there.

SDJ: There is a there there.

RR: Yea, a world of plants and unconscious microbes and mostly brainless bugs is valuable for its order. In some ways, you could argue, though—this is stuff we haven’t worked out entirely, but we can wrap up by saying it is possible to build ethical systems even in worlds that, and beings that, arise via evolution without some overseer or director, or divine power, driving things.

SDJ: What does this mean for most people, speaking globally, who interpret—

RR: Most people just want to live their lives from moment-to-moment. Most people—regardless of whether people have some metaphysical or religious framework to help structure their beliefs, to help give them beliefs. Regardless of whether they have that or flavor of that they have, or whether they don’t have that, they specifically try to move away from that. The way some aggressively atheistic people do. People still want to live.

And life as lived is more about experienced moments. What’s happening around you from moment-to-moment, what you think about that stuff, and the pleasure and pain you get from each of your experiences, contextual experiences, experiences within the context of what’s going on right now, and what you think about it, and what it makes you remember rather than – “contextual experiences” is a bad term.

SDJ: Can I bring it down to earth?

RR: Sensory experience plus thought as opposed to everything filtered through some overarching religious or metaphysical framework. And yea, bring it down to earth.

SDJ: You mentioned “metaphysical” or “religious” twice.

RR: Yea.

SDJ: For me, I see that as half-truth or third-truth because—but true for most people. So metaphysical or religious frameworks for interpretation of the world come from religious texts, for instance in the Abrahamic traditions at least half of the planet. If you take the metaphysical-religious standpoints, the religious, by implication, tends to imply a metaphysical framework, but progressive, humanists, even atheists, agnostics, freethinkers, brights—whatever the myriad terms you want to take on it—make reference, including feminists, to human rights, children’s rights, or, in the case of feminists of others, women’s rights.

These aren’t in the world. They are how people relate to the world, or relate to the world based on documentation, which is typically international such as the UN Charter. So these themselves are metaphysical. So I would extend the statement “metaphysical or religious” to “metaphysical, religious, secular, or otherwise.”

RR: Well, yea, I agree with you. Even atheists are embracing a quasi-religious belief system, no matter how much you try to tap dance away from it. You believe in something. And not believing in something aggressively, or even half-assedly believing in something is a stance in belief space and belief world. You have beliefs. However hard you try not to have beliefs.

SDJ: But a consistency exists among them, like the Golden Rule in most religious traditions, even in semi-/demi-/hemi-cults like Scientology or more modern religions such as Mormonism or the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints. You find the Golden Rule—Confucianism, and so on. You also find in the Hippocratic Oath: “do no harm.” Between “do no harm” and “do as you would be done by,” you have two general principles that can help provide a firm foundation for a shifting higher-order landscape of ethics.

The small world of ethics.

RR: Across every ethical system, there’s the idea that “just don’t wreck stuff.”

SDJ: You have stated this as “respect complexity.”

RR: Yea. That there’s good in the existence of the world and in our existence and wrecking it for no reason, wrecking those things for no reason, is bad. You don’t need a religious framework to argue it. You can argue it—I don’t know. You can argue it from a scientific sense of wonder and awe. That still seems like 1980s science TV specials. I’d rather argue it from the point of view of information.

That we’re made of information. The universe is made of information, and the way we live, which is across time. How could you live otherwise? That information and the order that supports it is a good thing, and shouldn’t be effed with unnecessarily. You might have to blow up the bridge to stop the Nazis from coming across the bridge, but that’s in the service of a higher good.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 116 – Laurence Fishburne, Pain, and Pornos

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/13

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Okay, we were talking off-tape. It came up that we noticed that Larry Fishburne’s, Laurence Fishburne the actor’s, daughter at some point made a porno. I’m sure it was painful for Laurence Fishburne. It is not unheard of for people to do porn the way it would’ve been unheard of 50 years ago. It I not entirely unqualifying. This is already probably 20 years ago. Jeff Koons did a series of porno ceramics with his wife Cicciolina, which was transgressive.

But it was not disqualifying. He is still among the more prominent artists of our time. He made Kitschy porcelain sculptures showing sex between him and his wife. The trend is it takes more and more to transgress as time moves on, where posing in Playboy in the 60s may have qualifying from a legit acting career. Though, even then, Marilyn Monroe’s early nude shots made it into Playboy.

Even so, what is considered transgressively pornographic keeps getting more extreme, and I think there are two reasons for that beyond the fact that guys are pervs and need more and more extreme stuff to look at. In terms of the role of what’s transgressive or not in society, you mean have BJ ad butt sex jokes in NBC Prime Time sitcoms. Yea, they’re trying to be edgy and to catch a youngier edgier demographic, but still you couldn’t say pregnant on I Love Lucy.

So two main reasons, information wants to be free if I am using that right and I don’t know if I am. So our quest for information is going to go into more and more areas that were previously taboo because we want to explore all aspects of life, even the raunchy ones. My wife loves The Brady Bunch, and so do a lot of people, but it always annoyed me because it was so circumscribed.

It was so limited in what it could address and so fakey in how it addressed things. I mentioned it before, but even the grass in their backyard as fake before it was a thing. It was lazy 70s TV. That show barely ever went any place that wasn’t super safe. Neither did most TV at the time. Now TV and other forms of entertainment can go just about anywhere, which is good for trying to understand the world.

Although, of course, a lot of entertainment is schlock and doesn’t even try to understand the world. It throws in crap to try to capture viewers. So thing one, information, eve the nasty stuff, even especially the nasty stuff. Thing two is we are less and less exalted creatures, special and separate from the world. The more science explains who we are, the less we are divine beings, and if we’re just natural products of the world along with everything else.

Then everything is fair game to be discussed among the phenomena of the world, and nothing should be taboo because the exaltation, the exalted position, that we thought we were in with regard to God has been eroded. That’s about it for all of that. Oh, no, then there’s the next deal, which is, well, if everything we do—good, bad, raunchy, ugly—is a natural consequence of the world and us being a part of the natural world. How do you do ethics?

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we love information, and if we remain less exalted, especially now, then we need simple, general ethics.

RR: If you look at the Holocaust, and if you look at genocides, it seems to be something humans do given the right circumstances.

SDJ: Does this make genocide right?

RR: It’s not right. But how do you come up with ethical systems that continue to be powerful and help people not do evil in a world where anything can be seen as natural.

SDJ: Does the Golden Rule plus the Hippocratic Oath suffice as components?

RR: Maybe. One argument to be made is just because something is natural, just because we evolved from apes who bash each other’s heads in with bones or rocks, or eat each other’s faces off, or kill babies from fathers who aren’t theirs, or whatever violent apes do—just because something is natural means it is acceptable or allowable. The 20th century view of science is—the 20th century scientific view of the world was random in charge of everything.

No value, really, just random action and that’s not exactly it. Randomness isn’t in charge of the world. Persistence and order, emerging order, is in charge of the world. Information is order and information is in charge of the world. We live in an information-processing universe. We are information processing beings, and for information to exist there has to be order, and there has to be persistence.

Things have to be able to exist across time. From there, you can come up with a bunch of ethical rules that say that some things are better than others. We’re not just left with randomness.

SDJ: So the laws of physics, or the principles of existence, imply order and derives persistence and that persistence will bring further order by implication and that order for any conscious being in that system will be a greater value because persistence is what will keep the beings in that system going.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 115 – Sex as Tragedy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/12

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Sex as tragedy, I was thinking about how sex makes a lot of people dicks, mostly guys. That took me back to a few years ago when I read a science fiction story that took me back to a couple years ago when I read a science fiction story that presents a humanoid species, but somewhat different than humans because childhood is a time of innocent joy. But then when you enter puberty or adulthood, everything sucks.

You get dumber, body hurts, sex is brutal, and adulthood is a bummer and unavoidable. All of the adults walk around under this cloud of life sucking because of their horrible biology. Then I was thinking of how this relates to humans, and I was thinking of how sex is a tragedy. When you’re a child, you’re relatively free of sex drive. Sex drives for the most part. Though in today’s culture, you can’t really avoid it.

I was early seeing porn and everything, but I didn’t see a boner, probably, until, at least, nowhere other than myself—took until 7th or 8th grade. I couldn’t imagine being a kid today and not seeing one on the Internet by accident. Anyway, let’s imagine childhood is an innocent time of joy, but then when puberty hit and sex starts. You’re working for the sex man. It’s not a good deal. Sex makes people into douches.

It doesn’t make people into douches, but it encourages a lot of people’s douchery to come out.

S: You opened this with men as guiltier of ‘douchebagginess’ or ‘dickiness’ than women.

R: Yea, because, I mean, it goes back to sociobiology: sperm cheap, eggs expensive. Guys can spray their schplooky every place, and can be reasonably happy; whereas, women have a different psychology. Under, I don’t know, stereotypical conditions, but, I mean, women are subject to sex and gender-related and romantic related horriblenesses of their own. Sad relationships stuff. It is mostly not dickishness in women. It is maybe stereotypically romantic delusion.

In any case, both men and women, when puberty hits, you’re working for the sex man and the sex woman. It’s a miserable job. It makes some people into turds. It makes a lot of people miserable. That it in itself is tragic. We have to work for peepee and vagina stuff because that’s what drives us because of evolution, and having to reproduce to carry on the species.

S: If I may interject, do these cultural values—that emerge from the same sociobiology, but played out in groups, that are tied to individual men and individual women that have these proclivities that are based in evolutionary pressures and genetic makeup—reinforce what some would see as stereotypes of men as aggressors and women as victims?

R: Yea, it is hard to separate cultural norms from biological drives. So yea, what we’ve been talking about is to some extent stereotypical, and so making me a little bit of a douche myself for stereotyping men and women, it’s not like I’m talking entirely out of my butt. I’m not the first person to notice sex differences, gender differences, in approaches to sex.

S: What would you say to those who say that’s not true?

R: Come on, I would say, “Come on.” If you’re going to do—there was a thing at my old university that was the human—this room of thousands of studies of comparative human behavior across all of the various cultures in the world. I forget the name of the room. If you do statistical studies of how people are, I’m sure you could find various loan cultures where you could probably find a matriarchy where women are the sexual aggressors and are closer to, or have what we think of, guy-like behavior.

If you do the statistical deal, I’m sure that you’ll find that, on a statistical basis, men are more rapey than women. The feminist analysis of sociobiology would probably—I don’t know—say, I am guessing, sociobiology is justifying male aggression by putting it in a pseudo-biological frame. Maybe, that is true to some extent, but it doesn’t avoid the deal that it crosses more cultures than any other way around men are more rapey.

S: Does this then beg the question when someone says, “The social and cultural pressures on men or women to behave in certain ways makes them behave in certain ways as a statistical tendency, if they were to use the same level analysis that you’re pointing out.”

[Break in the recording]

R: Sex isn’t that much of a tragedy. Most of the people who—I suspect many and probably most of the people who turn into horrible people once their sex drive kicks in were probably already horrible people.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 114 – Frippery and Foolishness

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/11

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Rick Rosner: We’ve talked for 20 minutes trying to select a topic. We settled on entertainment. I’m going to be 57 in a couple of months. And I remember the 60s. There was a generation gap, which was largely between the young, people under 30, and everybody else. It was an entertainment gap. Younger people had their own entertainment, and there was a political gap. Younger people were pissed off about the Vietnam War and the stiff boringness of standard society. 

Then older people, many of them, were the silent majority. Nixon voters. People got dressed up in a suit and tie with short hair and went to work every day. Of course, those were extreme characterizations. There were plenty of people who were older who loathed Nixon. And in the 70s, especially as the 70s moved on, there were people older than 30 enjoying the sexual revolution. 

My mom’s been married twice. My first stepmom was married three times. My dad was married three times. I have four siblings or ex-siblings. Basically, nobody has the same two parents. Things got loosened in the 70s. The silent majority did not dominate for the entire decade. Anyway, you had this gap at the end of the 60s and early 70s, where there was the standard world of entertainment, which was much smaller than it is now in terms of options and in terms of what there was to know. You only had 3 broadcast channels, not including the local PBS. 

You had no Internet or social media, and no video games. So people were pretty much familiar with the standard entertainment, but because there was no Internet for people to inform themselves. You needed to be young. You need young friends to be well versed in Hippy entertainment and entertainment on the other side of the era gap. Every era until the current era has had divisions in society that we reinforced by a scarcity of information.

That includes the generation gap of the 60s. Now, everybody can have access to whatever they want whenever they want, and there’s a lot to have access to, and the world of entertainment is super fragmented. Dozens and dozens of TV channels and a few other hundred that are not-so 

popular. Thousands of streaming TV shows and movies, and a whole world of video games, and all sorts of bubbling topics of the moment on social media. 

So everything has been blasted apart. At the same time, people could more fully inform themselves about what’s going on because the information is more readily available. So nobody under 80 doesn’t know who Justin Bieber is to some extent. So the world of entertainment—I haven’t seen statistics, but I would bet we spend more of our time being entertained in one way or another than any other group and at any other time in human history. 

We can look at what entertainment does for us. I think it does three things. Entertainment informs, represents, and empowers; good stories, compelling stories, tell us how the world is and people are. So there’s information there. We, as generalists, as general exploiters in the world, which is what humans have evolved to be, we love information, especially the tough, nasty, semi-taboo information. It is not multiplication tables. It is “who is secretly gay?” 

[Laughing] 

That’s more 10 years ago, when gayness was less accepted—10, 20, and 25 years ago. It is that kind of secret stuff that is juicier. And then entertainment empowers via wish fulfillment, and entertainment represents; in that, you pick who and what you are a fan of, and you empower through your shared connoisseurship with your tribe. You find other people who are into what you’re into via social media and sometimes in real life. 

You band together to support the entertainment providers who speak to you, and it’s mutually empowering for both the entertainment people and for the entertained. And we can talk about one more thing about entertainment. Entertainment is important. It is, of course, frivolous bullshit, but at th same time it is important. In that, when you look at bad versions of the future as seen from the past, they were sterile and uninteresting. 

They were sterile and unentertaining and not filled with the entertaining ephemera that our world is filled with, which is unlike the Star Trek world that is pretty blank. The worlds of Minority Report, Blade Runner, Idiocracy, where every square inch of your visual space is filled with advertising or something trying to grab your attention, which is closer to the way we’re finding the world than the way Star Trek presented the future. 

The world is never going to grow up and give up entertainment as our technology becomes powerful, then our frippery and foolishness and entertainment will also grow more powerful and sophisticated, and it performs a function. It informs us in a nice way, in a way that we enjoy. We know stuff via entertainment without having to have gone through the formal learning process, which means the formal learning process is in trouble because it is less fun than learning via crap.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 113 – Human Error and Views of Themselves

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Human errors in understanding the world will lead us and have led us, pretty much forever, in repeating the same mistakes. I mean on one superficial level: if we don’t understand history, we will repeat it. But another one, I think, is not accepting fundamental and well-substantiated theories in science. 

Rick Rosner: Well, hold on, because, the majority of people—the vast majority of people—can hold wrong ideas about the world and the world can still make progress. Let’s just assume, for the sake of this discussion, that science is right. Well, people have only understood the world scientifically for a few hundred years. If you really want to get down to big picture things like the shape of the universe and the large-scale of the universe, that is less than 100 years old. 

Before that, you had everybody believing in a variety of mythological and some religious pictures of the world that are pretty much inconsistent with science and what we understand to be scientific reality. Yet the world still made progress, and the progress is often made at not the big picture level, but at the little—people figuring out things to sell things, how to make things, small-scale ideas that through trial-and-error and growing understanding are consistent with the world. 

Generally, throughout history, you have a people who know a bunch of small-scale things that are consistent with actual experience and they also know a bunch of mega-scale world-scale, universe-scale, things that have nothing to do with experience and are wrong. So you have to distinguish between beliefs that can be wrong—in that, they reflect a lack of, well, they reflect a lack of actual experience of the big picture of the world, but don’t impinge on everyday life. 

I guess there are other ideas that a majority of people can be wrong and can impinge on everyday life. And to the horse I keep beating, that idea that Republican ideas as reflected by what 

Republican government is doing is protecting the middle class, everyday people, is an idea that 10s of millions of Americans have and that idea has proven to be fairly wrong over the past few decades. 

The Republican Party isn’t functioning for everyday people, even though it claims to be. And people who keep voting for Republicans keep voting against their interests. Things I thought were economic truths, like when you go into a recession or a depression, you spend your way out of it via the idea of Keynesian economics. That if economic systems—if people are going broke and the whole country is going broke, and people are freaking out in a financial crisis, then create liquidity, which is what they did during the Depression and what Obama did with some degree of success during the Great Recession. 

I thought that was settled economic policy. Republicans keep arguing against it. But now that there’s a Republican for president, they might remove the purse strings a bit and spend more on infrastructure. Spending that was denied Obama because he wasn’t their party of their race. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 112 – Corporations, Multinationals, and Government

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/09

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The nature of the system was developed without modern corporations and multinationals. Modern corporations have enormous wealth. 

Rick Rosner: I agree with you, but I would extend that further. The system, the American system, was developed without any modernity. It was the most modern thing in the world when it was being developed, but that was 240 years ago. And, I mean, you’ve got gun technology, which is insanely more sophisticated than the guns of the 1770s—which had to be loaded manually one bullet at a time. 

And the electoral college, which everybody or many people are upset about, was designed to keep—well, to make sure we had a union to start the country was to make concessions to lower population agricultural slave states. There are, if I had more time to think, more aspects of modernity, which make it harder for the system to function in somewhat, not intangible but, hard to analyze terms. 

Modern forms of media have made it possible to mobilize dopes in a way that is unhelpful for the country. In that, 63 million people voted for Trump. Of those, maybe 40 to 50 million are true Republican believers, that believe that Republican values and the Republican party serves traditional values in America that will help the middle class succeed, and of those 40 to 50 million, maybe half are dopes who are voting against their own best interests. 

They have been softened up. Reagan got rid of the equal time clause or law, where before Reagan there were rules to not hammering a particular political point of view endlessly in the media. That there had to be balance. That lead to Fox News and Rush Limbaugh. People on that side have had their thinking—I consider it like—tenderized, dumbized, by 30 years of sophisticated Republican branding and rhetoric that’s designed to dumb down arguments and make them more powerful in their dumbness. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 111 – Governance and Leadership

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/08

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Historically, there have been issues with systems of governance and leadership. No system of governance is full proof. We also deal with problems of incompetence in leadership. I would argue, historically, that there are more ways to be an incompetent leader than a competent leader. 

Rick Rosner: When we were talking earlier, you mentioned that Rome had like 5 consecutive competent leaders. 

S: It was around the Pax Romana and cap-stoned with Marcus Aurelius. 

R: Okay, so I haven’t read that much about Rome, but the Roman system had a bunch of falseness and hypocrisy built in that what was really going on what wasn’t what was said to be going on or what was said to be valued. There were Roman ideals, but those ideals weren’t followed to a great extent. Instead, you had a bunch of corruption, self-serving, and power struggles. 

The Roman system of conquering the world and bringing the world into the Roman system of commerce. Even though that was presented as a triumphal thing, it was presented an economic thing, an economic thing or for trade. The Roman system was a mess. It functioned for a few hundred years pretty well and it did some good things along with some horrible things, but much of the horribleness was facilitated by the lack of alignment between what was said was being done, what was publicly supported, and what was actually being done and supported. 

I think the strength of America up until recently was that there was a reasonably strong alignment between democracy as valued and liberty and economic opportunity as valued and what actually happened. Certain people have always had huge advantages based on connections

or wealth, but, in the past, politics was better able to serve the stated aims of the American system: all men are created equal, the American Dream. More recently, you have a political system that seems kinds of intractable or hard to root out, which doesn’t serve democracy or equality. 

More people vote democratic than vote Republican. Yet, Republicans own the house, the Senate, and the presidency, and are about—as soon as they appoint the next Supreme Court justice—to own the Supreme Court. So all of the major branches of government. This extends to state governments too, where Republicans have done some gerrymandering hocus pocus and manipulations of the system to hold power out of proportion to the level people want them to hold power. 

And no one is governing as a centrist. One could’ve hoped that trump having lost the popular vote by 2.8 million votes would make efforts to try to be a centrist, but he is not; he’s being— he’s entirely line up with the Republican agenda, and the Republican agenda, while it pays lip service to things like reducing the deficit, is really about servicing its clientele and its major financial supporters, which as rich people. 

Republicans talk about making American life better for regular people, but Republican policy fucks regular people and leads to rich people continuing to reap most of the gains to be gotten from gains in the economy, growth in the economy where middle class wages stayed stagnant for decades now and all of the real improvements in wealth have gone to the upper 1 or 2% of everybody in America in terms of wealth and income. 

So there’s a big misalignment between what is said right now in politics and what’s actually happening. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 110 – Word, Sunsets, and Fucking

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/07

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Rick Rosner: Words represent a lot of conceptual work that has already been done. The word “sunset” represents all of the important stuff that we’ve already thought of about sunsets. It carries that with it as opposed to something that doesn’t really have a name like when concrete gets in my neck, and gets dirty and sweaty, and is not quite a zit, but is concrete dust and sweat encrustations that I can find the next day or the day off and then can scrape them off and flick them across the room. 

There’s no word for that yet—little concrete encrustations. It took a lot of work to describe what I am talking about and to establish of what I am talking about. It’s not compact the way a word is compact. If there were a word for it, everyone would know the word for it, especially in the concrete pouring industry. Somebody would say, “Jimbo, you’d got a lub on your neck.” Jimbo reaches over and goes, “Oh, yea.” Then flicks it off. 

Words represent a lot of work and compactification that’s already been done. If you need to delve more, if you’re reading a Scientific American, into whether there really is a green flash just as the sun dips below the horizon, you can kind of open up your mental picture of what sunsets mean. You can do some work on that. So those are the main three things, and a couple other things. 

They are—you can imagine if you’re looking at an information landscape, and if words are important enough, you can see nodes in that landscape, where sunset is represented by a little mini-galaxy of information. We know the word sunset carries with it a bunch of the most needed information about sunsets, just enough to communicate that to every other part of the brain, which means that there is probably local and redundant encoding of information throughout information. 

Where we have locally encoded and redundant information in our own space, if someone tells you to picture of a sunset, you don’t have to find an actual sunset. You can go to the Internet and find a representation of a sunset. You can find pictures of a sunset. There are available representations of sunsets in lots of places. You can go to an encyclopedia. You can go to an art store. 

You can find sunsets all over the place. Local and redundant encoding of stuff. So I would guess that our own, in the interest of efficiency, information spaces have stuff tend to come up not infrequently multiply encoded—coded representations of those things in more than one place because it’s handy. One last thing is when you think sunset. Something happens with the sensory input. Your idea of sunset can be disturbed or not. 

Probably, for the most part, not, where you know what it is, it is the Sun setting. The Earth is turning and the Sun is apparently dropping in the sky—ba-ba-ba. You know, the sky gets all pink and so that idea of sunset isn’t disturbed generally when you think of sunset. You’ve got the information node devoted to sunset in the information space. There must be ways to light up the galaxy that signals sunset to the rest of your awareness and says, “That’s what you’re thinking of,” without disturbing that node greatly or by disrupting it greatly. 

So you know what a sunset looks like, and you’re online on a science fiction site that includes three pictures of suns, and so your idea of “Sun” is disturbed because you’ve got three images of suns in your mind. That represents a general idea or a number of concepts that tee up that word in your brain because they’re relevant. But you can imagine having an experience or seeing something online that alters, significantly, what you picture as fucking. 

That means that information node, that galaxy, has to be rearranged, which could mean a bunch of energy flows into that via photons, particles, and radiation, extending the metaphor, and blows up a lot of stuff in that galaxy, or something releases or causes the black hole at the center of the galaxy to spew out a lot of stuff. It takes a long time. A lot of stuff is spewed out and coalesces into stars, the stars boil down, and the galaxy has been rearranged. It’s been lit up in a way that’s disruptive, but you can also light up the galaxy that hasn’t been disruptive. So anyway, that’s what I’ve been thinking about. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 109 – Sunsets and Fucking

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/06

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Rick Rosner: Now, to language and to why it’s so effective, one is it is compact. I was thinking of two things described by language, just as examples, that are more compact than thinking about the thing itself. The two examples were sunsets and fucking. You can say, “Sunset,” and the word sunset is more compact than actually picturing a sunset, especially the mechanics of a sunset—the sun at a position in space, so it is just over the horizon, and an intervening atmosphere, and a beach, an ocean, and the reflective effects, and all of that. 

Actually having to think about a sunset is much more informationally weighty than to simply say, “Sunset.” It is a compact representation, like fucking—and sorry to use a bad word, the word is so small compared to the conceptual wad of stuff that went into that word. That it is much more compact. So thing one is compactness. Thing two is universally understood within your awareness. 

When people developed money, it made commerce simpler because you didn’t have to do outright barter. Money become the universal bartering tool. When you have a universal abstract tool that holds value, you can do any transaction, and don’t have to worry if someone specifically wants your sheep before you can trade your sheep for adobe bricks or something. You can sell sheep, buy bricks, and don’t have to do transactions with people who have bricks to sell and want to buy sheep. 

Words are better. They are short and more easily understood by different parts of the brain. They communicate meaning easily among the different parts of the brain. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 108 – Language and Technology

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/05

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Rick Rosner: Language is troublesome. It occupies a lot of thought—evolution has been part of popular debate for the last 160 years, and language has been one of the more troublesome areas of trying to get a handle on how everything that we are came to be via evolution and whatever other cultural forces made us the way we are now because language is something humans have to a degree that is far beyond anything that any other animal has. 

It is tough to come up with how it originated and it’s come up with a history of the development of language. In that, it is fairly nontangible. You can’t trace the development of language ability in the brain or no one has yet. Anyway, it is hard to chart our history as a species, and I was thinking about that. Also, language is super powerful. It is somehow part of the set of tools that have allowed us to develop technology. 

To take apart the world and put it together based on our preferences, other animals are at the mercy of the world to a great extent; we can manipulate the world to a great extent—talk about the little different ingredients. The walking upright, which frees our hands, and lets us manipulate things with our fingers, and then language lets us think more effectively and pass on what we know to other people. 

I was thinking about what exactly language does, especially with regard to information-space because you and I believe that any being who is a sufficiently developed information processor has an information-space that can be rendered mathematically once the mathematics exists, and how language might fit in an information space. 

Thing one is, for 100s of years, for 1,000s of years, philosophers and scientists have argued that consciousness requires something in the being that is being tested as to whether it is conscious.

Among the candidates for that are language, self-awareness—which, at the simplest level, is if you show a being a mirror they understand it is them looking at them in the mirror, and other qualifying characteristics; that if you have that thing, then you’re conscious, and if not, then you’re not conscious—has been used for a long time to say humans are conscious and the other animals are a bundle of reflexes. 

I would go against that with the following argument. You can describe the contents of a being’s awareness from moment-to-moment with a set of sentences. You can name what that being is thinking about. My dog, if I am eating, is thinking about what I am eating. There are sentences that can describe that. The dog is thinking about the noodles I am eating. The dog is less focused about its physical space in the world. 

If I get up, the dog will try to get up and eat the noodles off the table. You can describe what the dog is thinking, I’m thinking, the situation with the food and table using sentences. The more complicated awareness, the more complicated the set of sentences you need. You could describe everything in a human awareness as any given moment with a set of sentences. It may 1,000 sentences or 2,000 sentences because we’re aware of a lot of stuff at any given time. 

But what we’re aware off is describable in a set of sentences, whether it is a self-conscious thought—like, “I am me in the world,” or “I am getting old,” or “My toes are gross,” or “I feel a thing and that awareness I am feeling is consciousness,” “I have a zit on my butt and it is bothering me—all are sentences describing my state and awareness. That, to me, makes me think there are no special sentences there. 

They are all in the way I am listing them. They are all sentences describing moment-to-moment aspects of consciousness. They are all descriptive sentences. You can take away a chunk of those sentences and you still have awareness. You can take away all of the sentences in my current awareness that refer to my awareness of myself, or all of the sentences that refer to language. The package of sentences that describe my state at any time. 

You take away those sentences. You still have sentences that describe my current awareness. No particular flavor of awareness within the arena of conscious awareness is the requisite for consciousness. The dog is conscious. The dog has a conscious arena. The dog is coordinating things in its awareness—noodles, table, chair, me, the dog’s ability to run and leap. The dog doesn’t have words for it. 

But it is in its awareness. So there are no special sentences that I have that the dog doesn’t have that make me conscious and the dog not conscious. The list of sentences in my consciousness at any given moment is much greater than the dog’s list. But we’re both conscious but, if you want, to different degrees because my list is longer than the dog’s list. And it is not because I have a special list and the dog does not. Boom! There. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 107 – The Headless Chicken and Reward (Part 3)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/04

*This sesssion has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

[Beginning of recorded material] 

S: This plays out throughout evolutionary history. It plays out throughout modern dating dynamics. Not in every case, but if you look at the large scale trends, the trends are obvious. And if you don’t know, then you probably haven’t looked at the data. 

R: And you can take it all the back to—I know there are problems with sociobiology, but there’s a lot right about sociobiology, E.O. Wilson’s deal. E.O. Wilson is a guy who studied a lot of insects, and based on his study of insects extended his idea to how biology influences humans as well as animal behaviour. One of the big truths of sociobiology is eggs are expensive and sperm is cheap. 

A woman has to be more selective in sex partners because she’s the one who is going to get pregnant, and be the one who will be raising the kid and wants a male who doesn’t flake. The male wants to flake. He wants to impregnate as many women as he possibly can. Well, depending, that’s not like—there are different strategies, but the male strategy tends to reward flaky behaviour more than the female strategy. 

There are strategies where the male sticks around and he’s sure the offspring are his own, which is a big deal in terms of passing on your genes. Though still, if he is raising kids who he knows are his own, if he can sneak off and impregnate other people, and have those kids raised by other people, that’s not unheard of. 

S: Some thoughts come to mind. The first thought that comes to mind. I can see some branches of some feminist critiques of sociobiology or evolutionary psychology from the fact that the pill came in, I guess, 1960?

R: Yup. 

S: So that can attenuate the cultural pressure. The genetics and the developmental structure also interacts with the surrounding culture, so the input is reinforced. So there will be attenuation, but not elimination, of these capacities, like we were talking about the XX-XY cognitive packages we get from genetics, which probably keep a lot of human thinking, conscious or unconscious—non-conscious—on a tight leash. 

R: I’ve known a couple of guys who were really good at hooking up with a bunch of women. I’ve read some books on how to do that just because I think it is an interesting, if creepy, subject. One of the major principles of being that guy is letting women know that it is not going to be a problem. You talked about the pill, which over time has the idea of female contraception. Now, it is widely spread and easily available and takes many forms. 

After 50 years, it has, kind of, to some extent become a part of society and along with that, in terms of selling yourself, as a guy, if you’re going to be a pickup artist, you have to sell, “This is going to be fun and I’m not going to be a problem.” We’re going to fool around. You’re going to like it, and I’m not going to create any life problems for you, which overcomes—on the other hand, a woman who wanted to be a pickup artist doesn’t have to do that kind of thing to any great extent. 

A woman can say, “We’re going to have sex.” A lot of guys, once they get over their initial shock and fear, will be like, “Oh, okay.” “And by the way, I’m crazy.” Guys would be like, “Well, uh, how crazy?” 

[Laughing] 

But women need—the sociobiological basis you could argue—to be soothed, but that’s patronizing; women need to be assured that this sexual encounter is going to be worthwhile. Where guys don’t really need that assurance, so even with the pill, even with contraception, it doesn’t overcome the basic—and there are other reasons for that. Generally, the on average greater strength and aggression of guys versus women. 

A woman who is 128 pounds is like, “Yea, let’s have sex,” and the guy who is 188 pounds is like, “Yea, okay.” A lot of guys would not imagine the woman has a switch blade packed away and will go stab-stab-stab-stab during the sex. Guys don’t tend to think of being in danger during a casual sexual encounter; whereas, I would think many women take the potential danger into account—sociobiology aside. So you said you had another thing. You had two thoughts. 

S: The second thought is, there will be cognitive aspects, of choice. Some men will choose, in ancestral environments, to impregnate as many women and possible. So quantity over quality. Other men will choose to invest in one partner and set of offspring for better chances. Both have their advantages and disadvantages in terms of the survival of that particular person’s genes. One, you create high quality children with lots of nurturing. The other, you create many, many children who will have less chances of passing on the genes in ancestral environments per child, but over all—just summing them up—you might have equivalent or better chances than investing in one partner and family. So that’s the other thought. 

R: Women don’t have—those strategies aren’t as available to women. A woman is stuck with carrying a kid for 40 weeks and, you know, during that time a guy could knock up any number of women. Also, she’s going to be that kid’s food supply for many months and, whether she likes it or not, she’s more invested and more constrained in terms of her investment in the kid. Biologically, it is up to her to carry the kid. 

It is likely she’ll be the one nursing the kid. It is likely she’ll be taking care of the kid’s needs during the first few years of the kid’s life. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 106 – The Headless Chicken and Reward (Part 2)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/03

*This sesssion has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

[Beginning of recorded material] 

Scott Jacobsen: By the way, the research seems to pan out for this being a much bigger issue (educational issue) for boys, and these boys that become young men. 

Rick Rosner: That makes sense because it is much more easy to operate male genitals than female genitals. 

S: Yea, but this is cognitive, this is cognitive. 

R: Yea, okay. You’ve got the corpus callosum. Stereotypically, and I don’t know for sure, the corpus callosum is thicker for women compared to men. 

S: On average. 

R: On average, yes, and stereotypically… 

S: By women and men, you mean the difference between XX-XY rather than the self perception of social role. 

R: Let’s not get into that. Let’s just say XX-XY. 

S: I’m just thinking about the genetic package that you come with that influences your cognitive package. 

R: Yea, and speaking of packages. 

[Laughing] 

R: It is easier for men to have orgasms. Men can have orgasms under more circumstances than women. I would guess. 

S: Yea, yea, absolutely, I think that’s a perennial truth. 

R: I would think women would need to feel, on average, a number of things. Not just physical sensation, there needs to be some kind of connection. Maybe, some sense of safety, even in scenarios where the—anyway, it makes sense guys are easier to—guys’ thinking tends to be less global than women’s thinking. 

S: Yea, this shows up in surveys. If you ask men and women, ‘What do you look for in a mate?’ Short-term mates, men and women do not differ much. They look for someone relatively healthy, good looking, and who looks like they would have a decent time with, on average. If you ask long-term, the differences are stark. The men do not change much on average. The women add, maybe, two dozen distinct variables such as ability to provide— so job, job prospects, education, a job with the ability to move up, or simply income, or status, things of this nature. 

R: You can see it in strip joints. 

[Laughing] 

Guys go in and see hot young women. That’s all they need to see. But if they can imagine it further, it is known that skilled female strippers can groom clients, making clients think that they’re the stripper’s special friend. That they’re the preferred client. This allows the clients—the guys who are folding the 20s in half and tucking them in the G-strings—to imagine some rudimentary fantasy being with the stripper all of the time because she is having a terrible home life. 

Or there’s the stripper in college myth: ‘Oh, I’ll pay for her way in college.’ Women go to strippers and might see [Laughing] guys with good bodies… 

[Laughing] 

…but do not have their shit together. One of the most skilled strippers that I’ve ever worked with at PT Show Club in Denver is Todd the Bod in the 80s. 

[Laughing] 

Todd was tall. He was tanned. He knew how to move. He had good muscle definition, but I think Todd had 4 kids by 4 different women. [Laughing] It’s harder for women to imagine taking Todd the Bod home for more than the night. It is hard to build a fantasy life around Todd the Bod because he’s not friggin’ Bruce Wayne. Billionaire by day and guy who is weeny wagging by night. Although, that would be a great character.

It is a bunch of guys working at carpentry at Colorado Coal Company. Boulder’s less good strip club in the 80s. The other strippers and I—I was this mess and the other strippers were carpenters during the day—only had one stripper costume, which was the Carpenter. [Laughing] They’d get out there—this is 1981, 82, 83—stripping down there to their tool belt and the knee socks that people wore in the 1980s. 

That’s not as take-home-able as a 19-year-old messed up girl. Anyway. 

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 105 – The Headless Chicken and Reward (Part 1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/02

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: Just to mention other forms of not quite consciousness. In the 1940s, I believe, there was — and I want to call him “Sam the Headless Chicken,” but I don’t think that’s what his name was. But there was a headless chicken that was popular for a few months. This guy was trying to chop off this chicken’s head for dinner, but he missed and only chopped off the top of the chicken’s head. Leaving almost none of its brain and just its lower beak. The chicken still worked. The chicken walked around and did all sorts of chicken behavior.

There was enough of a nub-brain that it could perform some basic chicken functions. He had to feed it with an eye dropper in the chicken hole. He travelled around showing people the headless chicken. Obviously, that chicken has very little conscious processing, but the chicken still worked using the remaining processing that wasn’t centralized.

Scott Jacobsen: If you had the 100-node processor, and if you had the 85 nodes for administrative stuff, the 5 for relaying, and the 10 for conscious manipulation of information, it would be as if you cut off the 5 and the 10.

R: Yea, something like that. That is kinda a horror theme. I mean, zombies there’s some kinda possibly deep fear of losing the executive function, the conscious operator. Losing our identity, but still walking around.

S: People have prepared meals while they sleep walk. People do all sorts of things while they sleepwalk. Automated behaviors, they will then wake up without any memory of it, and they’ll have a freshly made meal ready to go. [Laughing]

R: Yea. [Laughing] People find that — People like to say that we’re hardwired to be afraid of snakes. I think there’s some deep disquiet about — I doubt it’s a hardwired thing — but, if you were going to make a list of things that make for good horror movies, loss of executive function is one of them. Stepford Wives, they’re still walking around, but have been hollowed out. There’s no there there. Anyway, you can probably make lists of dozens of horror movies that scare you by showing people taken: Invasion of the Body Snatchers.

S: We have real life cases of this by way. En masse, apparently, we have good research on the impacts of certain technologies on executive function. Executive function is an emergent property as a characteristic of people based on the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex. There’s another part of their brain called the nucleus accumbens. The nucleus accumbens is part of the reward center. So, typically, if you have a real-life task or goal that you want to achieve and you struggle for, you have a context surrounding it and a narrative leading up to it, and then when you achieve that goal — you get a 1585 on the SAT, you get a high score on a test, you climb Mount Everest, you ace a dance recital, and so on — then you have a very strong reward, but it is based within context. The issue is for education across most or all developed nations that are using technologies for certain things, such as pornography and video games, to excess that the typical — they checked in blood flows too — the blood flows that go from the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex — that is for self-control, morality, saying the right thing rather than the impulsive thing, conscientiousness — these behaviors come from the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and the blood flows there when you’re engaging in these activities. But when you’re engaging in excess pornography and video games…

R: You’re over-rewarded.

S: …it drains from the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and the term is “engorges” the nucleus accumbens. The problem: you get reward without real-life context. So people lose a lot of track of time. People have issues with this new form of addiction called arousal addictions, where you want more of different rather than more of the same with traditional drugs such as cocaine. So people, in a way, if they’re losing their executive function through these things, are enacting in such a way, not completely but to a degree, like these hypothetical zombies and Frankenstein, and all of those things.

R: You’re making a bunch of babies because you’re making them over rewarded and too easily rewarded. It sounds like Idiocracy.

S: It’s got electrolytes.

R: [Laughing] Brawndo.

S: [Laughing].

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 104 – ‘There’s Just Something About Octopi’

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/01

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: The big brain has to some extent trust the arm brains to run their arms. So an octopus’s consciousness is going to be different a little bit from ours. In that, the octopus’s brain is, to some extent, along for the ride of what the arms are doing. We’re usually not aware of the mechanics of walking and they talk about baseball pitchers and other athletes getting really screwed up if they become overly aware of the mechanics of the actions they made hardwired into themselves. If you practice your sport for 12 years, and you’re highly skilled, and if these highly synchronized motions involved with pitching the ball are second nature to you, then you start thinking about them, it can ruin the hardwired elegance and effectiveness of your motions.

There moments of greatest focus and athletic excellence that their consciousness — they become mindless, which might mean so much of their mental and cognitive resources are being devoted to super-precise actions in the moment that a lot of the normal chatter goes away.

That’s just for us with our skeletal-based bodies, with limited possibilities for motion. Imagine being an octopus that is trying to run itself while it’s eight arm are doing eight super-crazy, sophisticated things. Octopi can take forms. There was one on the sea floor. They watched it mimic the shape of 8 different sea creatures by reconfiguring itself into what it thought would be best in terms of camouflage. It is sophisticated stuff that the main brain may not always be aware of. It is similar to what you were saying in a 100-bit cognitive system (off tape). Some of those bits may be subconscious and performing sophisticated, semi-sophisticated, functions in some central arena that is watching what is going on. An Octopus is kinda somewhere between human consciousness and, say, ant consciousness. Where an individual ant has ‘meh’ consciousness, it’s going to be in the vague fog of perception that comes from having limited perceptual and cognitive apparatus.

Then you can imagine that ants working together form some kind of greater consciousness, which is really not the way it is. But you can imagine some creature with some kind of swarm consciousness, where the creature is all functioning together — but no one creature is in charge, like bees. Although, bees don’t work like that either. Basically, you’ve got a creature with a thousand separate bodies communicating with each other.

Say a flock of starlings, but starlings don’t work that way either, you can imagine some alien creature, where it’s got a bunch of mini-brains in its thousand bodies and the bodies are connected by some biological wireless server, so the thousand mini-brains in concert form an aggregate consciousness, and the octopus would be somewhere between us with our largely centralized consciousness and — my syntax fell apart. Anyway, we’ve got central consciousness, where we like to think everything we know we know consciously, which is not entirely true — but is more true for us than for octopi. They do a bunch of stuff, but the central brain is not fully conscious of it.

Scott Jacobsen: Marvin Minsky has an idea. He wrote a book. The book was called Society of Mind. I have talked to Sven about this at length. He mentioned that book a lot. [Laughing]

R: Yes.

S: Marvin Minsky’s book remains, in basic principles, akin to the idea of a 100-bit — not as in information bits, but as nodes — described before with a certain amount of administrative work, relays, and actual consciousness arena of manipulation of information in addition to the description you’ve provided of octopi.

R: Yes, I agree with the society of mind thing. I think there’s a mathematics of geometry that can picture the various mind-spaces, or cognitive spaces. Ones that are centralized. Ones that are less centralized. If you cut off an octopus’s arm, that octopus can still do a lot of stuff. You can imagine that you can sedate an octopus’s main brain, or damage it, and the octopus can still function just by — via — the limited awareness and abilities of the arm cognition.

We’ve been talking about how a cognitive space or a conscious space — a representation of that information — might look like a universe. In a highly centralized conscious information space, you’d have a highly populated central part of the universe with lots of galaxies going on. You can imagine an octopus’s information space that has a less populated active center and a bunch of more self-contained black hole-ish galaxies that only share a limited amount of information that is being shared with the central information space.

A lot of the information never making it out of the arm processing, the fine information being confined to a closed off, semi-closed off, information structure like a black hole galaxy that only gives you a trickle, or only least a trickle, of information that is being processed within the arm. Anyway, to sum up, there’s a math for that, for octopi consciousness, for human consciousness, and some kind of crazy swarm consciousness.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 103 – More on Octopi

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/28

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: This book, Other Minds: The Octopus, the Sea, and the Deep Origins of Consciousness by Peter Godfrey-Smith, talks about sentience and consciousness, which, I guess, sentience is a not quite conscious level of ability to think and perceive — but not as high as other animals. You can divide things up like that. Then he talks about a researcher who thinks that at the very threshold of consciousness or sentience, you would perceive the world as almost nothing.

That would be perceive as white noise, which is a good, but not, great analogy because when somebody says, “White noise,” I think of looking at an old TV screen. An old TV from the 70s goes off and you only see snow, which implies a perceptual framework that is well-enough developed to perceive static or snow as static or snow, but that’s not what they’re saying. They’re saying that not only are you experiencing white noise.

Your perceptual framework is so non-existent that you can’t even perceive white noise as white noise. You perceive almost nothing. It is like a vague blur, except that it is not a vague blur within some framework that allows you to perceive something as vague. Your framework is not that big or that precise. Off tape, you talked about a system that is able to perceive a white pixel or a black pixel as a base level of perception.

That runs into the same problem as white noise. In that, when I picture a pixel, I picture a white square or a black square. And if your system is only able to perceive one of two state, those states are so blurry — it’s bootstrapped chaos. Not only are you perceiving almost nothing, but you can’t perceive anything beyond almost nothing because you don’t have the perceptual or cognitive equipment.

There’s only vagueness, but you don’t know it’s vagueness because that would imply more perception and cognition. So just lights are not even on — I mean, anyway, the book also talks about how — You mentioned how in a really low-level perceptual system, say one that has cognitive capacity of 100 bits. How 85 of those bits might be administrative and only 5 or 10 would be the picture of the world that you have, that reminded me of something that is talked about in this octopi book, which is that octopi neural layout, structure, is much less centralized than ours. Almost all of our cognition takes place in our brains.

It takes less to run our bodies. It takes less cognition to run our bodies than an octopus because we have bones, which limits the range of configurations our limbs can take because everything is locked into place — planes of motion. We’re solid and octopi almost entirely soft and mush. There’s very little that gives them a definite, Erector Set, Tinker Toy — [Laughing] I am mentioning all of these toys that nobody knows anymore — Legos kind of structure.

But you can’t evolve that because those things, as far as we know, aren’t physically possible. But eyes are physically possible, and are helpful. Every step from light sensitive spots on your skin all the way to fully developed eyes are helpful. There’s a nice path of helpfulness, and it’s physically possible to evolve those things, then it seems those things will evolve often in more than one organism.

Means of locomotion, various means of locomotion have evolved numerous times. The one thing that it is hard to know whether it evolved more than once is life itself, whether life originated on Earth more than once. It is hard to know because life originated billions of years ago, and it originated in forms that don’t leave evidence behind. Even if this junk did leave fossils, not much got left because that’s enough time for the Earth’s surface to be recycled a bunch of times.

You have to find a place that has been floating away from clefts in the tectonic plates for a long, long time. And life as we know it originated closed out opportunities for other life to arise once it took hold and started changing the Earth’s physical environment and spitting out oxygen, and proliferating all over the place. Other possible forms of life just kind of — that opportunity was lost, though we do kinda know life went from single cellular to multicellular more than once.

You have plants. You have animals. You have a few other kingdoms, which, I think, reflect a couple other times when life went from single to multicellular. If you want to go to the Drake Equation or a Drake type of thinking, the Drake Equation is this deal that combines all of the probabilities for all of the necessary ingredients for life originated someplace else and combines them into one equation.

One thing you need are planets in places where you can get enough chemical activity for life to evolve. You don’t get good chemistry in a Mercury-type orbit too close to the Sun. You don’t get it too, too far away from the Sun. But in the last 5, 10, years, we’ve seen that part of the Drake Equation. Whatever he originally calculated has been blown away because it looks like the number of planets in the universe might be equal to the number of stars.

There seems to be at least one planet per star, which means that there’s close to that number of planets, in terms of the exponent you hang on it, in temperate regions — in that zone that permits life. The Earth orbit, perhaps Mars orbit, that distance from a star. So you can have things are warm enough for chemical activity, but not too warm. So that part of the Drake Equation is richly satisfying. Looking at how often the various steps in life have originated on Earth, it makes a good argument that if life originates at all. It has a fair chance of getting fairly fancy because of the treasures of existence. That the advantages to be had by taking the next steps in evolution, even though those steps aren’t designed, are permitted because they have given an advantage. There’s advantage in perception, in mobility.

The main bottleneck to being fairly convinced of life elsewhere is that first step of life originating at all. Once you get life, and looking at the history of life on Earth, it’s not unreasonable to imagine that life will evolve to take advantage of increased complexity over, and over, again throughout the universe.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 102 – Other Minds and Octopi

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/27

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Jacobsen: You were describing a book a little bit off tape.

Rick Rosner: It is called Other Minds: The Octopus, the Sea, and the Deep Origins of Consciousness by Peter Godfrey-Smith. This guy has spent a lot of time thinking about consciousness and observing octopi, which are pretty smart. They have 500 million neurons compared to our 100 billion neurons. Quite a few less, but still enough to have fairly sophisticated behavior.

I quite eating octopi because they seemed too smart to eat, which is dumb because pigs are smart too and I’ll eat them. The thing I think is interesting is Octopuses became really smart independent of us, not as part of our line of evolution because our last common ancestor with octopuses was hundreds of millions of years ago. Our last common ancestor was some little worm that was a few millimeters long and couldn’t be thought of as doing much thinking at all.

It was a dumb little worm. Then our evolutionary track, we got really smart over the next half of a billion years, so did octopuses, but independently from us. Which means that brains — octopuses, there are all of these stories that if they don’t like you then they’ll squirt a jet of water at the back of your neck. They know how to unscrew jars. They know how to squirt water at light bulbs because they don’t like bright lights.

Some are nice. Some are dick-ish. They, maybe, do a kind of art, but they like arranging things on the sea floor in pleasing patterns. Stuff that indicates smart-ish behavior. It grew, not as part of a ladder to us, as a separate ladder than us. You can say intelligence developed at least twice. Two separate instances, you might be able to say birds. I don’t know if birds are smarter than dinosaurs or birds are smart because dinosaurs were smart.

Maybe, birds became smart in their own line. I argue the more times a thing independent evolves on Earth, then the more likely that thing will evolve in organisms on other planets, like eyes. Eyes seem to originate a lot. There’s a thing they call a teleological gradient, which is deceptive because teleology says something is designing us. You could call it the riches of existence. Basically, the world is a place where there are bread crumbs scattered around.

Like a video game, there are pieces of treasure around. With these pieces of treasure, you can earn these pieces of treasure by evolving to certain levels of sophistication or skill at existing in an environment. Though that involves a certain teleology, but saying it is random bread crumbs spread around. Things will evolve if there is a pathway for things to evolve. If there are physical structures that are possible, that can exist. For instance, it would be helpful to evolve the ability to time travel or have anti-gravity.

But you can’t evolve that because those things, as far as we know, aren’t physically possible. But eyes are physically possible, and are helpful. Every step from light sensitive spots on your skin all the way to fully developed eyes are helpful. There’s a nice path of helpfulness, and it’s physically possible to evolve those things, then it seems those things will evolve often in more than one organism.

Means of locomotion, various means of locomotion have evolved numerous times. The one thing that it is hard to know whether it evolved more than once is life itself, whether life originated on Earth more than once. It is hard to know because life originated billions of years ago, and it originated in forms that don’t leave evidence behind. Even if this junk did leave fossils, not much got left because that’s enough time for the Earth’s surface to be recycled a bunch of times. You have to find a place that has been floating away from clefts in the tectonic plates for a long, long time. And life as we know it originated closed out opportunities for other life to arise once it took hold and started changing the Earth’s physical environment and spitting out oxygen, and proliferating all over the place. Other possible forms of life just kind of — that opportunity was lost, though we do kinda know life went from single cellular to multicellular more than once. You have plants. You have animals. You have a few other kingdoms, which, I think, reflect a couple other times when life went from single to multicellular. If you want to go to the Drake Equation or a Drake type of thinking, the Drake Equation is this deal that combines all of the probabilities for all of the necessary ingredients for life originated someplace else and combines them into one equation.

One thing you need are planets in places where you can get enough chemical activity for life to evolve. You don’t get good chemistry in a Mercury-type orbit too close to the Sun. You don’t get it too, too far away from the Sun. But in the last 5, 10, years, we’ve seen that part of the Drake Equation. Whatever he originally calculated has been blown away because it looks like the number of planets in the universe might be equal to the number of stars.

There seems to be at least one planet per star, which means that there’s close to that number of planets, in terms of the exponent you hang on it, in temperate regions — in that zone that permits life. The Earth orbit, perhaps Mars orbit, that distance from a star. So you can have things are warm enough for chemical activity, but not too warm. So that part of the Drake Equation is richly satisfying. Looking at how often the various steps in life have originated on Earth, it makes a good argument that if life originates at all. It has a fair chance of getting fairly fancy because of the treasures of existence. That the advantages to be had by taking the next steps in evolution, even though those steps aren’t designed, are permitted because they have given an advantage. There’s advantage in perception, in mobility.

The main bottleneck to being fairly convinced of life elsewhere is that first step of life originating at all. Once you get life, and looking at the history of life on Earth, it’s not unreasonable to imagine that life will evolve to take advantage of increased complexity over, and over, again throughout the universe.

[End of recorded material]

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 101 – Life and Death (Part 16)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/26

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Jacobsen: We talked about the depressing aspects of life and death. Death in its rather bleak aspects as well as life in its gross aspects—sex, bodily functions. Another aspect that religion seems to have an upper hand on a lot of secular culture is reverence around life and death, e.g. the rituals, the pageantry, the music that arouses the “passions” for people, which, apart from the truth claims about things, do perform an important function for dealing with death, dealing with grief, death of others, and acceptance of one’s own finality at some point (Religious Movements, 2017).

Secular culture is only recently coming to terms with this, e.g. atheist churches. Let’s dig into this (Gibbons, n.d.).

Rick Rosner: To start out, you have to attempt to separate the positives aspects of death from the rationalizations for death, which is probably really hard to do in the same way you can’t see a face as anything else other than a face. Your brain sees faces as faces—to see them as anything else is super tough. Death is so a part of our biological existence and culture. It is hard to separate what might be the positive aspects from things that make us feel better about death.

But with that being said, one thing is it puts a frame on your life. It’s got a beginning and an end. You can grade yourself on what you did within the frame. That seems like half-rationalization at least. Another aspect is it seems impossible to live for infinity time, for an infinite time. it’s unlikely. Anything short of infinite time equals some kind of death. It is unlikely that the universe itself will exist for an infinite amount of time.

There’s the information processing aspect of death. Heinlein talked about this (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2015a). Where if you live long enough with a finite brain, you’re going to run out of storage. You can only store so many years of experience. Unless, you can find more and more compact ways of storing information. But even so, you’re going to run into a limit. Your hoped-for infinite life is going to be finite because your brain can only hold a finite amount of information

To live for infinite time, your brain would have to be infinite big, or you would have to reconcile yourself—even though, you may be living forever. You may not be remembering forever. But it’s not really a relevant discussion because we’re so far from infinite time. We’re so far from having lifespans that really deal with the storage capacity problem. A rationalization for being okay with death is that your body wears out.

That is more and more of a rationalization because we’re on the verge of all sorts of techniques and technology that make much of your body as replaceable as a carburetor in a 1958 Chevy. A semi-rationalization is that instead of your body wearing out. Your worldview wears out. The things you believe anchor you to a particular era. Time moves on and you become obsolete—well, we all encounter aspects of that.

To some extent, we’re all the grandma who can’t figure out how to operate the DVR because things are changing pretty fast. The solution isn’t to just die, or to keep up, or to put yourself in an informed enough position to know what to keep up with. A big argument, which will become more prevalent over the next century and a half, is that we just don’t matter that much as humans or as individuals.

The same way it is hard to feel that much sympathy for an aphid, which is a tiny little almost invisible bug that sucks juices out of plants. If you killed an almost invisible bug, most people would not feel sympathy for that entity’s loss of whatever brain space it had. Entities will come along who are merged people or are people plus AI, or AI constructs. Whatever comes after us, as those things dwarf us in terms of information processing and perceiving capacity, they’ll become—easier isn’t the right word, it’ll make the feelings of one primitive human not matter that much.

The counter to that is some Golden Rule thing. We are humans. We know how it feels to be us, and to us it matters. Another argument is that once we really enter the thought-sharing economy or information world, or planet-spanning neural net glob of merged brains and AI. That if you can spit out enough of your thoughts into the world blob. That’ll have the thinking processing capabilities of trillions of individual brains.

Once you add your flow of thoughts to that world blob for enough years, pretty much, you become a part of that. Your thoughts are integrated into it. You acquire a kind of immortality where you lose your individual body and brain may not be seen as tragic as it would be now. The world blob may act as a weird technical afterlife. And leading to some kind of fifth argument, which is death is an okay thing if it’s not a for real death.

If we can replicate our consciousnesses beyond the body, then the death of the body is no big deal. Given the right conditions, nobody wants to end up—there’s a Philip K. Dick from nearly 60 years ago called UBIK, which gives people technical afterlives (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2015b). But they’re very constrained and filled with fear. Everybody is kind of plugged into a not very good simulation of the world after a fatal accident that wipes out a rocket ship full of people.

But if you can move into either the real world or into a combination of the real world and cyber worlds with your replicated consciousness, and the cyber worlds aren’t sucky, physical death might be fine and economical and it might be the right thing for the world. I assume that at some point in the next 200 years, when it becomes possible to live indefinitely and to remove consciousness from the biological body, the steady increase in human population will level out because there will be a number of less expensive ways to continue your consciousness.

In the same way, people in the next 50 years will each less and less naturally raised meat because of how much energy it takes to grow a cow. More and more people 150 years from now may choose to live non-biologically because it is cheaper both for the individual and for the planet.

[End of recorded material]

[1] Four format points for the session article:

  1. Bold text following and including “Scott Jacobsen:” or “S:” is Scott & non-bold text following and including “Rick Rosner:” or “R:” is Rick.
  2. Session article conducted, transcribed, edited, formatted, and published by Scott.
  3. Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.
  4. This session article has been edited for clarity and readability.

For further information on the formatting guidelines incorporated into this document, please see the following documents:

  1. American Psychological Association. (2010). Citation Guide: APA. Retrieved from http://www.lib.sfu.ca/system/files/28281/APA6CitationGuideSFUv3.pdf.
  2. Humble, A. (n.d.). Guide to Transcribing. Retrieved from http://www.msvu.ca/site/media/msvu/Transcription%20Guide.pdf.

References

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2015b, December 29). Philip K. Dick. Retrieved from

https://www.britannica.com/biography/Philip-K-Dick.

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2015a, December 29). Robert A. Heinlein. Retrieved from

https://www.britannica.com/biography/Robert-A-Heinlein.

Gibbons, K. (n.d.). Dealing with Death in the Secular Family. Retrieved from

Religious Movement. (2017). Religious Rituals as an Aid to Cope with Death. Retrieved from

http://www.religiousmovements.org/religious-rituals-as-an-aid-to-cope-with-death/.

References

Adkins, A.W.H. &pollard, J.R.T. (2010, April 20). Greek religion. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/Greek-religion.

Ahl, A.E. & Steinvorth, D. (2006, October 20). Sex and Taboos in the Islamic World. Retrieved from http://www.spiegel.de/international/spiegel/love-lust-and-passion-sex-and taboos-in-the-islamic-world-a-443678.html.

Barclay, C. (2014, May 14). 10 Most Bizarre Sexual Cultures and Practices. Retrieved from http://www.therichest.com/rich-list/most-shocking/10-most-bizarre-sexual-cultures-and-practices/.

Creach, J.F.D. (2016, July). Violence in the Old Testament. Retrieved from http://religion.oxfordre.com/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780199340378.001.0001/acrefore-9780199340378-e-154.

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2016, April 1). Pre-Socratics. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/pre-Socratics.

IMDb. (2017a). Star Trek. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0060028/.

IMDb. (2017b). Blade Runner. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0083658/.

Moran, L. (2006). What Is Evolution?. Retrieved from http://bioinfo.med.utoronto.ca/Evolution_by_Accident/What_Is_Evolution.html.

Rifkin, L. (2013, March 24). Is the Meaning of Your Life to Make Babies?. Retrieved from https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/guest-blog/is-the-meaning-of-your-life-to-make-babies/.

Sonny, J. (2012). The Most Bizarre Sexual Traditions From Around The World. Retrieved from http://elitedaily.com/dating/sex/bizarre-sexual-traditions-world/.

Taylor, T. (2017). Iliac Crest. Retrieved from http://www.innerbody.com/image_skelfov/skel18_new.html.

Footnotes

[1] Four format points for the session article:

  1. Bold text following and including “Scott Jacobsen:” or “S:” is Scott & non-bold text following and including “Rick Rosner:” or “R:” is Rick.
  2. Session article conducted, transcribed, edited, formatted, and published by Scott.
  3. Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.
  4. This session article has been edited for clarity and readability.

For further information on the formatting guidelines incorporated into this document, please see the following documents:

  1. American Psychological Association. (2010). Citation Guide: APA. Retrieved from http://www.lib.sfu.ca/system/files/28281/APA6CitationGuideSFUv3.pdf.
  2. Humble, A. (n.d.). Guide to Transcribing. Retrieved from http://www.msvu.ca/site/media/msvu/Transcription%20Guide.pdf.

[2] Violence in the Old Testament (2016) states:

“Violence in the Old Testament” may refer generally to the Old Testament’s descriptions of God or human beings killing, destroying, and doing physical harm. As part of the activity of God, violence may include the results of divine judgment, such as God’s destruction of “all flesh” in the flood story (Gen. 6:13) or God raining fire and brimstone on Sodom and Gomorrah (Gen. 19:24–25). The expression may also include God’s prescription for and approval of wars such as the conquest of Canaan (Josh. 1–12). Some passages seem to suggest that God is harsh and vindictive and especially belligerent toward non-Israelites (see Exod. 12:29–32; Nahum and Obadiah), though the Old Testament also reports God lashing out against rebellious Israelites as well (Exod. 32:25–29, 35; Josh. 7).

Christians have wrestled with divine violence in the Old Testament at least since the 2nd century ce, when Marcion led a movement to reject the Old Testament and the Old Testament God. The movement was substantial enough that key church leaders such as Irenaeus and Tertullian worked to suppress it. In the modern era interpreters have taken up the problem with new vigor and have treated it from fresh perspectives. Some attribute the Old Testament’s accounts of God destroying and killing to the brutality of the society that produced it, but they believe modern people are able to see the matter more clearly. They find support for this view in the apparent acceptance of cruel practices of war by Old Testament authors (Num. 21:1–3; Judg. 1:4–7; 1 Sam. 15). Within this way of reading is also a feminist critique that sees in the Old Testament a general disregard for women, illustrated by some passages that present sexual abuse as well as general subordination of women to men with no explicit judgment on such atrocities (Judg. 19; Ezek. 16, 23).

Creach, J.F.D. (2016, July). Violence in the Old Testament. Retrieved from http://religion.oxfordre.com/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780199340378.001.0001/acrefore-9780199340378-e-154.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 100 – Life and Death (Part 15)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/25

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Jacobsen: To the beginning of the conversation, the kind of the religious and modern secular taboos around sexual relations, and the way that bodily functions are all haphazard—boogers, eye crust, ear wax—as you were saying—poop and pee—all of these things (Ahl and Steinvorth, 2017; Barclay, 2014; Sonny, 2012). Everything functions sufficiently well-enough to get the genes passed on (Moran, 2006; Rifkin, 2013).

Rick Rosner: We’re okay with our bodily functions. We’re okay with everything that we do on a day-to-day, moment-to-moment, basis. We’re okay with our functions.

S: Yeah.

R: Because we wouldn’t be productive otherwise. You can become philosophical and cynical and be bummed that we’re just dumb animals with limited capabilities, but most people don’t go around feeling that way and it wouldn’t be productive if we did. The everyday pleasures of life are such that—unless you’re a depressive person—they make up for the grossness of life. But sex is where our drives get weirdly perverse.

It’s largely because sex drives want us to do things that are against our best interests as individuals. So stuff that is sexy has to be really sexy. It’s deeply, deeply wired in. Where it’s crazy that people can be aroused by cartoons.

S: [Laughing] People can be aroused by pixels on a screen.

R: It’s crazy that super hardwired, super-forceful reactions to rounded shapes—to boobs and butts—at different points in our history, what has been exciting—it’s always been ridiculous but sometimes it’s extra ridiculous—like 100 years ago or 120 years ago seeing a chick’s ankle was sexy because you normally never see them, because everyone was wearing floor length skirts and getting a glimpse up somebody’s skirt to the point you can see their lower leg, somebody’s lower leg, that was bonerific.

[Laughing]

R: When I was growing up, seeing panties in certain circumstances—sometimes you felt sorry for them that they didn’t know their panties were on display—

[Laughing]

R: But generally, if you saw a cute woman’s undapants, that was the most, that was the best, most exciting deal!

[Laughing]

R: There’s an entire set of sexy calendar art from the 60s. They are these drawings of a cute woman who is bending over, where she is facing us. She’s dropped her stuff, or a dog has wrapped its leash around her legs, and she’s bent over trying to deal with what I going on. You can see that her underpants are around her ankle, just fallen down, and the wind is blowing, and her skirt is blowing up, but we can’t see what is up her skirt.

But there’s a guy behind her who is seeing the back side of her, and has a super excited look on his face. That’s such a specialized and crazy for of bonerificness, that is shows how crazily hardwired we are to be sexually oriented. You look at fashion. One aspect of fashion is to, as it changes from trend to trend and decade to decade, find what new parts of the body can be exposed.

Starting in the late 70s and moving through the 90s, it was the leg holes on underwear—women’s underwear—and leotards, and swimsuits, got higher and higher to exposing more and more of the upper thigh, toward the iliac crest, to the culminating in thong-type underwear and swimsuits, and all of that (Taylor, 2017). And then, in the 2000s, there was an opposite trend, instead of things moving up, waistlines moved down, and down, and down, until, on guys, the just above the pubis became an exposed erogenous zone or erotically exciting zone.

Where you’ve got the lower ab muscles right above the pubic hair, unless the guy’s manscaped, and also where the abs connect, there’s a triangle shape where the abs stop and the leg muscles come up underneath. In dorm posters of the 80s through now, I guess, under-boob is very exciting. Shirts that are too short that stop just below the nipple, but you can see the underside of the boobs.

Side boob became a thing. And then, in the past 8 years, butts have exploded. In the 70s, the skinny tone Jane Fonda body was popular and in the 70s and the 80s, the jacked Schwarzenegger muscly male body was considered the thing. Now, fat asses are the thing.

[Break in the recording]

R: Sex feels like you’re getting away with something. It is an even more perverse example of the counterproductive aspect of sex. It is something that you shouldn’t be doing and it’s thrilling that you shouldn’t be doing it. But it’s confusing how that has to be the mechanism. There’s a whole set of aspects of non-exalted human behavior. It is kind of necessary to fully portray humans—like the vision of the future in Star Trek I find troubling because it has no foolishness (IMDb, 2017a).

It is deeply serious with not a lot of foolishness. Blade Runner world is full of crap, crappy advertising, and a lot of shoddy stuff (IMDb, 2017b). That feels more real than the Star Trek future, where everyone is walking through futuristic plazas and everyone is clean. There’s a whole bunch of foolishness in the human endeavour. I’m not saying human endeavour is doomed to fail and therefore foolish.

I’m saying no matter how technically adept and sophisticated we become there’ll always be a bunch of ridiculousness going on.

S: Even our archetypes are like this, the ancient Greeks and the pre-Socratics, even the Romans, (Adkins & Pollard, 2010; Encyclopædia Britannica, 2016) their forms that they had set up for the gods were involved in all sorts of crazy stuff, but they were crystallized aspects anthropomorphized.

R: The gods were assholes. Every culture has the trickster character who is an asshole. So, yea.

S: Largely, our evolutionary—people like to use the word— ‘baggage’ is inevitably popping up in all sorts of ways—in culture, in religious forms – the Greek gods, the Abrahamic God in the Old Testament, even in the ways we conduct ourselves now in ‘civilized society’ you note the 8-year trend in fascination with rounded body parts, which is part and parcel of being human. It’s part and parcel of our baggage (Creach, 2016).[2]

R: We become less foolish as life becomes more precious. Where, say in the 1930s, I don’t think car seats had seat belts at all. They had metal dashboards. People would get in horrifying car wrecks. People weren’t overly concerned about that. “That’s what happens,” but the average lifespan in the 30s was in the 60s. Now, the average lifespan pushes into the 90s. Now, life is more precious and we have more technology to avid risk.

So we can talk about if it is a trend for people to behave less foolishly into the future as existence becomes more valuable.

[End of recorded material]

References

Adkins, A.W.H. &pollard, J.R.T. (2010, April 20). Greek religion. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/Greek-religion.

Ahl, A.E. & Steinvorth, D. (2006, October 20). Sex and Taboos in the Islamic World. Retrieved from http://www.spiegel.de/international/spiegel/love-lust-and-passion-sex-and taboos-in-the-islamic-world-a-443678.html.

Barclay, C. (2014, May 14). 10 Most Bizarre Sexual Cultures and Practices. Retrieved from http://www.therichest.com/rich-list/most-shocking/10-most-bizarre-sexual-cultures-and-practices/.

Creach, J.F.D. (2016, July). Violence in the Old Testament. Retrieved from http://religion.oxfordre.com/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780199340378.001.0001/acrefore-9780199340378-e-154.

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2016, April 1). Pre-Socratics. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/pre-Socratics.

IMDb. (2017a). Star Trek. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0060028/.

IMDb. (2017b). Blade Runner. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0083658/.

Moran, L. (2006). What Is Evolution?. Retrieved from http://bioinfo.med.utoronto.ca/Evolution_by_Accident/What_Is_Evolution.html.

Rifkin, L. (2013, March 24). Is the Meaning of Your Life to Make Babies?. Retrieved from https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/guest-blog/is-the-meaning-of-your-life-to-make-babies/.

Sonny, J. (2012). The Most Bizarre Sexual Traditions From Around The World. Retrieved from http://elitedaily.com/dating/sex/bizarre-sexual-traditions-world/.

Taylor, T. (2017). Iliac Crest. Retrieved from http://www.innerbody.com/image_skelfov/skel18_new.html.

Footnotes

[1] Four format points for the session article:

  1. Bold text following and including “Scott Jacobsen:” or “S:” is Scott & non-bold text following and including “Rick Rosner:” or “R:” is Rick.
  2. Session article conducted, transcribed, edited, formatted, and published by Scott.
  3. Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.
  4. This session article has been edited for clarity and readability.

For further information on the formatting guidelines incorporated into this document, please see the following documents:

  1. American Psychological Association. (2010). Citation Guide: APA. Retrieved from http://www.lib.sfu.ca/system/files/28281/APA6CitationGuideSFUv3.pdf.
  2. Humble, A. (n.d.). Guide to Transcribing. Retrieved from http://www.msvu.ca/site/media/msvu/Transcription%20Guide.pdf.

[2] Violence in the Old Testament (2016) states:

“Violence in the Old Testament” may refer generally to the Old Testament’s descriptions of God or human beings killing, destroying, and doing physical harm. As part of the activity of God, violence may include the results of divine judgment, such as God’s destruction of “all flesh” in the flood story (Gen. 6:13) or God raining fire and brimstone on Sodom and Gomorrah (Gen. 19:24–25). The expression may also include God’s prescription for and approval of wars such as the conquest of Canaan (Josh. 1–12). Some passages seem to suggest that God is harsh and vindictive and especially belligerent toward non-Israelites (see Exod. 12:29–32; Nahum and Obadiah), though the Old Testament also reports God lashing out against rebellious Israelites as well (Exod. 32:25–29, 35; Josh. 7).

Christians have wrestled with divine violence in the Old Testament at least since the 2nd century ce, when Marcion led a movement to reject the Old Testament and the Old Testament God. The movement was substantial enough that key church leaders such as Irenaeus and Tertullian worked to suppress it. In the modern era interpreters have taken up the problem with new vigor and have treated it from fresh perspectives. Some attribute the Old Testament’s accounts of God destroying and killing to the brutality of the society that produced it, but they believe modern people are able to see the matter more clearly. They find support for this view in the apparent acceptance of cruel practices of war by Old Testament authors (Num. 21:1–3; Judg. 1:4–7; 1 Sam. 15). Within this way of reading is also a feminist critique that sees in the Old Testament a general disregard for women, illustrated by some passages that present sexual abuse as well as general subordination of women to men with no explicit judgment on such atrocities (Judg. 19; Ezek. 16, 23).

Creach, J.F.D. (2016, July). Violence in the Old Testament. Retrieved from http://religion.oxfordre.com/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780199340378.001.0001/acrefore-9780199340378-e-154.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 99 – Life and Death (Part 14)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/24

[Beginning of recorded material]

Scott Jacobsen: Society has many taboos around sex and sexual conduct, especially for the young and women (Sonny, 2012). These can be religiously based traditionally, but even in larger secular culture they develop their own strange mores (Ibid.). Let’s talk about that a bit.

Rick Rosner: Before we get to that, we have to talk about how as civilized beings we have large investments in denying the grossness of our bodily functions. For most of civilized human history, for most of the past 1,000 years, we’ve considered ourselves more exalted than animals and have tried to sequester our biological functions away from polite consideration and discourse.

Anything to do with our genital areas is awkward to talk about in public. The grossest thing we do in public is probably eat and we have a weird separation of focus between how good tastes and what is actually happening in our mouths. It is being mushed and mixed with spit and eventually turned to shit. 60 years ago, Philip K. Dick wrote a book called Counter-Clock World (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2016). It is like an entire Benjamin Button world.

Dead old people come alive, dig themselves out of their graves, and then age in reverse, and people go to the grocery store and buy different flavors of shit all wrapped up and then they jam it up their asses, and then 24 hours later it comes out of their mouths as food, which is taboo for people to let other people unchew the food and it turning into the food products. Those are wrapped up and disposed of.

The whole process from beginning to end is grossly biological. We have tried to avoid addressing it for most of our history with things changing only in the last—there have always been people who have violated the taboos by talking about gross stuff, but only in the past, in the TV era, say, the recent TV era. All biological functions have become fair game for jokes and discussion, which is—the whole thing is—we live in a lot of forms of denial, and our denial of the gross biological nature of our daily lives is one of the biggest areas.

We think of ourselves as civilized, thinking, talking, creating beings. Yet we probably spend more of our time doing mandatory biological functions than we do doing the functions that we think make us human. Sleeping isn’t gross, but it is a mandatory biological function, that takes up at least a mandatory 25% of our lives. That’s 25% there. Then there’s everything else that we do.

Eating doesn’t take up that much time. Anyway, we—

S: Another bodily function is sex and birth.

R: Sex is the most perverse bodily function. For every other bodily function, our evolutionary imperative lines up with our individual imperative. By that I mean, every other bodily function we do is directly or indirectly related to continuing to live. We breathe to live. We eat to live. We drink to live. We pee and poop to live. They’re either things that we have no choice about doing—peeing, pooping, sleeping—or they are things where we have a choice but they are done in the pursuit of continued life.

Because we’re evolved creatures who have evolved to want to keep living in order to reproduce and create the next generations. So evolutionary forces have made us want to do 2 things: keep living and reproduce. And reproduction goes against the principles of wanting to keep living. In that, reproduction diverts resources from the individual that the individual could use for a better life, say. You’re creating entire other people, who are going to drain your resources and put you at risk. And who will eventually make you obsolete.

S: From the gene view, it is an absolute necessity (RationalWiki, 2015). From the individual organism view, it can be wasteful. Is that what you’re saying?

R: Yea, yea. We’re imperfectly designed. We’re not designed. We evolved. But the characteristics we evolved contain unavoidable contradictions. We want to keep living, but we have to make copies of ourselves through sex – which goes against our evolved drive to keep living. I would assume that’s an unavoidable consequence.

Wherever life has evolved, I would assume there’s that kind of contradiction because—we’ve talked about this a bit—evolution doesn’t particularly care, care about anything. It is a force. But it is a force that doesn’t place any premium…

[Break in the recording]

R: Anyway, There’s little evolutionary force behind us not getting our feelings hurt because we’re eventually all going to die.

S: Also, our emotions in reaction to the environment—environment broadly construed – kin, resources, and predators—are akin to bodily functions. Although, the emotions are a product of bodily, mental, functions.

R: Do you mean our innate, hardwired seeming reactions—like it seems we have an innate fear of snakes, bugs, and everyone thinks poop smells terrible, and dead people smell terrible?

S: It ties into it to a degree. However, instincts are important. Emotions are important. They are very deeply ingrained in this very ancient brain of ours.

R: We tend not to examine that stuff, question that stuff. We take the way we innately feel about things at face value and tend not to overly evaluate them. I’ve never smelled a rotting dead—I haven’t smelled a corpse, say, but I know from what I’ve read that it’s a smell that will make you puke, and it’s a hard smell to get out of your nose. It’s just the worst smell ever. There’s nothing inherently offensive about the smell.

Some part of us is making a judgment about how horrible that smell is. That’s hardwired in because corpses are, I assume it’s hardwired in, a health hazard. You want to stay away from them. You want to bury them, get away from them.

S: Have you heard of the lancet fluke (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2008)?

R: Nope.

S: It is a parasite that gets into a stomach of a cow or a sheep, drives into the brain of an ant, hijacks it, makes the ant go to the high part of a blade of grass, clamp down on it at night…

R: …where it’ll get captured by a bird.

S: Not quite, possibly others, but not this one, it will clamp to a higher plateau—branch, leaf— and then be grazed by a cow back into a cow stomach to lay eggs and continue its lifecycle.

R: Nasty, there are probably dozens if not hundreds of brain hijacking parasites. I read about a threadworm that takes over grasshopper brains and makes them go drown themselves, which facilitates part of the worm’s lifecycle. There’s toxoplasmosis, which makes mice and rats find cat urine sexually arousing, so that they get caught and infect the cat with the toxoplasmosis (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2013). They’re all nasty. They’re all the stuff of horror movies.

[End of recorded material]

References

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2008, November 7). Fluke. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/animal/fluke-flatworm.

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2016). Philip K. Dick. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Philip-K-Dick.

Encyclopædia Britannica. (2013). Toxoplasmosis. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/toxoplasmosis.

RationalWiki. (2015, March 19). Gene-centered view of evolution. Retrieved from http://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Gene-centered_view_of_evolution.

Sonny, J. (2012). The Most Bizarre Sexual Traditions From Around The World. Retrieved from http://elitedaily.com/dating/sex/bizarre-sexual-traditions-world/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 98 – Life and Death (Part 13)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/23

[Beginning of recorded material]

Rick Rosner: We’ve been talking about death. We’ve been talking about evolution (Moran, 2006).[2] We should tie those things together. One, death is kind of tied into evolution (Kucharski, 2013). Evolution only pushes towards things that work in terms of helping the species reproduce (Rifkin, 2013). In other words, evolutionary forces tend to preserve and promote reproduction (Ibid.). That’s the whole key to evolution. You have to make the next generation and the generation after that to survive as a species.

Past reproductive age, there is less and less evolutionary force in favor of living (Croft et al, 2015). There’s some evolutionary force, especially for sophisticated animals as ourselves because you need adults around to help raise the young (Thomas, 2013). But beyond that, there’s no reason evolutionarily for people to keep living, except for some added years because evolution also isn’t particularly interested in engineering—there’s no particular evolutionary force in having people keel over after some arbitrary childrearing age is over (Organ et al, 2008).

The pieces of people keep going and people keep tottering on into and pushing a century (Magalhães, 2013).[3] But there is an evolutionary force in people not living for a century. But there is an evolutionary force in people not living forever. It is probably not very big because people die anyway as a result of things breaking down as a result of people reaching childrearing age. But hypothetically, if there were some mechanism for people to live indefinitely, it would kinda be counter to the forces of evolution because those people—the super, super old—would be taking away resources from those animals, those people, who are still of reproductive and childrearing age.

Second, evolution doesn’t care that dying makes us sad (Hutson, 2017). Again, to go back to the basic principle of evolution, which is that it favors things which help members of a species reproduce, there’s very little evolutionary force behind us not feeling bad that we’re going to die. There might be a little force behind it. That you can’t—that a species that is depressed all of the time is a species that is probably going to be less successful than a species where the members of that species are more or less, not content but, not miserable all of the time (Ibid.).

There’s nothing in evolution that would force people of advanced age to feel any kind of euphoria about being dead soon. It is hard to breed things into people that don’t directly affect their reproductive health.

Scott Jacobsen: There’s also arguments for particular worldviews as overarching motivations to perpetuate that even further, to exacerbate or exaggerate, that tendency throughout nature in a particular species. By which I mean…

R: …You’re talking about religion?

S: Comprehensive worldviews such as religion (Ontario Consultants on Religious Tolerance, 2016). So those that enshrine extraordinary controls over the reproductive lives of the young, in particular women, and enshrine the “be fruitful and multiply” theology, for instance (Gallagher, 2012; Berkowitz, 2012; Davis, n.d.; Hall, 2013). I think this makes sense in what I’ve seen if you take the conversions from one religious faith to another— or out of—it is actually low in proportion to the total population of that worldview or religion (Libresco, 2015; Pew Research Center, 2015a).

If you look at simple birth rates, those belief systems tend to perpetuate themselves mostly on the rate of birth and the inculcation of those beliefs into the young (Ibid.; Pew Research Center, 2015b). Some call this indoctrination. However, I am simply giving an analysis rather than a judgment.

R: Who called religion the ‘opiate of the people’ (McKinnon, 2005)? Marx (McLellan & Feuer, 2016)?

S: Yes.

R: Okay. Religion is a success product, not least because it provides feelings of hope without overpromising. Religion can say, “You’re going to live forever if you buy this religion. We can’t show you living forever on earth, but there’s a place you go after you die where you live forever and everything is great.” That doesn’t over-promise because it doesn’t run contrary to evidence. Evidence is everybody dies, but there’s no evidence what happens after – so religion can promise what it can. People want that. People want hope and salvation, so religion sells.

S: So what happens after life, and what comprises life, become very important in those frameworks of the world, right?

R: Well, yea, because we have evolved drives to want to keep living and evolution has done nothing, or does nothing, to provide us with comfort that we’re not going to keep living, evolutionary forces have made us so we can’t get what we want, which is to not die. So we turn to human made products, which are religion. And, more recently, medicines—there have always been medicines that claimed to help you live longer or procedures that claimed to help you live longer.

The Egyptians wrapped their people to make them successfully resurrectable according to their whole religious system. There are people who have always sold snake oil kinda medicine. Medicines that have claimed to help you live for decades longer. That’s what I got.

[End of recorded material]

References

  1. American Psychological Association. (2010). Citation Guide: APA. Retrieved from http://www.lib.sfu.ca/system/files/28281/APA6CitationGuideSFUv3.pdf.
  2. Berkowitz, E. (2012, May 29). How Frightened Patriarchal Men Have Tried to Repress Women’s Sexuality Through History. Retrieved from http://www.alternet.org/story/155645/how_frightened_patriarchal_men_have_tried_to_repress_women’s_sexuality_through_history.
  3. Croft, D.P., Brent, L.J.N., Franks, D.W., & Cant, M.A. (2015, May 14). The evolution of prolonged life after reproductive lifespan. Retrieved from http://www.cell.com/trends/ecology-evolution/fulltext/S0169-5347(15)00104-4.
  4. Davis, A. (n.d.). Is Religion Afraid of Women?. Retrieved from http://urbanette.com/catholic-vatican-afraid-of-women/
  5. Gallagher, B.J. (2012, February 22). Women’s Sexuality and Men’s Fear. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/bj-gallagher/womens-sexuality-and-mens_b_1289564.html.
  6. Hall, D.S. (2013, February 22). Sex & God: How Religion Distorts Sexuality. Retrieved from http://www.woodhullfoundation.org/2013/sex-and-politics/sex-god-how-religion-distorts-sexuality/.
  7. Humble, A. (n.d.). Guide to Transcribing. Retrieved from http://www.msvu.ca/site/media/msvu/Transcription%20Guide.pdf.
  8. Hutson, M. (2017, February 9). Does Depression Have an Evolutionary Purpose?. Retrieved from http://nautil.us/issue/45/power/does-depression-have-an-evolutionary-purpose.
  9. Kucharski, A. (2013, July 11). What is the evolutionary advantage of death?. Retrieved from http://io9.gizmodo.com/what-is-the-evolutionary-advantage-of-death-743044300.
  10. Libresco, L. (2015, May 19). Running the (Terrible for Catholics) Numbers on Conversion. Retrieved from http://www.patheos.com/blogs/unequallyyoked/2015/05/running-the-terrible-for-catholics-numbers-on-conversion.html.
  11. Magalhães, J.P. (2013). What Is Aging?. Retrieved from http://www.senescence.info/aging_definition.html.
  12. McKinnon, A.M. (2005). Opium as Dialectics of Religion: Metaphor, Expression and Protest. Retrieved from http://aura.abdn.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/2164/3074/marx_religion_and_opium_final_author_version.pdf;jsessionid=A5642E6EC868842175E1CD3A770F9A41?sequence=1.
  13. McLellan, D.T. & Feuer, L.S. (2016, March 14). Karl Marx. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Karl-Marx.
  14. Moran, L. (2006). What Is Evolution?. Retrieved from http://bioinfo.med.utoronto.ca/Evolution_by_Accident/What_Is_Evolution.html.
  15. Ontario Consultants on Religious Tolerance. (2016, January 31). Definitions of the word “religion”. Retrieved from http://www.religioustolerance.org/rel_defn1.htm.
  16. Organ, C.L., M.H. Schweitzer, W. Zheng, L.M. Freimark, L.C. Cantley, and J.M. Asara. 2008.
  17. Molecular phylogenetics of mastodon and Tyrannosaurus rexScience 320(5875):499. DOI:10.1126/science.1154284
  18. Pew Research Center. (2015a, May 13). America’s Chaning Religious Landscape. Retrieved from http://www.pewforum.org/2015/05/12/americas-changing-religious-landscape/.
  19. Pew Research Center. (2015b, April 2). The Future of World Religions: Population Growth
  20. Projections, 2010-2050. Retrieved from http://www.pewforum.org/2015/04/02/religious-projections-2010-2050/.
  21. Rifkin, L. (2013, March 24). Is the Meaning of Your Life to Make Babies?. Retrieved from https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/guest-blog/is-the-meaning-of-your-life-to-make-babies/.
  22. Thomas, P. (2013, January 1). The Post-Reproductive Lifespan: Evolutionary Perspectives. Retrieved from http://biologie.ens-lyon.fr/ressources/bibliographies/m1-11-12-biosci-reviews-thomas-p-1c-m.xml.

Footnotes

[1] Four format points for the session article:

  1. Bold text following and including “Scott Jacobsen:” or “S:” is Scott & non-bold text following and including “Rick Rosner:” or “R:” is Rick.
  2. Session article conducted, transcribed, edited, formatted, and published by Scott.
  3. Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.
  4. This session article has been edited for clarity and readability.
  5. Date listed is YYYY/MM/DD.

For further information on the formatting guidelines incorporated into this document, please see the following documents:

  1. American Psychological Association. (2010). Citation Guide: APA. Retrieved from http://www.lib.sfu.ca/system/files/28281/APA6CitationGuideSFUv3.pdf.
  2. Humble, A. (n.d.). Guide to Transcribing. Retrieved from http://www.msvu.ca/site/media/msvu/Transcription%20Guide.pdf.

[2] What Is Evolution? (2006) states:

It’s important to distinguish between the existence of evolution and various theories about the mechanism of evolution. For the time being, I’m not interested in describing evolutionary theory because that’s not something that requires a “definition.” However, when we refer to the existence of biological evolution we must know what we’re talking about. When biologists say that they have observed evolution or that humans and chimps have evolved from a common ancestor they have in mind a scientific definition of evolution. What it it?

One of the most respected evolutionary biologists has recently defined biological evolution as follows:

Biological (or organic) evolution is change in the properties of populations of organisms or groups of such populations, over the course of generations. The development, or ontogeny, of an individual organism is not considered evolution: individual organisms do not evolve. The changes in populations that are considered evolutionary are those that are ‘heritable’ via the genetic material from one generation to the next. Biological evolution may be slight or substantial; it embraces everything from slight changes in the proportions of different forms of a gene within a population, such as the alleles that determine the different human blood types, to the alterations that led from the earliest organisms to dinosaurs, bees, snapdragons, and humans.


Douglas J. Futuyma (1998) Evolutionary Biology 3rd ed.,
 
Sinauer Associates Inc. Sunderland MA p.4

Moran, L. (2006). What Is Evolution?. Retrieved from http://bioinfo.med.utoronto.ca/Evolution_by_Accident/What_Is_Evolution.html.

[3] What Is Aging? (2013) states:

To sum it up, aging is a complex process composed of several features: 1) an exponential increase in mortality with age; 2) physiological changes that typically lead to a functional decline with age; 3) increased susceptibility to certain diseases with age. So, I define aging as a progressive deterioration of physiological function, an intrinsic age-related process of loss of viability and increase in vulnerability.

Gerontology is the branch of biomedical sciences that studies aging. In senescence.info, gerontology normally refers to the study of the biological process of aging, not its medical consequences. Generally, I use geriatrics to refer specifically to the medical study of diseases and problems of the elderly. Technically, gerontology includes both the biological and the medical branches of the study of aging, but since senescence.info is written in the context of the biology of aging, gerontology usually refers to the study of the biological aspects of aging, unless otherwise specified. Biogerontology refers specifically to the biological study of aging and is also used, usually interchangeably, with gerontology.

Life expectancy is how long, on average, an organism can be expected to live. Longevity is the period of time an organism is expected to live under ideal circumstances. Lifespan is defined as the period of time in which the life events of a species or sub-species (e.g., a strain or population) typically occur. Lifespan and longevity can sometimes be used interchangeably, though they have slightly different meanings. For humans, lifespan and longevity are about the same in industrial nations, but when studying species in the wild, one can expect that lifespan will be lower than longevity since feral conditions are certainly not ideal for assessing longevity. For most purposes, life expectancy, average longevity, and average lifespan have the same meaning. Maximum longevity and maximum lifespan are the maximum amount of time animals of a given species or sub-species can live–typically, the record longevity for that species. The maximum longevity of humans is 122 years, recorded by the late Jeanne Calment (Allard et al., 1998).

Magalhães, J.P. (2013). What Is Aging?. Retrieved from http://www.senescence.info/aging_definition.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 97 – Life and Death (12)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/22

Scott: As a systems and institutional analysis, and in my experience in the academic system, and I know it pretty well, if you look at the way that the professorial system is set up and some research by Jonathan Haidt and others, the ratio of liberal-to-conservative thinkers in the departments are 12-to-1 to 18-to-1 (Richardson, 2016; Thorne, 2011; Gross, 2016; Letzter, 2016, Abrams, 2016; Kristof, 2016, Konnikova, 2014; Kay, 2016; Leo, 2016; Smith, 2012; Bunch 2016; Honeycutt, 2016; Chen, 2015; Haidt, 2014; MacDonald, 2015; Smith, 2016; Bouck, 2015). It’s cozy with lifetime jobs for the most part (National Education Association, 2015; Enders, 2015; Ginsberg, 2012). You have tenure (Yamada, 2011).[2] You are around people that believe the same things as you. So in two ways, it’s very good. One, you are around people who believe the same things as you. So it becomes akin to seminary, where there might be the occasional Baptist where the rest of the attendees are some form of Catholic or Protestant, or some major branch of Christianity (The Association of Theological Schools, 2017). The second one is if students are going to be coming to you to do an honors project for undergraduate, or bachelor, degrees, or to do a master’s or doctoral thesis with you, then they will have juicier bait if they kowtow and pick a topic that is more aligned with something you’re more interested in and something that you’re going to be more interested in is going to be politically to the Left (Carleton University, 2017; The University of British Columbia, 2017).[3],[4] I’m not saying better or worse, necessarily, but I am saying bias – as this is a systems and institutional analysis (Rothman et al, 2005; Tobin, & Weinberg, 2006; Hudson, 2010: McArdle, 2017; Chisholm-Burns, 2016; Riley, 2014; Gobry, 2014). So there’s very much something to what you’re saying about the British ‘posh’ system that Darwin and Wallace had there in terms of who gets a say in what and who gets to claim ownership (Desmond, 2016; Camerini, 2007).[5],[6]

Rick: It’s also the deal with Everett (Everett, 2015). He was an evangelist. He didn’t start as an evangelist. He started as a white trash street kid, who was kind of—he met a hot young woman who was an evangelist, married her, and became one himself. The deal is that if you want to evangelize part of the world that doesn’t speak English then you have to at least make an attempt to learn their language. Anyway—so, he had a white trash, trailer trash, background and then a weirdly religious background. So he didn’t have great academic credentials. The situation recreated itself. There’s a whole other factor of the clustering of beliefs. If all of the best people are on one side, or have been recruited to one point of view, then they’re going to have better arguments and it will make it easier for them to recruit more good people. In the Middle Ages, there were a lot of good arguments—all of the best people were in the religion business. They were either religious people or their work were sponsored by religious communities. So there were a lot of persuasive arguments for religion. Now, all of the most persuasive arguments are made by science.

It’s not to say the religion and science are equally true. One reason the best arguments are made by science is because science reflects external reality. It certainly doesn’t help religious arguments that most of the smartest people are going to be more attracted to science than religion. In this country, we’ve fallen into the deal where Republicans were encouraged, have been encouraged, to pander to dumb people for about 30 years or more, since before Reagan, because dumb people are more manipulable. This has led to people who don’t like dumb arguments being more attracted to non-Republicans and systems. You have more smart people on the Democrat side than the Republican side, which leads to better arguments made by the Democrats and dumber arguments made by the Republicans. It leads to this situation we have now. Where it has pissed off smart people on the Liberal side and pissed off people on the Republican side, with the relatively few smart conservatives, their voices are lost in piles and piles dumbshittery. It is not a good situation.

S: This goes back to the similar phenomenon in the Wolfe and Chomsky case (Kirsch, 2016; Siegfried, 2016).

R: Yeah—well, yes and no. Orthodoxy does serve a purpose besides maintaining the status quo. There are non-cultural reasons. There empirical reasons why some orthodoxies dominate. For instance, believing in both flavors of Einstein’s Relativity is an orthodoxy, believing in Quantum Mechanics is an orthodoxy, before that, 120 years ago, believing in Newtonian Mechanics as the pinnacle of physics was the orthodoxy and it wasn’t because of the cozy clubs of physicists (Moring, 2001). It was because these orthodoxies were supported by a bunch of scientific success. Theories that turned out to be closely matched to the real world. And the lack of theories that weren’t as good at that point than the existing orthodox theories. Orthodoxies tend to be too hide-bound and a little too resistant to new theories. At the same time, they do keep out a lot of crap theories. There are obvious pluses and minuses to the natural orthodoxies that form, which is all laid out pretty much in Kuhn structure of scientific revolution (Kuhn, 1970)?

S: That’s correct.

R: Which itself has been kind of—that thing is old now. It itself used to be revolutionary. Now, it has been subject to revised analysis. Anyway. You hear a saying in Liberal circles a lot lately that “reality has a Liberal bias.” That anytime the dumb Right runs into facts it doesn’t like. Now, they yell, “Fake news!” That’s phenomenon is only about 6 months old. I am hoping that it goes away, personally. That’s it.

References

  1. Abrams, S. (2016, January 9). Professors moved left since 1990s, rest of country did not. Retrieved from http://heterodoxacademy.org/2016/01/09/professors-moved-left-but-country-did-not/.
  2. Bouck, D. (2015, November 18). The Revenge of the Coddled: An Interview with Jonathan Haidt. Retrieved from https://www.firstthings.com/blogs/firstthoughts/2015/11/the-revenge-of-the-coddled-an-interview-with-jonathan-haidt.
  3. Bunch, S. (2016, September 1). The conservative critics the BBC left out of its best movies poll. Retrieved from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/act-four/wp/2016/09/01/the-conservative-critics-the-bbc-left-out-of-its-best-movies-poll/?utm_term=.19f74639a420.
  4. Camerini, J.R. (2007, November 13). Alfred Russel Wallace. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Alfred-Russel-Wallace.
  5. Carleton University. (2017). Honours Thesis vs. Honours Project. Retrieved from https://carleton.ca/psychology/undergraduate/current-students/thesis-vs-project/.
  6. Chen, A. (2015, October 5). Is a Liberal Bias Hurting Social Psychology?. Retrieved from https://psmag.com/is-a-liberal-bias-hurting-social-psychology-957dab1d7c2e#.4dalaukl0.
  7. Chisholm-Burns, M. (2016). Untold Stories and Difficult Truths about Bias in Academia. Retrieved from https://www.aaup.org/article/untold-stories-and-difficult-truths-about-bias-academia#.WK31x_krKM9.
  8. Desmond, A.J. (2016, June 10). Charles Darwin. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/CharlesDarwin.
  9. Enders, J. (2015, June 29). Explainer: how Europe does academic tenure. Retrieved from  https://theconversation.com/explainer-how-europe-does-academic-tenure-43362.
  10. Everett, D. (2015). Background. Retrieved from https://daneverettbooks.com/about-dan/.
  11. Ginsberg, B. (2012, May). Gross, N. (2016, May 20). Professors are overwhelmingly liberal. Do universities need to change hiring practices?. Retrieved from http://www.latimes.com/opinion/op-ed/la-oe-gross-academia-conservatives-hiring-20160520-snap-story.html.
  12. Gobry, P.E. (2014, December 17). How academia’s liberal bias is killing social science. Retrieved from http://theweek.com/articles/441474/how-academias-liberal-bias-killing-social-science.
  13. Haidt, J. (2014, July 24). Post-Partisan Social Psychology. Retrieved from http://people.stern.nyu.edu/jhaidt/postpartisan.html.
  14. Honeycutt, N. (2016, November 21). Political Intolerance Among University Faculty Highlights Need For Viewpoint Diversity. Retrieved from http://www.forbes.com/sites/realspin/2016/11/21/political-intolerance-among-university-faculty-highlights-need-for-viewpoint-diversity/#38a2fe824f1d.
  15. Hudson, K. (2010). Why are there so Few Conservatives in Academia? Testing the Self-Selection Hypothesis. Retrieved from http://www.xavier.edu/xjop/documents/Hudson.pdf.
  16. Kay, J. (2016, February 2). Political groupthink is bad for our universities. Retrieved from https://www.ft.com/content/e305dd56-c900-11e5-a8ef-ea66e967dd44.
  17. Kirsch, A. (2016, September 22). Tom Wolfe, boldly going where no man has gone before. Retrieved from http://www.afr.com/lifestyle/arts-and-entertainment/books/tom-wolfe-boldlygoing-where-no-man-has-gone-before-20160919-grjgo3#ixzz4ZKvQxuzx.
  18. Konnikova, M. (2014, October 30). Is Social Psychology Biased Against Republicans?. Retrieved from http://www.newyorker.com/science/maria-konnikova/social-psychology-biased-republicans.
  19. Kristof, N. (2016, May 7). A Confession of Liberal Intolerance. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2016/05/08/opinion/sunday/a-confession-of-liberal-intolerance.html?_r=0.
  20. Kuhn, T. (1970). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Retrieved from http://projektintegracija.pravo.hr/_download/repository/Kuhn_Structure_of_Scientific_Revolutions.pdf.
  21. Leo, K. (2016, February 3). A Conversation with Jonathan Haidt. Retrieved from http://www.mindingthecampus.org/2016/02/a-conversation-with-jonathan-haidt/.
  22. Letzter, R. (2016, August 26). A college professor wrote a biting explanation for why so many professors are Democrats. Retrieved from http://www.businessinsider.com/why-are-so      -many-scientists-democrats-2016-8.
  23. MacDonald, K. (2015, October 18). Liberal Bias in Academia: Will Being Self-Conscious About It Help?. Retrieved from http://www.theoccidentalobserver.net/2015/10/liberal-bias-in-academia-will-being-self-conscious-about-it-help/.
  24. McArdle, M. (2017, February 22). How Not to Address Liberal Bias in Academia. Retrieved from https://www.bloomberg.com/view/articles/2017-02-22/how-not-to-address-liberal-bias-in-academia.
  25. Moring, G.F. (2001). Theories of the Universe. Retrieved from http://www.infoplease.com/cig/theories-universe/quantum-mechanics-vs-general-relativity.html.
  26. National Education Association. (2015). The Truth About Tenure in Higher Education. Retrieved from http://www.nea.org/home/33067.htm.
  27. Richardson, B. (2016, October 6). Retrieved from http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2016/oct/6/liberal-professors-outnumber-conservatives-12-1/.
  28. Riley, N.S. (2014, October 12). Liberal bias in academia is destroying the integrity of research. Retrieved from http://nypost.com/2014/10/12/liberal-bias-in-academia-is-destroying-the-integrity-of-research/.
  29. Rothman, S., Lichter, S.R., & Nevitte, N. (2005). Politics and Professional Advancement Among College Faculty. Retrieved from http://www.conservativecriminology.com/uploads/5/6/1/7/56173731/rothman_et_al.pdf.
  30. Siegfried, T. 2016, October 19). Tom Wolfe’s denial of language evolution stumbles over his own words. Retrieved from https://www.sciencenews.org/blog/context/tom-wolfe-deniallanguage-evolution-stumbles-over-his-own-words.
  31. Smith, E.E. (2012, August 1). Survey shocker: Liberal profs admit they’d discriminate against conservatives in hiring, advancement. Retrieved from http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2012/aug/1/liberal-majority-on-campus-yes-were-biased/.
  32. Smith, K. (2016, April 17). Conservative professors must fake being liberal or be punished on campus. Retrieved from http://nypost.com/2016/04/17/conservative-professors-must-fake-being-liberal-or-be-punished-on-campus/.
  33. Tapson, M. (2016, October 7). Study: Liberal Professors Outnumber Conservatives 12 to 1. Retrieved from http://www.truthrevolt.org/news/study-liberal-professors-outnumber-conservatives-12-1.
  34. The Association of Theological Schools. (2017). Denominational List. Retrieved from http://www.ats.edu/member-schools/denominational-search.
  35. The University of British Columbia. (2017). The Graduate Thesis. Retrieved from https://www.grad.ubc.ca/handbook-graduate-supervision/graduate-thesis.
  36. Thorne, A. (2011, March 23). Why Are Most College Professors Liberal? New Studies Investigate.
  37. Tobin, G.A. & Weinberg, A.K. (2006). A Profile of American College Faculty: Volume I: Political Beliefs and Behavior. Retrieved from http://www.bjpa.org/Publications/details.cfm?PublicationID=3526.
  38. Yamada, D. (2011, August 22). What is Academic Tenure?. Retrieved from https://newworkplace.wordpress.com/2011/08/22/what-is-academic-tenure/.

Footnotes

[1] Four considerations for the session article:

  1. Bold text following and including “Scott:” or “S:” is Scott & non-bold text following and including “Rick” or “R” is Rick.
  2. Session article conducted, transcribed, edited, formatted, and prepared by Scott.
  3. Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.
  4. This session article has been edited for clarity and readability.

[2] What is Academic Tenure? (2011) states:

Tenure is pretty much unique to educational settings. Attaining tenured status as a professor usually means two things:

First, it conveys an enhanced level of protection for academic freedom, grounded in the conviction that knowledge creation and expression of ideas should be free from intimidation or retaliation.

Second, it provides significantly elevated levels of job security. Generally speaking, tenured professors can be dismissed only for failure to perform essential job responsibilities, serious misconduct, or severe economic necessity. In the United States, only unionized employees with strong collective bargaining agreements enjoy similar job protections.

Tenure is conferred by a single institution; thus, it is not automatically transferable. A tenured professor who wants to move elsewhere typically must negotiate with another institution to be appointed with tenure, or perhaps do what’s called a “look see” year as a visiting professor to determine whether a lateral hiring with tenure is a good match.

Ideally, the transition to tenured status transforms the employment relationship from one of contract to that of covenant. In other words, tenure should create a special bond, a mutual investment, between the institution and the professor. Umm, it doesn’t always work that way, as the academic workplace can be as full of ups and downs as any other. Nevertheless, most tenured professors take their responsibilities seriously and appreciate the benefits conferred by this status.

Yamada, D. (2011, August 22). What is Academic Tenure?. Retrieved from https://newworkplace.wordpress.com/2011/08/22/what-is-academic-tenure/.

[3] Honours Thesis vs. Honours Project (2017) states:

What are the differences between the Project and the Thesis?

Honours Thesis

The Thesis involves conducting research under the direct supervision of a faculty member. It typically involves:

  • literature review
  • data collection and analysis
  • preparation of a substantial document…

Honours Project

The Project is a regularly scheduled class (1.0 credit) during which students participate in a variety of active learning exercises.

Students will work closely with each other via writing groups, peer-editing exercises, and other elements consistent with a supportive writing community in order to enhance their:

  • writing
  • critical reading
  • presentation skills.

Carleton University. (2017). Honours Thesis vs. Honours Project. Retrieved from https://carleton.ca/psychology/undergraduate/current-students/thesis-vs-project/.

[4] The Graduate Thesis (2017) states:

Your thesis will be the final product of your time in graduate school. You should be planning your thesis from the very beginning of your degree program.

A thesis is a substantial piece of scholarly writing that reflects the writer’s ability to:

  • conduct research
  • communicate the research
  • critically analyze the literature
  • present a detailed methodology and accurate results
  • verify knowledge claims and sources meticulously
  • link the topic of the thesis with the broader field

A thesis at the doctoral level is called a dissertation, but dissertations and theses are usually referred to collectively as theses. There are some differences between a master’s and a doctoral thesis:

  • A master’s thesis must demonstrate that the student knows the background and principal works of the research area, and can produce significant scholarly work. It should contain some original contribution whenever possible.
  • A doctoral thesis must contain a substantial contribution of new knowledge to the field of study. It presents the results and an analysis of original research, and should be significant enough to be published.

The University of British Columbia. (2017). The Graduate Thesis. Retrieved from https://www.grad.ubc.ca/handbook-graduate-supervision/graduate-thesis.

[5] Charles Darwin (2016) states:

Charles Darwin, in full Charles Robert Darwin (born February 12, 1809, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England—died April 19, 1882, Downe, Kent), English naturalist whose scientific theory of evolution by natural selection became the foundation of modern evolutionary studies. An affable country gentleman, Darwin at first shocked religious Victorian society by suggesting that animals and humans shared a common ancestry. However, his nonreligious biology appealed to the rising class of professional scientists, and by the time of his death evolutionary imagery had spread through all of science, literature, and politics. Darwin, himself an agnostic, was accorded the ultimate British accolade of burial in Westminster Abbey, London.

Desmond, A.J. (2016, June 10). Charles Darwin. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/CharlesDarwin.

[6] Alfred Russel Wallace (2007) states:

Alfred Russel Wallace, byname A.R. Wallace (born Jan. 8, 1823, Usk, Monmouthshire, Wales—died Nov. 7, 1913, Broadstone, Dorset, Eng.), British humanist, naturalist, geographer, and social critic. He became a public figure in England during the second half of the 19th century, known for his courageous views on scientific, social, and spiritualist subjects. His formulation of the theory of evolution by natural selection, which predated Charles Darwin’s published contributions, is his most outstanding legacy, but it was just one of many controversial issues he studied and wrote about during his lifetime. Wallace’s wide-ranging interests—from socialism to spiritualism, from island biogeography to life on Mars, from evolution to land nationalization—stemmed from his profound concern with the moral, social, and political values of human life.

Camerini, J.R. (2007, November 13). Alfred Russel Wallace. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Alfred-Russel-Wallace.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 96 – Life and Death (11)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/21

*Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Rick: This book I am reading I great, and only 170 pages or so, because 1) he’s a great writer and b) you want to read a book by him and that’s not 800 pages (Amazon, 2017). It’s got a lot of great gossip and dissing of Darwin (Desmond, 2016).[1] It’s got a whole big chapter of how Darwin kind of stole credit for the theory of evolution from Wallace because Darwin was a gentleman and belonged to the upper class of England. He was able to steal credit away from Wallace (Camerini, 2007; Wyhe, 2013; Thornhill, 2012; Coyne, 2011; Garner, 2016; Kirsch, 2016; Siegfried, 2016).[2] They each independently developed theories of evolution, but Wallace tried to turn his in first. But Darwin was able to slide his in beside it so that he got credit as co-discoverer, but we call it Darwinism (Lennox, 2015). Wolfe talks about how England’s social structure facilitated that whole sleight of hand that lead to Darwin getting more credit. Also, he’s kind of mean to Noam Chomsky (McGilvray, 2009). It is fun to read. It is interesting because it is arguing about language as a cultural artifact and, at the same time, is telling these kind of gossipy stories about how people who are trying to decide how their own theories and stuff rose to prominence.

Darwin rode into prominence on a cultural tide. Chomsky rode to prominence on kind of a similar forceful personality and cult of personality, and academic gamesmanship, whether it was intentional or not. And then there’s a guy that tries to take down Chomsky based on his experience (McCrum, 2012). He goes to live as an evangelist with his evangelist wife in the Brazilian rainforest. He tries to be an evangelist to the people with the least developed language structure on Earth. They only have present tense. They have no idea of numbers. The guy spends 30 years in dire circumstances, in the most horrible circumstances, and comes back with evidence that there’s no evolutionary basis for language based on what he discovered among these people who barely had language or civilization, and were perhaps living the way that humans lived on the cusp between zero civilization and the very beginnings of it.

They don’t have permanent structures. They throw up a bunch of palm fronds and leaves, and when the wind comes and tears up their temporary structures they build another one. It makes me think about an aspect of evolution that I take for granted—two aspects. Humans evolved from other primates and that language is an evolved characteristic, but I had never been forced to examine the—it is a huge leap! And we’ve grown up under it. Evolution is 150 years old, but it wasn’t at all apparent to the first popularizers of evolution, Darwin (Than, 2015). Darwin was very cautious about suggesting humans evolved from other primates, and we’re so different from other primates that we take it for granted. Most technically minded, technologically minded, people, most people who believe in evolution, don’t take it as a whole separate question as to whether humans evolved from other animals. It’s part of our contemporary package, but it wasn’t at the very beginnings of the theory.

At least, it was something that took more arguing to make the case for because of religious and cultural factors, on the one hand, and that we’re so different in the way we live than other animals and the way we’re built. I’ve never thought of language as ot being an evolved thing. This book sets out a convincing case that language, while it’s the basis for civilization, makes so many things easier. It is hard to imagine civilization without it. It is the linchpin of civilization. It might involve having evolved structures to facilitate language. That language may just ride along with the brain’s general ability, the human brain’s general ability, to be flexible and efficiently process information, which is a lot for a tiny little book. 170 pages and only 300 words per page. It’s only 50,000 words. A kind of a fun book.

References

  1. (2017). The Kingdom of Speech. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Kingdom-Speech-Tom-Wolfe/dp/0316404624.
  2. Camerini, J.R. (2007, November 13). Alfred Russel Wallace. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Alfred-Russel-Wallace.
  3. Coyne, J. (2011, December 20). Did Darwin Plagiarize Wallace?. Retrieved from https://whyevolutionistrue.wordpress.com/2011/12/20/did-darwin-plagiarize-wallace/.
  4. Desmond, A.J. (2016, June 10). Charles Darwin. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Charles-Darwin.
  5. Garner, D. (2016, August 30). Tom Wolfe’s ‘The Kingdom of Speech’ Takes Aim at Darwin and Chomsky. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2016/08/31/books/tom-wolfes-kingdom-of-speech-takes-aim-at-darwin-and-chomsky.html?_r=0.
  6. Kirsch, A. (2016, September 22). Tom Wolfe, boldly going where no man has gone before. Retrieved from http://www.afr.com/lifestyle/arts-and-entertainment/books/tom-wolfe-boldly-going-where-no-man-has-gone-before-20160919-grjgo3#ixzz4ZKvQxuzx.
  7. Lennox, J. (2015, May 26). Darwinism. Retrieved from https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/darwinism/.
  8. McCrum, R. (2012, March 25). Daniel Everett: ‘There is no such thing as universal grammar’. Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2012/mar/25/daniel-everett-human-language-piraha.
  9. McGilvray, J.A. (2009, September 10). Noam Chomsky. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Noam-Chomsky.
  10. Siegfried, T. 2016, October 19). Tom Wolfe’s denial of language evolution stumbles over his own words. Retrieved from https://www.sciencenews.org/blog/context/tom-wolfe-denial-language-evolution-stumbles-over-his-own-words.
  11. Than, K. (2015, May 13). What is Darwin’s Theory of Evolution?. Retrieved from http://www.livescience.com/474-controversy-evolution-works.html.
  12. Thornhill, T. (2012, March 9). Better late than never! Charles Darwin cleared of stealing ideas for theory of evolution… 40 years after historians first accused him. Retrieved from http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-2112773/Charles-Darwin-finally-cleared-stealing-ideas-theory-evolution–40-years-historians-accused-him.html#ixzz4ZKdzQerM.
  13. Wyhe, J.V. (2013, August 9). Darwin did not cheat Wallace out of his rightful place in history. Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/science/2013/aug/09/charles-darwin-alfred-russel-wallace.

Footnotes

[1] Charles Darwin (2016) states:

Charles Darwin, in full Charles Robert Darwin (born February 12, 1809, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England—died April 19, 1882, Downe, Kent), English naturalist whose scientific theory of evolution by natural selection became the foundation of modern evolutionary studies. An affable country gentleman, Darwin at first shocked religious Victorian society by suggesting that animals and humans shared a common ancestry. However, his nonreligious biology appealed to the rising class of professional scientists, and by the time of his death evolutionary imagery had spread through all of science, literature, and politics. Darwin, himself an agnostic, was accorded the ultimate British accolade of burial in Westminster Abbey, London.

Desmond, A.J. (2016, June 10). Charles Darwin. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Charles-Darwin.

[2] Alfred Russel Wallace (2007) states:

Alfred Russel Wallace, byname A.R. Wallace (born Jan. 8, 1823UskMonmouthshire, Wales—died Nov. 7, 1913, Broadstone, Dorset, Eng.), British humanist, naturalist, geographer, and social critic. He became a public figure in England during the second half of the 19th century, known for his courageous views on scientific, social, and spiritualist subjects. His formulation of the theory of evolution by natural selection, which predated Charles Darwin’s published contributions, is his most outstanding legacy, but it was just one of many controversial issues he studied and wrote about during his lifetime. Wallace’s wide-ranging interests—from socialism to spiritualism, from island biogeography to life on Mars, from evolution to land nationalization—stemmed from his profound concern with the moral, social, and political values of human life.

Camerini, J.R. (2007, November 13). Alfred Russel Wallace. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Alfred-Russel-Wallace.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 95 – Life and Death (10)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/20

*Footnotes & in-text citations in the interview & references after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Rick: The last time we spoke, I had begun to read a book by Thomas Wolfe called The Kingdom of Speech (Wolfe, 2017; Amazon, 2017).[1] It is about the origin of speech in humans and how difficult it is to figure out when and why it originated (King, 2013; University of New England, 2014; Balter, 2015; Morelle, 2013; Lieberman, 2007; Polychroniou & Chomsky, 2016).[2] I said some things that were circular reasoning. I forgot what, or most of it. Before I get to any reasoning or even if I get to any reasoning, I want to set the crime scene. We are trying to figure out how speech originated, but you can’t even do that or how humans became—for most of the history of humanity, humans considered themselves separate from the animal kingdom (Choi, 2016; Wolchover, 2011; Hogenboom, 2015; University of Adelaide, 2013; Suddendorf, 2013; Stix, 2014). It is an easy conclusion to reach when you look at how different our lives are from animal lives and how different we are in abilities and physiology. We’ve got giant brains. We’ve got speech. We invent stuff. We transformed the world and pretty much taken over the world.

Before you can talk about how that happened via evolution, we kinda have to set up the pattern of facts to see what you can pull out of it. So fact one as much as I understand it is that humans have been genetically pretty much the same for the past 100,000 years. And for a couple million years before that, there were Neanderthals and a bunch of other near-human types of hominids that also had pretty big brains. I think the Neanderthal brains were even bigger than human brains. So that there were hominids with near-human capabilities. There were humans for 100,000 years. There were near-humans for a couple million years at least before that. We’ve been around for a long time. Fact two would be that as a species we have become extremely successful in the past, say, 10,000 years, which is as far back as history really reaches. There might be cave paintings that reach back. I don’t know. How far back? 30,000, 40,000, years?

Scott: Places like France, ~30,000 years ago. Other areas like Indonesia, maybe, 35,000 or 40,000 years ago.

R: We’ve never discovered animals that do representational painting. That is a mark of human near-civilization, say. It only goes back 20,000 years or so, maybe 30,000 or 40,000. Fact three is we have enormous brains compared to other animals. We have speech. We have the ability for extreme flexibility and ingenuity, and inventiveness and toolmaking. All of that stuff. So, that pretty much sets the scene. And then this book, this Tom Wolfe, The Kingdom of Speech, book talks about Noam Chomsky saying there’s a speech organ (McGill University, n.d.; McGilvray, 2009).

That somehow there’s a specialized organ in the brain, or it’s a neighborhood. I haven’t read Chomsky enough or at all. Some part of the brain evolved into specialized speech (Barsky, 2016).3 Then some other people have come along more recently that dispute that, but, in any case, speech remains – accounting for when it originated and how it evolved – a problem. 3 Universal grammar (2016) states: Universal grammar, theory proposing that humans possess innate faculties related to the acquisition of language. The definition of universal grammar has evolved considerably since first it was postulated and, moreover, since the 1940s, when it became a specific object of modern linguistic research. It is associated with work in generative grammar, and it is based on the idea that certain aspects of syntactic structure are universal. Universal grammar consists of a set of atomic grammatical categories and relations that are the building blocks of the particular grammars of all human languages, over which syntactic structures and constraints on those structures are defined. A universal grammar would suggest that all languages possess the same set of categories and relations and that in order to communicate through language, speakers make infinite use of finite means, an idea that Wilhelm von Humboldt suggested in the 1830s. From this perspective, a grammar must contain a finite system of rules that generates infinitely many deep and surface structures, appropriately related. It must also contain rules that relate these abstract structures to certain representations of sound and meaning—representations that, presumably, are constituted of elements that belong to universal phonetics and universal semantics, respectively. Barsky, R.F. (2016, September 6). Universal grammar. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/universalgrammar.

The deal is that we been really successful. Humans have been really successful beginning 10,000 years ago. The human population really started increasing steadily from world population of a few thousand to like a quarter billion at the time of Christ to half a of a billion in the late Middle Ages and early Renaissance to 7.3 billion people now (Annenberg Foundation, 2016; World Population History, 2016). For most of the history of humans on earth, we were successful enough to survive, but we weren’t that wildly successful compared to the last 10,000 years.

So, you have to ask, “What were humans doing for the first 80% or 90% of their history on Earth?” Once you hit a certain level of civilization, it looks like things start going really fast. We went from no civilization to the first vestiges or the first traces of civilization going from hunting and gathering to farming 10,000 years ago. And then for the past 10,000 years, it’s been a steady almost inevitable-looking increase in technical ability and in human population.

Yet, we were successful enough to survive as a species for 80,000 or 90,000 years before that. And millions of years before that if you count closely related hominids as almost human enough to be humans, so I speculate that we were successful enough to survive for hundreds of thousands of years. But not so super successful because we were living like fancy apes. I would guess that humans with their super big brains used their brains as their predecessors did, but just better and more cleverly. But still having more or less the same behaviors and life strategies as apes, really clever ones; better hunters, better gatherers, maybe better at finding shelter, maybe starting to use tools, but using them for the same stuff apes did for hunting, we were super successful apes.

It took many tens of thousands of years for culture to start building up to the point where our lifestyles could sufficiently diverge from ape lifestyles and towards early human lifestyles that we eventually, 10,000 years ago, got on this accelerated ramp up to technical proficiency we have now. So, it was a slow build-up of skills until those skills, and the flexibility in behaviour, all sufficiently reinforced themselves that entirely new ways of life could be lived by the humans of 20,000 to 10,000 years ago, including language.

This book I just read discusses whether language is an artifact, which is something manufactured by humans like stone tools or bows and arrows rather than something that is innate to us because we evolved. Anyway, to go back to scene setting, we evolved big brains, didn’t build them. Probably, we evolved big brains in the context of still living like apes. By the time we began living like humans, our brains were already set at our current large size. So, the big brains came first and the human lifestyle came later, and there must’ve been – even for living as apes – evolutionary advantages sufficient to build the brains big. Brains came first and let us live successfully as apes.

Then as we built up culture, eventually, it let us diverge from ape behaviour, which doesn’t answer the question posed in this book whether language ability is an evolved trait that can be found within specific structures in the brain or whether language is a cultural artifact that takes advantage of the brain’s in-built flexibility. I can’t answer that question, but I can propose a question which reflects on that. Which is, we can assume our brain size and brain flexibility – the way our brains continuously rewire themselves via sending out a zillion dendrites found more and more ways to do things depending on patterns in the flow of thought and information – came from pressure of living as apes (Spencer, 2013). The question is “would there be any evolutionary pressure to acquire specific language capabilities?”

In other words, would being good at language provide enough of an  evolutionary advantage that it’s likely that specific language abilities are hardwires into our brains or does our ability to have language rest entirely on – or close to entirely – the evolutionary advantages provided by general increases in brain size and flexibility? I think that’s where the main—we can look at brain structure and try to find specific language facilitating structures. But short of doing that, the central question of whether language is an evolved ability or a cultural artifact rests on that question. Whether language facility had its own evolutionary momentum separate from the momentum provided by increases in brain size and flexibility.

References

  1. Amazon. (2017). The Kingdom of Speech. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Kingdom-Speech-Tom-Wolfe/dp/0316404624.
  2. Annenberg Foundation. (2016). Unit 5: Human Population Dynamics // Section 4: World Population Growth Through History. Retrieved from https://learner.org/courses/envsci/unit/text.php?unit=5&secNum=4.
  3. Balter, M. (2015, January 13). Human language may have evolved to help our ancestors make tools. Retrieved from http://www.sciencemag.org/news/2015/01/human-language-may-have-evolved-help-our-ancestors-make-tools.
  4. Blaxland, B. (2016, February 5). Hominid & Hominin – What’s the Difference?. Retrieved from https://australianmuseum.net.au/hominid-and-hominin-whats-the-difference.
  5. Bradshaw Foundation. (n.d.). 10,000 – 8,000 Years Ago. Retrieved from https://www.bradshawfoundation.com/journey/agriculture2.html.
  6. Bradshaw Foundation. (2016, September 12). The Cave Paintings of the Lascaux Cave. Retrieved from https://www.google.ca/?gfe_rd=cr&ei=7IirWL8vrc_yB83cvtgE&gws_rd=ssl#q=cave+paintings+in+france.
  7. Choi, C.Q. (2016, March 25). Top 10 Things that Make Humans Special. Retrieved from http://www.livescience.com/15689-evolution-human-special-species.html.
  8. Descartes, R. (1649). Animals are Machines. Retrieved from http://journalofcocom/Consciousness136.html.
  9. Dowden, B. (n.d.). Fallacies. Retrieved from http://www.iep.utm.edu/fallacy/.
  10. Hogenboom, M. (2015, July 6). The traits that make human beings unique. Retrieved from http://www.bbc.com/future/story/20150706-the-small-list-of-things-that-make-humans-unique.
  11. King, B.J. (2013, September 5). When Did Human Speech Evolve?. Retrieved from http://www.npr.org/sections/13.7/2013/09/05/219236801/when-did-human-speech-evolve.
  12. Letzter, R. (2016, September 16). This is the most important difference between Homo sapiens and Neanderthals. Retrieved from http://www.businessinsider.com/difference-humans-neanderthals-homo-sapiens-2016-9.
  13. Lieberman, P. (2007, February). The Evolution of Human Speech Its Anatomical and Neural Bases. Retrieved from http://www.cog.brown.edu/people/lieberman/pdfFiles/Lieberman%20P.%202007.%20The%20evolution%20of%20human%20speech,%20Its%20anatom.pdf.
  14. McGill University. (n.d.). Tool Module: Chomsky’s Universal Grammar. Retrieved from http://thebrain.mcgill.ca/flash/capsules/outil_rouge06.html.
  15. McGilvray, J.A. (2009, September 10). Noam Chomsky. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Noam-Chomsky.
  16. Morelle, R. (2013, April 8). Primate call gives clues to human speech o Retrieved from http://www.bbc.com/news/science-environment-22067192.
  17. New World Encyclopedia. (2008, April 2). Hominid. Retrieved from http://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/entry/Hominid.
  18. Polychroniou, C.J. & Chomsky, N. (2016, September 24). On the Evolution of Language: A Biolinguistic Perspective. Retrieved from https://chomsky.info/on-the-evolution-of-language-a-biolinguistic-perspective/.
  19. (2017, January 17). Circular Reasoning. Retrieved from http://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Circular_reasoning.
  20. Rousseeuw, P.J. & Leroy, A.M. (1987) Robust Regression and Outlier Detection. Wiley, p. 57. Retrieved from http://mste.illinois.edu/malcz/DATA/BIOLOGY/Animals.html.
  21. Rips, L.J. (2002, July 10). Circular Reasoning. Retrieved from http://www.psychology.northwestern.edu/documents/rips-circular-reasoning.pdf.
  22. Rogers, N. (2015, May 21). Alzheimer’s origins tied to the rise in human intelligence. Retrieved from http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/evolution/are-we-still-evolving.html.
  23. Smithsonian Institution. (2017a, February 20). Human family Tree. Retrieved from http://humanorigins.si.edu/evidence/human-family-tree.
  24. Smithsonian Institution. (2017b, February 20). Neanderthals: larger eyes and smaller brains. Retrieved from http://humanorigins.si.edu/research/whats-hot-human-origins/neanderthals-larger-eyes-and-smaller-brains.
  25. Smith, S.L. (2013). Evidence that dendrites actively process information in the brain. Retrieved from http://www.kurzweilai.net/evidence-that-dendrites-actively-process-information-in-the-brain.
  26. Stix, G. (2014, September). What Makes Humans Different Than Any Other Species. Retrieved from https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/what-makes-humans-different-than-any-other-species/.
  27. Stromberg, J. (2013, March 12). Science Shows Why You’re Smarter Than A Neander Retrieved from http://www.smithsonianmag.com/science-nature/science-shows-why-youre-smarter-than-a-neanderthal-1885827/.
  28. Suddendorf, T. (2013, September 21). Are we really different from animals?. Retrieved from http://www.cnn.com/2013/11/21/health/animals-humans-gap/.
  29. Tuttle, R.H. (2015, October 16). Human evolution. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/human-evolution.
  30. Tyson, P. (2009, December 14). Are We Still Evolving?. Retrieved from http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/evolution/are-we-still-evolving.html.
  31. University of Adelaide. (2013, December 4). Humans not smarter than animals, just different, experts say. Retrieved from https://phys.org/news/2013-12-humans-smarter-animals-experts.html.
  32. University of New England. (2014, March 2). Talking Neanderthals challenge the origins of speech. Retrieved from sciencedaily.com/releases/2014/03/140302185241.htm.
  33. University of Oxford. (2013, March 19). Neanderthal brains focused on vision and movement leaving less room for social networking. Retrieved from sciencedaily.com/releases/2013/03/130319093639.htm.
  34. Wilford, J.N. (2014, October 8). Cave paintings in Indonesia May Be Among Oldest Known. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2014/10/09/science/ancient-indonesian-find-may-rival-oldest-known-cave-art.html?_r=0.
  35. Wolchover, N. (2011, July 3). What Distinguishes Humans From Other Animals?. Retrieved from http://www.livescience.com/33376-humans-other-animals-distinguishing-mental-abilities.html.
  36. Wolfe, T. (2017). About Thomas Wolfe. Retrieved from http://www.tomwolfe.com/bio.html.
  37. World Population History. (n.d.). World Population History. Retrieved from http://worldpopulationhistory.org/map/1/mercator/1/0/25/#.

Footnotes

[1] About Thomas Wolfe (2017) states:

Tom Wolfe was born and raised in Richmond, Virginia. He was educated at Washington and Lee (B.A., 1951) and Yale (Ph.D., American Studies, 1957) universities. In December 1956, he took a job as a reporter on the Springfield (Massachusetts) Union. This was the beginning of a ten-year newspaper career, most of it spent as a general assignment reporter. For six months in 1960 he served as The Washington Post’s Latin American correspondent and won the Washington Newspaper Guild’s foreign news prize for his coverage of Cuba.

In 1962 he became a reporter for the New York Herald-Tribune and, in addition, one of the two staff writers (Jimmy Breslin was the other) of New York magazine, which began as the Herald-Tribune’s Sunday supplement. While still a daily reporter for the Herald-Tribune, he completed his first book, a collection of articles about the flamboyant Sixties written for New York and Esquire and published in 1965 by Farrar, Straus, and Giroux as The Kandy-Kolored Tangerine-Flake Streamline Baby. The book became a bestseller and established Wolfe as a leading figure in the literary experiments in nonfiction that became known as New Journalism.

Wolfe, T. (2017). About Thomas Wolfe. Retrieved from http://www.tomwolfe.com/bio.html.

[2] Human language may have evolved to help our ancestors make tools (2015) states:

If there’s one thing that distinguishes humans from other animals, it’s our ability to use language. But when and why did this trait evolve? A new study concludes that the art of conversation may have arisen early in human evolution, because it made it easier for our ancestors to teach each other how to make stone tools—a skill that was crucial for the spectacular success of our lineage.

Researchers have long debated when humans starting talking to each other. Estimates range wildly, from as late as 50,000 years ago to as early as the beginning of the human genus more than 2 million years ago. But words leave no traces in the archaeological record. So researchers have used proxy indicators for symbolic abilities, such as early art or sophisticated toolmaking skills. Yet these indirect approaches have failed to resolve arguments about language origins.

Balter, M. (2015, January 13). Human language may have evolved to help our ancestors make tools. Retrieved from  http://www.sciencemag.org/news/2015/01/human-language-may-have-evolved-help-our-ancestors-make-tools.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 94 – Life and Death (9)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/19

*Footnotes in the interview & references after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Scott: What if these fundamental premises of the arguments we’re making about the future are not taken on hand by anyone or are discounted? They can be posed by anyone, but they can be opposed by everyone.

Rick: There’s a tendency of the Golden Rule to win over time (Puka, n.d.; Robinson, 2016; The Christopher Newsletter, 2009). A major trend in history is for more and more people to be granted consideration as fully human. Where white guys, white landowners, the most privileged people granted themselves the most rights, but the trend is for other people to agitate for their rights and to say, “I am the same as you. We have the same bodies and brains. Skin color doesn’t matter. Gender doesn’t matter. Sexual orientation doesn’t matter. We are biologically the same. Even if we weren’t, we as thinking beings have the same consciousnesses. Even if they’re not, there’s some base deal. If you feel, if you process information, you deserve as much consideration as somebody who comes in a more familiar and social status filled package” (Rowen, 2017; Crews, 2007; Independence Hall Association of Philadelphia, 2016). So you have women fighting for rights (Imbornini, 2017; Office of the Historian, n.d.; ACLU, 2017; Eisenborg & Ruthsdotter, 1998; National Women’s History Museum, 2007). You have gay people fighting for rights (Infoplease, 2017). You have minority people fighting for rights (Yarbrough, n.d.; Thomson Reuters, 2017). More recently, the neurodiverse fighting for rights (Robison, 2013). As a general rule, it is an extension of the Golden Rule to encompass all forms of humanity, e.g. autistic people (Hiker, n.d.; jeffreylube241, 2007; Singer, 2011; Shea, n.d.; Neuhaus, 1999).[1]

When people talk about neurodiverse people, they talk about the first push with autistic people, which was to see if you could get them to be non-autistic. Now, there’s a push among some members, the Aspergery people, of the autistic community to say, “We’re okay the way we are. We can do science. We can do all sorts of amazing stuff. Maybe, we’re socially awkward, but fuck you! We’re socially awkward and at home with the way we are” (ASPEN (asperger Autism SPectrum Education Network, 2017).[2] It is like deaf people. Some deaf people get pissed when people get cochlear implants (Canadian Academy of Audiology, 2017). It is like saying, “F- you,” to the deaf lifestyle and the deaf community. I am probably saying this in an insensitive and inappropriate way, but that is the general feeling. People are fighting for the right to be accepted as they are rather than being conformed to some supposed biological norm.

S: Well, any species will create a norm.

R: Yes, but this is one more instance of the umbrella of the Golden Rule being extended over more and more types of people, and groups of people, and individuals. Similarly, information wins over time. The more sophisticated means of presenting and absorbing, and processing, information will tend to prevail against any kind of societal prohibitions. We really haven’t moved into the era of full-on freaking out over information processing because we haven’t had the capability to mess with our information processing abilities until now and into the near and mid-future. Though you can look at different forms of information causing people to freak out and say it’s kind of the end of the world, where visual media — where TV, radio, and such, are bemoaned because it means the end of the print media.

[Laughing]

R: But it doesn’t really. People freaking out over different genres. Rap music, people freak out over rap music because of the subject matter, but besides that people are probably, to some extent, also disturbed about the way it’s presenting – without realizing what they’re freaking out about -information in a ratatat form – super-fast – without melody in some cases or really rudimentary melody and the cadence and the words being the most important thing. But people will call it “thug music” or “not even music,” but, to some extent, rap is a disquieting presentation of more concentrated and varied information being presented musically.

S: I can see where you’re coming from, and I agree with most of it. Two points, one is general biological and the other is a specific instance of proper resistance to that, to neurodiversity and the Golden Rule. To the first point, the biological one, in any species, we get lots of diversity. So we’ll have various types of functionality and dysfunctionality, and lack of ability or having ability. The range along the IQ scale as well as having hearing versus not having hearing. Another one, though, in terms of neurodiversity, whether it’s Asperger’s and other conditions. I think that the Golden Rule implies the capacity for the Golden Rule. If an individual does not have the innate capacity for it, then they will not necessarily be able to have it. Common examples are sociopaths or psychopaths (Weller, 2014; Grohol, 2016; Mallett. 2015). People who don’t have empathy (MacLachlan, 2007). That’s a reasonable resistance.

R: You don’t see people arguing for psychopaths. There’s no psychopath organization arguing that psychopaths belong to the neurodiverse family.

[Laughing]

S: Right, it’s hard for the anti-social to become social, form groups, and advocate.

R: There was a guy who used to have a radio show called Phil Hendrie, who would have fake guests on (Hendrie, 2017).

[Laughing]

S: Okay.

R: People with issues. He had an issues-based talk radio program. He would have guests on. Guests would have a gripe about neighbourhood issues. Over the first half of the show, first 20 minutes of the show, you would find out that the guests’ issues turned out to be monstrous. The rest of the show [Laughing] would be people who were fooled by the fake guests calling into the radio show. [Laughing]

[Laughing]

R: It was a fantastic radio program. He’s really good. Somebody who represents psychopath rights. That would be a great fake organization. Somebody who says, “We were born this way. We deserve the right to do horrible things in society because that’s just the way we are.”

[Laughing]

[Laughing]

R: But yea, the Golden Rule does imply the ability to feel.

S: Not only feel, but feel what others feel, it is empathy, not just feeling.

R: To feel something, I would say towards the edge—towards the newest edge, even feeling different ways as long as you have feels those feels should be respected as long as they don’t impinge on other people. That includes embracing animals and what they feel, and including some Aspergery people who have feelings for patterns in nature as opposed to human interaction (PETA, 2017; Wise, 2016; Friends of Animals, 2017). Those feelings, because they are felt in the brain with the same power and immediacy as other feelings, deserve the same consideration.

S: Right, I think of Mandelbrot (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2014). I think of Gould (The Glenn Gould Foundation, 2015). Both people had issues as far as I recall. Mandelbrot, it was patterns in nature. Gould, it was point-counterpoint with Bach (Smith, n.d.). Both could do things few others could. I absolutely agree with you on that point with those two examples that come to mind, who made great contributions.

R: This is slightly off the deal, but there’s this story, on NPR, that’s been on a zillion times about the autistic kid who learned how to communicate with people via Disney movies (Suskind, 2014).

S: Get outta here.

[Laughing]

R: This kid loses his verbal abilities to a great extent. He is freaking out about the world the way some autistic people do. There’s just a lot of sensory information and it bugs them. It’s too much. The thing that keeps this kid soothed is sitting this down in front of a bunch of Disney movies. That seems to keep him satisfied, even though he’s quiet and divorced from the world. At one point, the kid is 9 or 10 and the brother is celebrating a birthday. The autistic kid who is non-verbal walks into the room and says something crazily sophisticated. [Laughing] I’m mangling the story. But the kid says, ‘It’s like Peter Pan. You don’t want the other son to grow up.’ He says this crazily sophisticated thing in the context of a Disney kind of framework and the family finds out. They have Disney time in the basement. The dad impersonates Disney characters and is able to talk to the kid by being Disney characters.

[Laughing]

[Laughing]

R: The kid has an entire model of the world via Disney. The real story is better than I told it and makes more sense.

S: But there are people like that. Kim Peek was the basis for Rain Man (Wisconsin Medical Society, 2017). He had this incredible memory. This incredible associative gift, but he lacked a corpus callosum. But the brain matter that was made of that was present, and I think they did a special on him, and the corpus callosum looked like a hand grenade had blown it up. It was connected from one thing to the other to the other. In a neurodiverse culture, one that accepts that. It could be of great benefit.

R: For the past 100 years, we’ve had the nerd stereotype. The dweeby-awkward sciencey guy, and girl. That is probably somewhat rooted in neurodiversity and is more accepted now than in the 60 and 70s. As I’ve said, being a nerd in the 60s and 70s was brutal, I’m not saying now it is a picnic, but there are more resources available, well for anybody. Nobody is no longer isolated in their school and family anymore as long as they have access to the internet and reasonable ability to search for stuff.

References

  1. [Jeffreylube241]. (2007, October 7). Richard Dawkins – The Shifting Moral Zeitgeist. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uwz6B8BFkb4.
  2. (2017). Women’s Rights. Retrieved from https://www.aclu.org/issues/womens-rights.
  3. ASPEN (asperger Autism SPectrum Education Network. (2017). What Is Asperger Syndrome?. Retrieved from http://aspennj.org/what-is-asperger-syndrome.
  4. Canadian Academy of Audiology. (2017). Cochlear Implants. Retrieved from https://canadianaudiology.ca/for-the-public/hearing-aids-and-implants/.
  5. Crews, E. (2007). Voting in Early America. Retrieved from https://www.history.org/Foundation/journal/Spring07/elections.cfm. Gensler, H.J. (n.d.). Golden Rule Chronology. Retrieved from http://www.harryhiker.com/chronology.htm.
  6. Encyclopædia Britannica. (2014, December 23). Benoit Mandelbrot. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Benoit-Mandelbrot.
  7. Eisenborg, B. & Ruthsdotter, M. (1998). History of the Women’s Rights Movement. Retrieved from http://www.nwhp.org/resources/womens-rights-movement/history-of-the-womens-rights-movement/.
  8. Friends of Animals. (2017). Animal Rights. Retrieved from https://www.friendsofanimals.org/programs/animal-rights.
  9. Grohol, J. (2016). Differences Between a Psychopath vs Sociopath. Retrieved on from https://psychcentral.com/blog/archives/2015/02/12/differences-between-a-psychopath-vs-sociopath/.
  10. Hendrie, P. (2017). Phil Hendrie. Retrieved from http://www.philhendrieshow.com/.
  11. Hiker, H. (n.d.). Golden Rule Chronology. Retrieved from http://www.harryhiker.com/chronology.htm.
  12. Imbornini, A.M. (2017). Women’s Rights Movement in the U.S. Retrieved from http://www.infoplease.com/spot/womenstimeline1.html.
  13. Independence Hall Association of Philadelphia. (2016). The Expansion of the Vote: A White Man’s Democracy. Retrieved from http://www.ushistory.org/us/23b.asp.
  14. (2017). The American Gay Rights Movement: A Timeline. Retrieved from http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0761909.html.
  15. MacLachlan, M. (2007, October). The Golden Rule. Retrieved from http://www.thinkhumanism.com/the-golden-rule.html.
  16. Mallet, X. (2015, July 27). Psychopaths versus sociopaths: what is the difference?. Retrieved from http://theconversation.com/psychopaths-versus-sociopaths-what-is-the-difference-45047.
  17. National Women’s History Museum. (2007). Introduction. Retrieved from https://www.nwhm.org/online-exhibits/rightsforwomen/introduction.html.
  18. Neuhaus, R.J. (1999, August). The Idea of Moral Progress. Retrieved from https://www.firstthings.com/article/1999/08/the-idea-of-moral-progress.
  19. Office of the Historian. (n.d.). The Women’s Rights Movement, 1848–1920. Retrieved from http://history.house.gov/Exhibitions-and-Publications/WIC/Historical-Essays/No-Lady/Womens-Rights/.
  20. (2017). Why Animal Rights?. Retrieved from http://www.peta.org/about-peta/why-peta/why-animal-rights/.
  21. Puka, B. (n.d.). The Golden Rule. Retrieved from http://www.iep.utm.edu/goldrule/.
  22. Robinson, B.A. (2016). Shared belief in the “Golden Rule” (a/k.a. Ethics of Reciprocity). Retrieved from http://www.religioustolerance.org/reciproc.htm.
  23. Robison, J.E. (2013, October 4). What is Neurodiversity?. Retrieved from https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/my-life-aspergers/201310/what-is-neurodiversity.
  24. Rowen, B. (2017). U.S. Voting Rights. Retrieved from http://www.infoplease.com/timelines/voting.html.
  25. Shea, M. (n.d.). Is There Such A Thing as Moral Progress?. Retrieved from http://strangenotions.com/moral-progress/.
  26. Singer, P. (2011). The Expanding Circle: Ethics, Evolution, and Moral Progress. Retrieved from http://www.stafforini.com/txt/Singer%20-%20The%20expanding%20circle.pdf.
  27. Smith, T. (n.d.). The Point of Bach’s Goldberg Variations (and their counterpoint). Retrieved from http://bach.nau.edu/goldberg/prose/Point.pdf.
  28. Suskind, R. (2014, March 7). Reaching My Autistic Son Through Disney. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2014/03/09/magazine/reaching-my-autistic-son-through-disney.html?_r=0.
  29. Syracuse University. (2014). What is Neurodiversity?. Retrieved from https://neurodiversitysymposium.wordpress.com/what-is-neurodiversity/.
  30. The Christopher Newsletter. (2009). The Universality of the Golden Rule in World Religions. Retrieved from http://www.teachingvalues.com/goldenrule.html.
  31. The Glenn Gould Foundation. (2015). About Glenn Gould. Retrieved from http://www.glenngould.ca/about-glenn-gould/.
  32. Thomson Reuters. (2017). Civil Rights: Law and History. Retrieved from http://civilrights.findlaw.com/civil-rights-overview/civil-rights-law-and-history.html.
  33. Weller, C. (2014, March 6). What’s The Difference Between A Sociopath And A Psychopath? (Not Much, But One Might Kill You). Retrieved from http://www.medicaldaily.com/whats-difference-between-sociopath-and-psychopath-not-much-one-might-kill-you-270694.
  34. Wisconsin Medical Society. (2017). Kim Peek – The Real Rain Man. Retrieved from https://www.wisconsinmedicalsociety.org/professional/savant-syndrome/profiles-and-videos/profiles/kim-peek-the-real-rain-man/.
  35. Wise, S. (2016, August 18). Animal rights. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/animal-rights.
  36. Yarbrough, T (n.d.). Protecting Minority Rights. Retrieved from https://www.ait.org.tw/infousa/zhtw/DOCS/Demopaper/dmpaper11.html.

Footnotes

[1] What is Neurodiversity? (2014) states:

Neurodiversity is a concept where neurological differences are to be recognized and respected as any other human variation. These differences can include those labeled with Dyspraxia, Dyslexia, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Dyscalculia, Autistic Spectrum, Tourette Syndrome, and others.

For many autistic people, neurodiversity is viewed is a concept and social movement that advocates for viewing autism as a variation of human wiring, rather than a disease. As such, neurodiversity activists reject the idea that autism should be cured, advocating instead for celebrating autistic forms of communication and self-expression, and for promoting support systems that allow autistic people to live as autistic people.

Syracuse University. (2014). What is Neurodiversity?. Retrieved from https://neurodiversitysymposium.wordpress.com/what-is-neurodiversity/.

[2] What is Asperger Syndrome? (2017) states:

Each person is different. An individual might have all or only some of the described behaviors to have a diagnosis of AS.

These behaviors include the following:

  • Marked impairment in the use of multiple nonverbal behaviors such as: eye gaze, facial expression, body posture, and gestures to regulate social interaction.
  • Extreme difficulty in developing age-appropriate peer relationships. (e.g. AS children may be more comfortable with adults than with other children).
  • Inflexible adherence to routines and perseveration.
  • Fascination with maps, globes, and routes.
  • Superior rote memory.
  • Preoccupation with a particular subject to the exclusion of all others. Amasses many related facts.
  • Difficulty judging personal space, motor clumsiness.
  • Sensitivity to the environment, loud noises, clothing and food textures, and odors.
  • Speech and language skills impaired in the area of semantics, pragmatics, and prosody (volume, intonation, inflection, and rhythm).
  • Difficulty understanding others’ feelings.
  • Pedantic, formal style of speaking; often called “little professor,” verbose.
  • Extreme difficulty reading and/or interpreting social cues.
  • Socially and emotionally inappropriate responses.
  • Literal interpretation of language; difficulty comprehending implied meanings.
  • Extensive vocabulary. Reading commences at an early age (hyperlexia).
  • Stereotyped or repetitive motor mannerisms.
  • Difficulty with “give and take” of conversation.

ASPEN (asperger Autism SPectrum Education Network. (2017). What Is Asperger Syndrome?. Retrieved from http://aspennj.org/what-is-asperger-syndrome.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 93 – Life and Death (8)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/18

*Footnotes in the interview & references after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Scott: Two things come to mind there – well, three actually. One, all of evolution builds on previous structures and functions. So any prior structure with an implied function will develop its future possible paths, or imply a narrow set of future possible paths, in future organisms that will be its future successful descendants.

Rick: Okay, in other words, you’re working from a library of available apps.

S: Absolutely! I love it when you make things more concrete. Thank you for that. Another one is the rapid increase follows that, I think. Where there must be a specific set of paths, that brain volume increase, interconnectivity, complexity, and just raw brain cell number increase follow a certain path along that (Robson, 2011; Tuttle, 2015; Garrett, 2014; Cairό, 2011; Gilbert et al, 2005; The University of Chicago News Office, 2006; Hawks, n.d.; Smithsonian Institution, 2016; University of Colorado Denver, 2012; McAuliffe, 2011; Hofman, 2014).[1],[2],[3] Once you get that going, it just starts going. Another one that goes along that might be language, and you’ve talked about this before. You start with grunting, then start developing language, and then that starts developing with cultural aspects like writing (Bryant, 2017).[4]

R: If you could think about things via tags, which are words, that stand for things and manipulate them in your consciousness and hold them in your consciousness are more compact than having to think about the thing itself. It is probably super-efficient in holding things in consciousness. So that language – I hate slippery slope stuff – offers advantages that are so powerful that it pushes the development to a fairly sophisticated full language. It is like the colonists landing on the East coast of America (Hoffman et al, 2016; Pringle, 2012). Europe is already fairly highly developed. There are a quarter of a billion or a half of a billion people in Europe at the time of the colonists, but the US is fairly sparsely populated (U.S. Department of State, n.d.). It’s got all of these resources. Ka-boom! Within a couple hundred years, the colonists have spread across 4.5 or 5 million square miles of undeveloped country and just sloppily cut down forests, throw down railroad tracks, throw up a zillion towns, because it is easy to develop here. I guess brain and language development are similarly a treasure trove of benefits versus costs. When you have all of the pieces in place for this brain explosion to happen, it will happen super-fast evolutionarily to the point where it looks hard to explain.

S: You talked about religion at the outset of this.

R: Yea, yea, I got diverted.

S: I think there’s something important there, though, that can tie back in. If someone takes the Mysterian view, and if they’re applying it within a traditional religious view such as the Abrahamic ones, and what they deem, conveniently, essential mysteries are proof of a divine hand, are they right or are they wrong?

R: Back to this book I am reading, I knew Nietzsche said, “God is dead” (Amazon, 2017; Magnus, 2015; Philosophy Index, 2017; Blount, 2016; Wicks, 2016).[5] I didn’t know he said it at the same time evolutionary theory hit and was prompted by that. That once you buy the theory of evolution then it is much harder to buy the idea of divine creation, and the theory of evolution was a major part of what some other major author calls disenchantment that happened in the mid-19th century because the magic was taken away from everything because there were scientific explanations available. So it is only 150 years later and there are still plenty of people, perhaps most of the people in the world, who still buy religious explanations for certain aspects of existence above technical and scientific explanations. Those beliefs will, for the next couple centuries, continue to tangle with technical changes in how we live and how we fight off death. Divine conceptions of people will generally be conservative. The same way conservatives are marriage is between a man and a woman (Conservapedia, 2016; Blackburn, 2011; Bible Study Tools, 2017).[6] They will argue a human is deserving of the most respect legally and culturally among all creatures, natural or artificial. That’s somebody with one brain and one bod.

S: What about humanists claiming the same?

R: Okay. There will be religious arguments. There will non-religious, but traditionalist or conservative, arguments. I can imagine “one brain in one body” in the same way people say, “Marriage is between a man and a woman.” That’ll have to be fought over in courts and legislatures and by people who are willing to show they are as deserving and dignity as traditional humans, even though they’re living in weird social and information-processing relationships.

References

  1. (2017). The Kingdom of Speech. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Kingdom-Speech-Tom-Wolfe/dp/0316404624.
  2. Bible Study Tools. (2017). Marriage Bible Verses. Retrieved from http://www.biblestudytools.com/topical-verses/marriage-bible-verses/.
  3. Blackburn, J. (2011, August 4). Where in the Bible does it say that marriage is between a man and a woman?. Retrieved from https://www.catholic.com/qa/where-in-the-bible-does-it-say-that-marriage-is-between-a-man-and-a-woman.
  4. Blount, D. (2016, July 25). What Nietzsche Meant When He Said ‘God Is Dead’. Retrieved from https://www.thegospelcoalition.org/article/what-nietzsche-meant-when-he-said-god-is-dead.
  5. Bryant, C.W. (2017). How did language evolve?. Retrieved from http://science.howstuffworks.com/life/evolution/language-evolve.htm.
  6. Cairό, O. (2011, October 4). External Measures of Cognition. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3207484/.
  7. (2016, July 21). Marriage. Retrieved from http://www.conservapedia.com/Marriage.
  8. Garrett, M.D. (2014, February 25). Complexity of Our Brain. Retrieved from https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/iage/201402/complexity-our-brain.
  9. Hawks, J. (n.d.). How Has the Human Brain Evolved?. Retrieved from https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/how-has-human-brain-evolved/.
  10. Hofman, M.A. (2014, March 27). Evolution of the human brain: When bigger is better. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3973910/.
  11. Hoffman, P.F., Zelinsky, W., et al. (2016, September 27). North America. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/place/North-America.
  12. Magnus, B. (2015, August 19). Friedrich Nietzsche. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Friedrich-Nietzsche.
  13. McAuliffe, K. (2011, January 20). If Modern Humans Are So Smart, Why Are Our Brains Shrinking?. Retrieved from http://discovermagazine.com/2010/sep/25-modern-humans-smart-why-brain-shrinking.
  14. Philosophy Index. (2017). God is Dead. Retrieved from http://www.philosophy-index.com/nietzsche/god-is-dead/.
  15. Pringle, H. (2012, November). Vikings and Native Americans. Retrieved from http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/2012/11/vikings-and-indians/pringle-text.
  16. Robson, D. (2011, September 21). A brief history of the brain. Retrieved from https://www.newscientist.com/article/mg21128311.800-a-brief-history-of-the-brain/.
  17. Smithsonian Institution. (2016, February 6). Bigger Brains: Complex Brains for a Complex World. Retrieved from http://humanorigins.si.edu/human-characteristics/brains.
  18. The University of Chicago News Office. (2006, December 24). Complexity constrains evolution of human brain genes. Retrieved from http://www-news.uchicago.edu/releases/06/061226.brain.shtml.
  19. Tuttle, R.H. (2015, October 16). Increasing brain size. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/human-evolution/Increasing-brain-size.
  20. University of Colorado Denver. (2012, August 16). Evolutionary increase in size of the human brain explained: Part of a protein linked to rapid change in cognitive ability. Retrieved from http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2012/08/120816141537.htm.
  21. S. Department of State. (n.d.). Settlement Patterns. Retrieved from http://countrystudies.us/united-states/geography-7.htm.
  22. Wicks, R. (2016, June 7). Friedrich Nietzsche. Retrieved from https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/nietzsche/.

Footnotes

[1] Complexity of Our Brain (2014) states:

In the past we took a different attitude to studying the brain. Most of the scientific writing on the brain was focused on establishing the superiority of human intelligence. But there is not one single factor that we can apply to distinguish our brains from those of other animals. We cannot just use size, because some mammals (eg whales) have bigger brains. Perhaps it is the size of the brain in proportion to the body.

When we try that by measuring the Encephalization Quotient (EQ) ratio, small birds beat us. Perhaps it is size, EQ and something else. The correct question is to ask what aspects of the world are we, as humans, trying to represent in our brain? And how complex is the brain really?

In 2009, the Brazilian scientist Suzana Herculano-Houzel performed a review of what we know about the physical structure of the brain. The adult human male brain has 86 billion neurons–more than any other primate. Each neuron has between 1,000 to 10,000 synapses that result in 125 trillion synapses in the cerebral cortex alone. That is at least 1,000 times the number of stars in our galaxy. Stephen Smith from Stanford University reported that one synapse might contain some 1,000 molecular-scale switches. That is over 125,000 trillion switches in a single human brain.

Garrett, M.D. (2014, February 25). Complexity of Our Brain. Retrieved from https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/iage/201402/complexity-our-brain.

[2] We can consider the encephalization quotient as well. Genetic links between brain development and brain evolution (2005) states:

EQ is calculated by one of two allometric scaling equations: EQ = E/P0.28 and EQ = E/P0.59, where E is brain weight and P is body weight. Although exponents of 0.67 (Ref. 1) and 0.75 (Refs. 102,103) have been postulated for mammals, these high values are only suitable for comparisons at broad taxonomic levels and are not appropriate for closely related species36, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108. For related species, much lower exponents have been proposed, ranging from 0.28 (Refs. 36,104) to 0.59 (Ref. 105). Given the uncertainty in the exponent and the debate over the relevance of EQ in gauging an animal’s brain capacity (see Ref. 109 and accompanying commentaries), two sets of EQ values are presented, one calculated from the lower-bound exponent of 0.28, the other from the upper-bound value of 0.59. a | EQ values for species residing along the primate lineage leading to Homo sapiens.

Gilbert, S.L., Dobyns, W.B., & Lahn, B.T. (2005, July). Genetic links between brain development and brain evolution. Retrieved from http://www.nature.com/nrg/journal/v6/n7/fig_tab/nrg1634_F1.html.

[3] Bigger Brains: Complex Brains for a Complex World (2016) states:

Brain size increases slowly

From 6–2 million years ago

During this time period, early humans began to walk upright and make simple tools. Brain size increased, but only slightly.

Brain and body size increase

From 2 million–800,000 years ago

During this time period early humans spread around the globe, encountering many new environments on different continents. These challenges, along with an increase in body size, led to an increase in brain size.

Brain size increases rapidly

From 800,000–200,000 years ago

Human brain size evolved most rapidly during a time of dramatic climate change. Larger, more complex brains enabled early humans of this time period to interact with each other and with their surroundings in new and different ways. As the environment became more unpredictable, bigger brains helped our ancestors survive.

Smithsonian Institution. (2016, February 6). Bigger Brains: Complex Brains for a Complex World. Retrieved from http://humanorigins.si.edu/human-characteristics/brains.

[4] How did language evolve? (2017) states:

Primates have an advanced system of communication that includes vocalization, hand gestures and body language. But even primates stop short of what man has been able to achieve — spoken language. Our ability to form a limitless number of thoughts into spoken word is one of the things that separates us from our less evolved cousins. While we know that language first appeared among Homo sapiens somewhere between 30,000 and 100,000 years ago, the secret to how language evolved is still unknown…

Bryant, C.W. (2017). How did language evolve?. Retrieved from http://science.howstuffworks.com/life/evolution/language-evolve.htm.

[5] Friedrich Nietzsche (2015) states:

Friedrich Nietzsche, (born October 15, 1844, Röcken, Saxony, Prussia [Germany]—died August 25, 1900Weimar, Thuringian States), German classical scholar, philosopher, and critic of culture, who became one of the most-influential of all modern thinkers. His attempts to unmask the motives that underlie traditional Western religion, morality, and philosophy deeply affected generations of theologians, philosophers, psychologists, poets, novelists, and playwrights. He thought through the consequences of the triumph of the Enlightenment’s secularism, expressed in his observation that “God is dead,” in a way that determined the agenda for many of Europe’s most-celebrated intellectuals after his death. Although he was an ardent foe of nationalismanti-Semitism, and power politics, his name was later invoked by fascists to advance the very things he loathed.

Magnus, B. (2015, August 19). Friedrich Nietzsche. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Friedrich-Nietzsche.

[6] Marriage (2016) states:

Marriage is the divinely ordained covenant between one man and one woman, and is intended to be for life. (Genesis 2:24) This is recognized by the majority of churches.

The unity between a man and a woman in marriage is an expression of the spiritual relationship that God desires His creation to realize with Him. The first marriage occurred nearly 6,000 years ago in the Garden of Eden, in the area of the world that we now know as the Middle East. The first couple was Adam and Eve, and the Lord Jesus specified that it was male and female that God joined together in marriage for life. (Matthew 19:4-6)

Conservapedia. (2016, July 21). Marriage. Retrieved from http://www.conservapedia.com/Marriage.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 92 – Life and Death (7)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/17

*Footnotes in the interview & bibliography after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Rick: The people who might have the greatest intuitive understanding of the legal aspects of this stuff are the people who watch David E. Kelly shows (IMDb, 2017a).[1] Boston Legal, which hasn’t been on in a few years, or The Good Wife, which is not a David E. Kelly show (IMDb, 2017b; IMDb, 2017c). The Good Wife, and some of these other shows, have controversial cases of the week with shorter story arcs than the normal long ones. They have new, controversial issues. It is a great way to present the controversies to people. Law & Order does that with controversial murder cases (IMDb, 2017d). It is not unreasonable to think that these issues of technically avoided brain death will, in some of their aspects, be played out legally. Again, that underscores that we’ll need a mathematical model of consciousness to figure out what is or isn’t legitimate brain life, or official brain life.

Scott: Some super-controversial far future problems will come when culture and legality clash. When we can replicate someone sufficiently completely, digitally, and that person’s flesh-body is doing okay, and they’re trying to update their will after 20 or 30 years, where they’re 110, who writes the will? [Laughing]

Who decides – the digital them or the flesh them? By culture, people will default to the flesh person – what you call the “meat brain,” but the digital person is, technically, the same, in a way.

R: Assuming the technology exists, and it might, people might want to put their meat body on cryonic suspension for 10 years and may only want to exist as a digital entity plus living in portable or rentable bodies as needed. All of this stuff is 80 years away, but not infinitely away. There are some aspects of science fiction that will never come to be. You’re fighting too much physics, e.g. time travel. However, there will be plenty of virtual time travel such as a Westworld, where you can travel to any time (IMDb, 2017e). It will be possible to simulate possible futures to decide on possible courses of action. Anyway, all of this stuff with regard to mental computation, I think, within the next 80 to 120 years will be sussed out and, more or less, completely solved, which will give the augmented people and post-people a great deal of flexibility in how they want to live their physical and mental lives.

As people become more and more at home with that flexibility, the ways people want to live will be weirder and weirder, where you’ll have people wanting to think in tandem. Two people wanting to do a literal marriage of the minds. If you read any science fiction, or think in any science fictioney way, all of this becomes something that you can become fairly well-versed in imagining. All of the flavors people might want to be conscious. Ownership of self and other assets will have to be figured out. Religion impinges on it. I am reading a book by Tom Wolfe (Wolfe, 2017; Ritchie, 2016; Collison, 2016; McWhorter, 2016).[2] In the book, it talks about the 19th century and evolution (Amazon, 2017; King, 2016). Tom Wolfe has a book talking about the history of the trouble people have with integrating language into theories of evolution (Wolfe, 2016; Coyne, 2016; Poole, 2016). Human language is so great in its sophistication and so different in its abilities from animals that it is hard to come up with a convincing argument for it as an evolved ability (Kirby, 2005). In other words, if you wanted to continue to debunk evolution, language would be one place where you might want to stake your flag, plant your flag.

S: Have you heard of the Mysterians or the New Mysterians (Lamb, 2013)?[3]

R: No, they sound like a 1960s rock group.

[Laughing]

Wait! Question Mark and the Mysterians is the name (Question Mark and the Mysterians, n.d.). It was a 1960s rock group.

S: These folks comprise a set of high-ranking academics with good reputations. Some controversial; some not. They don’t take an irreducible lane. It is a mystery. There are problems that are in our purview to understand in some near or far future. There’s another class that are essential mysteries. Things that by their nature disallow us to comprehend their true nature. So we cannot come up with adequate explanations for them. In that sense, we come ill-equipped to perceive of things and conceive of things such as language in terms of how they came to be and that that will be some essentialist thing. They are Mysterians. These are absolute mysteries. They will be unknown into the indefinite future.

R: I disagree with that. Some things may be that, but I disagree language is that. I’m not through the book yet, but I would guess the explosion in the size of our brains and at the same time the development of language (Robson, 2011; Tuttle, 2015). Darwin had these principles like no sophisticated structure can evolve unless it has been propelled along that evolutionary path by utility, e.g. eyes (Desmond, 2016; Natural History Museum, n.d.; Phys.org, 2016).

S: The immune system (Humphrey & Purdue, 2016).[4]

R: They need to be propelled step-wise by showing an advantage at every step of development, or at every significant step. You can have little mutations that prove to be helpful a little later, but you can’t have teleology (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2015; Colin, 2009).[5] Where we’re going to evolve this stuff because once we get to the end-stage, it will be really helpful.

S: This is in the popular media, too, by the way.

R: How so?

S: People who don’t have the background or the training, but have an interest. So I don’t know how much they’ve read on it. People like Ridley Scott (IMDb, 2017f). He seems to be taking a teleological view within religious context (Roach, 2017; O’Connell, 2012).[6],[7] He seems to be taking that stance with recent movies like Prometheus and Alien: Covenant (IMDb, 2017g; IMDb, 2017h). I should clarify. Mysterianism or New Mysterianism in general, as far as I know, is about general mysteries, but has been more often associated with the hard problem of consciousness. It just can’t be resolved by us.

R: Well, I disagree. Evolution exerts a force. Evolution tends to take a lot of different paths. Any advantageous path it’ll exploit. If there’s a way for animals to survive, even if it is a half-assed way for an advantage to be had, organisms will often find it without regard to set principles. There are some general principles, but there are some weird, specific situations that may be perverse with regard to general principles. I would bet that big brain-ism and language – the economics of that – somehow genetically is cheap enough or advantageous enough that the rudiment. People pretty much argue that the size of infant brains reached a limit. Brains in babies can only be so big without killing the mom during childbirth. You can’t have a giant head coming out of the vagina. I guess childbirth for humans is more dangerous for humans compared to other animals.

S: It was the size of the birth canal and flexibility co-evolving with brain size.

R: That’s the limiting factor. I’m sure there are other limiting factors for the size of the mature brain because the brain eats a lot of energy. You can’t have a brain that is twice the size in diameter and eight times the volume because you can’t eat enough to keep up with it. Plus, you can’t keep your head up because of the weight people would be breaking their necks.

[Laughing]

I’m sure the benefits of a larger mental arena are so significant that it is relatively cheap just to make bigger and bigger brains up to those hard limits.

References

  1. (2017). The Kingdom of Speech. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Kingdom-Speech-Tom-Wolfe/dp/0316404624.
  2. Collison, R. (2016, September 4). Talking about the origins of speech. Retrieved from https://www.thestar.com/entertainment/books/2016/09/04/talking-about-the-origins-of-speech.html.
  3. Coyne, J.A. (2016, August 31). His white suit unsullied by research, Tom Wolfe tries to take down Charles Darwin and Noam Chomsky. Retrieved from https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/his-white-suit-unsullied-by-research-tom-wolfe-tries-to-take-down-charles-darwin/2016/08/31/8ee6d4ee-4936-11e6-90a8-fb84201e0645_story.html?utm_term=.ec07b25598ce.
  4. Desmond, A.J. (2016, June 10). Charles Darwin. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Charles-Darwin.
  5. Encyclopædia Britannica. (2015, April 20). Teleology. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/teleology.
  6. (2017a). David E. Kelly. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0005082/.
  7. (2017b). Boston Legal. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0402711/?ref_=nm_knf_i2.
  8. (2017c). The Good Wife. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1442462/?ref_=fn_al_tt_1.
  9. (2017d). Law & Order. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/find?ref_=nv_sr_fn&q=Law+%26+Order&s=all.
  10. (2017e). Westworld. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0475784/?ref_=fn_al_tt_1.
  11. (2017f). Ridley Scott. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0000631/.
  12. (2017g). Prometheus. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1446714/?ref_=nm_knf_t4.
  13. (2017h). Alien: Covenant. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2316204/?ref_=nm_flmg_prd_3.
  14. Humphrey & Purdue. (2016, October 28). Evolution of the Immune System. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/immune-system/Evolution-of-the-immune-system.
  15. King, B.J. (2016, September 8). Evolution Uproar: What To Do When A Famous Author Dismisses Darwin. Retrieved from http://www.npr.org/sections/13.7/2016/09/08/493072035/evolution-uproar-what-to-do-when-a-famous-author-dismisses-darwin.
  16. Kirby, S. (2005). The Evolution of Language. Retrieved from http://www.lel.ed.ac.uk/~simon/papers/The%20Evolution%20of%20Language.pdf.
  17. McWhorter, J. (2016, September 14). The bonfire of Noam Chomsky: journalist Tom Wolfe targets the acclaimed linguist. Retrieved from http://www.vox.com/the-big-idea/2016/9/14/12910180/noam-chomsky-tom-wolfe-linguist.
  18. Natural History Museum. (n.d.). Eyes on the prize: the evolution of vision. Retrieved from http://www.nhm.ac.uk/discover/eyes-on-the-prize-evolution-of-vision.html.
  19. org. (2016, February 20). Shedding light on the evolution of whale vision. Retrieved from https://phys.org/news/2016-02-evolution-whale-vision.html.
  20. Poole, S. (2016, September 8). The Kingdom of Speech by Tom Wolfe – a bonfire of facts, reeking of vanity. Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/books/2016/sep/08/the-kingdom-of-speech-by-tom-wolfe-review.
  21. Question Mark and the Mysterians. (n.d.). Question Mark and the Mysterians. Retrieved from http://96tears.net/.
  22. Ritchie, H. (2016, August 27). Aged 85, Tom Wolfe discovers the key to human progress. Retrieved from http://www.spectator.co.uk/2016/08/aged-85-tom-wolfe-discovers-the-key-to-human-progress/.
  23. Robson, D. (2011, September 21). A brief history of the brain. Retrieved from https://www.newscientist.com/article/mg21128311.800-a-brief-history-of-the-brain/.
  24. Tuttle, R.H. (2015, October 16). Increasing brain size. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/human-evolution/Increasing-brain-size.
  25. Wolfe, T. (2017). About Tom Wolfe. Retrieved from http://www.tomwolfe.com/bio.html.
  26. Wolfe, T. (2016, August). The Origins of Speech: In the beginning was Chomsky. Retrieved from https://daneverettbooks.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/HarpersMagazine-2016-08-0086105.pdf.

Footnotes

[1] David E. Kelly (2017) states:

David Kelley might be described as living the American Dream, 1990s’ style: write a screenplay, move to Hollywood, make millions and marry a movie star. A former Boston lawyer, in the last decade, he switched careers to become a successful television producer whose shows are recognized for their quality as well as receiving top ratings. David Kelley was born in 1956 and is originally from Maine. He attended Princeton University and Boston University Law School. He married actress Michelle Pfeiffer in November 1993. They have two children: Claudia Rose Kelley, born in March 1993, who was adopted by Ms. Pfeiffer eight months before their marriage, and John Henry, born in August 1994. 

IMDb. (2017a). David E. Kelly. Retrieved from http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0005082/.

[2] About Tom Wolfe (2017) states:

Tom Wolfe was born and raised in Richmond, Virginia. He was educated at Washington and Lee (B.A., 1951) and Yale (Ph.D., American Studies, 1957) universities. In December 1956, he took a job as a reporter on the Springfield (Massachusetts) Union. This was the beginning of a ten-year newspaper career, most of it spent as a general assignment reporter. For six months in 1960 he served as The Washington Post’s Latin American correspondent and won the Washington Newspaper Guild’s foreign news prize for his coverage of Cuba.

In 1962 he became a reporter for the New York Herald-Tribune and, in addition, one of the two staff writers (Jimmy Breslin was the other) of New York magazine, which began as the Herald-Tribune’s Sunday supplement. While still a daily reporter for the Herald-Tribune, he completed his first book, a collection of articles about the flamboyant Sixties written for New York and Esquire and published in 1965 by Farrar, Straus, and Giroux as The Kandy-Kolored Tangerine-Flake Streamline Baby. The book became a bestseller and established Wolfe as a leading figure in the literary experiments in nonfiction that became known as New Journalism.

Wolfe, T. (2017). About Tom Wolfe. Retrieved from http://www.tomwolfe.com/bio.html.

[3] New Mysterianism and the Riddle of Consciousness (n.d.) states:

Let’s refresh. You have an organic brain, which neuroscientist Christof Koch calls the most complex object in the known universe. That brain manifests what we call the mind. We study the brain. We study the mind. And then we struggle to comprehend the psycho-physical nexus. And this is where we get the mind body problem.

Neuroscientists, psychologists, philosophers and theologians all struggle to understand consciousness within their respective disciplines. They work toward an answer, but the New Mysterian philosophers argue we might simply be incapable of solving the riddle.

The most prominent of the New Mysteirans is Colin McGinn, who recently outlined this philosophy in an excellent panel (watch it here) at the 2013 World Science Festival. The brain itself cannot conceive the natural coexistence of mind and brain. It’s not that we’re dumb, but we only evolved to carry out certain cognitive feats: navigating a changing world, hunting, surviving within a society, etc. What’s the evolutionary advantage of understanding the nature of consciousness?

This all involves some of the same concepts as Cognitive Closure: the philosophic idea that humans can only hope to understand certain aspects of universe and simply lack the brains to understand everything.

The exception to this, of course, is the steady accumulation and preservation of scientific data over the course of human history. So we kind of cheat a bit with science, this god-of-ideas that stands outside of us.

Yet all of this external accumulation can’t overcome inner cognitive limits.

Lamb, B. (2013, July 2). New Mysterianism and the Riddle of Consciousness. Retrieved from http://www.stufftoblowyourmind.com/blogs/mysterianism-riddle-consciousness.htm.

[4] The immune system (2016) states:

Virtually all organisms have at least one form of defense that helps repel disease-causing organisms. Advanced vertebrate animals, a group that includes humans, defend themselves against such microorganisms by means of a complex group of defense responses collectively called the immune system. This protective system evolved from simpler defense mechanisms, but the evolutionary twists and turns that led to its development are not entirely clear. To unravel the path that the vertebrate immune system followed in its evolution, investigators have studied the defense responses of various living organisms. They also have examined the genes of immune system proteins for clues to the genetic origins of immunity.

Humphrey & Purdue. (2016, October 28). Evolution of the Immune System. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/immune-system/Evolution-of-the-immune-system.

[5] Teleological Notions in Biology (2009) states

Teleological terms such as “function” and “design” appear frequently in the biological sciences. Examples of teleological claims include:

  • A (biological) function of stotting by antelopes is to communicate to predators that they have been detected.
  • Eagles’ wings are (naturally) designed for soaring.

Teleological notions were commonly associated with the pre-Darwinian view that the biological realm provides evidence of conscious design by a supernatural creator. Even after creationist viewpoints were rejected by most biologists there remained various grounds for concern about the role of teleology in biology, including whether such terms are:

  1. vitalistic (positing some special “life-force”);
  2. requiring backwards causation (because future outcomes explain present traits);
  3. incompatible with mechanistic explanation (because of 1 and 2);
  4. mentalistic (attributing the action of mind where there is none);
  5. empirically untestable (for all the above reasons).

Opinions divide over whether Darwin’s theory of evolution provides a means of eliminating teleology from biology, or whether it provides a naturalistic account of the role of teleological notions in the science.

Teleological Notions in Biology. (2009). Teleological Notions in Biology. Retrieved from https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2009/entries/teleology-biology/.

[6] Interview: Ridley Scott on revisiting the Alien franchise with Prometheus and Alien: Covenant (2017) states:

Scott wanted to go back and really explore the origins of the xenomorphs, adding that, “We did Prometheus – that heaved it off the ground, and Covenant is a follow-through to Prometheus. We now know who created this, and why, and the next one’s a joining up of the storyline.” Scott told us that the story of Alien: Covenant “touches on mortality, immortality and the real question of who created us and why.”

Scott then went on to reveal that both Prometheus and Covenant are inspired by his personal beliefs about where we came from: “We’re not just a random biological accident, For you and I to be sitting here right now [by accident] would take trillions of correct decisions made randomly by nature, which of course is ridiculous. I think there’s some kind of decision being made. I believe in a higher force – if we want to call it God, then it’s God.”

Roach, T. (2017, January 3). Interview: Ridley Scott on revisiting the Alien franchise with Prometheus and Alien: Covenant. Retrieved from https://www.flickeringmyth.com/2017/01/interview-ridley-scott-on-expanding-the-alien-franchise-with-prometheus-and-alien-covenant/.

[7] INTERVIEW: SIR RIDLEY SCOTT EXPLAINS ‘PROMETHEUS,’ EXPLORES OUR PAST, AND TEASES FUTURE ‘ALIEN’ STORIES (2012) states:

RS: Well, from the very beginning, I was working from a premise that lent itself to a sequel. I really don’t want to meet God in the first one. I want to leave it open to [Noomi Rapace’s character, Dr. Elizabeth Shaw] saying, “I don’t want to go back to where I came from. I want to go where they came from.” 

Fandango: So that was always going to be the natural ending for this film?

RS: Totally. And because they’re such aggressive f**kers … and who wouldn’t describe them that way, considering their brilliance in making dreadful devices and weapons that would make our chemical warfare look ridiculous? So I always had it in there that the God-like creature that you will see actually is not so nice, and is certainly not God. As she says, “This is not what I thought it was going to be, and I think we should get the Hell out of here or there won’t be any place to go back to.”

…Fandango: We’re not going to get a slow build in this second film, then. These guys are volatile from the start? 

RS: In a funny kind of way, if you look at the Engineers, they’re tall and elegant … they are dark angels. If you look at [John Milton’s] Paradise Lost, the guys who have the best time in the story are the dark angels, not God. He goes to all the best nightclubs, he’s better looking, and he gets all of the birds. [Laughs]

Fandango: So Milton was one of your influences for the Engineers?

RS: That’s sounds incredibly pretentiously intellectual. But in a funny sort of way, yes. I started off with a title called Paradise. Either rightly or wrongly, we thought that was telling the audience too much. But then with Prometheus – which I thought was bloody well intellectual – that wasn’t my idea. It was Fox’s notion, It came from Tom Rothman, who’s a smart fellow. The more I thought about it, the more I thought it was a good idea. This is about someone who dares and is horribly punished. And besides, do you know something? A little bit of an education at the cinema isn’t such a bad thing. 

Fandango: Do you worry that you’ve lost the element of surprise that worked to your advantage with the original Alien? By now, we’ve seen numerous movies in the Alien universe, and like it or not, audiences are coming in with an expectation that deflates tension and suspense. Did you feel the need to pull the audience in to the story in a different fashion this time?

RS: I was hoping I had with the fact that you have a sequence at the beginning of the film that is fundamentally creation. It’s a donation, in the sense that the weight and the construction of the DNA of those aliens is way beyond what we can possibly imagine … 

Fandango: That is our planet, right?

RS: No, it doesn’t have to be. That could be anywhere. That could be a planet anywhere. All he’s doing is acting as a gardener in space. And the plant life, in fact, is the disintegration of himself. 

If you parallel that idea with other sacrificial elements in history – which are clearly illustrated with the Mayans and the Incas – he would live for one year as a prince, and at the end of that year, he would be taken and donated to the gods in hopes of improving what might happen next year, be it with crops or weather, etcetera. 

I always think about how often we attribute what has happened to either our invention or memory. A lot of ideas evolve from past histories, but when you look so far back, you wonder, Really? Is there really a connection there?” 

Then when I jump back, and you put yourself in a situation of a cave painting, you see that someone 32,000 years ago is showing me a little man sitting in the darkness, using a candle light that is fat from a creature he killed and ate. And in the darkness are two or three other family members whose body heat is warming the cave. But he has discovered that from a piece of this black, burnt stick, he has discovered that he can draw pictures on the wall.

In essence, you have the first level of emotion and a demonstration of entertainment, right? Because he’s drawing brilliantly on the God damn wall. Now, you put yourself into that context, it’s 100-times bigger than Edison. And people don’t go back to the basics and ask, “Holy shit, what gave him that knowledge, that jolt to not scribble on the wall but draw on it brilliantly?”

If you go back and look, a completely underrated film is Quest for Fire. That was one of the most genius, simplistic but incredibly sophisticated notion of what it was. The evolution of that was just fantastic. And that got me sitting back on my ass thinking, “Damn! What a fundamentally massive idea.”

Fandango: You throw religion and spirituality into the equation for Prometheus, though, and it almost acts as a hand grenade. We had heard it was scripted that the Engineers were targeting our planet for destruction because we had crucified one of their representatives, and that Jesus Christ might have been an alien. Was that ever considered?

RS: We definitely did, and then we thought it was a little too on the nose. But if you look at it as an “our children are misbehaving down there” scenario, there are moments where it looks like we’ve gone out of control, running around with armor and skirts, which of course would be the Roman Empire. And they were given a long run. A thousand years before their disintegration actually started to happen. And you can say, “Lets’ send down one more of our emissaries to see if he can stop it. Guess what? They crucified him.

O’Connell, S. (2012, June 5). INTERVIEW: SIR RIDLEY SCOTT EXPLAINS ‘PROMETHEUS,’ EXPLORES OUR PAST, AND TEASES FUTURE ‘ALIEN’ STORIES. Retrieved from http://www.fandango.com/movie-news/interview-sir-ridley-scott-explains-prometheus-explores-our-past-and-teases-future-alien-stories-716238.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 91 – Life and Death (6)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/16

*Footnotes in & after the interview, & bibliography after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Rick: The legal aspects of death will change along with all of the controversies to come about whether artificial or augmented or transplanted intelligence has rights. Some social changes happen easily. For instance, interracial couples are now completely acceptable, except among some fringe white supremacist lunatics. That change happened without a lot of political wrangling. It just kind of happened over a period of 10 or 15 years, where interracial couples moved into the media as a brand of coolness. There’s a movie out about an interracial couple fighting for the right to marry in the 50s. That whole thing has gone away.

I’m sure if you’re an interracial couple that it has, not entirely but, gone away to a significant degree. There might be some micro-aggressions, but it is lesser than some American controversies (University of Minnesota, n.d.; DeAngelis, 2009; University of California, n.d.). One big ongoing American controversy is abortion, which is about the beginning of life rather than the end of life. It remains a completely divisive subject, but a change that has happened with much less controversy is that most people believe that measure of whether or not you’re alive is whether or not your brain can still function. About 12 years ago, there was the Terry Schiavo down in Florida controversy.

Where this woman fell into a persistent vegetative state, the husband wanted to pull the plug because it was pointless. She had no chance of recovery. Then religious conservatives including those in the government, e.g. Jeb Bush, took the other side and it turned into a whole years-long legal wrangle. That stood out from a bunch of other situations. Besides exceptional situations like that, you don’t get a lot of people arguing that it’s anything but your brain that defines whether you can go on living. There may be aspects of life and death connected to future technical capabilities we have to artificially extend the life of the brain.

Some of those issues might be resolved without abortion-level reactions. Others will make people go nuts on either side. We’ve talked about the ways in which the life of the brain can be extended. You can have add-on technology that rides on inside or outside it. Few people are going to freak out and say, “You’re playing God,” if there are parts of your body you can replace with either circuitry of bio-circuitry, or specially grown cells. What’s the gland that helps determine whether or not you have Parkinson’s (Mayo Clinic Staff, 2015a; Parkinson Canada, n.d.; Parkinson’s Disease Foundation, 2017)?[1] It’s not the pituitary, is it (The Pituitary Foundation, 2017)?

Scott: No, that’s for growth hormone (Ibid.). It might be the substantia nigra because it produces dopamine (U.S. National Library of Medicine, 2017; Parkinson Canada, n.d.). The cells of that die relatively fast. Say 40% of them die (or get damaged), you’re left with 6/10ths of a substantia nigra, then you start getting Parkinson’s. Horrible disease.

Rick: People like Michael J. Fox have some kind of surgery. Have they put in some kind of pacemaker? Often with Parkinson’s, you have trouble with initiating movement. Once you’re walking, you’re walking, and you’re okay. But starting walking can be a struggle.

Scott: The main problem is mid- to late-stage. You lose the precise ability to move and coordinate motor functions, I think.

Rick: There’s some procedure that they can do that I think puts them in some electronic device that helps with that (National Parkinson Foundation, 2017; Mayo Clinic Staff, 2015b).[2] There’s cochlear implants that replace the hair in your ears with computerized equivalents (National Institute of Deafness and Other Communication Disorders, 2016). That works well. There’s crappy ones for your eyes (The Artificial Retina Project, 2013). You can always find some lunatic to object to anything, but nobody is complaining about implants to Parkinson’s, deafness, and blindness.

I assume implants, whether organic or not, are not going to make people freak out as more of those things can address problems. Alzheimer’s is a global brain dysfunction, but you have things like frontal lobe dementia (Alzheimer’s Association, 2017a; Alzheimer’s Association, 2017b). Where there might be a local fix that buys you another year or two of decent function by giving a boost to your failing frontal lobe, people with frontal lobe dementia are, some of them, pretty interesting. They lose some functions for inhibition.

There was a guy named Phineas Gage who had the steel rod through his skull (Twomey, 2010). It messed up his frontal lobe. He became a rougher guy. A Jekyll/Hyde deal to a certain extent. It’s the same with some aspects of frontal lobe dementia. They found that if you run some current – you don’t have to go internal – by earing some helmet deal that facilitates electrical fields that you get amplified brain function. On NPR, there was an autistic lady who had trouble interpreting social cues. She a doctor. She’s always pissing people off because she doesn’t understand sarcasm or subtlety.

They stimulated her brain for an hour. After that, she could understand social cues. It was like seeing in color after only seeing in black and white. Some of this stuff will naturally pass muster as acceptable medicine and a way to keep functioning, keep living. There will be other aspects of technologically extending function that will freak some people out, especially when you start moving the brain out of its natural enclosure or thought out of its natural enclosure – our skulls – and moving it elsewhere.

References

  1. Alzheimer’s Association. (2017a). What Is Alzheimer’s?. Retrieved from http://www.alz.org/alzheimers_disease_what_is_alzheimers.asp.
  2. Alzheimer’s Association. (2017a). Frontotemporal dementia. Retrieved from http://www.alz.org/dementia/fronto-temporal-dementia-ftd-symptoms.asp.
  3. DeAngelis, T. (2009). Unmasking ‘racial microaggressions’. Retrieved from http://www.apa.org/monitor/2009/02/microaggression.aspx.
  4. Mayo Clinic Staff. (2015b, November 11). Deep brain stimulation. Retrieved from http://www.mayoclinic.org/tests-procedures/deep-brain-stimulation/home/ovc-20156088.
  5. Mayo Clinic Staff. (2015a, July 7). Parkinson’s Disease. Retrieved from http://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/parkinsons-disease/basics/definition/con-20028488.
  6. National Institute of Deafness and Other Communication Disorders (NIDCD). (2016, May 3). Cochlear Implants. Retrieved from https://www.nidcd.nih.gov/health/cochlear-implants.
  7. National Parkinson Foundation. (2017). Deep Brain Stimulation: What are the facts?. Retrieved from http://www.parkinson.org/understanding-parkinsons/treatment/surgery-treatment-options/Deep-Brain-Stimulation.
  8. Parkinson Canada. (n.d.). What is Parkinson’s?. Retrieved from http://www.parkinson.ca/site/c.kgLNIWODKpF/b.5184077/k.CDD1/What_is_Parkinsons.htm.
  9. Parkinson’s Disease Foundation. Retrieved from http://www.pdf.org/about_pd.
  10. The Artificial Retina Project. (2013, February 7). Overview of the Artificial Retina Project. Retrieved from http://artificialretina.energy.gov/about.shtml.
  11. The Pituitary Foundation. (2017). What is the pituitary gland?. Retrieved from https://www.pituitary.org.uk/information/what-is-the-pituitary-gland/.
  12. Twomey, S. (2010, January). Phineas Gage: Neuroscience’s Most Famous Patient. Retrieved from http://www.smithsonianmag.com/history/phineas-gage-neurosciences-most-famous-patient-11390067/.
  13. University of California. (n.d.). Tool: Recognizing Microaggressions and the Messages They Send. Retrieved from http://academicaffairs.ucsc.edu/events/documents/Microaggressions_Examples_Arial_2014_11_12.pdf.
  14. University of Minnesota. (n.d.). Examples of Racial Microaggressions. Retrieved from http://sph.umn.edu/site/docs/hewg/microaggressions.pdf.
  15. S. National Library of Medicine. (2017, February 7). Substantia nigra and Parkinson disease. Retrieved from https://medlineplus.gov/ency/imagepages/19515.htm

Footnotes

[1] Parkinson’s Disease (2015) states:

Parkinson’s disease is a progressive disorder of the nervous system that affects movement. It develops gradually, sometimes starting with a barely noticeable tremor in just one hand. But while a tremor may be the most well-known sign of Parkinson’s disease, the disorder also commonly causes stiffness or slowing of movement.

In the early stages of Parkinson’s disease, your face may show little or no expression, or your arms may not swing when you walk. Your speech may become soft or slurred. Parkinson’s disease symptoms worsen as your condition progresses over time.

Although Parkinson’s disease can’t be cured, medications may markedly improve your symptoms. In occasional cases, your doctor may suggest surgery to regulate certain regions of your brain and improve your symptoms.

Mayo Clinic Staff. (2015, July 7). Parkinson’s Disease. Retrieved from http://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/parkinsons-disease/basics/definition/con-20028488.

[2] Deep brain stimulation (2015b) states:

Deep brain stimulation involves implanting electrodes within certain areas of your brain. These electrodes produce electrical impulses that regulate abnormal impulses. Or, the electrical impulses can affect certain cells and chemicals within the brain.

The amount of stimulation in deep brain stimulation is controlled by a pacemaker-like device placed under the skin in your upper chest. A wire that travels under your skin connects this device to the electrodes in your brain.

Deep brain stimulation is used to treat a number of neurological conditions, such as:

  • Essential tremor
  • Parkinson’s disease
  • Dystonia
  • Epilepsy
  • Tourette syndrome
  • Chronic pain
  • Obsessive compulsive disorder

Deep brain stimulation is also being studied as an experimental treatment for major depression, stroke recovery, addiction and dementia. Clinical trials may be available to candidates for deep brain stimulation.

Mayo Clinic Staff. (2015b, November 11). Deep brain stimulation. Retrieved from http://www.mayoclinic.org/tests-procedures/deep-brain-stimulation/home/ovc-20156088. .

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 90 – Life and Death (5)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/15

*Footnotes in & after the interview, & bibliography after the interview.*

*This session edited for clarity and readability.*

Scott: We have talked about medicine, technology, the devaluation of people, and the Golden Rule. Other aspects are legal, rites of passage, and so on. By the time people meet the rites of passage by 20-35, they’re done (Alexander & Norbeck, 2009). Our average ages at death can range from about 50-90 dependent on the country (WHO, 2016; CIA, 2016; The World Bank, 2016; OECD, 2016).

Rick: One reason the rites of passage are done early on are because early on is when we have the most power to acquire comfortable positions in society. A comfortable position might be getting the best reproductive partner, the best spouse. Your powers of doing that are strongest in your 20s and 30s, when you’re most reproductively fit.

Then you trade youth, or reproductive fitness, for wealth, ideally, and wisdom, ideally. So, you can still be quite valuable or still can have some reproductive leverage or spouse-getting leverage into your 40s and 50s. After that, unless you’re in a special position, you lose that power. You lose value as an employee. The watershed moments in peoples’ lives are associated with their years of greatest power.

Scott: Also, we have been talking about the frontier. The Europeans first discovering for themselves the West, excluding the Vikings, for instance (Hoffman et al, 2016; Pringle, 2012). As an analogy, this technical landscape as we move into the future will be that.

There’s going to be Luddites (Conniff, 2011; Encyclopædia Britannica, 2004). There’s going to be Luddites, not only technically but, medically, who will be found in pockets of the world doing what humans have always been doing.

Rick: Yes. People like to pick one person from history and say, “That person was the last person in history to understand all human knowledge.”

Scott: Goethe?

Rick: I’m thinking Goethe, yea. In the sense that none of us are Goethe, and it’s 200 years after him, we all are to some extent Luddites. None of us or some small fraction of 1% of us really try to stay abreast of the complete technical frontier.

Only the very earliest and most avid of adapters are fully non-Luddite. Everybody else is making compromises that fall short of full appreciation of and embrace of technology. We can’t be bothered.

Scott: You’re talking about two different things at the same time, though. The one side is technical know-how, just knowing things about the world. The other one is actual use of technology.

I typically understand Luddite as none use of both of those. So, the Goethe example is only relevant to technical know-how. People, in general, use toilets, use the Internet, use lights. So, most people aren’t technology Luddites, but are technical Luddites.

Rick: If you took a list of the most widely used and the newest and hottest forms of social media, very few people would be a presence on the top 10 of all of those, or the top 20. People already pick and choose the technology, and the level of technology, that they want to embrace.

So, while there will be pockets of explicit Luddites, of determined Luddites, there will also be tides of technical embrace. Everybody is going to be muddling along like now, but worse – striking compromises between being hopelessly out of touch and out of date and being sucked into too much tech.

Those reasons can be traditional Luddite reasons or there are a bunch of modern reasons. It is a lot of new tech, which is clunky and doesn’t work well – or if it doesn’t work well it is a time suck and gets in the way of doing other things that we value.

So, there will be pockets of Luddites, but there will be every little community, family, and individual – each entity – will have its own index of receptivity to technology. Communities will form with like or complimentary indices, with indices that function well with each other.

If you look at a business community like that, you have a community of people with different technical indices with the older higher-ranking people having the lowest technical indices and then younger people, because they’re better able or more willing to embrace tech, having higher indices and the highest indices being the IT people whose job it is know this stuff – and who move into these jobs because they like knowing what’s going on.

Various indices coming together to form a community, an effective working community. Within families, the old people giving less of a crap about new tech and young people embracing new tech to at least be partially like the old people. So, you can draw a heat map across cities or across people – however you want to group them – that shows different levels of technical embrace.

Somebody who throws a javelin will work different muscles than a marathon runner. So, even people with the same indices of embracing tech will have different tech signatures, it’s more than just Luddites is what I’m saying.

References

  1. Alexander, B.C. & Norbeck, E. (2009, August 17). Rites of passage. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/rite-of-passage.
  2. (2016). Country Comparison :: Life Expectancy at Birth. Retrieved from https://www.cia.gov/library/PUBLICATIONS/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2102rank.html.
  3. Encyclopædia Britannica. (2004, March 4). Luddite. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/event/Luddite.
  4. Hoffman, P.F., Zelinsky, W., et al. (2016, September 27). North America. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/place/North-America.
  5. (2016). Life expectancy at birth. Retrieved from https://data.oecd.org/healthstat/life-expectancy-at-birth.htm.
  6. Pringle, H. (2012, November). Vikings and Native Americans. Retrieved from http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/2012/11/vikings-and-indians/pringle-text.
  7. The World Bank. (2016). Life expectancy at birth, total (years). Retrieved from http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.LE00.IN.
  8. (2016). Life expectancy at birth (years), 2000-2015. Retrieved from http://gamapserver.who.int/gho/interactive_charts/mbd/life_expectancy/atlas.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 89 – Life and Death (4)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/14

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.*

Rick: If everybody is given a fair chance under democratic American values, we embrace those values because we consider ourselves everybody. One way that the American system has been gltchy lately is more and more people don’t consider themselves anybody or everybody as a group member who needs collective protection, but only as an individual who can survive on their own without government.

So, you have these more selfish politicians being elected. People are looking at themselves and deciding that they don’t need support group action because they can survive just fine on their own. Everything is based on evolved human preferences, values, characteristics. Humans are limited.

As we build more sophisticated ways of processing information, of experiencing the world, of being in groups, old school basic unaugmented human existence will – once a significant segment of the population is living under different cultural standards based on being unaugmented or on more powerful ways of processing information and experiencing information – be seen as old school, primitive, clunky, and the world will no longer be primarily catering to them.

The idea of preserving island-like human existence, which is the idea of individual human existence locked into their skulls without augmentation or intimate networking will seem like keeping a Model T running. There will become a certain amount of prejudice against the grainy, clunky type of information processing done in unaugmented human brains.

Everything that is made is made with human interests in mind, but once we become more powerful in processing and experiencing things then the augmented human market will shrink or be neglected. It will be like radio versus TV versus the Internet. Radio used to be the greatest thing. In the 20s and 30s, people would gather around the radio.

There’d be super popular shows. Jack ArmstrongSuper BoyThe Shadow with production value as great as could be imagined. All of the most talented people were there such as Jack Benny and Milton Berle, not always considered the most talented. The best comedians were on the radio. The best singers were on the radio. All of the best because it was considered a sophisticated medium.

Now, it isn’t. Broadcast radio is full of garbage and packed with ads and yammering morons who aren’t talented enough to make it in other media. The same thing will happen with information processing. Unaugmented human information processing will no longer be the ultimate in existence. The entities that are more powerful than us will look at our unaugmented human was of being and will think, “I can see how they experience, perceive, and think about things, but their way of being is not as powerfully existent as my way of existing, my friends, and the people I’m linked to.”

The yardstick, man will never be the measure of all things. The yardstick will be the dominant, most powerful means of experiencing and analyzing the world. It won’t be absolute. It won’t be like homo sapiens driving Neanderthals out of existence. The coming AI plus built-ins, the coming means of existence will be somewhat tolerant of all means of existence.

There’ll be a whole bunch of ways of experiencing the world with fungible consciousness, which is consciousness that can traded around, budded around, cut into pieces, and merged. There will have to be some tolerance for all ways of processing information because we’ll be in a Star Wars cantina of consciousness and of AI.

There will be a zillion different ways of using computing power and consciousness, and information processing. Those different ways will have to not always be at each others’ throats because there will still be a lot of cooperation. There will still be the Golden Rule. So, there will be tolerance for old school humans.

But there will also be looking down on old school humans in the way we don’t let a giraffe be president. You can’t do it! A giraffe can’t handle the task. A giraffe can’t drive a school busy. If it came down to – there’s that ethical dilemma problem – if you’re driving a car and the breaks don’t work, do you hit the giraffe or hit the kid? You’re going to hit the giraffe.

So, even as we acquire the means to make consciousness replicatable, those same means will make human consciousness less precious. Also, the way we group together via social media will become more powerful and probably won’t be called social media. The way that we share thoughts, we primarily share thoughts via words.

Eventually, we’ll come up with more powerful means of sharing existence with each other. We share video and still pictures with each other. Eventually, we’ll be able to share emotional or conscious frameworks that include the information of experience more directly. We’ll be able to share experience more directly.

Being able to experience more directly and being able to link consciousnesses, maybe not completely all of the time but, more intimately than now may devalue the need to continue to exist as an individual consciousness.

If this is the year 2130, and you’ve been alive for 140 years, and you’ve been sharing your thoughts via whatever the thought sharing social media of the time is, if you’ve been sharing thoughts since 2060, for half of your life, for 70 years, maybe, there are enough of your thoughts out there in the world and, maybe, you’re used to sharing thinking functions with the people you’re intimately, and whatever else, linked with.

So, you don’t feel a desperation to keep existing in your 70-year-old body. You share experiences and philosophies. They’ve been out there for 70 years. Maybe, there’s enough of you out there linked with other people that it doesn’t matter too much to the one of you that is part of this worldwide net of consciousness.

The net of consciousness may have enough of you via what you’ve shared for decades, so that not that much of you is lost as your individual human experience ceases. There’s the idea that if you’re linked up with enough other brains for long enough, then the loss of one brain doesn’t matter because what was once confined to one brain is now distributed among a bunch of other information processing systems.

You can imagine, to further confuse things, say, it’s 2080. You’re born in 1990. You’re 90-years-old. Your body is no longer as fun to live in as it used to be, and you’re looking at resurrection packages.

Maybe, your brain isn’t as functional. You’re in some show room, where you’re meeting with a salesperson to find out how much existence you want to preserve – as your brain is replaced, as you move into cyberspace.

You’re looking at various means of replication and replacement of consciousness. A salesperson says, “Full duplication of every single one of your memories as near as we can do it runs from $3.8 million. Or, you can go for the economy preservation at $1.8 million. We will preserve the most important memories.”

We replace some of the stuff that you don’t access much with generic memories. You’re 90-years-old. The salesman says, “How much do you really need to remember about high school back in 2005-2008? We can preserve some high school memories vaguely. The rest, we can fill in with generic high school experiences based on people of your type. How unique was your time in high school? And how much do you really use? How much do you remember in detail? We can give you generic memories for a lot cheaper, rather than having to tease them out of your brain, and just happen to be synthetic.”

To save 2 million bucks for a snazzier replacement body, you go with a loss of accuracy of memory, which can be seen as a loss of humanity – but can also be seen as pretty human because we lose the accuracy of memory over time anyway.

But people, and what comes after people – which will still be people, but will be different in a lot of ways from us, will face choices, not that exact choice maybe, about what they want to do with their consciousness. How much they want to preserve and for how long, that means questioning the value of certain things that we would consider part of being human.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 88 – Life and Death (3)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/13

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

Rick: My eye is sore. I only have one contact in, so I am working with ¾ of a brain. So, excuse  any nonsense. We were talking about death and overcoming death. I believe that we will have  the technology to continue human consciousness indefinitely because I am an informationist  (Zahedi, 2015; Jürgen, n.d.; Giridharadas, 2010; n.a., n.d.).[1] 

I believe the brain is an information processor. Consciousness is made out of information as it’s  being processed (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2015; Gennaro, n.d.; Van Gulick, 2016). It is a finite  amount of information. There’s nothing magic about it. Eventually, we will be able to replicate  the processes that go into information processing in the brain and the consciousness associated  with that information processing. 

However, our technical mastery of thought and information processing within consciousness will  eventually mean that we can do better than the human and that unaugmented humans won’t be  the pinnacle of existence.  

Human consciousness will eventually be seen as more trivial than it is now. It will become  increasingly fashionable to not give too much of a crap about human consciousness. So, the same  forces of improving information analysis and processing that will help us understand processing  in the brain will eventually surpass human thought. 

What humans want and how humans are, at the very least, will be seen as old school, there’s lots  of precedent for that. We put pets to sleep. We slaughter meat animals. Even though, most  people believe that pets and meat animals have consciousness.  

But not consciousness that is so important that we do every possible thing to keep pets alive and  to make meat animals’ lives pleasant. In terms of human consciousness, our best model for our  priorities is the Golden Rule (Encyclopædia Britannica, 1998; Puka, n.d.). 

We know we like being conscious and alive. Under the Golden Rule, we extend that to other  people, but, in a way, it applies to ourselves. Hidden within the Golden Rule, kinda, is – with the  Golden Rule as treat others as you like to be treated and, maybe with the ¾ of a brain I am  veering off into nonsense – that we look to our own experience to know what we like and by  extension what other humans would like. 

Which is being treated with decency and being able to do stuff, hidden deep behind that is  existence, based on our individual experience, offers the potential to be pleasurable. Even  miserable people keep going with the idea that there are things to keep persisting for, most  people aren’t miserable all of the time.  

Most people find existence pleasurable, which is as it should be for evolved creatures. You can’t  have creatures that survive to reproduce if its existence is miserable. Once we’ve reproduced,  basically, nature gives less of a crap about the quality of our existence.  

Old peoples’ existences are not as pleasurable as people who are of reproductive age. 

Scott: So, you’re speaking to a hoped-for future, which can be seen in a hoped-for life here  and now, or in a hoped-for afterlife in the sense that these are beliefs that are held in  conscious creatures. That if things are bad now, they will become good on net later on. 

Rick: Yes, I don’t want to get deep into if the average person’s average level of experience if  miserable or not. It’s not. Most peoples’ experience is pretty good. What I am trying to say, in  the twaddle that I’ve been saying, is the yardstick for quality of existence is human  consciousness, it’s the yardstick behind the Golden Rule. 

What we like, we can assume other people like, e.g. basic principles of decency, treating other  people fairly, and allowing them to continue to exist, is based on the pleasure we feel in existing.  We are the yardstick. ‘The measure of man is man,’ someone said, I think. 

Scott: Man is the measure of all things (Dictionary.com, 2017; Encyclopædia Britannica,  2012).

Rick: Okay, there you go. I am going to blame my one contact lens and partially shutdown half  of my brain based on lack of input. 

Scott: There’s another level to that, if I can add to that. 

Rick: Okay. 

Scott: You’re speaking to individual experience. There’s also group awareness. So, if “man  is the measure of all things,” if people are the yardstick for the Golden Rule, then the  Golden Rule implies human consciousness, so human consciousness implies concepts of  others and relationships. So, this the Golden Rule implies groups too. 

Rick: We support or approve humans in groups because groups of humans over history have  helped individual humans live decent lives. Right now, in America, we are annoyed at humans in  groups because humans in groups elected our most clownish and dangerous president. 

Politicians we also elected are doing nothing to represent us in our displeasure with this  dangerous guy and a lot of the things he stands for. We’re not finding groups very helpful, but, in  general, groups are helpful. 

However, unfortunately, groups of humans are made up of humans, and we’re still the same  groups of dumbshits as 100,000 years ago. We have managed to come up with systems as groups  of humans that generally work for the benefit of people. 

But since we’re just humans with our limited capabilities, sometimes, you get glitches like  Trump. 

Scott: Is it a glitch or is it old school emotional baggage that’s also evolved along with our  feelings around the Golden Rule – selfishness, self-interest, xenophobia, hatred? 

Rick: Yes, when you talk about the Golden Rule, it is not just all about the pleasure of being  human. All sorts of cultural values sneak in. All sorts of cultural values are taken into account. 

Scott: Where do those cultural values come from? They come from the human brain. They  come from ancient evolved capacities. 

Rick: They come from evolution. Evolution doesn’t want anything. Evolution is a force. The  way evolution keeps score is the animals that are more successful at reproducing reproduce and  pass on their genes.  

So, evolution rewards behaviours and characteristics that contribute to survival across time, for  persistence. Behaviors that contribute to persistence, to living long enough to reproduce. Our  values are, more or less, rooted in those same behaviours.  

Stable societies allow more people to survive long enough to reproduce. All of our values go  back to evolutionary principles.

References 

1) Dictionary.com (2017). man is the measure of all things. Retrieved from  http://www.dictionary.com/browse/man-is-the-measure-of-all-things.  

2) Encyclopædia Britannica. (2015, February 6). Consciousness. Retrieved from  https://www.britannica.com/topic/consciousness.  

3) Encyclopædia Britannica. (1998, July 20). Golden Rule. Retrieved from  https://www.britannica.com/topic/Golden-Rule 

4) Encyclopædia Britannica. (2012, February 10). Protagoras. Retrieved from  https://www.britannica.com/biography/Protagoras-Greek-philosopher.  

5) Gennaro, R.J. (n.d.). Consciousness. Retrieved from http://www.iep.utm.edu/consciou/.  6) Giridharadas, A. (2010, July 2). In Search of a Digital Philosophy. Retrieved from  http://www.nytimes.com/2010/07/03/world/europe/03iht-currents.html.  

7) Jürgen, S. (n.d.). Computable Universes & 

Algorithmic Theory of Everything: The Computational Multiverse. Retrieved from  http://people.idsia.ch/~juergen/computeruniverse.html.  

8) n.a. (n.d.). What Is Digital Philosophy?. Retrieved from  

https://web.archive.org/web/20140928110805/http://www.digitalphilosophy.org/?page_id=2.  9) Puka, B. (n.d.). The Golden Rule. Retrieved from http://www.iep.utm.edu/goldrule/.  10) Van Gulick, R. (2016). Consciousness. Retrieved from  

https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2016/entries/consciousness.

11) Zahedi, R. (2015, January 7). On Discrete Physics: a Perfect Deterministic Structure for  Reality – And “A (Direct) Logical Derivation of the Laws Governing the Fundamental  Forces of Nature”. Retrieved from https://inspirehep.net/record/1387680.

[1]What is Digital Philosophy? (n.d.) states: 

Digital Philosophy (DP) is a new way of thinking about the fundamental workings of processes in nature.  DP is an atomic theory carried to a logical extreme where all quantities in nature are finite and discrete.  This means that, theoretically, any quantity can be represented exactly by an integer. Further, DP implies  

that nature harbors no infinities, infinitesimals, continuities, or locally determined random variables. This  paper explores Digital Philosophy by examining the consequences of these premises. 

At the most fundamental levels of physics, DP implies a totally discrete process called Digital Mechanics.  Digital Mechanics[1] (DM) must be a substrate for Quantum Mechanics. Digital Philosophy makes sense  with regard to any system if the following assumptions are true: 

All the fundamental quantities that represent the state information of the system are ultimately discrete. In  principle, an integer can always be an exact representation of every such quantity. For example, there is  always an integral number of neutrons in a particular atom. Therefore, configurations of bits, like the  binary digits in a computer, can correspond exactly to the most microscopic representation of that kind of  state information. 

In principle, the temporal evolution of the state information (numbers and kinds of particles) of such a  system can be exactly modeled by a digital informational process similar to what goes on in a computer.  Such models are straightforward in the case where we are keeping track only of the numbers and kinds of  particles. For example, if an oracle announces that a neutron decayed into a proton, an electron, and a  neutrino, it’s easy to see how a computer could exactly keep track of the changes to the numbers and kinds  of particles in the system. Subtract 1 from the number of neutrons, and add 1 to each of the numbers of  protons, electrons, and neutrinos. 

n.a. (n.d.). What Is Digital Philosophy?. Retrieved from  https://web.archive.org/web/20140928110805/http://www.digitalphilosophy.org/?page_id=2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 87 – Life and Death (2)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/12

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

Scott: Things continue to ramp up, though (Investopedia, 2017; Encyclopædia Britannica,  2015). There’s a sense in which the natural development of technology and medicine  through better, and better, science makes for a less predictable future, but one in line with  the current trend lines of great gains in health span and lifespan (infoplease, 2017; National  Institutes of Health: National Institute of Aging, 2015; EBioMedicine, 2015). 

Rick: We are on the verge of going from significant, but not readily noticeable, gains in health to  really jarring improvements in health and lifespan, where even the World Economic Forum – which is a pretty conservative in its predictions – says the average lifespan in developed nations  will rise to 100 (Gratton, 2017). 

It is difficult to talk about extended lifespans because the Boomers, which I am one, live most of  their lives under not the best medicine, but Boomers were born from 1945 to about 1965 – which  means they spent most of their lives in the 20th century with 20th century health patterns (PEW  Research Center, 2015). 

So, you can talk about lifespans going to 120, but most Boomers aren’t going to get to 120  because the technology hasn’t been there for them. (Ibid.; The Conversation, 2013; Clark, 2009).  But if you talk about a Millennial living until 190, that takes them to the year 2110, by which  time science may be able to offer people lifespans of 300. 

Scott: The older you are, the less likely you are able to take advantage of the medical and  biotechnology waves that will increase health span and lifespan in the future. 

Rick: Yes, it’s weird. After a certain point, it is weird to talk about specific extended lifespans.  Right now, it still makes sense. We’re going to have more people living until 100. Some people  making it past 120.  

It seems to be, if you asked well-informed doctors and scientists, the absolute limit, even with  current technology and medicine. But then you ask science fictioney thinking like Aubrey de  Grey and Ray Kurzweil, and futurist people, they think there’s no reason that we can’t break  through that barrier and keep going (SENS Research Foundation, 2017; Kurzweil Technologies,  2017).  

So, that’s the main substitute for life, which is more life, in good condition. You can look at  other hypothetical substitutes for life. Like, if you could live forever, but every 50 years you’re  going to be reset back to age 20, so you get to live from 20-70 – but once you reach 70, then you  have no memory of life of 20-70, most people would take that deal.

It would be a frustrating deal. So, you could get some reluctance. Or a hypothetical deal, where  you can live forever but can only remember the last 20 years of your life, I think most people  would take that deal. 

There are all sorts of deals that people can be offered in fantasy movies. There haven’t been that  many resurrection movies, but many have been popular such as Heaven Can Wait being made 3  times, I think. 

It is about a guy plucked from heaven based on an administrative error. He files a beef with the  divine bureaucracy and gets sent back into other bodies because his body is dead or cremated, or  whatever. There are resurrection fantasy movies. 

It’s easy to explore the landscape of what we value in terms of life and life experience by  imagining different hypothetical situations that offer versions of extended life subject to different  rules.  

You ask people, “Would you like to be resurrected without knowledge of any previous life?”  Many people would say, “Yes.” Then you have to ask them, “What is exactly being resurrected  if you have no knowledge of what came before?” Then they say, “My soul.”  

So, you have the hypothetical resurrection explorations, which provide a rough indication of  what we value about life such as ongoing daily experience. We like being able to remember  things we’ve experienced. We like the things we’ve accumulated such as wealth, relationships. 

These make ongoing daily experience at least have the potential to be pleasurable. We don’t like  the loss of all experience, all memory, all consciousness, forever. Given that, we can imagine  that near and middle future technology will be able to an increasing extent offer substitutes for  life.  

You can call it extended life, substitutes for life. I think we talked about this in another context,  where how much fidelity a reproduction of your mental landscape would have to have for it to be  acceptable as a substitute for life or for it to be considered a continuation of your conscious  being. 

Anyway, we’ve talked about all of that before. First, crappy ones, then reasonable and acceptable  ones, are coming, which goes against the scientific point of view that there is no afterlife because  it is not unreasonable to think that there will be technical afterlife. 

Maybe, even for people who have died before the era of technical resurrection, they may have  left enough information behind for somewhat acceptable simulations of themselves to be created.  So, even in a technical universe without divine afterlife, there may be afterlife. 

If you left enough of an impact on the world around you, when I think about technical afterlife  about people who lived before our era, I think of Jane Austen and Abe Lincoln. They’re my go to examples.

Eventually, you could reproduce those people with greater than 80% fidelity to who they were.  Although, you need to define fidelity. You need to reconstruct their genes from their  descendants, though the genome isn’t that helpful – I estimate it at 5-10% helpful – as well as the  verbal record that they left. 

You’re looking for a deal to be made. If you build a version of Abe Lincoln that experts estimate  has 82% fidelity to whatever the real Abe Lincoln was like, his mental landscape was like, if you  ask the resurrected or reconstructed thing if this is acceptable, he’d say, “Yes, more or less, I  enjoy being alive in the world. I have reservations that I’m actually Abe Lincoln.”  

Then if you could travel back in time and ask Abe Lincoln, “Do you find that if 200 years in the  future that we’d be able to do this deal and be able to reconstruct you with a reasonably high  degree of fidelity? Is that something you’d want?” 

In an enabling way, he’d say, “That’s not entirely sucky, and it’s better than nothing.” For people  who are alive during the era of technical resurrection, who will be able to be offered 80% and  then 90% accuracy, even over 98% fidelity once these things become actualized, a level of  fidelity which is like as we live and go through life and gain thought and experience, and lose  thought and experience as things continue. 

References 

1) Clark, J. (2009, May 11). Will the Hayflick limit keep us from living forever?. Retrieved  from http://science.howstuffworks.com/life/genetic/hayflick-limit.htm.  

2) EBioMedicine. (2015, November 2). Increasing Healthspan: prosper and Live Long.  Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4740330/.  3) Encyclopædia Britannica. (2015, November 17). Moore’s law. Retrieved from  https://www.britannica.com/topic/Moores-law.  

4) Gratton, L. (2017, January 30). What happens when we all live to be 100?. Retrieved from  https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2017/01/what-happens-when-we-all-live-to-be-100/.  5) infoplease. (2017). Medical Advances Timeline. Retrieved from  

http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0932661.html.  

6) Investopedia. (2017). Moore’s Law. Retrieved from  

http://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/circuitbreaker.asp. 

7) Kurzweil Technologies. (2017). A Brief Career Summary of Ray Kurzweil. Retrieved from  http://www.kurzweiltech.com/aboutray.html.  

8) National Institutes of Health: National Institute of Aging. (2015, January 22). Living Longer.  Retrieved from https://www.nia.nih.gov/research/publication/global-health-and aging/living-longer.  

9) PEW Research Center. (2015, May 11). Generations Defined. Retrieved from  http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2015/05/11/millennials-surpass-gen-xers-as-the largest-generation-in-u-s-labor-force/ft_15-05-11_millennialsdefined/.  10) SENS Research Foundation. (2017). Executive Team. Retrieved from  http://www.sens.org/about/leadership/executive-team.

11) The Conversation. (2013, June 3). Lust for life: breaking the 120-year barrier in human ageing. Retrieved from http://theconversation.com/lust-for-life-breaking-the-120- year-barrier-in-human-ageing-14911.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 86 – Life and Death (1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/11

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.* 

Scott: Death is a profound topic. It raises profound feelings, and questions (Markman,  2008; Murphy, 2015; Alper, 2015). It raises exceptional circumstances for people, especially  their own ending.  

Rick: To talk about death, we have to talk about life. 

Scott: Okay, let’s talk about life and death.  

Rick: One reason death is so scary is that if you don’t believe in an afterlife then you lose  everything when you die because conscious being is the frame in which you hold everything.  There’s no you to remember after death.  

That’s summed up with the saying, “You can’t take it with you.” If there’s no framework for you  to experience what you own or any other aspect of life, then you’ve lost everything. To take a  step back, we can talk about some reasonable substitutes for life.  

Some substitutes for life are enduring fame. That you create a work of art that lives on after you.  That you create descendants that live after you. That you ascribe to values that live on after you.  That you lived a full life and accomplished what people, or at least you, acknowledge to be a life  well-spent. 

None of those are very satisfying in the minds of most people compared to losing everything, but  they are among the few things that you get to keep if you don’t believe in an afterlife. You don’t  really get to keep them, but you’ve been keeping score as to whether you’ve been living a good  life or not.  

That’s part of your framework as to why it is a good thing to die or not, but it’s not very  satisfying in most people’s minds. I don’t know about animals. Salmon swim upstream to their  deaths after spawning (Reference, 2017). Are they okay with that? Who knows? Evolution is not  respectful of our feelings once our feelings don’t increase the likelihood that we’ll reproduce. 

Evolution doesn’t care what we think unless what we think influences our reproductive  capabilities. Evolution doesn’t care. Say there’s no afterlife, but a few tens of billions of people  have earnestly believed in an afterlife, an evolutionary universe doesn’t particularly care that so  many people have been so cruelly deceived (Palermo, 2015; PEW Research Center, 2012).1 

In fact, evolution cannot approve or disapprove anything, but there might be an evolutionary  advantage in people wrongfully believing in an afterlife if that belief helps people to live long  enough to make babies. 

But if you believe in evolution, and if you believe in the current scientific framework, then just  because billions of people have believed in an afterlife does not obligate the universe to conform  to that belief. 

So, we are on the cusp of more satisfying substitutes for life. What we want most of all with  regard to life is more life, most people, or a lot of people, with bravado say, “I don’t want to live  past 100.” 

In that, there’s the idea that at 100 then you’re pretty fucked up physically and mentally. You  wouldn’t want to live that way anyway. But you can say, “What if you could live with the body  and the brain of a 35-year-old?”  

A lot of people will say with a certain amount of bravado, “Yea, I still wouldn’t want that!”  There’s a little bit of not wanting what you can’t have. There’s ingrained social structures in that.  But if you really pressed, especially as we move into the future, “If you could live indefinitely or  for 200 years in the body of a 35-year-old or a 50-year-old, would you want at least another 200  years?”  

Most people without thinking about it will still say, “No, there’s a place and time for everybody.  My time will be over after 100 years.” But more and more people want extended life if that life  can be good.  

Medicine and technology are increasingly able to give us little bits of that. 100 years ago, people  on average, which is weird when you talk about people who lived 100 years ago because infant  and maternal mortality were really high and dragged average lifespan into the 40s, might expect  to live into their 40s, 50s, and 60s.  

I would suspect in the 1910s and 1920s people in their 60s were not anywhere near as healthy as  anyone in their 60s now. People don’t tend to think in those terms, so people don’t realize  medicine and technology have been giving us increased longevity. It is not something people  think about a lot. 

References 

1) Alper, B.A. (2015, November 23). Millennials are less religious than older Americans, but  just as spiritual. Retrieved from http://www.pewresearch.org/fact 

tank/2015/11/23/millennials-are-less-religious-than-older-americans-but-just-as-spiritual/.  2) Markman, A. (2008, July 29). Death and Other Anxieties. Retrieved from  https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/ulterior-motives/200807/death-and-other anxieties 

3) Murphy, C. (2015, November 10). Most Americans believe in heaven…and hell. Retrieved  from http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2015/11/10/most-americans-believe-in heaven-and-hell/.  

4) http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2015/11/10/most-americans-believe-in-heaven and-hell/ 

5) Palermo, E. (2015, October 5). The Origins of Religion. How Supernatural Beliefs Evolved.  Retrieved from http://www.livescience.com/52364-origins-supernatural-relgious beliefs.html. 

6) PEW Research Center. (2012, December 18). The Global Religious Landscape. Retrieved  from http://www.pewforum.org/2012/12/18/global-religious-landscape-exec/. 

7) Reference. (2017). Why do salmon swim upstream?. Retrieved from  https://www.reference.com/pets-animals/salmon-swim-upstream-d555480847e93dcc#.

1 The Origins of Religion. How Supernatural Beliefs Evolved (2015) states: 

There are many theories as to how religious thought originated. But two of the most widely cited ideas have  to do with how early humans interacted with their natural environment…

Picture this: You’re a human being living many thousands of years ago. You’re out on the plains of the  Serengeti, sitting around, waiting for an antelope to walk by so you can kill it for dinner. All of a sudden,  you see the grasses in front of you rustling. What do you do? Do you stop and think about what might be  causing the rustling (the wind or a lion, for example), or do you immediately take some kind of action? 

…Humans who survived to procreate were those who had developed what evolutionary scientists call a  hypersensitive agency-detecting device, or HADD, he said. 

In short, HADD is the mechanism that lets humans perceive that many things have “agency,” or the ability  to act of their own accord. This understanding of how the world worked facilitated the rapid decision making process that humans had to go through when they heard a rustling in the grass. (Lions act of their  own accord. Better run.) 

…HADD may have planted the seeds for religious thought. In addition to attributing agency to lions, for  example, humans started attributing agency to things that really didn’t have agency at all…  

…Acting for a purpose is the basis for what evolutionary scientists call the Theory of Mind (ToM) — another idea that’s often cited in discussions about the origins of religion. By attributing intention or  purpose to the actions of beings that did have agency, like other people, humans stopped simply reacting as  quickly as possible to the world around them — they started anticipating what other beings’ actions might  be and planning their own actions accordingly. (Being able to sort of get into the mind of another  purposeful being is what Theory of Mind is all about.) 

ToM was very helpful to early humans. It enabled them to discern other people’s positive and negative  intentions (e.g., “Does that person want to mate with me or kill me and steal my food?”), thereby increasing  their own chances of survival. 

But when people started attributing purpose to the actions of nonactors, like raindrops, ToM took a turn  toward the supernatural…  

…This tendency to explain the natural world through the existence of beings with supernatural powers — things like gods, ancestral spirits, goblins and fairies — formed the basis for religious beliefs, according to  many cognitive scientists. Collectively, some scientists refer to HADD and ToM as the “god faculty,”… 

Palermo, E. (2015, October 5). The Origins of Religion. How Supernatural Beliefs Evolved. Retrieved from  http://www.livescience.com/52364-origins-supernatural-relgious-beliefs.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 85 – Connectome and Genome (2)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/10

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.*

Scott: You mentioned the digital trace someone leaves. So, if you take the current popular social medial like Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram, people might be able to somehow backtrack how people process the type of information necessary for that, and then be able to get a rough map of how people’s brains might be laid out over time.

Rick: If you limit your second-level Turing Test to just tweets, you might be able to do a human-mediated imposter of somebody’s tweets (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2016). Hundreds of people are doing that with Trump’s tweets. Every time he tweets. People make parody tweets of whatever he says on Twitter.

If you could human-mediate somebody’s tweets, then you could build software that is not as good as humans at some parts, but better than humans are other parts. In the same way, you can do computer-based textual analysis to find trends that people weren’t previously aware of.

Trends in what kinds of verbs and nouns he used. Things people were only vaguely aware of. But you still have to you run it by people are this point because computers can’t run decent tweets. Even Watson is held up by teams of dozens of people who are making use of the statistical patterns, that have to be interpreted by people (TechTarget, 2017).

You can run a computer analysis of Trump’s tweets. You could find things that people who write fake Trump tweets are only vaguely aware of, but once it’s made clear it would make the fake Trump tweeters more effective at their job, or fake tweeting.

There was an episode of Black Mirror, where a woman’s boyfriend dies. She orders a simulation of him based on his social media presence. Since it is a science fiction program, the program is eerily accurate. That’s where the creepiness of the episode comes in.

Along with higher and higher degrees of fidelity of replication somebody’s behaviour and then eventually their inner life, there will be numerical indicators of how accurate that replication might be.

We know that we’re okay with less than 100% replication because we change from day-to-day. Nobody wants to live the same day over. Even in Groundhog’s Day, the same day happens over and over, but the main Bill Murray character accumulates information.

We are okay with forgetting information. It doesn’t bug us. All of the things that we’ve forgotten. Some of the things that we thought we’d always remember and don’t remember. We are okay with the degree of fidelity with which we reproduce ourselves from day-to-day.

Since beggars can’t be choosers, we’ll probably be okay with not great levels of technical resurrection when those are the only means of resurrection. From day-to-day, we have better than 99.9% fidelity.

Anything we liked about ourselves yesterday, we can find in ourselves today to 99.9%+ accuracy. Somebody said, “Don’t you wish you had the innocence and wonder you had at 8-years-old?” We can’t do that.

We can sit, think, and remember. Maybe, we can replicate the feeling of us as 8-year-olds to about 60% fidelity. Although, that leads to us needing to figure out what we mean by fidelity because most of the experiences for the 8-year-old are in there, but the brain architecture has changed too much.

So, you need things that trigger memory. It is not like you are remembering things from when you were 8-years-old, when circumstances prompted it. We need to learn more about brain architecture and consciousness. I assume that replication will become acceptable to people in big enough segments of the population to be commercially viable when replication offers 70-80% fidelity.

However, I don’t know how far the deal is, or how far along we are, to know what 70-80% fidelity would look like. We will figure it out. Eventually, we will be able to replicate people’s consciousness that is only a few degrees worse than our daily fidelity.

However, we decide to define. It will eventually become good enough to be in the high 90s. Where if somebody is dying and doesn’t want to, they will be able to come back with 96% accuracy. There will be a bunch of stuff that is lost.

More stuff will be not lost than lost. They’ll still have some version of themselves or something they can accept as a version of themselves, which is not too far from the person they used to be. There are processes associated with illness and aging that reduce our fidelity. Alzheimer’s is a disastrous destruction of fidelity. I’ve heard of something called ‘Pump Head’ (Fogoros, 2017).[1] That’s not the technical term for it.

When someone is stuff on a heart and lung machine for 8 or 10 hours during cardiac bypass or some other surgical procedure, they need to shut down the heart. The mechanical pump doesn’t have as smooth an action as your own heart, and it beats up your blood cells.

The battered blood cells tend to clump together and make little clots or blockages. A lot of people who are coming out heart surgery within the few weeks after that lose a lot of their identity because they’ve had a lot of little teeny strokes from the beat up blood cells making lots of little blockages in the brain.

It reduces the fidelity of or the definition, or the sharpness, of moment-to-moment awareness. It sucks the joy out of people because it is like being wrapped in gauze at all different kinds of levels. My step-dad had cardiac bypass. It blunted his emotions.

Not that he was ever super emotional, but I was talking with my mom today, the doctor said, “Yea, people lose a feeling for things because their brains get beaten up.” Eventually, most people who get Pump Head are able to have their brain establish new pathways to work around some of the damage.

People come back to themselves over a period of months, even years. Plus, people get used to the new and reduced definition of moment-to-moment awareness. So, you already see different levels fidelity.

We will see more mechanically aided fidelity. Now, to go off on a tangent, you and I and other people have talked about how the different subsystems of the brain have to understand each other for consciousness to exist and for the brain to process information efficiently.

Every specialist subsystem in the brain needs to have a rough understanding of the work product of every other specialist subsystem, which, at first thought, makes you think that each part of the brain needs to have developed this language of understanding.

Some kind of translation mode that lets it understand what every other part of the brain is telling it, which seems like a big pain in the ass technically, biologically. It seems like a huge burden that every little part of the brain has to understand every other part.

But if you look at the information in consciousness as a universe, it’s own space and time. It may be that the language of understanding is tacitly built-in because the different clumps of information in the brain have shared histories with each other.

They developed along with each other. If you’re looking at information as the universe, the information looks like it came from a Big Bang with a shared history being generated as matter clumps up and emits gravitationally derived energy that travels throughout the rest of the universe, which makes the universe more and more defined (Wollack, 2014).[2]

It is the apparent expansion of space. You start with a hot undefined and small universe. Then you end up an apparent few billion years later with objects in space being fairly precisely defined relative to the overall size of the universe. Maybe, that shared history builds in its own tacit understanding.

So, you have these clumps of information that can be seen as galaxies if you’re considering the analogy to extend to our actual universe. You can ask, “How does one galaxy of information understand what’s going on in another galaxy of information?”

The answer is they were once very close, spatially, and as they’ve grown apart have been continually exchanging or beaming energy past each other with the energy being absorbed into the scale and shape of space, making it apparently expand, and, maybe, that constant flooding of every galaxy with every other galaxy with energy, or flooding the universe which contains all of these other galaxies with photons that lose energy, with the lost energy being tacit information which is shared with space and the objects that space contains.

Maybe, you get that understanding, not for free but, without going to any lengths beyond the natural processes of the universe with those natural processes being seen as informational, as information acting according to the rules of information.

Of course, we’re limited by only seeing a momentary slice of the universe’s understanding of itself, which is proportional to the apparent age of the universe. We can only observe the universe.

We’ve only been astronomically observing the universe for a tiny slice of the universe’s understanding of itself, temporally. If it takes 30 billion years for the universe to have a thought, then we’re only going to have a 300-year slice of that information. So, we don’t understand anything, but we have a different way of understanding it visually.

Where the universe doesn’t understand its own information as a universe, it understands it as what the information means as a model of the world that the universe is getting information from.

References

  1. Encyclopædia Britannica. (2016, March 14). Turing test. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/technology/Turing-test.
  2. Fogoros, R.N. (2017, January 7). Pump Head – Cognitive Impairment After Bypass Surgery. Retrieved from https://www.verywell.com/pump-head-cognitive-impairment-after-bypass-surgery-1745241.
  3. TechTarget. (2017). IBM Watson supercomputer. Retrieved from http://whatis.techtarget.com/definition/IBM-Watson-supercomputer.
  4. Wollack, E.J. (2014, January 24). Foundations of Big Bang Cosmology. Retrieved from https://map.gsfc.nasa.gov/universe/bb_concepts.html.

[1] Pump Head – Cognitive Impairment After Bypass Surgery (2017) states:

A study from Duke University, published in the New England Journal of Medicine in February, 2001, confirms what many doctors have suspected, but have been reluctant to discuss with their patients: A substantial proportion of patients after coronary artery bypass surgery experience measurable impairment in their mental capabilities.

In the surgeons’ locker room, this phenomenon (not publicized for obvious reasons) has been referred to as “pump head.”

In the Duke study, 261 patients having bypass surgery were tested for their cognitive capacity (i.e. mental ability) at four different times: before surgery, six weeks, six months, and five years after bypass surgery. Patients were deemed to have significant impairment if they had a 20% decrease in test scores.

This study had three major findings

  • Cognitive impairment does indeed occur after bypass surgery. This study should move the existence of this phenomenon from the realm of locker room speculation to the realm of fact.
  • The incidence of cognitive impairment was greater than most doctors would have predicted. In this study, 42% of patients had at least a 20% drop in test scores after surgery.
  • The impairment was not temporary, as many doctors have claimed (or at least hoped).

The decrease in cognitive capacity persisted for 5 years.

Fogoros, R.N. (2017, January 7). Pump Head – Cognitive Impairment After Bypass Surgery. Retrieved from https://www.verywell.com/pump-head-cognitive-impairment-after-bypass-surgery-1745241.

[2] Foundations of Big Bang Cosmology (2014) states:

The Big Bang model of cosmology rests on two key ideas that date back to the early 20th century: General Relativity and the Cosmological Principle. By assuming that the matter in the universe is distributed uniformly on the largest scales, one can use General Relativity to compute the corresponding gravitational effects of that matter. Since gravity is a property of space-time in General Relativity, this is equivalent to computing the dynamics of space-time itself. The story unfolds as follows:

Given the assumption that the matter in the universe is homogeneous and isotropic (The Cosmological Principle) it can be shown that the corresponding distortion of space-time (due to the gravitational effects of this matter) can only have one of three forms, as shown schematically in the picture at left. It can be “positively” curved like the surface of a ball and finite in extent; it can be “negatively” curved like a saddle and infinite in extent; or it can be “flat” and infinite in extent – our “ordinary” conception of space. A key limitation of the picture shown here is that we can only portray the curvature of a 2-dimensional plane of an actual 3-dimensional space! Note that in a closed universe you could start a journey off in one direction and, if allowed enough time, ultimately return to your starting point; in an infinite universe, you would never return.

Before we discuss which of these three pictures describe our universe (if any) we must make a few disclaimers:

  • Because the universe has a finite age (~13.77 billion years) we can only see a finite distance out into space: ~13.77 billion light years. This is our so-called horizon. The Big Bang Model does not attempt to describe that region of space significantly beyond our horizon – space-time could well be quite different out there.
  • It is possible that the universe has a more complicated global topology than that which is portrayed here, while still having the same local curvature. For example it could have the shape of a torus (doughnut). There may be some ways to test this idea, but most of the following discussion is unaffected.

Matter plays a central role in cosmology. It turns out that the average density of matter uniquely determines the geometry of the universe (up to the limitations noted above). If the density of matter is less than the so-called critical density, the universe is open and infinite. If the density is greater than the critical density the universe is closed and finite. If the density just equals the critical density, the universe is flat, but still presumably infinite. The value of the critical density is very small: it corresponds to roughly 6 hydrogen atoms per cubic meter, an astonishingly good vacuum by terrestrial standards! One of the key scientific questions in cosmology today is: what is the average density of matter in our universe? While the answer is not yet known for certain, it appears to be tantalizingly close to the critical density.

Wollack, E.J. (2014, January 24). Foundations of Big Bang Cosmology. Retrieved from https://map.gsfc.nasa.gov/universe/bb_concepts.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 84 – Connectome and Genome (1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/09

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.*

Scott: There’s the idea of the connectome, which is a structural-functional mapping of the brain. It is supposed to be used in connection with the genome for people to be able to draw a highly accurate map of an individual and their consciousness (Griffiths, 2016; USC, n.d.).

Rick: The most fun or science fictioney thing is to be able to technically resurrect people based on the information that you have about them. The most direct way to technically resurrect people is to use their actual brain.

If people are cryonically preserved, you bring them back, then they still use their same brain. Or you send in a bunch of Nanobots to trace every single dendritic connection in the brain, which seems crazily overly ambitious, or some scan that replicates the brain molecule-by-molecule.

The more ambitious stuff is super science fictioney, but people are still going to try to resurrect people. There are projects right now that try to program a computer to write like Shakespeare. They are crappy right now.

It seems reasonable to think that 50 years from now that resurrecting people with various degrees of fidelity will be a project that people will take on. There’s an arms race between resurrecting people and human existence being trivialized and debunked by future forms of existence – to the point that people or future beings that are almost people aren’t as heavily invested in our resurrection.

In the next years, technical resurrection will be pretty big. You mentioned the genome. The genes that go into making an individual’s body. Then you mentioned the connectome, which is a fairly detailed map of what regions in an individual connect to other regions in the brain of the individual.

It looks like one of those old airline maps in the 60s through the 90s, maybe even now. It shows all of the cities connected by an airline with all of these curved lines. A connectome looks like a big circle with hundreds of curved lines crisscrossing and showing which parts of the brain are most directly connected to each other via neural pathways.

It’s not unreasonable to think, given the genome, you would get some information out of it. With the connectome, right now, if you are going to map somebody’s brain, you need to do this non-invasively. We don’t have Nanobots to trace dendrites.

You have to refer to the record people leave, the words they say, the words typed in social media, PET scans, CT scans, maybe injecting a dye and taking pictures of that (Canadian Cancer Society, 2017; Mayo Clinic Staff, 2015).[1],[2] I think the genome will be much more useful in the future than it is now.

We can estimate percentages. If you were going to build somebody now, if you were going to replicate or build a replica of somebody that would pass something like a Turing test, where a computer would not only sound human but like the person you’re trying to replicate, what usefulness would various information sources be (Encyclopædia Britannica, 2016)?

You’ve got the genome. It’s probably only worth 5 or 10% because the brain is super fluid, super plastic. It is always rebuilding itself by sending out new patterns of dendrites. So, the blueprint for the architecture of the brain in the genome is mostly useless because the brain is always being remodeled.

The records of words people use given the modern state of technology can probably account for half of the information out there that you can exploit to create a replica of what somebody might sound like, the person you’re trying to replicate.

The words that people have already said give you a template for generating more words that that person might say in the form by which they’re going to be evaluated, whether they are the real thing or not.

The Turing Test was presented something taking place via typed messages. You couldn’t see what’s sending it to you because you’re in a room, but it was slipped into the room where you are via teletype or something.

The second-level Turing Test where you’re trying to convince people your machine is a specific person. So, the words somebody has already said is a major information source. Then you have whatever you can discern based on brain architecture, whatever you know, and use whatever you can find out via PET scans and CT scans.

But it’s still a really incomplete picture. The future, say 80 years from now, when it is possible to replicate people with a high degree of fidelity – maybe, not their exact consciousness – to what they might say. I still don’t think the genome is going to be that much more important.

It will be all of the new technology that will let you explore the individual layouts of people’s brains, whether it is Nanobots or fast PET scans with super precise imaging.

References

  1. Canadian Cancer Society. (2017). Positron emission tomography (PET) scan. Retrieved from http://www.cancer.ca/en/cancer-information/diagnosis-and-treatment/tests-and-procedures/positron-emission-tomography-pet-scan/?region=sk.
  2. Encyclopædia Britannica. (2016, March 14). Turing test. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/technology/Turing-test.
  3. Griffiths, A.J.F. (2016, July 22). Genomics. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/genomics.
  4. Mayo Clinic Staff. (2015, March 25). CT Scan. Retrieved from http://www.mayoclinic.org/tests-procedures/ct-scan/basics/definition/prc-20014610.
  5. USC. (n.d.). Human Connectome Project. Retrieved from http://www.humanconnectomeproject.org/.

[1] Positron emission tomography (PET) scan (2017) states:

A PET scan is a nuclear medicine imaging test that uses a form of radioactive sugar to create images of body function and metabolism. PET imaging can be used to evaluate normal and abnormal biological function of cells and organs.

PET uses a radiopharmaceutical made up of a radioactive isotope attached to a natural body compound, usually glucose. The radiopharmaceutical concentrates in certain areas of the body and is detected by the PET scanner.

The PET scanner is made up of a circular arrangement of detectors. These detectors pick up the pattern of radioactivity from the radiopharmaceutical in the body. A computer analyzes the patterns and creates 3-dimensional colour images of the area being scanned. Different colours or degrees of brightness on a PET image represent different levels of tissue or organ function.

Canadian Cancer Society. (2017). Positron emission tomography (PET) scan. Retrieved from http://www.cancer.ca/en/cancer-information/diagnosis-and-treatment/tests-and-procedures/positron-emission-tomography-pet-scan/?region=sk.

[2] CT Scan (2015) states:

A computerized tomography (CT) scan combines a series of X-ray images taken from different angles and uses computer processing to create cross-sectional images, or slices, of the bones, blood vessels and soft tissues inside your body. CT scan images provide more detailed information than plain X-rays do.

A CT scan has many uses, but is particularly well-suited to quickly examine people who may have internal injuries from car accidents or other types of trauma. A CT scan can be used to visualize nearly all parts of the body and is used to diagnose disease or injury as well as to plan medical, surgical or radiation treatment.

Mayo Clinic Staff. (2015, March 25). CT Scan. Retrieved from http://www.mayoclinic.org/tests-procedures/ct-scan/basics/definition/prc-20014610.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 83 – Chaos and Order (2)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/08

*This session has been edited for clarity and readability.*

Scott: What else would “flavors” of order and chaos imply (Pippard, 2015)?

Rick: There’s the idea that if you step all of the way back that our world is an epiphenomenon of information processing within a vast information processor and that the information processing tends to be an order producing process (Robinson, 2015).

That we are the consequence of the increase in order within a vast information processor. That we are more ordered with all of our agents and feedback systems than hot lava on the surface of primitive Earth or bunch of flying hydrogen and helium 300,000 years after the purported Big Bang (Mastin, 2009; Shu, 2016).[1]

We were the product of billions of years of evolution and are highly ordered. Not in an order that is the universe as an information processor that particularly cares about things the way an omniscient God would care about his or her creatures.

But that we’re an epiphenomenon of the universe with its perhaps consciousness, which isn’t even aware of us because the universe is aware of the universe we’re made out of as its own model of its own world.

We and our Super Bowl, and our human bodies, are not a model of anything in the mental world of the information processor that is the universe. Everybody is going to have to straighten out all of this stuff philosophically before we have a complete picture of how the world, meaning everything, works, but it seems doable.

Until 100 years ago, we didn’t have any idea of the structure of the universe. Everything was a wild guess. Now, we have a decent picture of the type of matter clumping and the spatial scale of that clumping of all the visible matter in the universe.

Not all of it, but most of it. From that, we have assumed a temporal structure, an explanation, for the distribution of that matter, which is the Big Bang. I happen to think that the Big Bang is not right and that the spatial distribution of matter is due to the nature of information with the necessary appearance of something that is Big Bangy.

But 100 years ago, we didn’t have any of that. We didn’t have any idea of the spatial distribution of matter or of the possible dynamics of the matter characterized by the Hubble Constant, which makes it look like we live in an expanding universe.

Where the farther a galaxy is from our galaxy, the faster it seems to be moving from us, whether it actually is or it is an informational thing rather than a Big Bangy thing. We didn’t have anything like that. Now, we do.

That can give us some optimism that we can eventually come up with a logically, metaphysically satisfying first stab at an overall understanding of existence and the universe, which would be a frickin’ lucky thing.

That there’s a logical, philosophical underpinning that it’s even possible. It may not be. It may be that such an underpinning may have holes in it. That are so powerful as to render any overall understanding impossible. But maybe not!

If things exist because they can’t not exist, because things that don’t contradict the rules or the principles of non-contradiction must unavoidably exist, then maybe that whole structure of things existing via not violating principles of contradiction, maybe, there’s a thing there.

An overall understanding, or maybe that’s hopelessly naïve, or maybe it is something in the middle. Where we get something pretty satisfying logically, that once you dig down into the foundation of it, then there are giant disturbing holes.

The only people well-versed in the giant disturbing holes are PhDs in the meta-meta-metaness of everything. There might be some satisfaction in understanding why things are. It is a little bit more satisfying than the current scientific paradigm of everything from randomness and randomness in charge.

I think information is in charge, rather than randomness, and there might be solace in that, and understanding. One more thing, there’s the Feynman talk about 55 years ago in the early 60s. He talked about the 3 paths of possible science (The Nobel Prize Foundation, 2017).

Science could explain everything within a reasonable amount of time. We reach a fairly thorough understanding of how everything works. Science hits an impregnable wall. It turns out you can only understand so much of the universe. There are no answers or no easy answers beyond a reasonable point.

Science chugs along finding out more and more about the universe bit-by-bit without acquisition of any thorough understanding. Those are the 3 paths of science according to Feynman: hitting a wall, understanding close to everything, and chugging along understanding more and more without coming to complete understanding.

That’s equivalent to what we might find once we bring philosophy and metaphysics back into science. You may end up with some philosophically and logically very satisfying understandings of the universe or we may hit a wall.

We may go chugging along and come to something that feels incomplete, but still gathers and accumulates more and more understanding like a snowball. That’s a lot.

References

  1. Shu, F. H. (2016, April 29). Cosmic microwave background radiation (CMB). Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/cosmic-microwave-background.
  2. Mastin, L. (2009). Cosmic microwave Background Radiation. Retrieved from http://www.physicsoftheuniverse.com/topics_bigbang_background.html.
  3. Pippard, A.B. (2015, December 3). Principles of Physical Science: Chaos. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/science/principles-of-physical-science/Conservation-laws-and-extremal-principles#toc14875.
  4. Robinson, W. (2015). Epiphenomenalism. Retrieved from https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2015/entries/epiphenomenalism/.
  5. The Nobel Prize Foundation. (2017). Richard P. Feynman: Biographical. Retrieved from http://www.nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/physics/laureates/1965/feynman-bio.html.

[1] Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation (2009) states:

This radiation was emitted approximately 300,000 years after the Big Bang, before which time space was so hot that protons and electrons existed only as free ions, making the universe opaque to radiation. It should be visible today because, after this time, when temperatures fell to below about 3,000°K, ionized hydrogen and helium atoms were able to capture electrons, thus neutralizing their electric charge (known as “recombination”), and the universe finally became transparent to light.

Mastin, L. (2009). Cosmic microwave Background Radiation. Retrieved from http://www.physicsoftheuniverse.com/topics_bigbang_background.html.  

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 82 – Chaos and Order (1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/07

Scott: So, there’s a little argument to be made that you can get chaos in pockets of an ordered system, but, I would argue, you would probably need a, not a nothingness chaos but, bubbly-inconsistency chaos as your foundation to get any real type of order. From that order, you can get standard chaos.

Rick: Three forms of chaos come to mind. One is non-existent chaos, which is that with total chaos you have no information, and so no space and no time. Thus, no existence, so things are sufficiently undefined across your entire system that you don’t have a system. You have nothingness.

Scott: Is it a bit like the Empty Set (Weisstein, 2017)?

Rick: Yes, it is not an existent nothingness. There’s no space and no time. It’s null. It is not something that you can experience or that contains anything. It is a zero information deal. It is just not there.

Then you can imagine as you come out of chaos, as you impose a timeline upon any ordered system, you can probably imagine or see that system arising from chaos that goes from nebulousness that contains no information, no space and no time, to this chaos that is gauzy, hot, messy and contains a little information to something that contains more causality as information bootstraps itself out of chaos, but the chaos it comes out of is this non-existent chaos that has nothing.

Another flavor or form of chaos is chaos within an ordered system. It is an ordered system that is so large that it can afford to have big pockets of random fluctuations across space and time that are either 1) this true randomness or 2) what looks like randomness but you don’t have the right informational framework to contextualize what looks random to you.

That could be two flavors of randomness. Some true randomness within an ordered system that has the wherewithal to set up arenas or pockets of chaos or chaos that is chaos because you can’t decode it. So, 2 ½ or 3 flavors of chaos.

Scott: The last one half or one whole provides the basis for chaos within order, technically, and that’s what we see.

Rick: Yes, we see a lot of processes. The universe can be understood thermodynamically. You have large aggregations of random fluctuations that create statistical stability, like all of the air in a room being roughly the same temperature and all of the molecules being roughly evenly distributed.

​That all of the molecules don’t go over to the other side of the room and you suffocate because there’s no air where you are. That doesn’t happen because of statistical action. Also, that all of the heat in the room doesn’t collect in a single point and burn your ear. That doesn’t happen. The stability of temperature and the even distribution of stuff is statistical for the stability we see.

Based on the averaging out of the behavior of large numbers of individual, randomly acting things in the universe, some kind of deep randomness is behind a lot of the stability that we enjoy. 

But! If the universe is a semi-closed, self-consistent, information processing system, then every one of those random blips in the room full of air actually contains information and isn’t random at all, but is a read-out to the overall framework of the universe that’s interpreting the information of a vast and timeline-traversing tapestry of information.

Information that is flowing in – like the biggest most HD TV ever. What we see as randomness is pretty much because we’re not watching the TV, we’re part of the TV, but if we could understand everything within context, then that randomness would be the unfolding of information within the sensory-perceptual information-processing system that is the entire universe.

Thus, not random, random, but only random in the sense that the unfolding of time is incompletely determined. Where what happens as we travel through time, we don’t have enough information to tell what the future is exactly going to be.

You have to pump in more and more information as you traverse time to tell you what is happening moment-to-moment. That moment-to-moment unfolding in time is a moment-to-moment hosing down of the universe and of your perceptual system with information.

Before the Super Bowl, we can’t exactly tell how the Super Bowl is going to turn out. That’s new information unfolding or being piped into the universe, which is different than randomness. It is information being piped in.

Scott: All of this requires agents, perceptual entities.

Rick: It requires a lot of stuff. To be an information processing system, there has to be a hidden armature. There has to be hardware that is probably not visible to the information processing system. The information processing system processes the information that is piped into it. That information may or may not contain a model of the armature. You need an armature. You need a hardware framework. We can argue as to how much of that framework is visible to the information processing structure. It doesn’t have to be visible at all, or it can be very visible, depending on how much information about the armature is being piped into the information processor.

That at a metaphysical level you need a physics of the interaction of information, which is how information sets up its own space and time that is dependent on the rules of information and on the hardware that contains the information.

But there’s a metaphysics of it, and then, more precisely, there’s a physics of information within an information processing system, which looks to us – if you’re informationist – like information as matter following the rules of physics. We’re made of matter. Anyway, it requires a lot of stuff.

Scott: The stuff about the 3 or 2 ½ types of chaos, and the example of the Super Bowl with the unfolding of the information of the universe where the universe is having new information “piped into” itself through the unfolding of time. In a way, that requires agents. It requires information sub-processors in the universe to identify that. The idea of the Super Bowl requires a lot of components and a lot of interrelationships perceived within some sub-set of sub-systems within the universe.

There’s some integral part of that to be played by sub-processors. However, looking at the scale of things, the scale of the brain and the scale of the universe, the difference is so vast. Even if you take all the minds on the planet, it doesn’t come to anything extraordinary in terms of its importance – or even integral – to the information processing of the universe. Unless, you take the style of information processing as integral. Something like that.

Rick: So, are you saying on the scale of the universe the Super Bowl is inconsequential? Or is human cognition inconsequential because the amount of information contained in the Super Bowl or in a human brain is so negligible compared to all of the information being processed across the entire universe with these as tiny little motes? Is that what you’re saying?

Scott: To get the Super Bowl, you need a lot of things out in the outside world. You need processors too. Both to make it a more or less a real thing.

Rick: There are agents at various scales.

Scott: No people, no Super Bowl.

Rick: Yes, a single human person with his or her physiology consists of a number of agents at all different scales from atomic processes that are arranged in such a way that they form chemical functions that are arranged in such a way that they perform biological functions that are often packaged in organs performing specific functions that feed back with each other in ways that involved the entire body. You have different feedback loops. You have the basic physics of electron exchange all the way up to the way your brain regulates hormones. You’ve got a bunch of agency going on there. The Super Bowl, you’ve got the various agents associated with having a society. A society that wants humans to come together to develop football skills, play a football game, and where people benefit from more than 100 million people paying attention to the game. There are all sorts of civilizational and cultural, and historic, agents that make the Super Bowl possible. So, there are agents at all sorts of different levels.

References

  1. Weisstein, Eric W. (2017, February 3). “Empty Set.” From MathWorld–A Wolfram Web Resource. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/EmptySet.html

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 81 – Other Arms Races

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/06

Scott: We’ve talked, off tape, about overlapping arms races. Let’s label and describe some.

Rick: The biological arms race is one. It is considered weird to be living as long as possible outside of the normal realm: “I can exercise and eat well to live well into my 90s, if I’m lucky.” People consider that cool for the most part.

Anybody that talked about wanting to buy pig organs, take 100 pills a day, or get stuff built into their brain so they can live to 120 or 150, or indefinitely into the future, were considered creepy and weird. Only now, this is coming out of the closet.

The only celebrity that says he wants to be cryonically preserved upon death to see if he can be resurrected later is Simon Cowell, who is widely know for being a dick who doesn’t care what anybody thinks about him or what he says.

It is considered less and less creepy. If you want to live more than 100 years, it will be more and more acceptable. These little baby industries that will be fighting for, not exactly dominance but, the same goals, and once any one of them cleanly achieves the goal of helping people live indefinitely, the others will atrophy.

One possible means is cryonic freezing. You turn people into frozen pieces of class. It is called vitrification, which is different than freezing. You put them in 200 degrees below 0 temperatures. You can put them there for as long as you want, then resurrect them when medicine is able to cure them of whatever was going to kill them.

Another technology is keeping your body going as long as possible with supplements, gene therapy, and growing organs in pigs. It’s like we’re cars in Cuba. Everyone has a 1954 Chevy. We have to keep the cars going for 60 years because there’s no replacement with the car as us.

The parts wear out. We need to replace the parts. The third technology, which is not even conceivable by a lot of people, is figuring out consciousness and learning how to move the information and the structure of thought in your brain out of your brain.

The way to digitize and replicate it elsewhere. Once that technology takes over, the whole body-centric civilization that we’ve lived in for millions of years begins to erode. If you can move yourself out of your body into cyberspace or into another body, or into a partner body, so many different foundational elements of civilization fall under attack.

Once you’re able to move consciousness easily out of the body, easily and cheaply, and not just rich people, and preserving the body at all costs becomes less of a deal, you can build replacement bodies and put your consciousness in them.

Ditto for cryonics. Why try to freeze the one body you have if the one body you have isn’t the one body you have anymore? There will be an arms race in these three areas of life extension technology. Another area of future arms races that are barely starting now is in transportation.

Where making transportation faster is a little bit boutiquey at this point, every place is like a day away from any other place on Earth, except crazily out-of-the-way places like Antarctica. The greatest distance between two places on Earth is about 12,500 miles, which is about a day away.

Unless, you have connecting flights. From any point on the Earth, you can travel to the most distant point from that point in a day or a day and half. The idea that you need to shave another 10 hours off of that or an hour and a half off of the 5 or 6 hours it takes to go from coast to coast in the US via some rocket that shoots you into low orbit, then comes back down.

So, you can do LA to New York in 2 hours rather than 5 hours. Who is that for? It is for rich pricks. They can’t bother with 3 hours on the plane. Ditto with the Hyperloop. Somehow, you need to get from LA to San Francisco in 2 hours because you don’t want to do it via plane.

Or, maybe, somebody builds rapid transit from LA to Vegas. You either fly or drive. Anyway, the idea that we need to go faster to transport people around Earth is a little goofy. We’ve done as fast as we need to go. We just need to figure out how to make existing transportation systems suck less.

Yes, it would be great if we could build competing transportation systems with flying that avoids the sucky aspects of flying, but transporting people places is an actively developing industry. However, a competing industry that will kill the further development of transportation or make it atrophy is when telepresence becomes completely satisfying.

When people don’t need to actually travel to do business, or to do other things in life, when the sensory input is satisfying enough that you can strap on VR junk and you get 94% of what you get by travelling 8 hours to meet some other person. Telepresence since the 90s, in terms of what in-person stuff gives you, has been becoming better than the things transportation gives you.

Transportation needs to constantly improve. It is the same way TV killed radio. Radio is a suck ass wasteland because TV is so much more satisfying. Those are two technological arms races that will play out over the next 100 years.

There’s been a long unending arms race between science and religion. Where religion offers deep solace and satisfaction in areas that are most frightening or painful to us, death, ultimate justice, suffering and being compensated for it, then explaining stuff that we desperately want to have explained.

Science has been taking over some of those functions. Science is good at explaining stuff, but terrible at offering solace. Under science, under the cold, randomly originating universe, once you’re dead, you’re dead. So, religion beats science in that area.

There’s no ultimate justice under science. Everything is random. However, science, I believe, will get better at offering some of the things that are benefits traditionally offered by religion. Life after life, e.g. technical resurrection.

If technology can offer unlimited wish fulfillment in some kind of cyberspace and some afterlife, or current life, then science will.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 80 – The Soul and Consciousness (3)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/05

Scott: Polarization is another issue.

Rick: There could be belligerent yahoo-ism to the point where violence and riots break out among the Trump-ish states and the Liberal states. You could imagine something like that happening. It is more likely in our currently polarized environment.

Obama was president for 8 years and widely loathed by many tens of millions of Americans, but we heard of no attempts on his life. Maybe, we’re not told about every possible attempt, but a couple of attempts were made on President Ford within a couple of months.

He’s one of our most innocuous presidents, but we knew all about it. I think nobody making an attempt on Obama’s life indicates that, even though we’re belligerent on social media, day-to-day belligerence leading to actual violence between or among Americans is still not a significant threat.

If violence were to break out in a number of cities among thousands of people across the country, it could be seen as a beginning of peaceful era in America or the beginning of a violent era in America. We had at least 3 million women’s march marchers across America with zero arrests.

We’re going to have a science march on Earth Day. There will be a similar thing on Tax Day to urge Trump to release his taxes. Nobody is expecting, except for yelly assholes on conspiracy-oriented Right-wing talk radio, these to erupt into violence.

Scott: A lot of the problems have technological sources. However, most of the solutions, aside from going back to the Dark Ages, are technological themselves.

Rick: That’s a good point.

Scott: With America on possible technical decline, how will that have an impact? Also, what are some thoughts on America’s technological dominance?

Rick: Before we get to America’s technological dominance and possible decline, let’s get to the Four Horseman of potential modern disasters: war, disease, ecological collapse, and technical decline. There are fixes to most of these things that will roll out over the next decades.

There are tech fixes for this stuff. America is screwed with regard to guns. We’re not entirely screwed. We lose as many people to guns as we do to cars, about 35,000 people dying due to guns including a significant number of people who use guns for suicide.

There about 375 million guns for 325 million American. It doesn’t mean everyone has a gun. It means the guns are mostly in about 1/3 of American households. The average gun owner owns like 8 guns. Guns are concentrated among gun lovers. You are never going to make guns go away in America.

It is unlikely we’ll have an Australian solution, where we legislate against guns and knock them down and reduce the number of mass killings. There are science fictioney solutions to this, which is to make people bullet proof.

If you can’t get rid of guns, make people bullet proof. The way you make people bullet, disaster, and disease proof is to make consciousness transferable out of the body. So, you make it so that you can record and duplicate consciousness and download it into something else, and that makes people, to some extent, immortal.

If you get killed, and if you downloaded your consciousness in the morning before you got run over or shot, you can be started over from the version of you at 8 in the morning. It is like a hundred years away, but it’s not a million years away or time travel, which is unlikely, or anti-gravity, which is unlikely.

It is the technology to take the information and the way we process that information in our heads then record it, duplicate it, and make it transferable. Once we’re not locked into the body we were exclusively born into, accidents like guns are less expensive.

But there will be other things like computer hacking and the risks of a hundred years or a hundred and fifty years will be magnified versions of some of the informational problems now like viruses and technological failure.

Also, the disruption of normal societal behavior by new technology, but, even though it presents a whole new set of dangers, many of the solutions to our most frightening and intractable problems lie in super-advanced technology.

Although, it is in ways that will pretty much rejigger society in ways that would make us very disturbed if we saw them – if we were shown life a century from now.

Scott: On the other hand, as you know as well as I do, there are movements, which are global Luddite movements. They want to move back to pre-Industrial eras, if not tribal and hunter-gatherer levels, as retribution for colonization, but also as a stance of self-esteem.

Rick: I’m sure little Luddite movements will form and will go after advanced technology, but they are ultimately doomed to be swamped by the wave of delicious technology that will crash onto us.

Technology is fun, entertaining, and helpful. It means technology wins. We evolved as information-exploiting creatures. As a species, we are the most information-exploiting creatures who have ever lived on the planet. We look for exploitable patterns everywhere.

We are omnivorous in our appetite for information. Dogs like dead things and sniffing butts. Dogs are specialized. Same with most other creatures. We are not. We made the breakthrough from being specialists in survival tightly adapted to certain behaviours to being completely flexible in where we look and what we do to survive.

It means that we have to be receptive to information. We love information. A trend in entertainment across all of history is the medium that delivers the most information wins! It was a slow thing.

You go from grunting and waving your hands 10,000 years ago to language, which contains more information. Language wins. Nobody grunts! There’s a lot less grunting than 10,000 years ago because spoken words contain more information and written words are even more efficient at transmitting and preserving information.

All of the different mediums too. Each type and each genre under each medium. Everything shows a general bias towards showing more information and faster – and more dense data. Rap music is super fast. More words per second than any other music. Superhero movies contain more visual information than any other kind of movie.

We’re going to continue to be drawn into it. You can’t fight delicious information. Technology will offer more and more entertaining ways to absorb information. We will continue to love and embrace it, even as that technology completely re-engineers what we are.

We’re going to become the Borg, except fun Borg. We’ll become fun Borg. I didn’t watch much Star Trek, but the Borg seemed like assholes of the universe. They seemed to not have a lot of fun. We’re going to be all tied together with devices all around us, on us, and in us. We’ll still be using that stuff to still be transmitting entertaining non-sense.

It is the sugar-coating on the pill of transformation. That’s one reason I don’t like Star Trek because there’s no fun in Star Trek. Occasionally, Spock will crack a joke at the end of an episode, but there’s no non-sense. There’s no crap. There’s no ridiculousness.

When they show a future city, it is all clean. It’s not polluted with all sorts of signage and advertising blimps. Compare the Los Angeles of 2019 in Blade Runner to the future on Star Trek, the Blade Runner future is all craped out. There’s shitty advertisement in neon and funky dominatrix clothes all over the place.

Or Minority Report, which is semi-crappy and semi-cluttered with non-sense and junk, compare that to the occasional future US city you see in Star Trek, which is all clean and people walking around like healthy, well-adjusted people in plazas wearing asymmetrical clothing.

It is bullshit. That’s not what the future will be. The future will be awesome and filled with crappy non-sense, as is everything all of the time.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 79 – Present-Day America (2)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/04

Scott: That’s the political system with some commentary on the economic and technological impacts of the declining attractiveness of America for the talented.

Rick: Oliver Stone has a series on Netflix, where he talks about the secret history of the US. I have been thinking this is the most bullshit election since Rutherford B. Hays around 1880s or 1890s. If you believe the Oliver Stone deal, the election of 1944 was bullshit.

In that, people knew that Roosevelt may not live through his fourth term as president, and who became vice president would become president. There was chicanery at the Democratic National Convention to elect a completely unqualified Harry Truman to be VP.

That led to him being the one who decided to drop the bomb, and also belligerently escalate our relationship with former ally Russia into a Cold War that would determine the course of our world for the next 40 years or more.

The previous VP would have maybe been able to handle relations that wouldn’t have put the world into a state of war for the next 4 decades. The Trump election is the most bullshit election in at least 72 years.

Much more so than we thought was the most bullshit election in our lives, which was Bush v. Gore, and that looks like a happy picnic compared to the present. Right now, 2 weeks into Trump, the national politics is a mess. I like to trace everything back to the BJs that Bill Clinton got in the Oval Office.

He wasn’t a bad president, or he was a lucky president. We didn’t have that many serious things going on and things were largely good in the country, and he got BJs. Gore gets pissed that Clinton has sullied the office of the presidency. Gore doesn’t get elected.

So, Bush and Cheney take us into this unnecessary war in Iraq. Anyway, things have been crap since then. Yes, Obama was great, but Obama was not aggressive enough. He believes the best about people and was not aggressive enough with the Republicans, at the least the ones who hold national office.

So, he didn’t get as much done as he would have liked. So, it has been a pretty solid 16 years of terrible national politics. But! In the meantime, we continue to excel in technology. The future continues to arrive in ways that are pretty great, even as we’re wringing our hands about our awful president and the dominance of a bunch of Republican yahoos.

People talk – I’m on Twitter a lot – the end of America, or the world. Most of the jokes are facetious, but there’s a real fear behind the comments. We can talk about the ways in which we might have things that might be considered disasters.

Trump likes to talk about the world and the US as a disaster, but he’s basing that on terrorism, ISIS in the Mid-East trying to build a Caliphate (which they can’t) or at least cause terror in the US and the West.

The deal is, when you look at terrorism statistically, our current situation is preferable to being in a war, at least a giant world conflict. We are still in war in Afghanistan and in the Mid-East, but these are low-level conflicts, at least in terms of what we have to do compared to what we had to do in WWII to do our part in the fight against ISIS, the Taliban, and associated warlords.

In the past 1,000 days or 3 years, the US has flown 13,000 or 14,00 sorties or bombing runs against ISIS and knocked down their territory by about 50%. That’s really expensive to drop those bombs on ISIS every day, but it doesn’t kill that many of our troops. Also, it is well-away from most Americans’ attention. Most could not tell you that we’ve run so many sorties. If you listen to the Republican politicians, they make it sound like Obama did nothing.

It is a small war against tens of thousands of fundamentalist Islamic assholes, who use their ethnic and religious background to commit tremendous acts of aggression and cruelty, but there are only about 30,000 of these soldiers over there.

It’s not like WWII, counting everybody up, where we lost easily 100 million people in the various aspects of it. Hitler kills 11 million in the camps. 30 million, at least, Russians died. At the end, it comes out to about 100 million. It is reasonable to view WWII as a world disaster.

It caused suffering that persisted for decades. The terrorism we have, which kills 100s of people a year and some suffering, does not compare to WWII by a factor of a few hundred thousand to one. Things could be worse.

We could move from these small-scale rolling wars in Syria and Northern Iraq with us vs. ISIS, and our action in Afghanistan, into hotter conflicts with Iran and North Korea. It doesn’t mean the rest of the world is fine. Syrians are suffering and getting killed by the hundreds of thousands.

There are the African rolling genocides that kill hundreds of thousands. We’re still not in a World War. It is unlikely Trump will get us into a conflict that will get us into a World War, but it is more possible with him than it would be with an experienced politician like Clinton. That’s one way it could be the end of America.

We get into more belligerent conflicts or the terrorism ramps up. Any nuclear weapon being detonated in the US, and to a lesser extent anywhere, where a clean fission bomb with a nuclear reaction or a dirty bomb that spreads radioactive materials all over a city center.

It is still the end of something. The reactions to any kind nuclear bomb, whether it actually fissions or not would be the end of a peaceful, safe era in the US. Of course, the exchange of more than one nuclear weapon anyplace in the world – any nuclear exchange – would be the end of a safe era. 

Other things that can be seen as the end of America via catastrophic struggle are ecological disaster. Where any ecological disaster that we have will not reduce the world to a wasteland that Denzel Washington walks through in a black leather trench coat. There’s no Mad Max deal.

That’s just laziness on the part of writers and movie makers. There are countries that have experienced ecological disasters. Some of the Eastern Bloc countries that didn’t put a lid on pollution for 30 years.

You don’t get the whole world dying, or living in grossly polluted areas and lifespans and quality of life being reduced because people are being poisoned or otherwise harmed by their environment.

So, as far as global warming and pollution go, we might see gradual reductions in our quality of life because we haven’t put adequate controls on pollution and climate change. Even under a different president, the controls wouldn’t be adequate. We’re still going to see the consequences of climate change and the other consequences of the pollution we’ve caused.

Although, the benefits may continue to outweigh the consequences, but it is more likely that we’ll see fewer positive consequences an developments of less stupid and less polluting technologies under Trump than under a different administration.

The consequences will be different for America than for the rest of the world because we have more ways of dancing away from the consequences. In other areas of the world, you might see wars over climate change. Some of the ways ongoing now are probably exacerbated, to some not great extent, by climate change.

That will continue to increase. Other problems might be new diseases or new forms of old diseases becoming more virulent and causing more deaths and problems. If Ebola is able to be transmitted through the air, then you could lose tens of millions of people around the world.

That could be see as not the end of the world or the end of America, but the beginning of an era of a new type of massively killing diseases. It probably won’t happen. I don’t know if the chances of that happening will change under Trump, but, of course, Trump is running an anti-science administration.

Where the science is fine, but we’re not going to pay for that kind of frippery, Republicans don’t like paying for that stuff as much.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 78 – Present-Day America (1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/03

Scott: What’s the general picture of America now?

Rick: Let’s preface this. We’re talking about the end of the America, whether we’re seeing it and what it might be. There was a duology, a pair of books, in the late 60s by John Brunner called Stand on Zanzibar and The Sheep Look Up. At the end of one of them, it’s been set in America the whole time. At the end, there’s a chapter set in England. Somebody smells something and asks somebody on the street. The person on the street says, “That’s America burning.”

(Laugh)

It is the most dire picture of the end of America, but we should pin it down. There are various flavors. One involves the end of civilization, where we have some World War that includes nukes and other stuff that leaves the world a wasteland. That is seen as more likely under Trump than somebody else. Then there are other ends of America. The end of democracy, or functioning democracy, where politics in America may never be representative of the people again and politics will be stupid from now on, with stupid people being elected. It would be a kakistocracy or rule by the worst people.

A lot of people thought that Hillary Clinton getting elected would, maybe, start getting normal politics back. Of course, that didn’t happen. The next really terrible Republican politicians dominated. They haven’t always been, and aren’t always, but are particularly right now. Gerrymandering is a problem. Based on the 2010 census and sophisticated political trickery with the Democrats not paying attention, the Republicans took over a lot of state houses that favored Republicans. So, Republicans are overrepresented relative to how many people voted for Republicans thanks to gerrymandering.

And thanks to primarying, which is a consequence of gerrymandering, where the most extreme candidates win the primaries, we have a lot of assholes in office with most being Republican. It is probably the worst time for someone actually serving in national offices such as congress people, senators, and presidential administrations.

Scott: What traits do you see in them? What are in their policies?

Rick: Not wanting to compromise because compromise doesn’t serve any purpose in the gerrymandered and primaried system, you win by going extreme because if you don’t go extreme then some more extreme person will come along to draw in the extreme voters. There are charts based on voting patterns that show this is possibly the least compromising era in American politics. Also, what comes along with it is not caring about what most people think, it is a cavalier attitude about approval among the general population.

Win-at-all costs gamesmanship, McConnell is the best example of that. Where they decide they are not going to give Obama his last Supreme Court nominee using a bullshit argument, an unprecedented argument with a basis in nothing, and the running around and saying, “The Democrats may do the same thing with this same nominee, and so are being obstructionist.”

Scott: Does politics in the United States tend to attract worse people?

Rick: It depends on the era. Right now, it does. We see old school politicians quitting because they hate being politicians. There have been other times in American history where it hasn’t been as bad to be a politician and better people have run. If you look at the conditions of the job to see what people are going to be attracted to it, politician isn’t an attractive position. Same with teaching. Teaching isn’t as attractive as a profession. If you look at GRE scores, GRE scores are lower for teaching than for any other profession.

If teaching paid a quarter of a million dollars per year, and if teachers were looked at as skilled professionals as doctors are, then it might attract better people. In Russia, medicine and doctors are not as highly valued, so that has allowed more women to enter into the field. It is a chicken and egg thing. You have more female doctors who have been shown by studies to do better than male doctors. In Russia, it is seen as women’s work, so not as highly valuable.

Politics has gotten much more miserable. It has gotten much more miserable to be a national-level politician than it was 30, 40, 50 years ago. So, it attracts more dickheads. So, we’ve talked about two set ups for the end of America. The end of America having reasonable politics. The end of America with international conflagration. Then there’s the end of America culturally and technologically. All three of those things have good and bad implications for America and the world.

Probably, the least serious one for people individually throughout the world is America losing its place culturally, technologically, and economically. It will still be a rich and sophisticated country, even as or if we lose our place as number one country in the world by China and even India at some point. Americans will still have a decent standard of living. We’ll still have access to all sorts of cultural and technological and economic opportunity, and products.

We’ll be like England, which once had an empire greater than anything else at the time. Now, it is a sophisticated country that is mostly nice to live in, but doesn’t dominate the world. Ditto for Italy. Less so for Greece, it has a lot of miserable conditions. 2,200, 2,400, years ago, it dominated certain aspects of the world. Ditto for Spain. Now, these are empires reduced to being just countries. There are plenty of pressures that could work to have that happen independent of Trump.

Trump makes it more likely by reinforcing the idea of America as a dumb and self-satisfied country that’s not going to work hard to maintain its dominance. You could argue Trump, by setting business free, will lead to an American resurgence, but his idea is reducing taxes and regulations. Some analysis will show those shouldn’t be the priorities if you’re looking to maintain dominance. There should be an emphasis on education, hard work, innovation, government support of science and research rather than a willfully anti-science and ignorant stance.

Citizens should be challenged on their stupid beliefs. Instead, we have politicians who encourage Americans to be comfortable in their stupidity, which threatens our dominance. Also, the immigration stuff, we have been able to cherry pick and attract the best and most talented people from the other 95% of the world. If we’re going to become an outwardly racist and nationalist, and separatist, country, we’re going to lose those most talented people to other countries such as China, which was seen, even 10 or 20 years ago, as a super repressive place to live. Now, it is a pretty great place to live if you’re a captain of industry and live in an industrial Chinese city as decadently and indulgently as much as you want in America with hot and cold running sexy ladies, gourmet meals, penthouse apartments, and $200,000 cars. China will set that up for you if you’re a good business person in China.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 77 – American Education Now

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/02

Scott: At the moment, there are some issues in the American educational system. What parts of it are important? What parts of it are not very important? What will be some of the public reaction to what’s ongoing in the United States?

Rick: The biggest threat to American education is if Betsy DeVos becomes the Education Secretary. She is super terrible. She’s helped wreck the schools in Michigan, or knock them down to the bottom third or bottom quarter of schools on average among all of the states. She favors school vouchers, private schools, and religious-based education.

She’s never had anything to do with the public schools. She’s never attended public schools. Same with her kids. She has never taught. She is a lady who has donated $9.5 million, not sure directly to Trump, but to creepy Right-wingy political organization stuff. She may become narrowly confirmed because there are more Republicans in the Senate than Democrats. She is a dolt. She has a horrible agenda. Public schools don’t need another kick in the butt like this.

It leads to public schools being screwed, I think, informationally, because public schools were some of the most informationally rich areas you could go. America was an agricultural nation at the beginning of the 20th century. Schools were set up around the farming era. That’s why schools in America were off for 3 months in the summer, so kids could help with farming in the summer.

We went from a 90% of people being employed in agriculture to now less than 2%. What that meant 200 years ago is school was information-rich, so you were more likely to love it because it is better than walking behind a cow pulling a plow. Now, schools are often the least information-rich parts of students’ days because everybody has a personalized information feed going all of the time. Not feeding more in-school information, but feeding you delicious personal information such as YouTube clips, Netflix, porn, and sexting if you want it, then you have to turn off your device and sit in class for 40 more minutes and learn how to factor polynomials.

Schools have a huge handicap to overcome in terms of just holding people’s attention. There are other problems with schools, at least in America, where there are plenty of great and dedicated teachers, but teaching doesn’t pay that great. It is not valued as a profession. Statistically, teachers are some of the least able people on average among all of the professions that require advanced education. You have a National Teacher’s Union. Teachers need protection, but the National Teacher’s Union maybe protects incompetence in a lot of instances. It is hard to shake crappy teachers and administrators out of the system.

I’m sure some systems are better than others. LA schools are notorious for not getting bad people out. It is called the Dance of the Lemons. Parents can have trouble getting them out of one school. Once they are out, they are moved to a school where they are harder to get out. Maybe, it is in a school where English isn’t main language and the community isn’t as well-off such as a worse neighborhood. Nobody has figured out how to make education keep up with the current structure of information. There are some other problems with education like getting into college in America right now.

It is super ridiculous, where computerized applicants encourage people to apply to 10, 12, and 16 colleges. It means that the number of apps gong to each college has doubled over the last 15 years, which means their acceptance rates have dropped by 50% because so many people are applying to every college. The spending is huge for most people that want to go to a selective college. We have immigration issues that are going to mess things up.

America has 5% of the world’s population, but because we have excellent colleges and technology. It means we’re able to attract the most attractive among the remaining 95% of the world. But if we’re going to start making it tough for those people to come over here, then we’re going to lose our technical advantage because people will find other places to use their talent.

There are some encouraging trends, but they are still kind of hokey. The whole area of online learning is at this point haphazard, where there are good online systems. I finally graduated college by testing out via a distance learning system. That, in itself, is rinky-dinky. I took GRE subject tests after studying on my own. I tested out of everything. That is not for most people. More and more people will get into online learning.

They will take more advantage of it. I don’t know how it stands in the US. I don’t what percentage of college students or non-college students are taking advantage of online learning opportunities. it is still in its infancy. The collegiate class of Americans continue to want to attend college in person to be in dorms and have campus life. Many people spend $60-70,000 per year to attend an elite college. Another challenge to American learning is the general slovenliness.

With online learning, it is hard to tell whether the “yeehah!” anti-elitism, anti-Trumpism right now is an anti-studying and keeping up with the rest of the world technologically with education. The image us being fat video game players who believe in angels, are skeptical about evolution and global warming, doesn’t help us. To the extent that it reflects our actual attitudes, which is hard to tell, it will hinder us from being a technologically superior nation. People who play an ass-ton of video games are better at certain tasks – send those people to war zones or to fly drones because they’ve been in simulated situations for years.

Eventually, we can hope that education can take advantage of the ways people like to use and use information and absorb information. The schools haven’t kept up. Eventually, things will kind of catch up. We live in an interesting time. It appears the Senate is divided 50-50 on whether to make Betsy DeVos Education Secretary. I think she’s the least qualified of all of Trump’s nominees for any Cabinet position. She would be in charge of public schools and to some extent college debt. She and her family have never gone to public schools because she married into the Amway fortune.

She and her family donated $9.5 million to Republican schools and causes. She believes in school vouchers, which is a way for people to be given money instead of going to the public schools to be given money, or the money equivalent, by the government to spend on schools of their choice, which are charter schools. It is basically a way to strangle public schools. Her method, because she has been active in Michigan schools, has brought the Michigan schools down to the bottom 1/3 of schools nationwide. She doesn’t know anything. She did the worst of any Cabinet nominee in Senate hearings. Public education has been one of the shining areas of American excellence for the past more than 100 years.

Scott: What about the University of California system too?

Rick: California, where I live, has an excellent junior college system that feeds into our really good university system. We have the Cal State system and the UC system. For a long time, they have provided super high quality education for almost nothing. Now, some of them are fairly pricey. A semester at UCLA might cost $12,000. It will be a sad time for education if DeVos is confirmed. To get her confirmed, it looks like the Vice President will have to break the tie in the Senate if no more Republicans defect.

Whether Betsy DeVos is a Secretary or not does not effect the long-term prognosis for education in general, education will have to change to address how people use information now. In the past, future education was presented often as a pill you’d take and then you know French, or you have something jacked into your head and then your head fills with knowledge. Obviously, those are hacky ways of acquiring knowledge, but sitting in class and being talked to for 40 min. times 7 periods a day might not be the most currently effective way for people to learn.

It is going to take some sorting out because right now the way that people absorb information from their devices is that it is all candy, all junk, and almost no stuff that takes serious effort to absorb. You can go to your favorite information sources and go to ones that have been formed to your cultural niche and biases that has been knocked down into 800-word articles. You can just read the photo captions because the market place only rewards stuff that people click on. We’re stuffed with informational candy.

It is not clear year how we’re going to get people to absorb via those same few ways and how we’re going to get the education system to adjust to new ways of absorbing information that includes non-delicious information. Whether you’re sitting in a classroom or doing homework or trying to absorb lessons in partial differential equations online, it still takes effort. We’re at risk that people in less developed and less rich countries have more incentive to be more disciplined to not click on crap and study.

I have fallen into the rut of doing very little work over the past 4 months. It is almost all delicious information. I generate tweets, which are simple and, thus, delicious to generate. I read my niche sources. I get worked up over the political situation and get very little work done. I am more current case of modern information disease. We need to find ways to harness America’s ability to be educated.

Otherwise, we’re screwed.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 76 – The Dark Side of Smarts

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/01

Scott: Something a little darker, unfortunately, but necessary in the context of all the things we’ve been talking about is smart people going awry. One drastic story, for me, was a suicide by Nathan Rockwell Haselbauer of the International High IQ Society.

In the sessions with Marco, I brought up the Unabomber, too. As well, it’s not bad because smart, or bad only comes with smarts, but only an emphasis on the smart gone bad while knowing bad comes with or without smarts. Any other cases?

Rick: A couple things, one thing is IQ is not necessarily intelligence. People who single themselves out for IQ may not have a lot of other things going for them. To some extent, I have that. The need to be recognized independent of having done anything worth being recognized for.

So, you probably get a higher number of misfits in high IQ societies than the general population, which means misfitty people may be less able to handle the normal tasks of life. Stereotypically, smart people may be more lacking in social skills.

Although, that may be more stereotype than truth. The stereotype may be closer to the fact that high IQ people are more like everybody else. Another thing is brains are more alike than they are different. The range of intelligence, a super smart person is not that much smarter than an average person.

In the same way the person with the best heart or lungs does not have a heart or lungs that much better than the average person, we don’t have a tallest person as 8 ft. taller than the average person. The taller people are like 20% taller than the average person.

We are pretty genetically constrained. There’s not that much variation. The tasks of life exist across a range of difficulty. Some things are really difficult. A very smart person who may only be not even twice as smart as an average person, but still has to confront all of the tasks of life.

They still run afoul of washing up on the rocks of difficulty. Smartness isn’t magic. There have been studies. You have to distrust studies in general about things like intelligence because so much nebulousness creeps in. You have to figure out who is intelligent and what is intelligence.

Things are messy. There seems to be an optimal level of IQ or smartness, if you want to equate them, for succeeding at life tasks. That is not at the very highest level of IQ. It is not that the smarter you are in terms of IQ then the smarter you’ll be.

There’s a level below the very smartest, say when you’re going to do IQ – like the 140s. There you’ll find the most successful people. There are things that distract smart people or that make them less effective at some life tasks like not giving a crap about being a multimillionaire, social awkwardness, finding out that your intelligence takes you down a bunch of rabbit holes or cul-de-sacs that doesn’t help you succeed in life according to normal terms.

With smart people being more like regular people than not, bad things happen to regular people. Similarly, bad things will happen to smart people. Smartness isn’t a vaccination to life.

You have to distinguish between actually gone awry and – it’s a nice theme for a news story – schadenfreude news stories. They find a genius who is weird, then go, “Look how weird and miserable this guy is, aren’t you glad you’re not him?” It isn’t fair.

There are some semi-spectacular cases of smart people messing up or doing creepy stuff. There’s a guy named Keith Raniere, who has gotten in trouble over the years for running a cult. He is a super-high IQ guy.

Some of the exploits including financial exploitation of people such as Ponzi schemes, even sexual exploitation of people. He’s been accused of having followers then banging the followers.

Scott: He exploited the Bronfman sisters too.

Rick: The heiresses to the Bronfman fortune?

Scott: Yea!

Rick: Then he is smart guy. He goes for heiresses.

Scott: He got millions of dollars from them. Then he gave himself the name NXIVM.

Rick: NXIVM? I guess he did it before the antacid drug. Brains don’t work that great even among people with great brains. He may believe his own bullshit. It is possible to get sucked into it. If you take an IQ test, do well on it, and it says you’re one-in-a-million, some people may become grandiose as if they have special powers.

In my most deluded moments, I will tend to want to think that, then all of the stupid shit in my life will bring me back down to semi-Earth. If you look at how many times I’ve tweeted, like 20,000, it takes someone with a certain amount of grandiosity to pollute the online airwaves with tweets. It is filled with things I somehow think people want to hear from me.

That’s 3 or 4 thick books worth of twaddle coming from my Twitter feed. It is an ego explosion. At the same time, it my strategy to get enough followers to interest a publisher in giving me a book deal.

That’s me being grandiose enough to think I have something people would be interested in as a book. I can use my track record as a comedy writer to say that I’m good, but not great. Is good but not great among the comedy writers good enough?

Among NBA teams, I’d be the 7th man on the team. I’d get pulled into the game mid-game into the second quarter. I’d do okay. I might average like 8.3 points a game with 2.9 assists. I’d be fine. Does that make me a super star that’s worth being listened to?

Maybe, if I find a product in making the book that is tailored enough to my supposed strengths, the book could work. Anyway, a certain amount of grandiosity there. “Here’s 20 tweets a day for 3 years everybody,” that’s a certain amount obnoxiousness associated with that.

Scott: What are some things smart people should keep in mind to buffer against high levels of egotism, narcissism, and grandiosity?

Rick: History is always helpful. If you look at people through history, people have limited competence. Even the most competent of super smart people don’t live spotless lives, Einstein had peccadilloes of various types including sexual.

Feynman was notorious for trying to put his penis in everybody. He seemed to be pretty good at it. Still, he left a certain amount of sexual chaos around him. William Shockley, a Nobel Prize winner, invented the transistor, changed our world, and crazy ass racist – just an asshole.

Including LA in the 70s, they tried to open a Nobel Prize sperm bank. If you wanted to make a baby with a Nobel Prize winner or a really smart person, you could go to the Nobel Prize sperm bank.

He was the only Nobel Prize guy to think highly enough of his sperm to donate to the bank. If you read a bunch of biographies about super smart people, super smartness is no substitute for modesty and decency. That we’re all flawed creatures.

Everything that has evolved has limitations because you’re only as good as evolution needs you to be plus some extra for some wiggle room. So, you take humans. You push them beyond their average abilities in any direction and you’re going to find failure.

Scott: What about things we see as flaws in our nature that aren’t?

Rick: Starting with we only evolved to be good enough plus a little more, the operative definition includes that we’re pretty good at a lot of everyday tasks because we’re the product of billions of years of evolution and have a number of resources to address everyday life.

Evolution is the boss of us. It is an absent boss. It is like Charlie from Charlie’s Angels. You never see him, but can get him on the answering machine. Evolution doesn’t have any goals. It is not teleological. It is sloppy. You let it go on long enough and you end up with well-adapted organisms, but organisms that are adapted to the boss’s goals and not necessarily our individual goals.

As a species, we are good at reproducing. There are 7.3 billion of us. We dominate the planet to the detriment of the planet in many instances, but that doesn’t mean that we as individuals get to all be as successful as we want to be.

Evolution needs everybody to be perfectly successful. Society doesn’t work like that. Evolution just needs us to have more sex and make more people. Things that are flaws for individuals that lead to us not getting what we want out of life aren’t so much flaws in terms of the species.

Also, there are life goals that are mutually contradictory. Financial success and being a nice person aren’t perfectly correlated. I live in LA and sometimes drive through Beverly Hills, where you drive through a street that is 70 feet wide. It is a residential street, but wide as hell because it’s Beverly Hills. You’re flanked by multi-million dollar houses.

You can drive by them, but can figure, as I do, that there are moral compromises to those that live in those houses living in those houses. There’s a saying, “Behind every great fortune, there’s a great crime.” It isn’t 100% or even 70% true. There are plenty of nice people who succeed.

However, even if people don’t succeed greatly, everybody gets dirtied up through the processes of life. So, yea, there are things that can be seen as failures in one framework, which measures success.

Somebody active in their church and lives a decent life in Bemidji, Minnesota. They go out and does a bunch of charity work, is a decent an tolerant person, and hasn’t made more than $38,000 per year. That person be seen, in some frameworks, as more successful than the person with a 7- to 8-bedroom house in Beverly Hills on Roxbury Drive.

In one sense, all of us fail. If living a good, healthy, long life is the criterion for success, then we all fail because we all eventually become so unhealthy that we become dead. We are limited creatures. We are driven by drives that aren’t entirely our own.

That are imposed by our evolutionary history. Even when they are our own, when we appropriate the evolutionary drives, we are still driven by arbitrary drives. There are no ultimate rules. You can attempt to derive some rules for success based on the idea that orderly structures are preferable to chaos and destruction.

But that’s still having to build an entire philosophy out of not nothing, but there’s no 100% solid foundation for moral judgments or judgments of success, which means citing what is a good quality or a flaw is not 100% thing.

When you look at the lives of great people, people who can serve as examples of success. We like those people to have flaws. It makes for a more interesting narrative. The people themselves, I’m sure, don’t want to have to have had to struggle with their flaws, but we as society like to see great people have flaws and struggle.

Schadenfreude should not be the criterion for evaluating the success of someone’s life. The idea that they might have something in their life that makes us glad that we’re not them. It can serve as a moral lesson. There’s a good side of schadenfreude.

Instead of gloating that you’re not this person, that it can teach you that we’re all flawed, struggle with ourselves and with sad, and bad, things in our lives, and should be tolerant of other people and ourselves.

Scott: It forms a two-dimensional spectrum too. You can infer or derive the opposite valuation just by putting it up to a mirror. If you look at an individual, like a Nelson Mandela, you can see someone living a good life.

You need merely place that to the proverbial mirror to see what would comprise, not in all but, in many respects a bad life.

Rick: Yes, but whether a good life or a bad life, with the same drives for the most part, you strip away everyone’s individual quirks and even the weirdest people are responding to the same drives as everyone else, which have been hardwired into us.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Marieme Helie Lucas – Activist & Founder of Secularism is a Women’s Issue

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/31

Marieme Helie Lucas is an Algerian sociologist, activist, founder of ‘Secularism is a Women’s Issue,’ and founder and former International Coordinator of ‘Women Living Under Muslim Laws.’

What was the moment of political awakening for you?

Being born and raised in a colonised country and having lived through a very bloody liberation struggle from French colonialism… there is no way to ignore politics and their consequences on individuals. Moreover, I was born and raised into a family of strong feminists for several generations; let’s say that I fell into the pot from childhood…

When did your personal and professional attention turn to activism, religious fundamentalism, and women’s rights?

Well, prepared by the colonial situation and by my family’s political awareness, I was an activist – as well as a feminist one – since an early teenager, under various forms, depending on the period of time (pre-independence struggle, during the struggle for liberation, after independence, when women’s rights were curtailed by the new family code, under armed fundamentalists’ attempts to impose a theocracy in Algeria in the 90s, etc…). I became a full-time activist in the early eighties, when I left research and teaching in university, and founded the WLUML (Women Living Under Muslim Laws) network. I remained a full-time activist since then. But my academic research was already focused on people’s rights and women’s rights.

WLUML was a non-confessional network of women whose lives were shaped and governed by laws said to be Islamic, regardless of their personal faith. Our research (1) on laws affecting women in many countries – in North Africa, the Middle East, South Asia, West Africa – show that these man-made laws (rather than of divine inspiration) borrow not just from very different interpretations of Islam, but mostly from local traditions, cultural practices, and even colonial laws, when it suits both patriarchy and religious fundamentalism. Over the past decades, we could monitor the progressive eradication of progressive laws and Muslim fundamentalists’ dedication to exhuming, picking and choosing the most backwards and reactionary practices and passing them off as Islamic. (2)

Interestingly, many journalists and human rights organisations failed to understand our sociological and political approach. They focused on the ‘religious’ flavour in our name, thus attempting to force us into a religious identity we never claimed. For instance, they often renamed us as women ‘under the Muslim Law’ (in the singular!) or even ‘under the Islamic Law.’ This recurrent ideological ‘mistake’ speaks volumes about their urgent need to put us ‘under religious/cultural arrest’ and deny us universal rights and our common humanity.

You founded ‘Secularism is a Women’s Issue.’ Of course, the title provides the general idea. What is the more formal argument to derive the connection between secularism and women’s issues?

Secularism is the legal/administrative provision that separates state from organised religions. It was defined during the French Revolution and later codified in the 1905-1906 laws on separation. Article 1 of the law guarantees freedom of belief and practice to individuals; article 2 stipulates that the Secular Republic does not recognise, therefore dialogue with or fund religions, their representatives and their institutions. The secular Republic only knows equal citizens with equal rights under the law.

The concept of separation at that time successfully challenged the political power of the Vatican and the Catholic Church in the French kingdom. (So much for those ignorant writers and preachers who now pretend secular laws in France were designed against Muslims, since there was NO significant Muslim emigration to France at the time of the French revolution).

In the UK, as the King/Queen is both the Head of State and the Head of the Anglican Church, the concept of separation was hard to swallow. This is why they developed a very misleading re-definition of secularism as equal tolerance by the state towards all religions – which indeed involves and ties together the State and organised religions.

This distortion of the original revolutionary concept spread across European countries where Churches had a strong base. In the present context in Europe, we witness an increasing trend to grant in the name of rights – what a perversion of the very idea of rights! – to separate laws to different religious ‘communities.’ This breeds communalism and creates inequalities between citizens, especially women. For instance, some UK citizens may have rights that other UK citizens will not have access to, if they are, let’s say, Muslims. Sharia courts do not grant equal rights to women in the family. All the recent attempts by Muslim fundamentalists in the UK to promote gender segregation in universities or sharia-compliant wills point in the same political direction. Governments are so keen to trade hard-won women’s rights to appease the religious extreme-right!

This is also the situation in the former British Empire. For instance, in South Asia, where the definition of secularism that prevails is not separation, but equal to tolerance by the state. We deplore that even the Left is hardly aware of this unholy colonial legacy…

It should not be necessary to explain here that, within all religions, reactionary forces generally prevailed that justified women’s oppression by god’s will. It is certainly the dominant political trend today, especially but not exclusively among Muslims.

Moreover, when laws are designed as representing god’s intentions on earth, they become un-changeable, a-historical. Theocracy is the antithesis of democracy where laws are voted by the people and can be changed according to the will of the people.

Women always have a hard time in getting patriarchal laws changed according to international standards of human rights, but it is obviously more so when they can be accused of hurting religious sentiments by doing so, or worse, of apostasy or blasphemy – crimes that are punished by death penalty in Muslim contexts.

In Europe today, xenophobic extreme right movements are attempting to co-opt and manipulate the concept of secularism and to use it against citizens of migrant descent, especially those deemed to be Muslims. This certainly does not make the struggle of secular opponents to Muslim fundamentalism any easier. We need to walk the fine line, challenging at the same time both the new religious extreme rights which condemn secularism and atheism, and ‘traditional’ xenophobic extreme rights which are hijacking the concept of secularism to justify their claim to white Christian superiority. Unfortunately, the European Left and Far-Left, that should have our natural allies, have not yet understood that they should not throw themselves in the arms of Muslim fundamentalists in order to counter the traditional extreme right parties… thus choosing to support one extreme right against the other. Instead, they should support us, who confronted Muslim fundamentalists in our countries of origin and now have to do it all over again in Europe.

As an Algerian sociologist, i.e. as an individual with an expert opinion in sociology, what is the situation for women living under Muslim laws throughout the world?

As varied as one can imagine in one’s wildest guess. It ranges from being able to become an elected head of state, to being closeted between four walls with no education and no rights, and all the intermediary shades in between these extremes. There exists absolutely no homogeneous ‘Muslim world.’

However, I must add a few caveat:

  • Although very progressive provisions for women existed in different periods of history and in different locations around the world, in predominantly Muslim contexts, we witness everywhere today the rise of fundamentalism, i. e. a political extreme-right which camouflages its power greed behind religion.
  • Everywhere and at all times (3), women in Muslim contexts fought for their rights, using different strategies, just as we do today: demanding right to education, political rights, freedom of movement, financial autonomy, equal rights in marriage, etc…Religious interpretation was only one of the many strategies they used. The struggle still goes on now, in these very difficult times.
  • An important new dimension of the struggle now takes place in the countries of immigration. Every right we lose in Europe or North America to the mermaids of cultural relativism heavily impacts the situation in our countries of origin. Conversely, being able to bypass the smokescreen of the ‘main enemy’ to convey to our comrades and sisters back home the reality of Muslim fundamentalism having opened a new front in Europe and North America is part and parcel of building our common struggle beyond national borders. (4)

What is the general status for international women’s rights, empowerment, and advocacy in these contexts?

One cannot look at it in terms of ‘countries’ or cultures. For instance, one can find places where the promotion of economic rights improves women’s autonomy, while FGM is tolerated or repudiation legal, or countries where women enjoyed a notable degree of legal autonomy which is suddenly reduced in practice by the coming to power of extreme right fundamentalists.

One must abandon the idea that there exists a homogeneous ‘Muslim world’ where everything would function under the banner of religion. I believe this idea of a Muslim world, highly promoted by fundamentalists, is derived from that of ‘Umma,’ i.e. the assembly of believers, which exists also in the Catholic Church as ‘Ecclesia.’ In reality, we all know that countries are the location of various political forces and classes which fight for political representation or domination. This is in no way different in Muslim contexts, and religion per se has little to do there – except, as a generally right-wing form of political organisation.

You are the founder and former international coordinator for ‘Women Living Under Muslim Laws.’ What tasks and responsibilities came with this position?

It has been a very inspiring and rewarding time in my life, even if one had to work around the clock while raising small kids and living in poverty – a formative time, too. I came to realise that women’s struggles already existed everywhere in Muslim contexts but that they fought in isolation. Women needed to know about each other’s projects and be inspired by each other’s strategies, and eventually that they could come together on specific actions and/or support collectively the local struggles or initiatives.

The idea was timely and everyone grabbed it across Africa and Asia, quickly gathering together the very best of smart committed women activists.

This network was not a pyramidal organisation, it had no membership, it was a fluid network in which women and groups could step in and take responsibility for specific projects depending on their local needs.

It gathered together in mutual solidarity women who were religious believers, human rights advocates, secularists and atheists.

The tasks of the coordination office were that of a clearing house of information, of a publishing house, of a coordination secretariat for research programmes and for collective projects, of an urgent response/ emergency rescue organisation, of a board – lodging – therapeutic safe place for endangered or burnt out activists, etc… Now that most revolutionary women’s networks of the nineties have been tamed and ‘professionalised,’ my heart goes out to the Women In Black–Belgrade, whose humble coordination still performs so many of these exhausting and exhilarating tasks, under very difficult political circumstances. I salute these great resisters to NGOs normalisation!

Needless to say that, with the growing success of our network, funders were eager to ‘own’ it. There were growing pressures on me to come to my senses and conform to the corporate sector’s norms of organisation, believed – despite the evidence provided by the enormous success and achievements of our very network – to be the only efficient ones. A membership organisation with a classic top to bottom pyramidal structure, ‘professionalised’ activists appointed to specific tasks and responsibilities with afferent titles and fat salaries, and a well-paid ‘director’ (myself), with a clear religious identification, etc…

If you look at funding organisations’ NGOs normalisation plans during the nineties, you will see clearly exposed what I am talking about… I managed to keep them at bay and to protect the revolutionary spirit of the network for 18 years, till I left it.

As an organisation, the network WLUML circulated information on a regular basis; published a very good journal that mixed together sophisticated academic analysis and on the ground information on struggles and strategies of local women’s groups; produced knowledge that was needed to enhance women’s struggles through coordination of collective research; organised cross-cultural exchange of women from one predominantly Muslim area to another, culturally different Muslim areas so that participants could deconstruct the idea of a homogeneous Muslim world by living a very different reality; organised collective support for local actions; organised rescue; etc…

What have been the observed, if possible, measured impacts of ‘Secularism is a Women’s Issue’ and ‘Women Living Under Muslim Laws?’

WLUML definitely was instrumental in putting on the agenda, worldwide, the issue of women’s rights in Muslim contexts. It projected not the usual image of the ‘poor oppressed Muslim woman’ (which was instrumental in justifying military occupations and wars), but that of universalist (believers as well as secularists) women human rights defenders.

As for SIAWI, it performs very similar tasks in a new political context where secularists and atheists are more and more endangered while they become more and more vocal especially among the youth. SIAWI takes part in the circulation of information on the struggles of secularists and atheists in Muslim contexts and in the diasporas by maintaining a website (siawi.org). It gives visibility to the new forces for secularism in Muslim contexts and in the diasporas; it supports struggles and endangered individuals; it produces analyses on secularism in the times of rising armed fundamentalism; it participates in secular gathering and conferences; it challenges cultural relativism in Europe and North America and supports women’s local secular demands.

What are the historical, and ongoing, problems with religious fundamentalism?

There always were reactionary forces aiming at governing in the name of god. Secularism, understood as separation, is the best way to keep them at bay, away from directly exercising political power. Historically, progressive religious interpreters and liberation theologians have been defeated within their own religions.

Who is your favorite philosopher or scientist?

The one who will enlighten us tomorrow.

We must not forget that all philosophers and scientists are grounded into their times. The French revolution failed to grant equal rights to women and executed Olympe de Gouges who drafted a constitution that incorporated women’s rights to the social revolution. So did Darwin. Many otherwise progressive thinkers did not see any problem with colonial exploitation of Africans and slavery. We do not need to throw the baby with the bath water but we definitely have to look for thinkers for our times and our future.

What about activist?

What is the question?

Any recommended reading?

I suggested some books and articles in the foot notes. To those who read French, I could suggest, Bas les Voiles by Chaadortt Djavan, any book by Mohamed Sifaoui, Marianne et le Prophète by Soheib Bencheikh, articles and books explaining the concept of secularism by Henri Pena Ruiz.

English-speaking people need to access original literature that makes the difference between separation and equal tolerance by the state… such a source of confusion in any discussion on secularism… Fight for translations into English!

Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion about our discussion today?

Secularism – understood as separation between state and religions – is today’s best response to growing communalism in Europe and North America, as well as to the murderous armed Muslim organisations that want to impose theocracies and eradicate democracies. As imperfect as democracies are in Europe today, we need to fight for their survival in wake of the growing danger of seeing them replaced by theocracies, in the name of religious rights, cultural rights, minority rights, etc…Confront the erroneous idea of a ‘Muslim world.’ It exists no more than ‘the Christian world’ or ‘the Crusaders’ that Daesh pretends to destroy…

References

1. Knowing Our Rights: Women, family, laws and customs in the Muslim …

http://www.wluml.org/node/588

2 Dossier 23-24: What is your tribe? Women’s struggles and the …

http://www.wluml.org/fr/node/343

3 Great Ancestors: Women Claiming Rights in Muslim Contexts | Women …

http://www.wluml.org/…/great-ancestors-women-claiming-rights-muslim…

4 Dossier 30-31 The struggle for secularism in europe and North America

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Bad Luck is a Major Factor in Cancer Development

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/31

Bad Luck is a Major Factor in Cancer Development

Scientific American, which had an original appearance in STAT, reports that the main reason for most cancers is not mostly genetics or heredity. It’s bad luck.

The luck of the draw plays the bigger role in most cancer cases compared to the environment or one’s parents. There was a study that came out which “launched hundreds of scientific rebuttals, insinuations that the authors had been paid off by the chemical industry…”

So the idea that genetics and environment were less of an impact cancer risk than general poor luck was found to be controversial. For example, the stoppage of smoking and the cleanliness in the local environment were lesser factors than bad chances.

Recently, the authors of the research published a new study in Science with a “double down on their original finding but also labour mightily to correct widespread misinterpretations of it.”

The researchers used health records from 69 nations with evidence of cancer mutations coming from simple bad luck with the regular division of a cell. That is, there is a copying error in the DNA with the attempts at normal replication.

However, this does not mean the 66% of the cancers are not preventable. However, the errors occur.

It was noted that this should comfort many patients by Dr. Bert Vogelstein at Johns Hopkins University and the “senior author” of the first study. Dr. Otis Brawley, chief medical officer at the American Cancer Society, described this as a “significant improvement” on the original paper.

It was noted that the in other research “roughly 42 percent of cancers are preventable by, for instance, not smoking, maintaining a healthy weight, and not being exposed to cancer-causing pollutants.”

Others seemed less impressed with the research such as Dr. Yusuf Hannun, who is the director of the Stony Brook Cancer Center. Dr. Hannun’s research paper in 2015 showed that external or extrinsic factors rather than random DNA copying were greater risk factors.

Not all critics of the first paper were swayed, however. “I am not very impressed with the overall conclusion,” said Dr. Yusuf Hannun.

Some nuances were found in the research. For example, the large intestine’s cells divide more frequently than other cells. Only 5% of patients develop cancer there. The small intestine cells divide with less frequency, and “only 0.2 percent of people develop cancer there.”

Each division gives the chance for a copying error in the DNA. So, the more divisions there are the more cancers there will be. This as the argument put forward by the Johns Hopkins research team. 2/3rds of the difference in the cancer rates depend on the copying rate.

This was a consistent finding for 17 cancer classifications or “types” and in the 69 nations examined.

So the 66% difference comes from the differential rate of division in cell types, e.g. large intestine cells versus small intestine cells. The new analysis of the Johns Hopkins team is based on research in the United Kingdom cancer-causing mutations sources database.

Three categories are looked into in it: “the environment, heredity, or those random DNA-copying mistakes.” It is a first for examination of the “proportions of mutations in cancer and assigned them,” Cristian Tomasetti said, who is a Johns Hopkins mathematician.

After examination, it was found that 66% of the mutations occur in virtue of random copying errors during DNA replication, with 29% due to environment and then 5 percent based on heredity.

So different cancers have difference occurrences, and can “differ significantly.” For instance, 60% of the mutations that can cause skin or lung cancer come from the environment, with 15%, or less, for “prostate, bone, brain, and breast cancers.”

The Johns Hopkins researchers had a prior argument that the bad luck meant that smoking or bad diet, or genetic predisposition, played little role in the acquisition of the various cancers. But this new research takes a different line of approach.

But the other scientists – “cancer experts” – noted that several mutations cause cancer. It takes multiple pathways to get to the goal of cancer with cancer mutations. Single mutations happen, but multiple mutations then can cause the cancer.

“Therefore, if two out of three required mutations arise from copying mistakes, but the third comes from an environmental carcinogen, then avoiding that carcinogen prevents the cancer,” and the John Hopkins research group agrees.

So the new research differentiates “between” the preventability of a cancer and the cancer-causing mutations. “For instance, 65 percent of mutations in lung cancers arose randomly but 89 percent of those cancers are preventable by avoiding smoking,” Tomasetti said.

The environment can play a large role in the development of cancer with more leverage for prevention by implication. For example, the insulin, inflammation, and obesity levels.

“Environmental exposures can influence cancer risk in many ways,” Ross Prentice, cancer biostatistician at Fred Hutchinson Cancer Center said.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with David Niose – Attorney, Author and Activist

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/31

David Niose is an attorney who has served as president of two Washington-based humanist advocacy groups, the American Humanist Association (AHA) and the Secular Coalition for America. He is author of Nonbeliever Nation: The Rise of Secular Americans and Fighting Back the Right: Reclaiming America from the Attack on Reason. He currently serves as legal director of the AHA.

How did you become involved in humanism? Was there a family background?

No, there was no family background in humanism. I come from a Catholic family who were Italian and Irish. There were some family members who were not very religious, but none who were openly atheist or secular humanist. I’ve been nonreligious my entire adult life, but I didn’t get involved in organised humanism until shortly after George W. Bush was elected in 2000. At that point, I realised that the religious right was not going away, and I saw organised humanism as a means of fighting back.

You are the legal director for the Appignani Humanist Legal Center of the American Humanist Association. What tasks and responsibilities come with being the legal director?

I oversee the AHLC’s activities, from its litigation efforts to its complaint letters and other activities. Our legal centre is contacted daily by people who feel that constitutional violations are occurring in their communities. We answer their questions and give them the help they need. We have about a dozen cases in suit right now in courts around the country, at various stages of litigation. Some cases that are at the appellate level, some that are fairly new and going through the discovery process, and others that are nearing trial.

What differentiates legal cases and issues for the Appignani Humanist Legal Center of the American Humanist Association community and representatives from the more standard general American public legal cases—themes, media attention, individuals and organisations involved in them, and so on?

Our cases are mostly Establishment Clause cases – litigation suing governmental entities for violating church-state separation principles. Sometimes other issues are also present, such as equal protection and free speech, but the vast majority of our work is Establishment Clause. We have had cases against legislative bodies, school districts, county commissioners, the federal government—all kinds of governmental entities that have violated the wall of separation.

What are some of the main campaigns and initiatives of the Appignani Humanist Legal Center of the American Humanist Association?

We’ve had many high-profile legal disputes. We successfully persuaded the Air Force to allow an airman to re-enlist without including “so help me God” in his oath, reversing its policy requiring that wording. We’ve also successfully sued the federal government on behalf of a Humanist inmate who was not allowed to form a Humanist group in his prison. We’ve challenged “under God” in the Pledge of Allegiance in a couple of different jurisdictions, using an equal protection approach instead of the Establishment Clause. And of course, we’ve successfully challenged various religious activities in schools all over the country.

Also, what is the Pledge Boycott?

The Pledge Boycott is an effort to encourage people, especially public school students, to opt out of the Pledge of Allegiance in protest of the inclusion of the words “under God.” Those two words were added in 1954, and since then the pledge has defined patriotism in theistic terms for several generations of schoolchildren. Many people don’t even know that the pledge was once secular, that only lobbying by religious groups changed the wording. The boycott is a way of raising awareness and calling attention to the discriminatory, anti-atheist wording.

What is the Secular Legal Society? How does this society help bring everyone together under one banner and unify legal efforts on behalf of the American Humanist Association?

The SLS is our group of cooperating lawyers from all over the country who make themselves available as a resource to help the Appignani Humanist Legal Center. We currently have over 180 lawyers on our SLS list, from all different kinds of legal specialities. These people are available to help us to the extent they can. Some serve as local counsel when we litigate cases around the country. Others offer casual advice when we reach out with questions about issues that are outside our usual scope of practice – immigration law, for example, or intellectual property. The SLS is a valuable resource, and it’s a great way for lawyers who care about the AHA and secularism to lend a hand.

In general, what are the perennial legal threats to the advocacy and practice of humanism in the United States?

Well, almost all the activities of the Christian right in America threaten humanist values in one way or another. Whether its reproductive rights, social justice, prayer in schools—the list goes on and on—all of these issues run contrary to the direction we want to see this country take. It’s disheartening that, in 2017, we have school districts that won’t teach evolution, we have parts of the country where women can’t get safe and affordable reproductive health care because religious activists are in control.

What is the scope and scale of the of the Appignani Humanist Legal Center? Who are some of its most unexpected allies?

As far as scope goes, we are ready to advocate anywhere in the country, thanks to our SLS attorneys and our nationwide network of AHA members and chapters. We have eyes and ears all over the country.

With the current Trump Administration, do you see new threats to the fundamental rights and dignity of humanist American citizens?

Sure. It’s no secret that Trump panders to the Christian right. We’ll probably see many conservative judges appointed, jurists who disagree with our interpretation of the Establishment Clause. Very difficult days could be ahead for church-state separation.

What have been the largest activist and educational initiatives provided by Appignani Humanist Legal Center, if any—if that’s part of its work at all? Out of these, what have been honest failures and successes?

Well, I would categorise all our activities, including our litigation, as activism. The Pledge Boycott, which is an AHA initiative supported by the AHLC, has been a big success. And we’ve had many church-state victories, in courts and via complaint letters. If I had to point to a disappointment, I would say it would be the aforementioned equal protection pledge litigation.

We brought an innovative and valid legal theory before courts in two fairly liberal states, Massachusetts and New Jersey, but neither court would accept our argument.

How can people get involved with the Appignani Humanist Legal Center of the American Humanist Association, even donate to them?

We are not hard to find. The AHA’s web site is www.americanhumanist.org. The AHA also has over 600,000 Facebook followers, and you can connect with us there as well. The AHLC’s web site is www.humanistlegalcenter.org. Many of the AHLC’s activities are posted on the AHA’s Facebook page as well. Donations can be made via those links also.

Any closing thoughts or feelings based on the discussion today?

I’d just want to encourage anyone who thinks a church-state violation is occurring in their community to contact us. It can be a lonely feeling to be a secular person or family in a religious town in the Bible belt, but oftentimes those who speak out discover that they are not alone. And the AHA is your link to the community of reason, no matter where you live.

Thank you for your time, David.

Thank you.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Philosophy, Science, and the Charge of ‘Scientism!’

Author(s): Dr. Stephen Law and Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/30

Some scientists dismiss philosophy. They think science and empirical observation provide the sole window into reality. How can we gain insight into the nature of the world out there by sitting down, closing our eyes, and just thinking about it? How can we find out anything about reality by employing the armchair methods of philosophy?

Simultaneously, some philosophers and many religious people think such scientists are guilty of ‘scientism.’ That is, the arrogant assertion that all legitimate questions can only be answered by scientific methodologies. For example, scientists, like Richard Dawkins, who think science is capable of revealing anything about the supernatural – let alone God – are supposedly guilty of hubris, of pride. Dawkins and others are told to show some humility and acknowledge there are ‘more things in heaven and earth than are dreamed of in their scientistic philosophy.’ So, who is right? Is it those charging ‘scientism,’ or those who dismiss anything other than the deliverances of science as, well, bullshit?

On the one hand, Dr. Law is a professional philosopher. So, you may expect him to carve out a special non-scientific territory for philosophers. On the other hand, he supposes that in the hands of some – including many theologians – the ‘scientism!’ charge has become an unjustified and knee-jerk form of dismissal, much like ‘communism!’ in the past.

There do appear to be questions science can’t answer. Moral questions for example. Science is great at revealing facts about what is the case. Morality, however, is concerned not with what is the case, but with what ought to be. As the Enlightenment philosopher David Hume pointed out, observation does not reveal ‘ought facts.’

Hume also draws attention to the is/ought gap: It appears that premises concerning what is the case – certainly, premises of the sort that pure empirical science is capable of establishing – fail rationally to support moral conclusions: conclusions about what one ought or ought not to do.

So, it appears science can’t supply answers to our most fundamental moral questions, either by direct observation or by means of an inference from what has been directly observed.

Or take the question: why is there something rather than nothing? Science points to the Big Bang to explain why the universe exists. But why did the Big Bang happen? Whatever science points to explain that will be more, well, something. So, it seems something must always be left unexplained by science.

Here is another question:

At a family get-together, the following relations held directly between those present: Son, Daughter, Mother, Father, Aunt, Uncle, Niece, Nephew, and Cousin. Could there have been only four people present at that gathering? Actually, there could. It’s possible to figure that by doing some armchair, conceptual work. No scientific investigation is required or would even be relevant here. So, conceptual puzzles are puzzles that science cannot answer, but armchair methods can.

Now, philosophical puzzles also seem to have this conceptual character. Take the mind-body problem. Just how could the activities in our brains give rise to a rich inner world of subjective experience? True enough, scientists might discover everything that’s going on in my brain as I savour the taste of this cheesecake, but surely, my experience couldn’t just be that brain activity, could it?

Isn’t there some sort of conceptual obstacle to identifying minds with brains? Many think there is: we can know, they think, from the comfort of our armchairs, that minds just couldn’t be brains. However, whether or not there is such a conceptual obstacle about something requiring only armchair conceptual investigation to figure out, just as it only took armchair conceptual investigation to reveal there could, appearances to the contrary, be just four people present at that family gathering.

Our view is that philosophical problems are, for the most part, such conceptual problems. As such, they require armchair methods, not the scientific method, to solve them. At the same time, we agree with scientific critics of philosophy who say, “How can you discover anything about reality via armchair philosophical reflection or investigation?” You can’t.

Philosophical reflection can’t discover the basic nature of reality. Pure armchair theorising is an unreliable guide to reality. Science has shown that many of our armchair intuitions about time, space, matter, and so on, are wrong.

Still, while philosophical reflection can’t reveal how nature fundamentally is, it can on occasion reveal how nature isn’t.

Galileo ran a thought experiment to show Aristotle’s theory that a lighter and heavier ball will fall at different speeds cannot be correct. Galileo showed through philosophical investigation that Aristotle’s theory generates a contradiction: if the two balls are chained together, they will fall faster because their weight is now combined; they will also fall slower because the lighter ball will act as a drag on the heavier ball. So, it seems there is an important role for pure armchair philosophical reflection even in science, contrary to the views of some scientists. However, we agree that armchair philosophical investigation can’t explain how nature is – it can at best reveal that certain descriptions cannot be true of it because they involve contradictions.

Have we conceded that the charges of ‘scientism!’ against Dawkins and others are correct? No. To acknowledge questions and puzzles that science is the inappropriate answer does not mean the supernatural, the gods, or God are off limits to the scientific method.

God and the supernatural are normally unobservable. However, the unobservable is not off limits to science. Electrons are not directly observable. Same with the distant past of this planet (unless, of course, a time machine is invented). Yet, we can confirm and refute theories about unobservables via the scientific method. Why? Because existence of electrons and the Earth being older than 6,000 years have observable consequences.

But many claims about God and the supernatural have observable consequences too. Take, for example, the claim about God answering prayers. Two large scale double-blind studies – researchers and participants do not know the control group or the experimental group – have been done on the effect of petitionary prayer on heart patients.

Both revealed prayer had no effect. There was an absence of evidence for prayer working. But there was not just an absence of evidence for the efficacy of prayer, there was also evidence of absence – evidence that prayer does not work in that way. Maybe science cannot in principle answer all questions. Maybe some claims are off-limits. That prayer works is not one of them.

What motivations might be behind the charge of scientism? One seems to be shutting down debate, and immunise religious and supernatural claims against scientific refutation. Bishop James Heiser writes:

“The efforts of scientists to disprove the existence of God is not a pursuit of Science, butScientism” (Heiser, 2012).

Bishop Heiser seems to have an image of some scientists rubbing their hands menacingly together, cackling, and actively working to disprove the existence of the supernatural or God. As should now be clear, even if that were the aim of some scientists, efforts to test claims concerning the existence of the supernatural or even God do not necessarily involve an embrace of ‘scientism.’ Perhaps science cannot answer every question. Still, it may be able to answer various questions about the supernatural, including various questions about God. To believe this is not, in fact, to embrace scientism. And to point out that scientism is false is not to discredit such investigations. In their paper, ‘Has Science Disproved God?’ Ashton and Westacott write:

“It is important to note that science, unlike scientism, should not be a threat to religious belief. Science, to be sure, advocates a ‘naturalistic’ rather than ‘supernaturalistic’ focus, and an empirical method for determining truths about the physical world and the universe. Yet, the proper mandate of science is restricted to the investigation of the natural (physical, empirical dimension) of reality. It is this restriction that scientism has violated…” (Ashton and Westacott, 2006, 16).

Science is, in fact, capable of investigating the supernatural.

When a believer is stung into doubt about the lack of evidence for their belief in, for example, petitionary prayer, they can be lulled back to sleep by repeating over and over, ‘But this is scientism! It is beyond the ability of science to decide!’ The spell is cast, and the faithful return to their slumber.

No doubt some things will forever remain beyond the ability of science, and perhaps even reason, to decide. We’re happy to concede that. Still, there’s plenty within the remit of the scientific method, including many religious, supernatural, New Age, and other claims that are supposedly ‘off limits.’

However, because the mantra, ‘But this is beyond the ability of science to decide’ has been repeated so often with respect to that sort of subject matter, it is now heavily woven into our cultural zeitgeist. People simply assume it is true for all sorts of claims for which it is not, in fact, true. The mantra has become a convenient factoid that can be wheeled out whenever a scientific threat to belief rears their head. When a believer is momentarily stung into doubt, many will attempt to lull them back to sleep by repeating the mantra over and over.

The faithful murmur back: ‘Ah yes, we forgot – this is beyond the ability of science to decide…. zzzz.’

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Can You Be a Humanist Without Being a Feminist?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Anya Overmann

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/30

This question is one of the most controversial within the humanist and feminist community:

Can you be a humanist without being a feminist?

Our short answer: No. If you are a humanist, then you are a feminist.

Humanism, broadly or expansively construed, is an ethical and philosophical worldview including religious and irreligious perspectives. Some definitions will exclude the religious because of assertion of the religious as only focused on the theistic and the supernatural.

For example, it could be seen, like in IHEU’s official definition, as a democratic and ethical life stance that affirms the worth of every human being and advocates for building a more humane society without a need for religious systems, and instead based on ethics and reasoning through human capabilities.

We disagree. Religion is practices and values, and so is culture and heritage, too. Humanism in a general definitional context incorporates these considerations such as, say, humanistic Judaism. As well, humanism remains theoretical; that is, humanism remains ethical and philosophical in nature. Its practice implies other terminology too.

For example, the development of a more humane society based on reason and free inquiry — and equality in fundamental human rights among and between human beings — posits a tacit egalitarianism.

What is egalitarianism, exactly?

Egalitarianism is a socio-political philosophy that advocates for the equality of all humans and equal entitlement to resources. Humanism, as a theory incorporative of equality for all, implies egalitarianism — as it advocates for and works towards full equality for all. In this, humanism implies egalitarianism. But there’s different forms of equality, e.g. ethnic, educational, gender, and so on.

Equal access to quality education. Equal treatment regardless of ethnicity. As well, of course, the equal treatment in legal and social life regardless of gender. Mainstream feminism accounts for gender equality. For instance, the right to vote incorporates the legal equality of women, and the advocacy for social equality between women and men.

Feminism is the advocacy for gender equality based on the belief that women do not have equal rights to men.

Thus, if you are a feminist, then you are an egalitarian, and if you are an egalitarian, then you are for gender equality, and if you are for gender equality, then you are a feminist. Therefore, if you are a humanist, then you are a feminist, but not vice versa.

One can be a believer in God and be a supernaturalist, but also engage in feminist activities and believe in gender equality. Hence, you can be a feminist and gender equalist without being a humanist, by some definitions. As well, you can be for equal rights in all relevant respects or egalitarian — so education, gender, ethnicity, and so on, and a believer in God and supernaturalism.

Hence, you can be an egalitarian — which implicates gender equality and feminism — and not a humanist, by some definitions.

So, can you be a humanist without being a feminist?

We say no. If you are a humanist, then you must be a feminist. However, by our definitions, you can be a feminist without being a humanist.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Practice What You Preach: Moral Reflection on ‘The Global Gag.’

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Julia Julstrom-Agoyo

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

Of all perennial ethical precepts in the world, the Golden Rule stands ‘head and shoulders’ above the others in terms of durability and consistency across time and culture, respectively.

Religious institutions, formal or informal, preach the ethic. Secular ethical frameworks advocate for it too. Right into the present, it is presented as an ideal. Maybe it is unattainable, but the ethics hold sway in religious and secular moral universes.

The Golden Rule in the modern context remains consistent with the proclaimed ideal of the religious ethical worldviews and the international equivalent with human rights. Human rights are not equivalent to, but overlap significantly with, women’s rights: do as you would be done by. So if one were a woman, and required appropriate medical attention for reproductive health, and the technology was available and funded, then the moral act would be to provide the access to the medical services because another would want the same. This is consistent with ‘middle-of-the-road’ human rights organisations as well.

“(E)quitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.” Human Rights Watch has affirmed, “Where abortion is safe and legal, no-one is forced to have one. Where abortion is illegal and unsafe, women are forced to carry unwanted pregnancies to term or suffer serious health consequences and even death.” Research shows that many pregnant women, desperate in their situation and without access to safe abortion, will undergo dangerous procedures, risking harm unto themselves.

The Golden Rule should compel us to act in accordance with our better natures and provide the “equitable access to safe abortion” for women. Governments pressured by religious groups, whose leadership are made up primarily of men, like the Trump Administration, have posed a direct threat to this affirmation. Take, for instance, the Executive Order signed by U.S. President Donald Trump on his very first day in office, notably surrounded by a group of men.

The “Global Gag Rule” as it is commonly referred to prohibits NGOs from providing abortions or even providing information or services (eg counselling, referrals) about abortions if they want to receive funding from the U.S. for family planning. The U.S. has an undisputed powerful global influence, and with this executive order, countless women around the world will undoubtedly be negatively affected.

According to Forbes, “The U.S. hasn’t allowed use of federal funds for abortion since the 1973 Helms Amendment, [applied] internationally as well as domestically. In fact, gag rules that harm women are already widespread in the U.S. under the guise of ‘religious freedom.’”

There is no evidence that the global gag rule reduces abortion, according to Wendy Turnbull, PAI [Unparalleled Leadership and Impact] senior adviser.” Forbes said, “Instead, loss of funding from this punitive regulation eliminates access to contraceptives for more than 225 million women globally, greatly increasing the need for abortion. It also increases pregnancy-related deaths by about 289,000. How is that ‘pro-life?’”

Exactly whose life is valued and to what extent? Why must the compassion for an unborn fetus ring louder than that for the child that is born into poverty and for the mother and the state who are forced to shoulder that burden?

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Open Access Venture Incoming from the Gates Foundation

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

Open access continues to gain ground with advocacy from Bill and Melinda Gates’s Gates Foundation. Nature reported on the global health charity’s move to self-fund it own publishing channel. In addition, the European Commission will be deliberating on the same possibility.

The Gates Foundation, also known as the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, which is headquartered in Seattle, Washington, will launch the “open-access publishing venture” in late 2017.

It will be called Gates Open Research, modelled on another system developed by Wellcome Trust. The basic idea is to increase the rate of the publication of articles and data from research, which will be funded by the charity.

What is the Gates Open Research platform? According to the website, it states:

Gates Open Research is a scholarly publishing platform that makes research funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation available quickly and in a format supporting research integrity, reproducibility and transparency. Its open access model enables immediate publication followed by open, invited peer review, combined with an open data policy.

The European Commission will spend €80-billion (US$86-billion) on its own programme, its Horizon 2020 research programme. F1000Research has been contracted by both the Gates Foundation and the Wellcome Trust charity.

It is an “open-access platform that rapidly publishes papers and data sets after an initial sanity check by its in-house editors. Papers are peer-reviewed after publication, and the reviews and the names of their authors are published alongside.”

There will be zero oversight in terms of editorship by the Gates Open Research foundation, according to Bryan Callahan as reported by Nature. He noted that the Gates Open Research foundation will help the masses of researchers in developing countries, as well as helping to “avoid predatory publishers.”

The Wellcome Open Research has been able to publish peer reviewed papers within one week after submission. This is a relatively rapid turnaround for the submissions-to-publications (or rejections) process compared to the average.

In addition to this, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundations will provide the funding for the production of about 2,000-2,500 research papers per annum with “one of the most stringent open-access policies of any research funder.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

2030’s Planet 50–50 Gender Equality Plan

Author(s): Anya Overmann and Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

March is Women’s History Month and International Women’s Day is March 8, 2017. It is a day where every “person — women, men and non-binary people — can play a part in helping drive better outcomes for women.” The other is a month devoted to the catalogue, display, and public representation of women’s accomplishments in history. Why is this an important day for reflection? It is important because, according to the World Economic Forum(WEF), the overall gender gap based on the index called the Gender Gap Report published each year will not close until 2186.

That’s a super long time. Even with that dire report, United Nations Women (UN Women) has themed this International Women’s Day, which is less than a week away. The theme is “Women in the Changing World of Work: Planet 50–50 by 2030.” Maybe, not the political, educational, or health outcome areas, but, rather, the world of work, which continues to be an area of major concern. Even if 2186 is the fate of eventual total equality, then the piece-by-piece fitting of the equality puzzle can start with the world of work. But there are difficulties for women here too. Hardships related to the ongoing revolutions before us.

Globalisation and the digital revolution are changing the way we work, bringing big opportunities for all, but continue to present issues within the context of women’s economic empowerment. According to the UN, the gender pay gap stands at 24 cents globally, with many of these gaps appearing in leadership and entrepreneurship roles. Not to mention, the glaring gender deficit in care and domestic work.

The UN is calling for all economic policies to be gender-responsive and address job creation, poverty reduction, and growth in a sustainable and inclusive manner. It’s also pertinent, with the way human work is changing due to technology, for women to have better access to innovative technologies and practices that are good for mother nature and protect women against violence in the workplace.

International Women’s Day and Women’s History Month are important moments — a singular highlight day and an entire month — to reflect, celebrate, and declare the inherent equality of women based on human rights and women’s rights. We’ve got a long road ahead. And if you do not feel like waiting for the year 2186 to come around in your lifetime, you can always travel to Iceland. It’ll be just like time travel!

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Musings on Belief, Ezra Pound style

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

This morning, I reflected on belief in Canada over coffee. In particular, belief in the ‘other worldly’. Where, in John von Neumann’s (Poundstone, 2015) terms, propositions, as these describe the world, about material things or abstract objects, come in three states — yes, no, or maybe — based on the question, for instance, “Does X exist?” Yes, X exists; no, X does not exist; or, maybe, X might exist. Where the other worldly exists, does not exist, or might exist, most seem contained in the lattermost categorization.

So, “Does Apollo (or Cthulhu, or Ahura Mazda) exist?” The technical categorization remains: possible, or “maybe.” For all intents and purposes, most humanists will choose, “No.” The former as a technical, logical selection; the latter as a functional, utilitarian selection. Both work in context. In surveys of belief, Canadians, a little under half at 47%, believe in ghosts (Ipsos Reid, 2006).

If reduced to 30,000,000 for the total Canadian population, that means ~15,000,000 Canadians believe in ghosts, in the other worldly, in the supernatural. Many small towns will host ghost, haunted house, and cemetery tours with scant, or no, evidence for the claims. At the same time, the revenue from these tourist activities might prevent, whether passive or active, appropriate investigation into the evidentiary basis of the claims to the ghosts, the hauntings of the house, or the spirit-wanderings of the cemeteries. Some might think, “Why ruin business?” Indeed.

If the percentage of the Canadian population from the survey, and other surveys and other beliefs parallel this finding about ghosts, then many Canadians, in spite of functional living in numerous areas of life — work, school, paying taxes, raising kids, being neighbourly, and so on, live in a world of other worldliness, of the supernatural, of the magical-mystical. Many Canadians aren’t living in the natural world, in their minds’ eyes. They live in a world of magic.

Maybe, it feels cozier.

But what about the serious implications for the reality of death? To return to the libretto, the belief in ghosts seems, at first evaluation, in denial of death. Death as, not necessarily but “for all intents and purposes,” final. The dead are gone, and aren’t coming back — as most humanists would, likely, say, “…for all intents and purposes.” I am reminded of Ezra Pound (Stock, 2017). Who in his Cantos, when speaking of the “Gods,” stated:

“The Gods have not returned. ‘They have never left us.’

They have not returned.” (Pound, n.d.)

For all intents and purposes…​’The dead have not returned. ‘They have never left us.’ They have not returned.’

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religion News in Brief March 28th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

The Most and Least Religious Least Afraid of Death

According to the Daily Mail, the most extreme in religiosity and ‘irreligiosity’ are the least scared of death. That is, researchers found evidence that showed that the most religious and atheists are the least scared of death.

Those that believe in the social and emotional benefits of religion are “most afraid.” Those that have a motivation based on true belief are the least afraid of dying. As well, many atheists are not scared of it, and they do not seek out a religion.

So, the atheists and the most religious take the most comfort in death, but for, obviously, different reasons.

Sikh Charity Caught in Fraud

According to the Hindustan Times, the British regulator charities conducted an investigation into the one Sikh group claiming to want to advance Sikhism. Apparently, the group turned out to be a “conduit for immigration fraud to bring Indian nationals to the country.”

It was called the Khalsa Missionary Society on the Charity Commission, but has been permanently barred from the Charity Commission now. Khalsa Missionary Society was listed as Trustee A in the report from the investigation.

The Khalsa Missionary Society stated its objective as: “To advance the Sikh religion in the UK for the benefit of the public through holding prayer meetings, lectures, public celebration of religious festivals, producing and/or distributing literature on Sikhism.”

 Religious Countries Less Educated

The Independent reports that, “Students in religious countries are likely to perform worse in science and maths than their more agnostic or atheist counterparts, new research has found.” The more religious the country, the lower the educational score.

Professor Gijsbert Stoet, the co-author of the research study, said, “Countries that are more religious score lower in educational performance…governments that might be able to raise educational standards and so standards of living by keeping religion out of schools and out of educational policy-making.”

It was a collective effort of academics at Leeds Beckett University and the psychology professor is based there. The University of Missouri was part of it. There was a strong negative correlation between overall educational performance and time spent on religious education in second schools.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Canada Will Legalise Marijuana by Canada Day 2018

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/28

According to the reportage coming out of the national Canadian news source, Toronto Star, the Canadian federal government intends to legalise marijuana, or cannabis, on Canada Day in 2018. The Liberal Federal Government of Canada is intending this as a fulfilment of a promise.

Currently, the Liberal Prime Minister of Canada is Justin Trudeau, who is the son of the deceased Pierre Trudeau. The legalisation will occur on July 1, 2018. The Canadian Broadcasting Company, or the CBC, presented the report on the “flagship TV show, The National.”

In Canada, April 20th or ‘4/20,’ is a symbolic date around marijuana, mostly for cannabis users. Cannabis tends to be a favourable term used by the community of users. Marijuana tends to be an unfavourable term used to describe the substance from outside the community.

And this has been, as The Globe and Mail states, part of a rush pre-April 20th to draft a bill.

One “senior official” is claimed to have said that the preparation for the legislation exposes division “on key issues between the Health, Justice and Public Safety departments, requiring federal lawyers to work overtime to find the appropriate legal language to express the government’s final intentions.”

Ottawa, Canada “will secure the country’s marijuana supply and license producers. The national age limit to purchase the drug will be set at 18, but provinces will be able to set it higher.

Provinces will also control price, along with how marijuana is bought and sold.”

As the preliminary work for this date setting, there was deliberation through the creation of a federal task force. In December, 2016, there was the creation of the report for consideration. It had 80 recommendations.

The former Toronto police chief, and Liberal MP, Bill Blair, was the briefer for the Liberal caucus. However, until the point of legalisation on Canada Day, 2018, marijuana continues to be illegal, as the Toronto Star reports.

CBC News in its politics section reported that the limit for plants per household will be 4 plants. The Canada Day 2018 promise will be the fulfilment of a campaign promise from PM Trudeau.

But, there have been raids on marijuana dispensaries in cities across the country as the substance remains illegal, CBC reports, and this includes marijuana advocates Jodie and Marc Emery.

British Columbia MP, Peter Julian, has been skeptical about the claim, in a debate, saying, “I do not believe Justin Trudeau is going to bring in the legalisation of marijuana and as proof that … we are still seeing, particularly young, Canadians being criminalised by simple possession of marijuana.”

PM Trudeau has noted, succinctly, that the laws have not changed and legalisation has not taken place. “Yes, we got a clear mandate to do that. We’ve said we will,” Trudeau said. “We’ve said we’re going to do it to protect our kids and to keep the money out of the pockets of criminals.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Over 2 Million People Every Year Die Due to Working Conditions

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/27

Death by work: daily, weekly, monthly, yearly, even hourly. Globally, over 2 million people, roughly speaking, die every year due to their working conditions and their environment. The ILO, the International Labour Organization, says more than that. 2.3 million workers die due to “occupational accidents or work-related diseases.”

Actually, it is about 4 per minute if you count the number of seconds in a year and then do the math with that 2 million per year dead. A 5-minute article read comes out to about 20 deaths by work. But then again, over 150,000 people die every day.

So only about 5,500 out of the total 150,000 dead witnessed each day, or about 2.3 million out of the 131 million dead per annum. Only 167,000 people die each year due to conflict. As the World Economic Forum (WEF) reports, “167,000 people died in armed conflicts in 2015, according to the latest edition of the IISS Armed Conflict Survey.”

To top out the staggering number of deaths, there inefficiencies with not only having fewer workers, but workers need to take leaves of absence based on work. There are ~313 million accidents each year on the job that result in those absences.

Why does this matter? Two reasons.

One, it is costing human lives. I suspect most of the most dangerous jobs are taken by men, and so the costs in the injuries and livelihood, and lives – outright, will be young men and men.

Two, it is costing countries and the global economy. WEF said, “The ILO estimates that the annual cost to the global economy from accidents and work-related diseases alone is a staggering $3 trillion.”

So it matters on the two main points of contact for people – morals and money, or ethics and economics. Not only this, a few billion workers in the world – 3.2 – are “increasingly unwell” and facing “economic insecurity.”

¾ are in the vulnerable sector, the precariat, which means part-time, temporary, and unpaid work. These are the lowest half of the world’s workforce, for the most part. What’s more, our ageing world population is making some things untenable such as ½ of the working population being fat or “obese.”

Productivity relates to wellbeing and the health of the workforce, but the health and wellbeing of the workforce relate to the eventual medical costs – especially for the old. An old, less healthy, less well-off workforce loses net productivity.

Who pays? At the end analysis, everyone.

Klaus Schwab, a respected and prominent contributor, and founder and executive chairman of the WEF, presented the Workplace Alliance Report. In the introduction or the presentation of the report, he made some key notes.

First, employers have a responsibility for the wellbeing of their employees without which the country can lose “competitiveness, productivity and well-being.” Second, ½ or more of the working population, so the labour force, spend their time at work – most of their time.

Third, there is the need – and this is an indication of the reason for the respect, it can be assume – for the incentivising of workers to engage in healthier lifestyles and for the employers to provide healthier families and communities.

Fourth, employees have a duty to self-respect through healthy lifestyles. But also, employers have the responsibility to provide healthier working conditions too.

The majority of the cases here are based on the construction industry, where 1/6 fatal workplace accidents take place in the construction sector. I worked in the construction sector for years, from adolescence onwards, and sucked at it. But there you go.

In the case of men, many incidence occur because of the “intrinsically hazardous nature of this work, the challenging locations of construction sites, changing work environments and high rates of staff turnover. There are also health problems associated with building activities, such as musculoskeletal disorders and exposure to hazardous substances, such as asbestos.”

Construction remains dangerous for the aforementioned reasons. But there have been significant improvements in safety.

And it doesn’t come without a cost. Contractors and owners “commit the time, budget and management to focus on the well-being of the construction workforce.”

There standards of safety performance. There is the need to implement programmes to prove sufficient efficacy. The goals spoken of now are “zero incidents.”

There were 6 areas listed by the WEF for the arenas of worker health, safety, and wellness:

  1. Creating an organisational leadership structure that fosters a culture passionate about health, safety and wellness
  2. Establishing governance, engagement and dialogue for health, safety and wellness awareness
  3. Well-being through social stability and security
  4. Well-being through advanced technology
  5. Well-being through professional development
  6. Specific actions for ensuring mental and emotional well-being

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

My Recent Correspondence with ‘Ayaz Nizami’ – #FreeAyazNizami

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/27

In early March, I sent an email to a Pakistani blogger, ex-Muslim, and atheist, and vice president of the Atheist & Agnostic Alliance Pakistan. One week ago, he replied to me. The original email was for an interview for this Progressive online news platform, Conatus News.

The Pakistani blogger is Ayaz Nizami (an alias name). I sent a questionnaire five days ago. I did not receive a response. Usually, people have lives, roles and responsibilities, needs for random vacations, and time with family and friends, and for recreation. More on this in a bit, but…

Who is Ayaz, though? He is a religious scholar and ex-Muslim. He pursued religious training after standard, mainstream education. He was admitted to an Islamic studies school. He began to doubt the authenticity of the claims of his faith at the time.

I suspect that not being an easy thing to undergo or endure, especially being part of an orthodox religious family. Even with the doubts, he accomplished accreditation in the Islamic studies. He was not only a religious scholar in general, but an Islamic scholar in particular.

As described by the Atheist & Agnostic Alliance Pakistan, Mr. Nizami has expertise, based on the Islamic training, in “Tafseer, Principles of Tafseer, Hadith, Principles of Hdith, Fiqh.

Principles of fiqh, Arabic language (grammar, vocabulary, and literature), philosophy & logic.”

It is the breadth of a philosophical and theological education with an emphasis on Islamic theology. He claims that the study of Islam, at near the highest level one can safely assume, in addition to the other Abrahamic faiths, led to an interesting conclusion.

That they are not divine, “a mere creation of the human brain and are a bi-product of culture and civilisations in the world especially the Middle East,” Mr. Nizami said.

Upon this realisation, he set out to “educate and enlighten his fellow countrymen and share his findings with them” with a mission to further truth and knowledge without reward. 2012 was an important year for him. He assisted in founding the Atheist & Agnostic Alliance Pakistan.

…So I thought little of the delay. Earlier yesterday morning, in Pacific Standard Time, I saw an update via social media about an Ayaz Nizami, a blogger, or writer, jailed for blasphemy and placed into custody in an anti-terrorism cell. What is the criminal charge? Did Mr. Nizami murder someone? Did Mr. Nizami rape someone?

It seemed suspicious. The common knowledge in the educated secular community is bloggers with critiques of religion or religious patriarchs, or practices, can be killed, given lashings, or stigmatised and ostracised in their communities.

So the answer to the latter two questions: no, and no. Answer to the former query: as far as I can tell, he existed as a non-believer, especially an ex-Muslim, with self-confidence rather than acculturated diffidence and spoke out on religion and Islam, and with highly educated, scholarly authority in the relevant subject matter. It was taken as terrorism and blasphemy.

Whether or not the statements are true or not, and whether or not you’re religious or not – and especially if you’re religious take the parable of the hypocrite and the Golden Rule into account, ask, “Should someone be imprisoned on blasphemy or terrorism charges – even threatened with a hashtag hanging campaign (#HangAyazNizami) based on belief, in particular non-belief, in the public arena?”

At root, some subset of Pakistani Muslims are offended, and some non-Muslims. But does this justify the sentiments and the very real consequences on the life of Mr. Nizami?  No, and take the footnote about the hypocrite and the Golden Rule into account, I get it.

But if in his situation, if something you did was that offensive, would others be justified in imprisoning or threatening to hang you? I feel offence at the offence around Mr. Nizami. Does this justify blasphemy charges and imprisonment, and public threats of hanging? No, and I would not condone it, as I do not condone the same for the offence – which from that perspective, I can feel sympathy for – felt by some Pakistani Muslims, and others.

All I can say further is what has been expressed before: #FreeAyazNizami – and let us finish that darn interview.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

(Video) NASA Satellite Catches Star’s Death by Black Hole

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/26

Elizabeth Howell, in Scientific American, described how a NASA satellite captured the last moments of life for a black hole. The star’s last bit of life was not a supernovae or novae.

The star was engulfed by the black hole. And it was all charted by the NASA satellite.

The black hole is a 3-million-solar-mass black hole. Really unprecedented according to the standard metric of mass in astronomy – the study of the celestial stuff like its objects and processes.

It is used to measure the mass – not weight – of stars and nebulae and galaxies, and clusters and groups of galaxies and so on. Therefore, as NASA scientists were quick to point out, it’s an enormous mass completely out of regular experience of physics for us.

And this black hole weighed 3 million of these units. There were “cosmic fireworks” that revealed a lot about the black hole and the star’s descent into death and darkness. Fireworks mean observables, which means evidence.

That evidence can be dissected and provide insight into stellar and black hole dynamics, at least in terms of the pull and absorption of the star into the black hole. It was about 290 million years ago.

The original observation was back in 2014, and various wavelengths of light were emitted, which is just energy – visible energy was emitted detectable by our technology: “optical, ultraviolet and X-ray light.”

“Fresh observations of this radiation by NASA’s Swift telescope have yielded more details about where these different wavelengths were generated in the event, which is called ASASSN-14li, a new study reports.”

Dheeraj Pasham, the lead author – the person who is the principle writer and researcher behind the article – and an astrophysicist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology , said, “We discovered brightness changes in X-rays that occurred about a month after similar changes were observed in visible and UV light.”

The hypothesis of Pasham and others – or et al – is that the emissions, the ultraviolet and optical electromagnetic or light emissions, were far from the black hole. Matter was orbiting – in elliptical, not ovular or circular.

Imagine an egg, turn the egg right-side up so it looks like a balance with the fat end on the bottom and the thin end on the top. Now cut the top half of the egg off, make a copy of that top half, flip it 180 degrees around, then stick it to the bottom of the original top.

That’s basically an elliptical orbit – like an egg.

Planetary orbits are like that. So it means, for instance, that the distance from the Sun changes upon where the orbit of the Earth is.

So imagine stuff crashing around the outskirts of the orbit of the black hole and emit electromagnetic energy – optical and UV. The star that was to die, actually, had the same mass as our Sun, our star.

So the image can be a bit more graspable. The forces from the black hole overwhelmed those of the star – 3 million or so more. The star began to be ripped apart and was funnelled into the black hole.

It began to form a stream of stellar, or star, matter that began to be pulled into the black hole, which is a 3-dimensional hole.

“Next, the debris from this star formed a spinning accretion disk, with the matter compressing and heating before falling into the black hole,” Howell said. So why was some of this matter on the outskirts hurtling around at incredible speeds so that when they impacted one another they emitted optical and ultraviolet rays, electromagnetic rays?

Bradley, Cenko, from NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, said, “Returning clumps of debris strike the incoming stream, which results in shock waves that emit visible and ultraviolet light…As these clumps fall down to the black hole, they also modulate the X-ray emission there.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Huge Neuron Hints at Consciousness

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/25

There was a recent ScienceAlert article reported on a huge neuron, which wraps itself around the circumference of the brain. It’s been likened to a big winding tape worm.

It is the “first time” that researchers found a neuron wrapping around the whole circumference of a mouse brain. Usually, our images of a brain come from TV shows, Netflix, movies. And they’re shown as a big piece of cauliflower, with some distinct structures, but nothing innervating the entirety of the structure, the brain.

It was reported that this was “so densely connected across both hemispheres, it could finally explain the origins of consciousness.” Basically, the assertion here is the feeling that makes you feel like you to you is consciousness.

That consciousness is this feeling of unified experience of the world, able to attend to bits and pieces of.

A digital reconstruction of a neuron that encircles the mouse brain.

information, and do something with that attention at any one given time. So what would solve the problem?

Apparently, the idea of a singular structure other than the brain itself that wraps around the brain…itself. That being an individual neuron, which, for a rat, is very large. It connects between two hemispheres.

There is another structure, which is like the telephone lines between the hemispheres, called the corpus callosum. This important structure does not get into the depths of either hemisphere as much as the big neuron.

The neuron was detected as “emanating from one of the best-connected regions in the brain,” BBC News reports. This may imply coordination of information transfer from disparate areas of the brain, for conscious thought.

That conscious thought coming into experience as the consciously deliberated information. So it’s like asking, “Of this arena of passively processed information and experienced on the periphery of my awareness, what is taking up my conscious thought?”

And then thinking some more, asking, “What structures in the brain correspond to the conscious thought?” These are called, usually and academically non-descriptively, “Neural Correlates of Consciousness.”

This recent finding is part of a grand, and so far, challenging, series of attempts to map consciousness to the brain. Attempts made but with no definitive conclusion. And it’s not the only one.

There’s 3. This isn’t in a human brain, or a primate brain, which seems like a weakness. It’s in a mammal brain, though, which is closer, evolutionary and historically speaking.

These brain parts may have been “undetected in our own brains for centuries.” So how close to solving consciousness? According to the reports, it depends on the definition of consciousness. It depends on the criteria for scientific processes. It depends on the empirical data sets taken into account.

It depends on the level of taking into account of the well-accepted, well-attested-to, broadly empirically supported standard theories. New theories, frameworks to explain sets of facts–fact 1, fact 2, fact 3, fit into such a hypothesis and the predictions from this are born out.

“At a recent meeting of the Brain Research through Advancing Innovative Neurotechnologies initiative in Maryland, a team from the Allen Institute for Brain Science described how all three neurons stretch across both hemispheres of the brain, but the largest one wraps around the organ’s circumference like a “crown of thorns’.”

Christof Koch, a respected and renowned researcher, and the president and chief science officer at the Allen Institute for Brain Science, told Nature’s Sara Reardon that this is a first. Indeed, the extent of the neuron is vast relative to the brain. And to boot, all 3 Super Size Me neurons come from that same area, “emanate” from that same locale.

It’s apparently called the claustrum and appears to be, based on modern evidence, the single greatest interconnected brain portion.

Plus, its connections, the claustrum’s emanations, link to “higher cognitive functions such as language, long-term planning, and advanced sensory tasks such as seeing and hearing.” So brain structures devoted to this.

In 2014, Koch wrote for Scientific American, “Advanced brain-imaging techniques that look at the white matter fibres coursing to and from the claustrum reveal that it is a neural Grand Central Station…[almost] every region of the cortex sends fibres to the claustrum.”

Like an “orchestra” conductor, the claustrum (plus these emanations) conducts consciousness. So that mass of passive information processing permits the possibility for the selection for conscious thought, and the orchestra follows the conductor.

It’s one of the most important connections, one documented by many case studies, individual medical profiles over time, diagnoses, and reportage. One such case includes:

A 54-year-old woman checked into the George Washington University Medical Faculty Associates in Washington, DC, for epilepsy treatment. 

This involved gently probing various regions of her brain with electrodes to narrow down the potential source of her epileptic seizures, but when the team started stimulating the woman’s claustrum, they found they could effectively ‘switch’ her consciousness off and on again.

This on-off switch for consciousness, for awareness, the feeling of you being you, and observing you feeling you be you, appears to be a significant discovery for neuroscience. With electrical impulses, the woman would stare blankly into ‘space’ – not sure if they were outside, but presumably the room where the procedure was taking place.

She suddenly zapped back into consciousness – no memory. Two days of experiments reconfirmed the proceedings. So scientists believed this case was not anomalous.

And this has been documented in other cases of sub-populations that are unappreciated or almost completely neglected. It was 171 individuals in the experiment in total, including war veterans. Those 171 combat veterans had correlates, neural correlates of consciousness in a way, of the “duration, but not frequency, of loss of consciousness.”

This is not proof, but continual hints or suggestions as to the central correlate of consciousness, the claustrum, which includes these 3 huge emanations or neurons innervating other areas of the brain.

Does this prove the Koch theory of consciousness? According to the evidence, not necessarily. Rather, what it does appear to give is context and more evidence. Therefore, neuroscience appears to be 3 Super Size Me neurons closer to proving the Koch theory of consciousness.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Politics News in Brief March 24th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/24

Chinese textbooks translated for UK

According to BBC News, First Minister Nicola Sturgeon is seeing an increased solidarity in Scotland for the people in the UK after the terror attack on Wednesday. It has been reported that 5 people died.

The 5 died when a car was driven at pedestrians in the UK parliament. The driver leapt from the car, but was stabbed by a police officer. There was an independence referendum at the time of the attack.

The Scottish parliament “suspended” the debate. Sturgeon said, “My thoughts, as I’m sure the thoughts of everybody in Scotland tonight, are with people caught up in this dreadful event…My condolences in particular go to those who’ve lost loved ones.”

Northern Ireland stability responsibility of the UK

The Belfast Telegraph states that Prime Minister Theresa May “ruled out” direct rule of Northern Ireland – according to Enda Kenny. Downing Street ‘insists’ that the political instability of Northern Ireland remains as the responsibility of the UK Government.

Taoiseach Enda Kenny and May mutually agreed that there would not be a need to return to direct rule of Northern Ireland with “this month’s snap assembly election.” One UK spokesperson responded to Kenny.

“Political stability in Northern Ireland is the responsibility of the UK Government…We remain firmly focused on securing the resumption of devolved government and the formation of an Executive within the statutory time-frame of 27 March,” the spokesperson said.

Fathers feel afraid to ask for flexible working hours

BBC News states that “Dads who want to be more involved in the care of their children fear that asking for more flexible hours might damage their careers, the chairwoman of a new probe into the issue says.”

The Conservative MP Maria Miller stated that many employers can question the commitment of the employees when they make these requests. “44% of dads have lied about family-related responsibilities” in reports.

Working dads juggle their responsibilities. “The inquiry comes in the wake of the 2017 Modern Families Index, authored by employment campaign group Working Families, which suggested that while family was the highest priority for fathers, half of those interviewed felt their work-life balance was increasingly a source of stress.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Women’s Empowerment in Qatar

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/23

Often—well, at least sometimes- I reflect on reasons why powerful international state actors, multinational corporations, major global religious denominations, and other super powerful sectors strive for women’s empowerment.

Is it moral, ethical, or some efficiency deal? I don’t know. But women’s empowerment, according to the people that spend a lot of time on this stuff – the experts, is crucial. It’s core to the development of developing societies, and to the maintenance of developed ones.

Qatar recently made an important statement about the need to provide “empowerment of women in all fields and backing all regional and international efforts in that regard.”

The Commission on the Status of Women, the 61st session, (CSW61) was a recent important event. At the CSW61, Najat Daham Al Abdullah, the director of family affairs at the Ministry of Administrative Development, Labour, and Social Affairs, was the reader for the statement on behalf of the Qatari government.

The statement at CSW61 was in the context of the vision in the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the United Nations at 2030. The empowerment of women is seen as an important thing. Aspects of the SDGs make specific stipulations about gender equality. Others make them more indirectly.

The 5th and the 8th goals were the emphasised goals by Al Abdullah at CSW61. Gender equality and inclusive growth were the points of emphasis. There was mention about the Human Development Index (HDI) as an important metric.

It is a measurement to show development of the country relative to others, and, in fact, the nation of Qatar is doing really well in it. It is “to emphasise that people and their capabilities should be the ultimate criteria for assessing the development of a country, not economic growth alone.”

Qatar, by the HDI, describes the situation for the country as among the top 20% of the world:

Qatar’s HDI value for 2015 is 0.856— which put the country in the very high human development category— positioning it at 33 out of 188 countries and territories. The rank is shared with Cyprus and Malta

That’s excellent, and a healthy sign of development on economic and other factors provided by the HDI. Al Abdullah noted that the growth is intended to be equitable between sexes. Akin to other statements about international equality by 2030, Qatar has one.

It is the Qatar National Vision 2030: developmental vision for social, economic, human, and environmental areas of Qatari society. The website states:

​​​During the reign of His Highness Sheikh Hamad bin Khalifa Al Thani, the Father Emir, May God Protect Him, Qatar National Vision 2030 has been launched to serve as a clear road map for Qatar’s future. It aims to propel Qatar forward by balancing the accomplishments that achieve economic growth with the human and natural resources. This vision constitutes a beacon that guides economic, social, human and environmental development of the country in the coming decades, so that it is inclusive and helpful for the citizens and residents of Qatar in various aspects of their lives.​

The emphasis is the empowerment of women as well as the protection of women socially. This is all fabulous for the equality of women and men. Al Abdullah, on behalf of Qatar, re-affirmed the in the UN’s Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women.

“Qatari women worked as ministers, ambassadors, and directors of public and private institutions. Qatari women also became the region’s first judges and prosecutors, Al Abdullah added.”

Other stipulations, affirmations, or open statements of obligations and positive rhetoric, from the Qatari statement described the ensuring of women’s right to lead balanced family and work lives and to take on earned work as they see fit – whether “diplomacy, medicine, academia and police.”

There was also discussion on issues outside of Qatar. To give assistance to the areas of the world where there are high levels of poverty and violence amongst women was considered. There was emphasis on the difficulties for Palestinian women in the occupied territories, especially in the Gaza Strip.

Where the statement “called on intensifying efforts in order to improve the situation of women in Palestine and support all her human rights, starting with the right to establish and independent Palestine states in line with international resolutions.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Atheistic Humanism and Media Stereotypes

Author(s): Phoebe Davies-Owen and Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/21

Humanism encompasses a range of beliefs including the theistic, such as Humanistic Judaism or Unitarian Universalism, and the non-theistic, such as atheism, agnosticism, even deism or apatheism. More than a specific set of precepts, humanism is a lifestyle incorporating a worldview. It is an ethical and philosophical stance for guidance in one’s life, relations with others, and perception and conception of the nature of the world.

Unfortunately, this seems less understood by the wider public, but it is not their fault, necessarily. There are simply fewer Humanists, so fewer spokespeople and representatives; and less impetus socially and culturally, even politically, to openly advocate and promote it in the public arena to a wide audience.

Indeed, the mass media, news, and the public relations industry have enormous sway over the general public’s mind and perception of social issues and others’ views on the world. This extends, unfortunately, to the point of stereotyping others, e.g. atheistic humanists. Strict nonbelievers in God, gods, or the supernatural are given a negative portrayal in the popular media.

Sometimes, non-believers can have virtues such as intelligence. At other times, they can be demonised, quite literally. More often than not, the Humanist sub-population who are atheists are not represented in the media at all. So even if, or (rarely) when, an Atheist is represented in the media, they might have a virtue, but come with numerous obvious vices.

What kinds of tired tropes are there? Common, tiresome tropes assigned to atheist characters are anti-sociality, cynicism, depression, drug addiction, and narcissism. These can be seen in some characters that you may be familiar with: Brian Griffin from ‘Family Guy,’ Sheldon Cooper from ‘The Big Bang Theory’ and Dr. Gregory House in ‘House.’

Brian Griffin is demonised by society for being an atheist, and is critical of religion without much thought or care for the beliefs of those he lives with. Sheldon Cooper, while possessing genius intelligence, is reliant on the faith in science and has complete disregard towards religion, stemming from his growing up in a deeply religious environment. Cooper is surrounded by friends who do believe he is often insulting and self-righteous. Also, he is initially antisocial and doesn’t conform to social norms. Dr. Gregory House is, again, written and presented as a deeply intelligent but egotistical misanthrope unable and unwilling to effectively engage with the world socially, or emotionally.

House, Sheldon — but not Brian Griffin — are the leading characters of their shows, and as a result they carry it through season after season. The problem when these lead characters portrayed as Atheists/Humanists are narcissists, cynics, anti-socials is that they create stereotypes. The problem with stereotypes is that they create an image of a certain person — Atheists are conceited, highly intelligent and unfriendly — and soon we begin to view all Atheists/Has the same. This, of course, isn’t true!

There may be people who fit that description outside of the TV screen, but otherwise Atheists and Humanists are a diverse group of people, encompassing people from different countries and backgrounds. While the characters we see on the TV representing the Atheist/Humanist community are interesting and amusing to watch, they don’t represent the wider community and as a result Atheists/Humanists are very dramatic caricatures. Most of us who are Atheists/Humanists don’t even think about it; we just go about our lives without the belief in a supernatural creator and don’t tend to make a fuss about it. We should be fighting for real representation of the community, normal everyday working families who raise their children as sceptics and who are well behaved and charitable just because you can be, without any other motivation.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with James Avery Fuchs – Program Director at Humanist Society of Greater Phoenix

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/21

James, you are the program director for the Humanist Society of Greater Phoenix (HSGP). When was the moment of ethical, political awakening for becoming a Humanist?

I’ve always believed in the importance of doing the right thing, even if it’s not the easiest thing, and I’ve been an atheist since about the beginning of my teenage years. However, I didn’t have community as an atheist, and struggled with maintaining a sense of greater purpose and dealing with the eventuality of death, so during a few rough patches in my childhood and young adulthood, I delved back into religion as an escape from the realities of life. Those explorations lasted a year at most, though, as the more familiar I became with various religious texts, the less comfortable I was with accepting the tenets, especially since any faith in a god or gods I had was tenuous at best.

It wasn’t until the last few years that I learned of humanism, and the Humanist Society of Greater Phoenix, but as I delved further into both the organisation and the tenets of the American Humanist Association (AHA) and the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU) (HSGP is an official chapter of these organisations, among others), I felt like I had finally found a community and philosophy that spoke to me.

What is humanism to you? How does this inform professional work?

To me, humanism in its most simple form is defined as “Atheists and agnostics dedicated to doing good.” Humanism is a secular application of the drive to make a positive difference in people’s lives and the world as a whole, and that drive and passion for positive change and action is at the heart of nearly all my choices, professional and otherwise.

As a trans educator, I am seeking to create a better, safer world for others. When I give workshops and speeches on consent, boundaries, and toxic relationships, I have the same goal.

With my podcast, “A Queer Was Here,” I seek that same positive future through providing approachable education on various LGBT+ topics. As a spoken word poet and author, my drive for positive change is the same. As Program Director of HSGP, I also seek to improve the world. And as a human being, I seek to be as ethical and moral as I can be, guided by my sense of right and wrong and my openness to changing my perception of situations and topics with the introduction of new knowledge or perspectives.

I try to live my life as a whole with the same singular goal and purpose that humanism highlights in its tenets.

What tasks and responsibilities come with being the program director for the HSGP?

My main responsibility is booking and introducing the Sunday speakers we have twice a month (except for December, which only has one), but I also vote on board decisions and try to help out wherever I can with other events and tasks.

As well, you are in a unique position as not only an author, but a public speaker and spoken word poet.  Some of the topics relate to being trans. How do you engage audiences, whether through books, speaking in public, or poetry, on trans topics?

Most of the speeches I give on trans topics are educational ones, and many of them are directed at non-trans audiences. As the public has become more aware of trans folks, they’ve been looking for sources willing to educate, so speeches that I book on trans topics generally have fairly large audiences. I’ve found being approachable and calm makes people a lot more willing to listen and change their minds on trans topics, though I of course understand that education is not the responsibility of trans individuals. However, it’s something I enjoy being able to offer.

When it comes to poetry, I find that it helps to emphasise the emotions various situations evoke rather than the situations themselves, like I do in the poem “The Sound of Home,” in which I write about how it felt to discover the word “transgender,” or address broader situations using trans topics as examples, as I do in my poem “Stage Fright,” in which I talk about coming out on stage and learning to associate fear with success.

Also, what are common misconceptions, or common questions from audiences about being trans?

A lot of people unfamiliar with trans identities will conflate them with sexual orientation, thinking an individual assigned female at birth who is interested in men, for instance, will then become interested in women instead after transitioning, which is not usually the case.

Also, many people don’t understand what transitioning means. It’s not just some one arbitrary surgery. Trans individuals undergo a variety of surgical and hormonal and legal changes in their transition, and some only choose to take hormones, or have one of the many possible surgeries, or do none of the above, with reasons as varied as the individuals themselves. These procedures are often life-saving when individuals do elect to have them, however. The trans population has a suicide attempt rate of nearly nine times that of the general populace.

People also often confuse gender expression with gender identity, when in many cases, they do not interrelate at all. Gender identity is a person’s internal sense of where they fall in or out of the gender spectrum. Gender expression refers to how your outward behaviours and appearance fit within societal gender norms, whether they match with your gender or sex or not. Just like there are cis women who are mechanics (a mostly male-dominated career in the US) or who prefer pants over skirts, or cis men who are stay-at-home dads (a mostly female-dominated position in the US) or wear make-up, there are also trans women and trans men who fit these categories, and those things do not invalidate their identities.

You write, a lot (available on Lulu and Amazon). You’ve written about seven books since January, 2014. Aside from life as a trans individual and humanism, what are other common themes of the texts?

Some common themes include love and heartbreak, mental health, politics, science as metaphor, and introspection, as well as grief and friendship.

Also, how do you keep up the writing pace?

Dedication, a prompts list I constantly add to, and a consistently engaged mind. I also just really love writing, and no longer allow the abstract concept of “writer’s block” to stop my attempts to piece words together effectively.

As well, with the spoken word poetry and writing to have various platforms to express yourself, and the HSGP community of humanists, whether religious or irreligious, what is the importance of community in pursuit of artistic interests?

I think community is always incredibly important. I went through a lot of trauma as a young adult, and one of the biggest things that allowed me to heal and grow and speak was the friendships I developed among the music crowd. Having that sense of community and support, and the push to keep improving, had a tremendous effect on my future.

Does it necessarily have to be an artistic community, or simply an appreciative audience that can include artists?

Some of the people who most affected my drive to keep growing as a poet were not artists of any kind themselves. They were the people who came up to me after a performance and told me how my words had affected them, and urged me to continue. They were the people who bought my books because they wanted to show their support. They were the people who asked if they could share one of my poems in their class or support group, because I said something they hadn’t been able to find the words to. They were the ones who walked up to me after a series of hard-hitting poems and wordlessly offered a hug. When listeners, or viewers, of an art form express the ways the artist’s work affects them, they provide something precious.

Thank you for your time, James.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Earth’s Origin: New Discovery Suggests Age of Earth is 4.3 Billion Years

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/21

Scientists believe they have discovered a piece of that very early crust on the Earth’s surface, dating back some 4.3 billion years. Image: New Zealand Herald.

The New Zealand Herald reported on the age of the Earth, and a recent scientific discovery going back a few billion years. With the Earth aged at around 4.54 billion years ago for its origin, this means the finding was very close, geologically speaking, to the origins of the Earth.

When the Solar System was beginning to form, the Earth was definitely not the more human-friendly, comparatively speaking, place that it is experienced today, especially if you can take advantage of the fruits of modern science and technology.

The discovery has placed the age of the Earth at around 4.3 billion-years-old. That’s super old. The discovery is a piece of the early Earth’s crust. Some have reported this at 4.2 billion-years-old – a hundred million years as a margin of difference is fantastical. Modern anatomical humans have, probably, been around between only 200,000 to 100,000 years.

There’s something called the Canadian Shield. Its contents are estimated, the continental crust, to be about 2.7 billion years old. That this is true, many deem remarkable.

There is supposed to be an elusive, probably extrapolated from expert analysis, set of contents in the Canadian Shield that run to the earliest formations of the Earth. A lot of stuff, various rock materials and crust contents, are difficult to date and provide an accurate dissecting for the geological historical record because of things like continental drift.

Continents, move, and churn, and shift, and crash and crush up against one another – and they undergo subduction. Continents slide one underneath another and on top of each other. The stuffing down back into the Earth is where the materials get recycled. So new stuff is made from the recycled parts.

So what then? It essentially would restart the clock, I guess, for any reasonable dating of the materials.

There should not be that many original, unrecycled pieces, understandably. In the “eastern shore of the Hudson Bay in Northwestern Quebec, in Canada,” some professional geologists found this “sliver.”

This sliver is a piece of earliest Earth rock. Jonathan O’Neil, an assistant professor of geology at the University of Ottawa, and others published the findings in the prestigious and well-regarded journal, Science.

“I think that it’s a piece of the original crust. It was cooked, but I think it’s still very close to what it used to be,” O’Neil said. And it’s a substantial uptick in the reports of the recorded dates in prior pieces of rock. The earliest have been only 2.7 billion-years-old. Not much, comparatively.

As the old core of North America, the continent, the rock was discovered in a huge patch of granite. The sliver is apparently basalt, or volcanic rock. It can be found, at some point or other, beneath the oceans.

Using new dating methods, the date of the rock, likely, came as a surprise. It is expected to provide insight to the early Earth’s geodynamics. O’Neil said, “If we understand early processes that shape our planet, we can maybe understand other planets: Why are they different? Or are they similar and where in their life they drift apart in terms of geology?”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Education News in Brief March 21st 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/21

Chinese textbooks translated for UK

According to The Guardian, there has been a “historic” agreement, or “deal,” between HarperCollins and one Shanghai publishing house for the translation of books to be used in schools in the United Kingdom.

Shanghai and Beijing are two of the wealthiest cities in China in addition to producing some of the best math students in the world, which contrasts with British students, in general, who rank far behind their Asian cohort.

The agreement was signed with the education division of HarperCollins. The deal is for a series of maths textbooks. Managing director of Collins Learning, Colin Hughes, was quoted as saying, “To my knowledge this has never happened in history before – that textbooks created for students in China will be translated exactly as they have been developed, and sold for use in British schools.”

UK Education Expo for Omanis

Muscat Daily reports that “Ahlam Higher Education’s latest edition of the UK Education Expo officially began at the Grand Millenium Hotel on Monday. The two-day expo was inaugurated by H E Sayyid Salim bin Musallam al Busaidi, Undersecretary for Administrative Affairs in the Ministry of Civil Service in the presence of Russ Dixon, Deputy Ambassador, British Embassy, Muscat.”

H E Sayyid Busaidi made a particular note to the importance of higher education for Omani students because of the growth and diversification of the Omani economy will require students and parents “informed about a wide variety of programmes available.

The managing director and student adviser of Al Ahlam Higher Education Services, Kate Clarke, described the importance of education for “consistent, inclusive and equitable economic growth.” That is, the growth that typifies the standard sustainable development of a nation.

Sandbach education protests

BBC News states that 100s “of parents have taken part in a protest march against what they claim are “unfair” school funding plans.” There is a new national formula. The formula is an attempt to address the “inconsistent” funding.

There was a protest or march at Sandbach School over this funding issue. Laura Smith, the organiser, described the march as an opportunity for the parents of Cheshire to express the anger for their children being left worse off.

For Cheshire east, the national funding formula would reduce the amount of the funding per student by “£4,200, which is among the lowest in the country.” That contrasts with the Westminster schools that will receive about £6,000 per student.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Feminism and “Constructive Impatience”: The Mood for Change, for a Change

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/20

International Women’s Day is done and gone for the year. But Women’s History Month marches forward into its twilight days until the 2018 version comes around, one of further change, but the issues, concerns, and obligations arise year-round. Also, here’s a bad segue:

What a Wonderful World’ was a great song by Louis Armstrong – 26,000,000+ views, wow. Anyway, this song – lyrics and tune – were running through my mind when I came across a phrase recently by the executive director of United Nations Women (UN Women). I thought, “What a wonderful saying.”

Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka is the UN Women under-secretary-general and the executive director of UN Women. She made a statement at the 61st Commission on the Status of Women (CSW61). I loved it. Mlambo-Ngcuka called this “constructive impatience.” I’ll explain in a bit. But I loved it because I hadn’t thought about that before. Maybe not “thought about that before,” but ‘thought about in that way before.’

It was about a week ago on March 13. Mlambo-Ngcuka spoke in front of group of distinguished internationals. She noted that the Commission included a series of reviews on the progress made for women and girls.

These are ‘barometers’ “of the change – of the progress – we are making on achieving a world that is free of gender discrimination and inequality,” she said,”…a world that leaves no-one behind. It will help us measure achievement of the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”

2030, as far as I know it, is the date set for the 50-50 world agenda set by the United Nations (UN). It seems ambitious, and doable, but, gosh, that’s a lot of work. Just take the World Economic Forum (WEF), with its Gender Gap Report, these are annual reports on the equality of women.

I suggest even a skim of them. It is rather remarkable. It’s not a total equality metric, though. Why’s that? Because if women surpass men by more than 50% in a given domain, this is taken as equality, even if the domain is dominated by women at 95%, say.

But given the massively tipped scales against women on numerous metrics, then the analysis from the WEF in the Gender Gap Reports can provide comprehensive, relatively fair, representation of the situation for women, and by implication men.

And by the WEF estimation, the gender gap will not close until 2186. Not much for to do then, so two options: pick up the pace, or make this a legacy project (or both). I like the third tacit option. We need to hand the torch at some point, but can do much, much better than now.

According to the Secretary-General report on the CSW61 session, the “priority theme” was “Women’s Economic Empowerment in the Changing World of Work”. That means economies inclusive of women in ways that can break the cycles of poverty. Women appear to be a linchpin in the inclusive, and I would add sustainable, economies.

In the statement, she continued, “Currently, in the gender equality agenda, we see progress in some areas, but we also see an erosion of gains. The much-needed positive developments are not happening fast enough. We also need to work together to make sure we reach a tipping point in the numbers of lives changed.” How many, and how quickly? That’s her emphasis.

I am paying attention, and in a Canadian context – work with what you know, and try to set an example here-ish and now-ish to give legitimate grounds for changing the world the better outside of my maple syrup wonderland.

Mlambo-Ngcuka talked about the Sustainable Development Goals for a wider vision and renewal of that image for those, especially at the bottom of the global strata. And as you know from a second’s reflection are mostly women and girls.

Young women affected by violence around gender, even sexual harassment in the workplace. And with the recent “Global Gag Rule,” we can be sure the restriction of what Human Rights Watch calls “first and foremost a human right.” So there are examples of the restricted equitable access, which isn’t equitable at all, to abortion and reproductive health services.

“Intersection” is an overused term, almost stripped of meaning and left bereft of substance. But it seems popular, so why change? I’ll use it for sake of ease. The intersection of the sexual harassment, workplace discrimination, varying degrees of inequality seen in the provision of abortion and reproductive health services, and the extrapolation of 2186 as the year for equality by the WEF Gender Gap Report lead to the consistent, if not conclusions then, themes.

She spoke to the additional, specified concerns of other minorities within minorities based on “sexual orientation, disability, older age, race, or being part of an indigenous community.”

These various intersections, even intersections of these intersections – see, fancy and academic – as statistical tendencies might be grounds for more often real rather than perceived mild to major discrimination in these arenas of professional and public life.

Now, what was the phrase in context? Here:

We need swift and decisive action that can be brought about by the world of work so that we do not leave women even further behind.

Excellencies, let us agree to constructive impatience.

The Sustainable Development Goals give us a framework to work for far-reaching changes. In this session of the Commission we will be able to bring renewed focus to the needs of those who are currently being left behind and those who are currently furthest behind. [Emphasis added.]

The Commission was organised around the needs of women. CSW61 was a high-level international event through the UN with specific emphasis on UN Women. Mlambo-Ngcuka said, “Constructive impatience,” because of the continual denial of human rights to women.

Of course, these rights are newer than, say, the divine right of kings. But how long is reasonable to wait? Millions of women’s lives are adversely affected, so girls and children and families, each day. Change needs to happen. And outside moral, and health and wellbeing, arguments, we can reflect on the economic benefits, which Mlambo-Ngcuka covered in her statement.

Much of the information I’ve learned, or reviewed, in the process of researching and writing this article come from the comprehensive statements by her.

“Investment into the care economy of 2 per cent of GDP in just seven countries could create over 21 million jobs. That would provide child care, elderly care and many other needed services.” Mlambo-Ngcuka said.

Women are left behind economically. When women are deprived of the equal access to the jobs market, or the training for the jobs market, and I mean this emphatically, societies lose. Maybe, that’s another tacit takeaway, or even explicit, from the extensive statement by Mlambo-Ngcuka.

A modern problem without a single solution, which needs a multipronged approach. The relatively developed and the undeveloped, and outright failed, states in the early to middle 21st century might be the ones, most else considered, that provide the implementation of women’s rights through advocacy followed by empowerment. It feels good.

It sounds easy, but, quite frankly, it will very much be a difficult road ahead of us. How do we move ahead and change the situation? How do we forge a new path into a world worth preserving? Identifying the problems – somewhat done, and staking out evolving ideals seems reasonable – more or less accomplished. Solutions, anyone?

I see predictive statements tied to a bunch of “ought to” or “should.” ‘Such, and such, a series of measurements in national performances correlate positively with the health of a nation and the empowerment of women’ – but then I think about it.  What does this actually mean? And I kind of know.

These measurements are the basis for confidence in furtherance of women’s rights through these means without specification on the exact means in each case – cultures differ, histories differ, economies differ, and educational and literacy levels differ.

So within the statements by Mlambo-Ngcuka, I feel as though this means the specific solutions within ‘such, and such’ a set of boundaries will improve the economic performance of nations, which happen to, at the same time, improve the implementation of women’s rights. It’s moral if you want moral reasons. It’s economic if you want economic reasons.

But the trend lines are clear.

“More than half of all women workers around the world—and up to 90 per cent in some countries—are informally employed. We cannot ignore them. This sector is just too big to fail.” Mlambo-Ngcuka said, “…Lessons from countries already making change are important to share.

For this Commission, 35 countries have provided input on the review theme of how lessons from the Millennium Development Goals are being reflected in national processes and policies.”

That’s an incredible wealth of information and is sincere reason for hope for finding specific general solutions to pervasive problems surrounding women’s rights within the international community.

“At the same time, over the last two years, a resounding global gender equality compact has been accumulated, through the Beijing+20 Review, Agenda 2030 itself, the Paris Agreement on Climate Change, the New Urban Agenda and the New York Declaration on Migrants and Refugees.”

It’s not only an outstanding reason for hope; it’s an outstanding achievement in motion towards equality by the stated 2030 goal, if not the comprehensive by 2186. And the right attitude can always be good start. So how? Well: “constructive impatience.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Call For the Reclamation of Music

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/19

Steve Martin produced one of the first hymns for the atheist crowd in, well, probably ever, which he termed the “the entire atheist hymnal”. And its actually very good, not only because he’s a talented musician and an extremely gifted comedian — among the best ever by a reasonable IMDb peer review measurement -, but because a) there’s nothing to compare it to so the hymn remains both the best in music and the worst of its kind by definition internally and b) I have sung in a university choir and find the song ‘pleasing to the ear’.

Martin sings the hymn with a quartet of male singers in the performance, which has, likely, become the first staple of the atheist hymnal genre — hopefully more to come — and goes against the expected stereotype from two angles. Angle one, those looking at the rather thin, tawdry, and rather small set of texts — simply Hume and Voltaire for starters — devoted to atheism as compared to those — such as Augustine, Anselm, and Aquinas — oozing with praise to the Heavens, and God the Almighty Father, and with tacit, nay explicit, statement of how “so absolutely huge” or simply big is the Theity reflect the musical world. Religion, or worship and communal rituals, dominates the historical, and so the present, landscape.

Take, for example, Herz Und Mund Und Tat Und Leben, or “Heart and Mouth and Deed and Life,” a beautiful piece of work by Johann Sebastian Bach and one of the more memorable pieces of music in the older Western canon, which brings mist to my eyes, sometimes. Or one closer to home, by Bach once more, played with a dead, reasonably famous, Canadian pianist named Glenn Gould and accompanied by another artist, a singer, named Russell Oberlin, it was entitled Bach Cantata 54. It is another moving piece with a sentiment for the transcendent; something outside and other, even infinitely mysterious — lovely piece. So angle one is the communal and social, and well-established, music is seen as religious. Many people coming to think of the ways in which the religious music is in congregations as, in some way, akin to these pieces of music.

Angle two, the music typically associated with irreligious individuals does not tend to associate with the communal or the social, but, rather, with the a-social, antisocial, or the deviant. There seems to me a negative valuation of some music, which then becomes associated with irreligiosity, even Satanism, including the rock n’ roll and head bangin’ band movements. Those two angles, of many, seem to influence the perception, and so the motivation, for the development of an irreligious genre of music, even hymns — until now.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religion News in Brief March 19th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/19

Religion and work a ‘hot topic’

According to the Society for Human Resource Management, the relationship between religion and work continues to be a complex one. It’s a ‘hot topic’ – so to speak – now. There are notes to the Jewish community centres being vandalised.

Such vandal is worryingly accompanied by bomb threats. This is in a time of restricted immigration by President Trump as well. It does not go unnoticed by attorneys and others.

Jonathan A. Segal, an attorney with Duane Morris in Philadelphia and New York City, said, “What happens out there [in public] … can affect our workplaces…This is a hot topic and getting hotter every day.”

LGBT talk about religion

The Maroon states that, “Sex, politics and religion are three topics people are never supposed to discuss in polite company, but for some members of the Loyola community, they’re a major part of life.” Does this need to be the case?

A biology sophomore in the LGBT community within Loyola University, Kayla Noto, said, “When I was younger, trying to fit into the Catholic community as well as come into my own as a member of the LGBT community was very difficult and ultimately became impossible.”

She described being raised in the Catholic environment and a traditional home as a result. There appeared to be “tension” with the sexual orientation as a member of the LGBT community and the particular brand of religious upbringing.

Jehovah’s Witnesses protesting Russian authorities

Newsweek reports that the Jehovah’s Witnesses in Russia are protesting being labelled an extremist religion, by the Russian justice ministry, which, apparently, handles these affairs on behalf of the Russian people.

The Jehovah’s Witnesses are protesting the Russian authorities because of the recent move. But from the view of the Russian authorities, the Jehovah’s Witnesses are viewed “with suspicion.”

“In a statement, the Jehovah’s Witnesses press office wrote that the Russian Supreme Court had revealed a suit had been filed on behalf of Moscow’s justice ministry seeking the ‘liquidation and prohibition’ of the faith and its activities.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

UN Secretary General Speaks Out on Decline in Women’s Empowerment – Men and Women Must Unite

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/19

United Nations (UN) secretary-general, António Guterres, made an open statement about the decline of global women’s rights. There was a 2-week conference on the fight for gender equality at the UN headquarters in New York City, New York.

In reaction to the recent “global gag rule” from the Trump Administration of the US, women’s rights and empowerment became an important international issue. The global gag rule cut US funding to groups that offered abortion services.

Around the same time, Putin’s Russia, known for its flouting of women’s rights, removed the punishment for domestic violence. These ‘cast a long shadow on the annul gathering of the Commission on the Status of Women’. Guterres considered this a generalised attack on the rights of women—their equality and empowerment.

“Globally, women are suffering new assaults on their safety and dignity,” Guterres said, “Some governments are enacting laws that curtail women’s freedoms. Others are rolling back legal protections against domestic violence.”

Guterres reaffirmed the aphorism that women’s rights remain human rights. In the important speech, he made note of the ongoing difficulties for women around the world, but without specific mention of a particular place.

Some have speculated that the direction of the commentary was towards the Islamic State, according to Conservative Review. Nicole Russell, in the Conservative Review article, said, “Guterres couldn’t be more right in saying women around the world face incredible discrimination, violence, and other atrocities just for their gender.”

While Trump himself, and the administration by decision and political maneuvers—and economic ones too, have openly made their anti-abortion views known, the curtailment of the funding for abortion and reproductive health services will likely have more women, and so girls and children in general, suffering because of the known benefits for women and children that have access to these vital services.

There are nuances to the discrimination. For example, in the other prominent nation case of Russian, the Russian President Vladimir Putin, in signing the Bill, reduces the penalties for the jail term, “if the assault is a first offence and does not cause serious injury,” Daily Nation reports.

Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, the UN Women executive director, said the need to come together around the sexual and reproductive health rights of women was more important than ever. If protections are waning, then they need to be more protected.

By 2030, the UN made the ambitious goal of have gender parity or equality.

Will this happen? I do not know. Is it reasonable? Yes, and no. Just from a mildly informed level, not an internal-to-UN perspective, yes, for the most part, it seems as if doable.

At another level, no, because too many nations violate them, some states with power to change the international situation for women act irresponsibly based on ignorant, non-scientific positions. I don’t despair here, but there will be hardships.

And make no mistake, many women who would otherwise not die in childbirth or in getting an unsafe abortion, where previously a safe one was available, will either be seriously injured or even die based on the “global gag rule.” It is an ominous rule title to me.

But these are the main, current concerns for women – the domestic abuse Bill and the global gag rule. The ILO, the International Labour Organisation, said, at the current pace, it will take about 70 years to close the gender wage gap.

So there’s the perennial issues of work – “perennial” relative to the Millennial generation – and economic empowerment.  Mlambo-Ngcuka, relatively accurately with a hint of hyperbole, describes this as “daylight robbery,” or a loss of security and income into the future.

Guterres continued that men need to become involved in women’s advocacy, empowerment, and rights. I agree with him.

As a man, and (obviously) so not a woman, and taking part in advanced industrial society and its fruits, I am given a life, likely in the top 1/10th of 1% in the world. Some questions arise. Do privileges emerge? I think so. Do responsibilities arise? Possibly. That raises more questions. Do responsibilities, or obligations, that are necessarily attached to it come about in a free society? Yes, and no; yes, the responsibilities or obligation necessarily attach to them; no, individual citizens should not, or can not, be coerced or forced into enacting them in a free society, because it’s a free society. That means the freedom to do wrong by doing nothing; that also means the freedom to do right by doing something, and even sometimes nothing.

If someone lives a good life – with good health and well being, then responsibilities or obligations exist with it, to some degree, to one’s fellow human beings within reason, one is surely responsible to one’s fellow human beings? Put another way, if a free society provides for an individual—and if an individual in a free society should not or can not be coerced, or forced, to think or act in specific ways, then the living of a good life – with good health and well-being, it implies responsibilities or obligations, to some degree, to one’s fellow human beings within reason without coercion or force to think or act in specific ways. So the obligations are there, but the freedom to act rightly or wrongly is there too. These are perilous times for women’s advocacy, empowerment, and rights. And men have a role, as per Guterres; that is, necessary obligations, but still have the freedom to choose wrong over right, as some leaders and administrations have apparently done.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

US Regressing on Human Rights – CFI

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/18

A United States (US) organisation, based and mainly operating in—though the United Kingdom does have one too run by Dr. Stephen Law entitled CFI-UK—has reported on the recent decline in the human rights status of the US. The organisation is Center for Inquiry (CFI).

CFI is, more or less, a mix of different views, organisations, and themes such as the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry, and the Council for Secular Humanism, and the Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason & Science.

One of their organisational representatives, Michael de Dora, who is the central representation to the United Nations (UN) of CFI and president of the United Nations NGO Committee on Freedom of Religion or Belief, described the current situation for human rights in the US to the UN.

As CFI is devoted to the advancement of “reason, science, and secular humanism,” the work at the UN is important for the US and its constituency within it.

The work is important for the scientific and technological flagship status that America earned through smart immigration policy, post-secondary and professional training, and the prioritisation of big projects and initiatives to create a culture steeped in science.

At the UN Human Rights Council within Geneva, de Dora noted the declining human rights defender status of the US because of its rather regressive policies surrounding human rights for its citizens, and for its influence on human rights abroad.

In the speech, de Dora made mention of the Trump Administration’s “appeals to xenophobia, its hostility to a free press, and the rescinding of protections for transgender individuals.” CFI is devoted to human rights and dignity for everyone “at home and abroad.”

“We have been disturbed by the recent rise in baseless, xenophobic rhetoric and actions by political leaders, and heightened social hostilities, in many states…” he said, “…there has also been a wave of proposals to criminalise protests, and an increase in threats and attacks — some deadly — on religious minorities.”

He urged the government to serve as a force for good, to choose to do so too. With special consultative status to the UN, de Dora is able to advocate for humanist values in addition to freedom of expression around the world.

This includes one prominent case, who you may have heard about, in the dissident Raif Badawi, who is a Saudi and is currently imprisoned and has been for some time. He is a focal point in a larger fight to protect the freedom of thought and speech of bloggers – for example, those Bangladeshi bloggers who have been murdered by Islamists.

In the full statement by de Dora, he noted that worldwide human rights crises require immediate solutions. However, the expediting of these actions can be dampened because of the regressive acts and decisions of powerful international state actors.

“We also urge states to engage with the U.S. to ensure the protection of human rights there, and around the world,” de Dora said.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Rob Boston – Communications Director, Americans United

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/17

How did you become involved in the separation of church and state, personally?

I would say there are two reasons why I got so interested in separation of church and state. One is that as a child, I attend a Catholic school for eight years. We were required to pray three times a day. This was a private school, so they had the right to do that, but I found it off-putting. The prayers took on the air of a by-rote ritual, the sort of thing you did just to get through it. These mandated prayers certainly didn’t feel very spiritual. In ninth grade, I switched to a public school. Of course, there were no mandated prayers there, and I much preferred that situation. I became a very big opponent of coercive, mandated forms of religion and concluded that faith has to be voluntary, or it doesn’t mean anything. This led me to support the separation of church and state.

The second reason is my reading of history. I’ve always enjoyed the study of history, and my reading in this area has made it abundantly clear to me that combinations of religion and government simply do not work. They are bad for both church and state. You end up with one of two things: a nightmarish theocracy, such as we saw with Christianity in the Middle Ages and still see today in some hard-line Muslim nations, or a devitalised state church, which we see in some European countries.

You are the director of communications of Americans United for Separation of Church and State. What tasks and responsibilities come with being the director of communications?

Americans United publishes a monthly magazine of news and analysis of church-state issues called Church & State, which I edit. I write for that magazine and other publications as well. I’m also responsible for AU’s outreach to the media. AU’s Executive Director, Barry W. Lynn, is often quoted in the media and has done a lot of cable news programs, which we coordinate. We try to get the word out to the average American through the media – both traditional and new media – as much as possible. Our website, www.au.org, “Wall of Separation” blog and various social media platforms such as FacebookTwitter and Instagram are vitally important outreach tools. We try to reach people in many different ways. Some people really enjoy social media, so we are active there. But I also believe that traditional forms of communication are still important, so I give about eight to ten public speeches per year.

In general, what are the perennial threats to church and state separation in the United States? There are too many to cover in the interview here, but there are more resources on the website.

There are certain issues that just keep popping up. The role of religion in public education is huge; that is a perennial issue in this country, and it includes things like prayer in schools, teaching about religion objectively, creationism, etc. The question of taxpayer support for religion is also big. Here we deal with things like school vouchers and “faith-based” initiatives (AU’s view, of course, is that all religious enterprises should be funded with private dollars, never tax money). A third issue deals with religion’s role in the public square. By this I mean the battles over Ten Commandments displays at courthouses and disputes over nativity scenes on government property in December. AU has been involved in many of those cases, arguing that sectarian symbols are fine for houses of worship, but they don’t belong on government property since the state has an obligation to represent us all.

I would single out two more issues: One is the proper role of religion in politics. Religious groups have the right to speak out on issues, but under U.S. law they are prohibited from intervening in elections by endorsing or opposing candidates. It has been a challenge to get some houses of worship to respect that law. The final issue is the meaning of religious freedom. At Americans United, we believe religious freedom gives you the right to worship, or not, as you see fit. But it gives you no right to harm others or take away their rights. Lately, we’ve been hearing arguments that owners of businesses or even government employees, such as county clerks, should not have to serve certain people (mainly members of the LGBTQ community) if those people somehow “offend” the religious beliefs of the business owner or the government employee. AU believes this is a perversion of the concept of religious freedom, and we have an entire project, Protect Thy Neighbor, that works to counter it.

How does Americans United for Separation of Church and State work to keep these boundaries fixed rather than fluid?

We do this in several ways. Members of our Legal Department work in and out of court to protect separation of church and state. Over the years, we’ve won several notable courtroom victories. Our Legislative Department works to stop dangerous bills in Congress and in state legislatures. It is always better to block a bad bill if you can rather than have to fight it in court. AU’s Field Department organises people locally and gives them the tools they need to stand up for separation in their towns and states. This is important because lawmakers would rather hear from constituents than a group based in Washington, D.C. We also educate people. We give them information about what church-state separation means and why it is important. This is crucial because Religious Right groups have launched an aggressive campaign to turn the American people away from church-state separation. We must counter that.

What are some of the more egregious cases of violation of church and state separation in American history?

Many public schools sponsored daily prayer and Bible reading until the Supreme Court put a stop to it in 1962 and ’63. Non-Christian students and even some who were Christian but disagreed with the content of the prayers were forced to take part. This was a grotesque violation of the fundamental right of conscience. In a related issue, we had to struggle in this country to win the right to teach evolution in public schools. Some states had laws banning it, and we fought to overturn those. Even today, bills that would promote the teaching of creationism or water-down instruction about evolution surface in state legislatures every year.

There are other examples: Powerful religious groups for many years made the sale of birth control illegal (even for married couples), and religiously based censorship of books, magazines, movies and art exhibits was once common. And of course we know how right-wing religious groups suppressed the rights of the LGBTQ community. We had to fight in the courts and through the culture to change these things, and today there are still forces working to drag us back to the 1950s.

Who are the unexpected allies in the maintenance of secular values in American culture?

The support of the religious community has been absolutely essential. Most U.S. religious leaders understand the need for secular government; they appreciate it, and they help us protect it. Americans United was founded in 1947 largely by religious leaders, so we know how important their voice is. Today, religious and non-religious people work together through Americans United to ensure that freedom for all remains the law of the land. That coalition must be kept intact to keep the church-state wall high and firm.

Is there ever a valid, even sound, justification for temporary freezing of the standard separation of church and state?

I can’t think of any. In fact, when this happens, it usually results in something negative. For example, political leaders may invoke “God and country” rhetoric to pursue certain policy goals that may not be in the best interests of the people. Generally speaking, when I hear political leaders spouting off constantly about religion, I get suspicious. What are they trying to get us to do? I speak here not of sincerely devout leaders but of those cynical people who seek to use appeals to faith as a tool to control others. Remember, sincerely religious people don’t have to wear their faith on their sleeves or wave it around like a flag in a parade – only hypocrites do that.

With the current Trump Administration, does Americans United for Separation of Church and State see new threats to the separation of church and state?

To be blunt, the Trump administration has been a disaster for the separation of church and state. During the campaign, Trump courted right-wing evangelicals, and they turned out for him in record numbers. Now he’s paying them back. Trump has vowed to repeal the federal law that bars non-profit groups, including houses of worship, from intervening in elections by endorsing or opposing candidates for public office. He wants to spend $20 billion in taxpayer dollars on a reckless school voucher plan. He believes fundamentalist Christian business owners should have the right to deny services to members of the LGBTQ community. He seems to have a limited understanding of science. No doubt, we’re going to have our hands full for the next four years.

What are the more frequent, daily/weekly/monthly issues dealt with by Americans United for Separation of Church and State?

I’ve mentioned religion in public schools a few times already. That issue really is a constant. Our attorneys strive to resolve matters outside of court, and they receive a steady stream of complaints about violations in this area. It has been more than 50 years since the Supreme Court handed down the school prayer rulings, yet we continue to see these problems. I think most people who work in public education understand that pushing religion isn’t their job, but it only takes a few bad actors to create problems.

What have been the largest activist and educational initiatives provided by Americans United for Separation of Church and State? Out of these, what have been honest failures and successes?

I think we’ve done a great job educating people about the historical and legal foundations of church-state separation in America. Some people may not like what our history says, but the information is out there for anyone who wants to objectively examine it. We’ve effectively countered and debunked Religious Right lies about church-state separation.

We’ve also done a very good job, both in and out of court, of defending the religious neutrality of the public education system. I’m very proud of the role AU played in a 2005 lawsuit that removed intelligent design creationism from public schools in Dover, Pa. That decision served as a warning to other schools and has helped put the brakes on similar proposals to teach the Bible as science in our public schools. Our efforts to educate people about the law prohibiting houses of worship from endorsing or opposing candidates have been in-depth and persuasive. Polls show that a large majority of Americans agree with us on that issue. We’ve also done important work highlighting the dangers of “faith-based” initiatives and government funding for religion generally. I’m also proud of our work defending the rights of the LGBTQ and non-theistic communities, which has really escalated in recent years.

One area where we’ve lost ground is tax funding for sectarian schools, specifically through voucher plans. We put up a good fight, but the Supreme Court upheld Ohio’s voucher plan in 2002. Since then, we’ve not been able to fight voucher programs in federal courts. We’ve had some success fending them off in state courts, but the loss at the federal level was a blow. I should note that we lost ground over that issue mainly due to politics. During the terms of Ronald Reagan and the first George Bush, some very conservative judges were put on the Supreme Court. They simply did not support church-state separation. You see the result. I always remind people that there is a strong connection between the candidates they support for president and Senate and the type of justices we end up with on the Supreme Court.

How can people get involved with Americans United for Separation of Church and State, even donate to it?

The best thing to do is go to our website, www.au.org. There, people can learn about the work we do, join and donate. At the site, you can also find out if there is a local AU chapter in your area. If local activism is your thing, you’ll want to get plugged into a chapter. And remember, if you join Americans United, you’ll start receiving Church & State magazine. Our members find that to be an interesting and informative resource.

Thank you for your time, Rob.

My pleasure.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Politics News in Brief March 16th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/16

Big data transforms politics

According to Vox, through an analysis and summary of a column by NBC’s Chuck Todd and Carrie Dann, it was found that big data plays a massive force for the transformation of politics in the United States, and likely elsewhere.

“Politics “broke” because the system is paralysed by polarisation, and it’s paralysed by polarisation because technology and demographic data have made it easier (and less risky) for campaigns to target their base instead of appealing to a broad swath of voters.”

The information about and on voters provided by the digital revolution has given political folks the ability to have precise information about their constituencies, about the general public. With big data, huge computation, and largesse in finance and information, politics has been changed. Voters can be mobilised like never before.

How BJP secured pole position: To remain central pillar of Indian politics, it must ensure opponents don’t gang up

The Times of India reports that the BJP and Prime Minister Narendra Modi, based on the electoral results from throughout 5 states, “have secured pole position in Indian politics.” It is an echo of the huge win from 2014 before.

Between 1999 and 2004, the Times of India noted that the leadership of PM Vajpayee felt as if a post-Congress era. There was a long 25-year period of coalition governments, but “very few thought a Congress revival likely.”

For 10 years, Congress revived and ran the country. According to the article author, Congress seems unable to accomplish the task, to do it again – or revive and run India for 10 years. That is, it is “apolitical, out of touch and wrong instincts at its highest levels.”

UK fate sealed

The Guardian reports that, “Nicola Sturgeon has accused Theresa May of sealing the fate of the United Kingdom after the prime minister rejected her demand for a second Scottish independence referendum before the Brexit talks conclude.”

It was noted by the first minister that the stance taken by May is both unacceptable and outrageous. This was made after the insistence on the immediate present being the time for the referendum by the prime minister. Sturgeon described directly that this amounts to an argument for independence because “Westminster thinks it has got the right to block the democratically elected mandate of the Scottish government and the majority in the Scottish parliament. History may look back on today and see it as the day the fate of the union was sealed.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sophie Gregoire Trudeau Teams Up With Global Women’s Development

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/16

Sophie Grégoire Trudeau, who is the wife of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, is an advocate for both gender equality and women’s empowerment. Jeff Lagerquist, reporting from CTVNews, described how Trudeau will be joining forces with “Women Deliver, Deliver for Good campaign” (Deliver for Good).

Mrs. Trudeau is an advocate for the global education of girls. Through this campaign, there will be an emphasis on climate change, education, human rights, and sexual health. That is, the pressing international concerns at the moment.

The campaign, heralded by many as much needed, is essentially a development campaign for women. It’s multidimensional, comprehensive and international. During the United Nations’ 61st Commission on the Status of Women, Trudeau was listed as 1 out of 5 of the main “influencers” for the initiative.

Others included “Princess Mary of Denmark; José Alberto “Pepe” Mujica Cordano, the former President of Uruguay, Dr. Alaa Murabit, the UN high-level commissioner on health employment and economic growth, and Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, the UN Under-Secretary-General and Executive Director of UN Women.”

Each appointed influencer will have specified roles with associated responsibilities. Trudeau will look at the ways in which women can increase development and progress for societies. That means globally, too. She will be the fulcrum of the 5 on that discussion.

The means will be speaking engagements and other activities via Trudeau. No extra travel is needed; she will engage in this role while in her regular speaking engagements.

She, in a media release, stated, “Our societies have taken profound steps towards a more gender equal world, but at current rates, gender equality might not be achieved in our lifetimes…We must all work as one, including having men being part of the solution.”

PM Justin Trudeau, Sophie Grégoire Trudeau’s husband and prime minister of Canada, sent a group to New York, including “federal and provincial cabinet ministers, parliamentarians and non-governmental organisations.

At the meeting in New York with the UN Commission, the group presented the Canadian a 650 million CAD 3-year commitment for reproductive and sexual health initiatives around the world

UN Under-Secretary-General and Executive Director of UN Women, Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, will assist Grégoire Trudeau in the role for the work for Deliver for Good. The UN Under-Secretary General noted the celebration in the shift within Canada – a celebratory remark reflecting a reality within the UN over Canada’s recent work and affirmations.

Those statements from PM Trudeau were highlighted as rare, and obviously welcome, by Mlambo-Ngcuka. Leaders of nations do not speak like this, according to Mlambo-Ngcuka.

There is a growing concern over the conservatism that can, and is, dampening the socially—internationally speaking—progressive steps made for the advancement of women and girls regarding their rights, and so health and wellbeing.

“By denying women and girls their fundamental rights, we are preventing societies from reaching their full potential,” Grégoire Trudeau said.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Education News in Brief March 14th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/15

Myanmar-UK cooperation on education

Myanmar Times reports that “research conducted for Universities UK by Oxford Economics in March 2017, international students studying in the UK generate more than £25 billion for the British economy and provide a significant boost to regional jobs and local businesses.”

The education sector will be travelling in March to Myanmar. The aim is to create a fruitful partnership with institutions and professionals between the two countries with the “#InspireMeFestival Myanmar.”

Project officer at the UK Department for International Trade, Nay Shine, said, “As Myanmar continues to show great promise and open itself up to the world, building capacity in the education sector has become more important than ever.”

Aims to increase productivity and efficiency for UK through technical education

According to The Guardian, there will be a new T-Level system for the ways in which technical education takes place in the UK. The courses are intended to be put on the same grounds as academic work.

Britain is behind the US and Germany. The plans will increase student’s training hours by 50% and decrease 13,000 qualifications to 15. I assume to simplify and expedite the system. According to the UK government, it will cost about £500m per year for the new program.

Philip Hammond, Chancellor of the Exchequer, said, “There is still a lingering doubt about the parity of esteem attaching to technical education.” There is good regard for academic education, but the document notes more needs to be done with technical education’s esteem.

Educational legacy and Indonesia

The Jakarta Post reports that “British ambassador to Indonesia, ASEAN” named Timor-Leste Moazzam Malik stated that “currently there are approximately 3,500 Indonesian students pursuing university degrees – from bachelor’s to doctoral – in the UK, making the country one of the most sought after higher education destinations among Indonesians.”

Indonesia’s Endowment Fund for Education (LPDP) sends students abroad. About 1/3 of the entire set of students sent abroad go to the UK. It is one of Indonesia’s most prestigious scholarship programs.

There is expected to be more students in the coming years. Technology appears to be the greatest attraction, the highest preference, of Indonesian students coming to the UK, which is “followed by natural sciences and social and political sciences.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Death of Margaret Mitchell

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/15

Margaret Mitchell died. I live in the province of British Columbia (BC) in Canada, which is a mild place. Often known for the young ‘hipster’ crowd, still not sure what the term means, though. Lots of high quality living and typically socially active, conscious, and progressive politics. I believe the newer made-up word, the neologism, is “woke.” BC is woke. Margaret Mitchell was vital to it. She was born in 1925, died, of course, 2017—March 8.

She was a Vancouver member of Parliament and a women’s rights advocate. She died at the age of 92, which is, even by Canadian standards, a long life. And a life of utility to self and others, obviously. She devoted herself to others. She fulfilled potential, which was inherent in her acts for equality. I assume she would identify with the principles of feminism, which amount to social and legal equality between the sexes.

She was a Member of Parliament for the New Democratic Party, or the NDP, for Vancouver East in the Lower Mainland of British Columbia, Canada (1979-1993). It’s an important job. It has responsibilities, and privileges, but things took off in 1982. That’s when she garnered the national eye some more. Why?

I’ll tell you why. She made a statement on the regular, deplorable beating of wives by husbands. Therein we find the issue around equality of the sexes, or more or less mainstream feminism. Many distinct women’s movements ongoing to this day. It was received with laughter. She noted it was 1 in 10 women. She was surprised by the reaction. But perhaps not.

What you and I can take for granted can be taken for profound knowledge, or so outside of the relevant frame of knowledge and experience of the other person as to be laughable, which is a reaction of dismissal. It is so absurd as to be funny, from that point of view. Mitchell won out. The House made an apology to her, and especially to the women of Canada as a whole. That’s 1982.

Vancouver-Kensington NDP MLA, Maple Elmore, said, “I think it was really a turning point, a watershed moment, certainly in Canadian history in terms of the issue of understanding and taking a stand against violence against women and really leading that campaign.” She didn’t stop there. She worked hard in her life and career to have abortion decriminalised and the provision of a childcare program at the national level.

And for a national change in one of the foundational documents of the country, she helped advocate for Section 28 of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms:

Rights guaranteed equally to both sexes

28. Notwithstanding anything in this Charter, the rights and freedoms referred to in it are guaranteed equally to male and female persons

An obvious one, it is aligned with her life’s work. It was not driven by monetary reward, by the way. She voted against an increase in MP pensions. And she took that money and then reinvested in the community, in her community, in east side of Vancouver. It was entitled the Margaret Mitchell Fund for Women. There might be a little self-showiness through titling the fund after herself. But still, how can we ultimately tell? Is it really worth discussion? Maybe, a little.

But! The money has been reinvested for a good cause, regardless. The fund continues to work for social justice in addition to economic justice for women in the Vancouver area.

Her legacy awards: in 2000, she earned the Order of British Columbia; in 2016, she earned Vancouver’s Freedom of the City.

There’s a mythology of the cycle of birth, growth, maturation, degeneration, and death. You can see it plants. You observe it in animals. A natural development in and from life to death, or, more accurately, birth to death. That mythology ties to the renewal of culture, of society, as well. The ‘Shoulder of Giants’ statement often attributed to Newton when in consideration of Universal gravitation links to this.

We do. Sometimes, we even teeter on the tops of the heads one foot tippy-toed of past giants. Each generation, to sustain society, to maintain culture, has to take the torch and renew the culture or society. The matured take the torch of the dead and carry it forward. In turn, we die. Others take the fire. Then our children take that from us. Mitchell is gone now. But we have her civilising fire. Her work as a social activist civilised Canadian society. Now, it’s our turn.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Mikey Weinstein – Founder & President, Military Religious Freedom Foundation (MRFF)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/13

*This interview has been edited for clarity and readability.*

To begin, for those that don’t know, what is the brief statement of what the Military Religious Freedom Foundation is, and why was it founded in the first place?

We are a civil rights organisation. We have one specific purpose; that is to protect the constitutionally protected separation between religion and state, or church and state, in the most lethal organisation (technologically speaking) ever created by our species, which is the US military. We represent in excess of 50,100 active duty members in the US military. These are sailors, soldiers, marines and airmen, as well as National Guard and reservists, and veterans, and we started in early December of 2005.

We are technically in our 12th year now. 96% of our clients are actually practising Protestants or Roman Catholics themselves who are oppressed for not being “Christian enough.” We also represent veterans. Currently, 954 members of the LGBTQ community in the military are MRFF clients. We also represent about 18% of all Muslim-Americans in the US military.

As well, organisations such as Campus Crusade for Christ. They have a central message for evangelising the US military, which breaches separation of church and state. But they have, apparently, been very successful in their attempts. Are there underhanded methodologies that they use when they go about doing this?

Let’s be clear, we don’t really care about anyone’s religious belief or lack thereof. What we care about is the time, and the place, and the manner, Scott, in which they feel they must deploy their faith. Now, it is called Cru MilitaryCampus Crusade for Christ Military Ministry. We’ve been fighting them for a very long time because they completely and totally disregard—they and those associated with the military fail to recognise—any constraints that have come down from the US Supreme Court directly interpreting our Constitution.

By that, I mean the First Amendment separation of church and state as well as Clause 3 Article 6 in the body of the Constitution, which states we will never have a religious test. They often ignore the Constitution. They often ignore the federal and state caselaw of the Constitution and often wilfully ignore and flout the Department of Defense which has directives, instructions, and regulations directly on point. They are one of, probably, 3 dozen fundamentalist Christian ministries that run rampant through the US military with people turning a blind eye to others in command promoting their pernicious, fundamentalist Christian agenda of “join us or we will destroy you.”

I understand that there are some colleges that have actually banned them from showing up on campus, even in a civilian perspective, because they target freshman who are still very innocent and naive coming straight out of high school, so it’s another source. But that’s not what we focus on. We focus on things of tremendous financial heft, power, and prestige in the military as a force multiplier for their fundamentalist Christian doctrine that it is very much about one thing, which is “bend your knee and confess our version of Jesus Christ as your only Lord and Saviour, or you will not only be destroyed in this life. You will be set on fire and burn forever in hell after you die.”

So “our way or the highway.” If they wanted to preach their particular faith position in a time, place, and manner that supports the Constitution and the military regs, we’d have no issue with that, but, oftentimes, they do not and that’s why we get involved. I think we sent you a video we have of the Cru organisation from a number of years ago at the Air Force Academy showing the leader with that little look of superiority and arrogance on his face.

They made it clear that when cadets leave the Air Force Academy—which is, incidentally, my alma mater and the alma mater of four of my kids – that the government is paying for missionaries for Jesus Christ. Really? We don’t think so. That’s why we went to war with them and the other parachurch organisations out there.

Also, you did document in the text, With God on Our Side, the single-handed battle against Evangelicals’ “utter disregard for the separation of church and state.” So this has been an ongoing battle, which you have documented. You are, pretty much, the main starter of the fight against it. Who have been some of the best, and some of the unexpected, allies, in this fight?

Thank you for that position. My wife and I, when we started MRFF, we saw Mel Gibson’s movie The Passion of the Christ, or as we called it, The Jesus Chainsaw Massacre, or, Freddy versus Jesus.

[Laughing]

When that came out on February 4, 2004, Scott, we knew that there was a problem when our kids who went to the Air Force Academy were essentially being forced and inundated from their officer and cadet command chains to go see that movie. For nearly 2 years, we thought about the foundation until we reached out to the Anti-Defamation LeagueAmericans United for the Separation of Church and State, and the ACLU.

These are all good organisations in their own way, but they don’t focus with laser-like precision where all of the weapons, and weapons of mass destruction, and the drones, and laser-guided weapons are, which is the US military. It is incredibly, culturally tribal, adversarial, communal, and ritualistic. It’s not their mission to do that. Our family has a very strong military background in it. So it kind of made sense for us to lead this fight.

Our allies have clearly been the Southern Poverty Law Center and, in a very major way, Americans United. In the last couple of weeks, the ACLU in San Diego. We’ve worked with the National Organization for Women. Again, all of these organisations are wonderful in their own way, but when it comes to protecting the civil rights of religious choice or no choice, in the US military, trying to tell your military superior, even if you’re being gently evangelised, Scott, “To get the hell out of my face sir or ma’am” is not an option for you, so they come to us at MRFF.

We are very militant and aggressive in the support we provide our clients, which is AARP:

Anonymity, Action, Results, and Protection. If you’ve ever had a cat or a dog and ever cared about the rights of their animal rights, every town has a humane society. They do great things. The have bake sales and cookie sales. They’re on the far Left. They’re wonderful. Everyone loves them. On the far Right, you have PETA. We’re PETA.

That requires an aggressive and militant methodology and MO. You can get this job done. We get this job done a lot. We are proud of it. We have over 330 people who work here. Many of them are part-time or full-time volunteers, which is common for civil rights organisations. It is the only way we can fight back, like getting in the media such as we’re doing right now, or getting into federal or state court.

Also, you wrote No Snow Flake in an Avalanche. It is a deeper updated look at religious extremism – both in the military and in the US political infrastructure. So what were some of the main questions that went into writing that book as well as what came out of it—some of the answers?

I wrote two books. The first was With God on Our Side: One Man’s War Against an Evangelical Coup in America’s Military. It is no longer one man’s war, like I said. We’ve gotten pretty large. I probably should have been more precise because we have plenty of Evangelicals on staff. Evangelicals become bad, like any individual, when they become fundamentalists. As soon as we find a fundamentalist Atheist, Jewish, Agnostic, Native American spiritualist, Muslim or Hindu we will let everyone know, but, right now, it almost always comes from one source, which is Evangelical Christians who demand to follow the Great Commission, Mark 16:15 and Matthew 28:19, completely irrespective of time, place and manner restrictions as prescribed by law.

The Great Commission is one of the last things Jesus is supposed to have said to his disciples is ‘go and make disciples of all nations.’ If they believe they can do that with no restrictions, then they are constitutional outlaws and violating these civil rights. They’re rights. Everybody gets them. They aren’t just civil privileges. Even if you’re an asshole, you get civil rights. The second book I wrote was No Snow Flake in an Avalanche.  The title for this book is taken from the phrase, “No snow flake in an avalanche ever feels responsible.”

To answer your question about my books, the purpose was to educate. There’s a great quote from HG Wells, Scott, it says that “civilisation is a constant race between education and catastrophe.” We’re trying to educate. The best way to do that is to be very upfront and to expose, both in the media and, if necessary, through litigation, what it is that needs to be accomplished to make sure we don’t create a Christian version of ISIS in our own military.

It is extraordinarily serious and rampant. It was terrible under Bush. It didn’t get much better under Obama. It is literally off the scale under the idiot Trump.

As well, Muslim-Americans, who are entering to train to become soldiers or who are already soldiers, will experience anti-Muslim prejudice, some or most, and, as well, they will hear anti-Muslim rhetoric. What have been some notable cases that come to mind for you? And what are some of the major concerns that arise for you?

If you go to our website, we have submitted Congressional testimony for our Muslim-American clients. Islamophobia is out of control in the US military. There’s no question about that. There are too many cases to discuss in the time here for the interview. Recently, there was a story about the 7th infantry Division at Joint Base Lewis McChord in the Tacoma/Seattle area that the new Head Chaplain will be an Imam, which is terrific. We tremendously support that. I have been in contact with this new Lieutenant Colonel Khallid Shabazz and he sounds terrific!

Unfortunately, many in the military who are a part of the Islamic community feel that they have to walk on eggshells. We understand that. We took some of our Islamic clients on the TV show Nightline. Also, a lot of what we do is behind the scenes. We don’t want to go to the media and have them threatened to go to court. We want to have people understand that in this country that we don’t judge the value of a human being—their honour, integrity, character, intelligence, honourability—based on what religious faith they have or lack thereof.

Now, if your faith tells you that you must force your faith on others irrespective of their rights, and irrespective of time, place, and manner constraints, then you are the problem. You are the enemy. If you are a member of the military or a member of the chaplaincy and believe being gay is a choice, that’s great. That’s fine. You have 3 choices. You can hold your tongue. You can change your attitude.

And if you can’t do either of those, you need to fold your uniform and get the hell out of the military. That’s where we are in the US military in the year 2017. We will not have people suffer the indignities of this Christian, fascistic tidal wave that is out there. So we have to fight and fight very hard. When you do that, you get a lot of support and concomitantly make a lot of enemies, which is why we have to live with a ton of security to include body guards and German shepherd, working dogs.

We carry a lot of weapons and utilize protective cameras et al. I’m not going to reveal all that we do for security obviously. I do a lot of speaking around the country, but it doesn’t always work out because it requires extremely specialised security for protection. Sometimes, it is exorbitant when they are asking me to speak, but I am not going to go somewhere unless we have the appropriate security intact.

Last question, how can people get involved? What is the single greatest concern for 2017 with regards to religious freedom in the military and separation of church and state?

First of all, I appreciate that. The best thing to do is to donate to us. We are a 501(c)3, IRS approved, charitable organisation. So any donation is a 100% tax deduction/write off. We already have the machine in place. So help us out, we don’t run on chocolate sauce. If you are in the military or have family or friends in the military, let them know we’re here, so they have a place to go if their religious rights are being trampled on, or their right to be non-religious.

The biggest issue was that we, very simply, have to prevent an unconstitutional alloy from forming between fundamentalist Christianity and our weapons of mass destruction—our nuclear arsenal. I am extremely concerned that this particular Commander-in-Chief on his best day appears to be an entitled, privileged, cretin and a megalomaniac. When you realise that the 3 most dangerous leaders in the world appear to be Duterte in the Philippines, Kim Jong-Un in North Korea, and this shameful sad sack that we’ve got in Washington, Trump, it is just totally terrifying. And which one of those 3 controls the world’s largest nuclear arsenal?

It is terrifying that he is technically the Commander-in-Chief. While he himself is not a fundamentalist, he and his staff have brought so many in. They’ve littered the government. They’re everywhere. They are omnipresent and it’s wretchedly concerning. It is an absolute fact that you will see a marriage between our weapons of mass destruction and the extremely dangerous theology of fundamentalist, unbridled, Christianity, which is trying to end this world as fast as possible to get us to the End Times.

Where among other things, this fundamentalist or “Dominionist” version of Christianity promises its followers a 200-mile long river, 4.5 feet deep, filled with nothing but the human blood of those that they have crushed at the Battle of Armageddon. That is a pretty horrifying graphic there. That’s what we have to fight. As Machiavelli said, “When you aim at the prince, you better kill the prince.” Not half in, not three quarters in, this is a task that requires and demands being ALL in!

I think it was Frederick Douglass who said, “Power concedes nothing without a demand.” So our job here at the Military Religious Freedom Foundation is to be the demanders of the commanders. You can go to https://www.militaryreligiousfreedom.org/ and go from there.

Thank you for your time.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Iceland, the Place of Firsts

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/13

Human rights are a new invention. Same with women’s rights. Have you heard the phrase? ‘Women’s rights are human rights,’ it’s a darn good phrase, I feel—wish I’d thought of it.

There’s more details, but those come from more knowledgeable, experienced people than me —like ‘women’s rights are a subset of, and partially distinct from, human rights.’ Anyway, that’s a tiresome, boring, and over-precise slogan, right? I agree.

The UN Charter was signed on June 26, 1945, so was instantiated only 71 years ago. It’s young. So both modern human rights and women’s rights are young. Many citizens of the world come from times without the charter, the imagined landscape of, by simply being human, deservedness—of rights, for humanity, and its women and children.

Imagine that: a world without rights. Well, we live in one naturally, but socially, culturally, even societally. Heck, they’re pretty darn important. Human’s, children’s, and women’s rights help enforce decency.

Those times without the charter and similar documentation do have a response, I suppose. With validity and bumpy consistency, which can be applied to some sectors of some nations and some whole countries today, places without them, knowledge or implementation. Scary.

Women earned the right to vote in the US in 1920. Pretty good. In Canada, 1919, depending on the province, little better; in the UK, 1918, even better, and so on, Saudi Arabia only in 2015. Technically, our democracies are young.

Lots of societies deny children and women rights. Children and women, even some men, in sections of a society without rights, or other citizens as second-class citizens, non-persons, simply persona non grata—an unwelcome person.

“Why are you here? And while you’re here, you will not have the rights and privileges of us. Got it, buster!” Not fun. But there are other cases. Societies as exemplars with some outstanding standards and people. Bars are set by them. Precedents are made by them. Iceland is one of them.

It’s a land of firsts, I feel.

As described by Kirstie Brewer from Reykjavik, in 2015, about 40 years ago—as delineated at the time—women in Iceland went on strike. That wasn’t the first strike ever; however, it was a preliminary salvo.

When November, 1980, swung around the corner, Vigdis Finnbogadottir (“dottir” as in daughter, of “Finnboga” back in the day, I assume) won the presidency in Iceland. To boot, and to break taboos, Finnbogadottir, or more properly Vigdis, was a single mother. Not bad; so that was a first, and an unlikely first because single mothers tend to be near the bottom of the social strata.

Not only for the region, but for the world, Vigdis was a first for democratic elections. She was the first female or woman democratically elected as a head of state.

There’s a common sense saying about a woman leader then influencing girls with the assumption of all girls. I doubt that, but think some, even most, girls saw president Vigdis as an representation of possibilities. It’s a good thing, but not an all-encompassing inspirational deal.

Many women and girls do succeed without the need for prior representatives, but, for others, helps give a beacon. Different strategies for different women and girls for women’s and girls’ empowerment.

And Iceland, not only is a place of firsts, it is #1. The World Economic Forum (WEF) Global Gender Gap Index 2016 states the nation is first in the world for the gender gap as well.

The Guardian has reported on it, too. They say, “The Icelandic government has pledged to close the gender pay gap by 2022.” Also, a first, as far as I know, and the short list here likely extrapolates to other unlisted aspects of Iceland, the place of firsts.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Science News in Brief March 12th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/12

NASA science head interviewed

According to Science (AAAS), in an interview with NASA Head, Thomas Zurbuchen, focused on the Trump Administration and the importance of the return-on-investment of payments into science.

Zorbuchen, in October, 2016, left the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor, to “take the reins of NASA’s science directorate, was raised in a deeply religious family, where he says he was comfortable asking hard questions.”

In the interview, there’s more discussion on NASA, Europe, and China intending to have rovers on Mars by 2020 and the relevance of immigration for science, and his own reasons for coming to America.

The beginning of the future of concrete neurolaw, maybe

According to The Guardian, neuroscientists have begun work on spotting the differences in the brains between criminals and non-criminals. The purpose of the research will be to separate on-purpose crimes and reckless behaviour crimes.

Each has distinct cognitive processes behind them. “It is the first time that people’s intentions, or otherwise, to perform criminal acts have been decoded in a brain scanner.”

In the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, the researchers said, “In most cases, when someone is committing a crime they are not doing so while inside a scanner.”

UK researchers prepare for the big shift from hard Brexit

Science (AAAS) reports that for “months after the United Kingdom voted last June to leave the European Union, many British scientists clung to hopes of a ‘soft Brexit,’ which would not cut them off from EU funding and collaborators.”

However, this might not be the case. Why? PM Theresa May will trigger a 2-year process for leaving the EU. That’s “sharp,” not soft. Researchers in the UK are faced with a tremendous challenge now.

James Wilsdon, science policy expert at the University of Sheffield in the UK, said, “People are bracing themselves for a bumpier and more abrupt landing.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Shari Allwood – Executive Director of SMART Recovery

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/11

What’s your own story? How did you get into the recovery business?

To be honest, in 1994, it started out as simply a part-time job. I had a full-time job, but my former boss was hired by SMART Recovery as SMART’s Executive Director, and I would work about 4-6 hours/week trying to help get the organisation off the ground.  It wasn’t long before we learned there weren’t ample funds to pay his salary, so he departed.  I thought SMART was a great organisation, so I stayed on. I transitioned to full-time and accepted the role of Executive Director in 2005. And here I am 22+ years later.

SMART Recovery (Self-Management and Recovery Training), is based on self-empowerment and science-based processes to assist with addiction coping and recovery. What are the main steps to this system of recovery?

As you correctly note, SMART is a self-empowering, science-based program. As opposed to steps, SMART Recovery uses a 4-Point Program®:

Point 1: Building and Maintaining Motivation

Point 2: Coping with Urges

Point 3: Managing Thoughts, Feelings, and Behaviours

Point 4: Living a Balanced Life

Each of the 4-Points has tools and techniques that our participants use to overcome their addictive behaviour(s).  The tools are terrific – they’re great for recovery, but many of them are truly life skills that can be used time and again through life even once someone has overcome their addiction.

As well, it caters to believers and non-believers alike, and does not require belief in a higher power. How does this differ from some other programs?

You’re exactly right – SMART Recovery doesn’t require a belief in a higher power. That’s not to say people who are believers can’t combine their faith with the SMART program – we have people who have success with SMART and do just that. But our meetings and program don’t have a spiritual component. I think everyone reading this interview is familiar with AA and other 12-step programs, which rely on a belief in a higher power. Such programs work for them, and the same can be said for people using SMART Recovery, LifeRing, Women for Sobriety and others that have been offered for many years. We all offer proven programs, but they won’t all appeal to every individual seeking recovery. There are many pathways to recovery, SMART being a great choice for many. We believe that it’s important for people seeking a recovery program to learn about all of the available pathways, and one (or, in some cases, a combination) that works for them.

What is the main line of evidence in support of the SMART Recovery program?

SMART is based on six principles that underlie proven and effective treatment programs:

Self-empowerment – people take control of their recovery and assume responsibility for its success.

Mutual support – recovery works best when the challenges and successes are shared with others, typically at meetings. People learn that recovery is possible by observing and following the example of others in the group.

Motivation – building and maintaining motivation is the first point in SMART’s 4-Point Program®. The program uses methods from Motivational Interviewing, a standard practice in more than 90 percent of addiction treatment programs today.

Coping with urges – the second point in the program helps people identify all the triggers to use and how to resist them. Over a short time, they learn that urges grow less intense and occur less often.

Managing thoughts, feelings and behaviours – point three teaches how to calm extreme anxiety and avoid relapses by growing aware of the beliefs that control feelings and acts. This concept is drawn from Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, also used by more than 90 percent of treatment programs.

Leading a balanced life – the fourth point helps secure recovery through the creation of a new lifestyle to replace the one associated with addiction.

The truest measure of effectiveness is its widespread and growing use since the program was founded in 1994. SMART currently hosts 2,200 weekly meetings in 19 countries, including 30 online gatherings that people anywhere in the world with an internet link can attend.

In addition, numerous recovery professionals are incorporating SMART into their practices and launching meetings. In 2016, professionals comprised 61 percent of the 2,500 people who signed up for SMART’s facilitator training course.

Leading medical and government authorities worldwide endorse SMART for recovery support in best practice and quality care guidelines for people seeking to overcome addictions.

How does the program differ in the outcomes for its treated recovering addict sub-population from the general untreated recovering addict (control) sub-population?

As much as this question is debated, the honest answer is that it is difficult to scientifically measure outcomes for people using mutual support models such as SMART Recovery and 12-step programs. Addiction scientists have tried but meta-analyses of the research on both programs have been inconclusive. These are not treatment programs in which attendance can be easily measured and tracked. Attendance is anonymous. Large numbers of participants are coerced to attend meetings, especially 12-step programs. As a result, it is extremely difficult to conduct randomised controlled trials measuring the effectiveness of such programs.

How is this more effective than other forms of recovery? Also, what are the other kinds of—ineffective—addiction recovery programs/systems?

There are numerous potential pathways to recovery, including ones that use no treatment or recovery support program at all.  I don’t feel comfortable suggesting that SMART is more effective than other forms. That’s why part of SMART’s mission statement reads “To support the availability of choices in recovery”.

I’ve had the privilege of witnessing many people’s lives change when using the SMART program. I also know that it won’t appeal to all people seeking a recovery support group. The same is true for AA, Women for Sobriety, LifeRing, etc. We are all going to attract and help people, but we’ll have the most success when people know their options and select the one that best meets their beliefs and needs. Some people will benefit by combining SMART Recovery and inpatient or outpatient therapy. Others find combining mutual-support meetings helpful.

Some find becoming involved with art or yoga/meditation helpful. Recovery can take on many forms and we feel individuals should determine a program that will be most helpful to them.

Now, you are the executive director of the SMART Recovery. What tasks and responsibilities come with being the executive director?

That’s an interesting question. I have a heart for people – I love to see people succeed, and I love being in communication with our volunteers and the people who come to SMART Recovery for help. I’ll admit that, as the organisation has grown, there are duties and responsibilities that now require more of my time – fiscal responsibilities, organisational development responsibilities, helping to ensure the organisation stays vibrant and continues to grow and keep up with technology, etc. We have a small staff because we rely so much on volunteers, so it’s challenging to keep all of the plates spinning. But we have amazing volunteers and staff, which makes my job both challenging and rewarding!

If I were a recovery addict, and if I came to SMART Recovery, how would I be introduced to SMART Recovery?

Our 2016 survey concludes that nearly 50% of our participants find SMART Recovery via an online search. Over 20% were introduced to SMART while in a treatment program, and nearly 20% were referred by a counsellor or therapist.  Interestingly, more than 10% found SMART when it was recommended by a friend or family member. Once they find us, we encourage them to attend a face-to-face meeting (if there’s one in their area) or to become involved in our online community, which has 30 online meetings per week, highly active message board forums and a 24/7 chat room.

What would be my typical struggles on the path to recovery? What would be the chances of recovery?

I believe that the typical struggles encountered by anyone in recovery are covered within our 4-Point Program®:

  1. Building and Maintaining Motivation – Nobody will change based on someone else wanting them to change. Each individual needs to identify motivating factors that will help see them through their recovery process. (SMART tool examples include: Cost/Benefit Analysis and Hierarchy of Values.)
  • Coping with urges – You won’t give up an addictive behaviour without experiencing urges, so having coping mechanisms in place is key to one’s recovery. (Tool examples include: Urge log and ABCs of Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy.)
  • Managing thoughts, feelings and behaviours – As someone is going through recovery, there are all sorts of opportunities to reflect on one’s thoughts, feelings and behaviours, and to assess which are helpful, unhelpful and need to be changed. (Tool examples include: ABCs of REBT for emotional upsets and Role-playing.)
  • Leading a balanced life – So often the drug or behaviour has really taken over an individual’s life. Everything had revolved around time spent planning for or involved in the addictive behaviour. Returning to a balanced life can be a challenge. (Tool examples include:  Lifestyle Balance Pie Chart and Vital Absorbing Creative Interests – finding helpful activities to replace the former unhealthy/unhelpful activities.)

As far as chances of recovery, I’m sure that there are statistics out there somewhere regarding the number of people who succeed in recovery. From my perspective, if people are truly motivated, and are able to achieve the 4-point program noted above, the likelihood of success is great. And a reminder that people’s personal recovery journeys vary, so for some, combining SMART Recovery and other groups or activities may increase the chances of achieving recovery for that individual.

Are there appropriate supports for the recovering addicts as they transition back into normal life and as they have entered into a new non-addicted lifestyle?

We choose not to use the term “addict” or apply labels to participants. We help people who are struggling with addictive behaviours. We offer meetings and online support for as long as the individual deems them to be useful. As far as other supports, i.e., job-skills, transitional housing, etc., we leave that to other organisations and agencies. Our goal and mission is to provide mutual support meetings that encourage cross-talk, allow people to learn the SMART tools and techniques, and allow participants to learn from one another’s experiences – both success and failures.

What are some of the main social and communal services of the SMART Recovery, if any?

Social activities vary from meeting to meeting.  Some meetings allow for a half-hour social gathering at the end of the meeting. Others have some planned activities – a bowling night, a recovery walk during Recovery Month, etc.  I’ve always found it interesting how much of a community spirit there is within our online activities. We have people participating from all over the world, and most have never met the others with whom they’re in online meetings, posting on the message boards, or chatting within the chat room. But they really are a cohesive group that find inspiration and help from one another.

What is the scope and scale of the SMART Recovery? Who are some of its most unexpected allies?

Growth and awareness of SMART Recovery continues to increase with more than 1,000 new meetings launched in the past three years.  (I’ll share a growth chart which makes it easier to grasp, if you’d like to include it.)  And our international expansion is also continuing, even to the point of us creating a new SMART Recovery International organisation, with what was known as Alcohol & Drug Abuse Self-Help Network, Inc., d.b.a. SMART Recovery, soon to become SMART Recovery USA. And, of course, online activities know no boundaries and our online registrations continue to grow each year.

I, of course, believe everyone should be an ally of SMART, with none being unexpected (laughs).  We have volunteers who are peers, professionals, and a growing number of non-peer/non-professionals.  Mums and Dads who have children who have struggled with an addiction and they feel a need to provide choice in mutual support meetings, so they train and start meetings.

We have a nice partnership with other non-12-step groups including Women for Sobriety (WFS) and LifeRing. We have a growing number of treatment centres that are ensuring that SMART Recovery meetings are available to their clients.  SMART was recognised by President Obama and Michael Botticelli during our 20th anniversary celebration and conference in 2014. I think even some of the “hard core” 12-step people are beginning to realise that there truly are multiple pathways to recovery, and the importance of people having choice.  This isn’t a competition – there are plenty of people in need with different backgrounds and beliefs and they need choices like AA, WFS, LifeRing and SMART Recovery.

With the current Trump Administration, do you see new threats to the practice of science-based and self-empowering recovery programs?

It’s not yet clear to me if or how the new administration will impact addiction in the US.  SMART Recovery will carry on with our message and program regardless of the level of support from the administration.

What have been the largest activist and educational initiatives provided by SMART Recovery?

All of SMART’s activism and education has been devoted to creating the best possible recovery support program, including meetings and educational materials, for the millions of people worldwide who need help overcoming additions. We have focused intensely on educating the volunteers who facilitate our meetings, developing a rigorous 30-plus hour training program. We are now training 2,500 people a year. Our facilitators are hosting well over than 100,000 meetings a year in countries from Australia to Canada to the UK and Uzbekistan, including more than 1,200 in the US alone.

SMART hosts meetings in correctional institutions and Veterans Administration medical centres. Since 2010, we’ve held meetings for the family members and friends of people with loved ones suffering from addiction. Our Family & Friends program is based on the highly effective model known as Community Reinforcement and Family Training or CRAFT.

As much as we’d like to engage in activism in the conventional sense of term, our time and energy is best spent focusing on our mission.

How can people get involved with the SMART Recovery, even donate to them?

I’d suggest a wander through our extensive website at www.smartrecovery.org. (Our new site will debut soon!) If you’d benefit from using the program, there’s lots of information about the program and tools, as well as a meeting list, access to our online activities, etc.  If you want to serve your community by starting a SMART meeting, you can visit our training page.  If you’d like to donate to SMART, you can

visit https://secure.processdonation.org/smartrecovery/.  (Note, that link will likely change with our new site, but a visit to www.smartrecovery.org will connect you to a donation button.)

Any closing thoughts or feelings based on the discussion today?

We’re always so grateful for the opportunity to help acquaint people with our 4-Point Program and tools, and I want to thank you for providing us with this opportunity to do so. I want to encourage anyone who is struggling with an addiction to visit www.smartrecovery.org and see what SMART can offer you.  If you have a loved one struggling, our Family & Friends program is an amazing resource. If you’re involved in serving people with addictions in a treatment setting, or court, or government agency, I encourage you to become familiar with SMART Recovery to recommend it to your clients and constituents.

Thank you for your time, Shari.

Thank you again for this opportunity!

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with René Hartmann – Chairman of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10

How did you become involved in atheism or irreligiosity in general? Was there a family background?

I used to be a member of the Lutheran Church of Germany – as were my parents, but my family was not very religious. I left the church when I was at the university.

You are the chairman for the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists. What tasks and responsibilities come with being the chairman for the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists?

My main responsibilities are political communication, which includes press releases, the website, social media, and international contacts.

Based on the membership of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists and from personal experience, who is most likely to be non-religious/an atheist?

It is hard to give a simple answer to this question, as our membership is very diverse. There are people who had a religious family background, and sometimes even suffered from their religious education. There are also people who never had much to do with religion, but at some time discovered how strongly the churches also affect the life of non-religious people, and decided to do something about it.

What are some of the main campaigns and initiatives of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists?

Beyond advocating the separation of state and church in general, we especially campaign for a religious-neutral school. Together with other organisations, we also oppose making assisted suicide unlawful.

In the Political Guide, there is an important note that over one billion members of the global community does not belong to any church or religion with 150 explicit atheists. That’s a lot of people; still a minority compared to the global population, but a significant number of people rejecting the supernaturalist claims in gods or God. What is the scope and scale of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists? Who are some of its most unexpected allies?

Our activities focus mainly on Germany and the German-speaking countries of Europe. Globally, our most important ally is the Atheist Alliance International (AAI) and with other atheist/secularist organisations.

Not all churches or religious organisations want to be privileged by the state, and some take a similar stance on church-state separation as we do, but I would not go so far as to call them allies.

What is the best argument you’ve ever come across for atheism?

I think on of the most compelling arguments is summarised by the following quote for which I unfortunately cannot give a source: If God has spoken, why is the universe not convinced?

As well, churches have privileges in law. That amounts, by implication, to religious bias in law against the secular; religious privilege equates to irreligious inequality with the religious.  What is the most egregious legal privilege for the religious over the irreligious?

The most egregious privilege is probably the enormous amount of taxpayers’ money that flows into the activities of the churches, especially religious education, but also the salary of bishops. Also unacceptable is that the churches are the only exception to the rule that only insulting people is punishable, not institutions or convictions.

In general, what are the perennial threats to the practice of atheism globally?

First, I want to stress that we don’t ‘practice’ atheism in the same way religious people practise religion. The biggest threat for atheists and non-religious people in general is religious intolerance, not only people who are openly fundamentalist, but also by people who actually don’t practice religion very intensively, but take it for granted that the state has to support religion.

What have been the largest activist and educational initiatives provided by International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists? Out of these, what have been honest failures and successes?

We are trying to promote our aims using the media, the internet and social networks. There is also a prize that we award every two years. This year It will go to Ateizm Dernegi, a Turkish atheist group. The event will take place June 3 in Cologne.

Although we were not yet able to influence the law-making process significantly, we already had representatives participate in hearings of state parliaments. And recently non-religious groups got a joint seat in the body that oversees the public radio and TV corporation of North-Rhine Westphalia.

How can people get involved with the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists, even donate to it?

On our website www.ibka.org one can find information on how to become a member and how to donate.

If you are living outside Europe, you may consider becoming a member of Atheist Alliance International.

Thank you for your time, René.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

EVENT NEWS: Atheist Union of Greece Hosts Event – March 11

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/11

The Atheist Union of Greece is hosting an event on March 11, 2017. The Atheist Union of Greece sets a distinct priority for the firm establishment of the separation between the state and the church with equal treatment of citizens without regard for the religious or philosophical proclivities of the individual citizen.

The event that the Union will be hosting on March 11 is a workshop entitled “State and Church: Approaches (Human Rights, Economy, Politics).” Bear in mind, Greece is a highly religious nation with 98% of the Greek population being Orthodox Christian. So the Greek general population, as a heuristic, is principally – that is, primarily – Orthodox Christian. These are synonymous titles within the Greek demographic landscape.

So the topic of church and state, and the separation thereof, remain integral components for the Atheist Union of Greece core priority, which is that separation between church and state – within an economic, human rights, and political framework. The Atheist Union of Greece is a member of the Atheist Alliance International and the European Humanist Federation.

At the event, there will prominent academics and speakers who will describe the various problems that arise in virtue of Greece embracing a lack of separation between of Church and state. The political parties were provided invitations to openly state their positions after the workshop, the event. It will run from 10:00 to 15:00 today, March 11.

What is the event in general?

A conference regarding the relations of State and the Church, will take place this Saturday 11-03 at Panteion University in Athens. It is entitled: “State and Church: Approaches” (Human Rights, Economy, Politics), and is co-organised by the Department of Sociology at Panteion University, the Atheists Union of Greece and the Hellenic League for Human Rights.

Where does this initiative originate?

It is an initiative of the Atheists Union of Greece, member of the European Humanist Federation and the Atheist Alliance International, a Non Profit Organisation that promotes secularism in Greece.

What is the Atheist Union of Greece?

AU was founded in 2010 and currently has about 1800 members all over Greece and abroad. The AU undertakes various campaigns one of the most notable being a proposal for separation of church and state in the form of a questionnaire sent to the political parties.

What is the main topic of the conference?

The conference brings forth the problem of the state and church embrace in Greece. It comes after a long, misleading, populist and scaremongering monologue by regressive voices, now it is the time for the voices of reason and science to set the grounds correctly for a public debate about the problem.

It examines it from all of the various aspects that it has. Never before has an overview of the problem by distinguished academics and other speakers been organised in the country. It aims to inform all citizens that the state-church separation is a reform that suits all people, even the religious ones.

AU believes that political will is essential in solving the problem. Unfortunately, so far, the political parties seem reluctant to even discuss it as demonstrated by the poor response to the above mentioned questionnaire.

The conference, therefore, besides its informative character, is also a political intervention as political parties have been invited to attend and asked to contribute their views and commitments.

Thank you for your time, Fotis.

For those with further interest in becoming involved or contacting The Atheist Union of Greece, one very good means is the website, where you can become involved with them. Another means includes the Facebook page, which has an active membership and over 10,000 likes. Event details by the International Association of Free Thought here.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religion News in Brief March 10th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10

Church attendance makes you seem trustworthy and popular

Based on a news report by the Daily Mail, there is research suggesting that going to church can make attendees appear more trustworthy and popular, which seems like an obvious benefit to going to church. However, this is public perception rather than a necessary reflection of a reality, of course.

80% of people identify with a religion, according to Pew Research. Some researchers have looked into the evolutionary benefit(s) to, or from, religious practice. The research began in the early 2000s. At the Santa Fe Institute, Dr. Eleanor Power looked into it.

Power found that “active religious participation may benefit practitioners by strengthening social bonds.” That is, “lab-based experiments have suggested that religious behaviour may increase prosocial qualities like generosity and trustworthiness, few researchers have studied this question in a real community.”

Change in religious demographics in Europe, via baptisms

Patheos – Cranach reported that many, many Muslim immigrants into Europe are converting to Christianity, through baptism obviously, and this is having a noticeable effect on the growth and attendance at churches in Europe: “See thisthis, and this.”

“For the last few decades, churches have been almost empty on Sunday mornings. But congregations that have evangelised Muslims are coming back to life.  For example, the Trinity Lutheran Church in Berlin, which we have blogged about, used to have 150 parishioners.  Now they have 700.”

That is, this is a phenomenon in major international economic and cultural centres such as England too. There has been an estimation by an Anglican bishop that as many as one out of four confirmations done are performed on Christian converts who used to be Muslims.

Epilepsy-religious experience link draws closer

Science Daily reports that, “A relationship between epilepsy and heightened religious experiences has been recognised since at least the 19th century. In a recent study,

researchers from the University of Missouri found a neurological relationship exists between religiosity — a disposition for spiritual experience and religious activity — and epilepsy.”

Brick Johnstone, neuropsychologist and professor of health psychology, described how past research shows how humans have distinct tendencies towards spirituality. It is natural. So the tendency to religiosity has a semi-firm neurological foundation.

Co-author and assistant professor of religious studies, Daniel Cohen, asked, “If a connection [between the brain and religious experiences] exists, what does it mean for humans and their relationship with religion?” Indeed.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tyler Owen, President of Tri-State Humanists

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10

What’s the short story regarding your coming into humanism?

I’ve found that many Humanists come from a Christian background, and I’m no exception. I was raised as a conservative Christian in Middle-America, but even as a child I found that my church seemed more interested in self-aggrandising and sermonising than in applying itself towards making the world a better place.

In college, I was exposed to a wide variety of new secular and progressive ideas that really resonated with me for the first time. I lost my faith and, ironically, found a new sense of self and purpose in atheism. But for me, atheism wasn’t enough. It described only something that I didn’t believe. I didn’t believe in God anymore, but there were plenty of things I did believe in. I still believed in freedom and equality, in providing well-being to those in need, and in a pursuit of knowledge through science.

Eventually my wife and I moved to Burlington, Iowa and we met a group that seemed aligned with those same ideals. They called themselves Humanists and that was one of the first times I had been exposed to the term. It just seemed like a perfect fit. We started coming to meetings and getting more involved and now we help to organise and plan for the group’s future.

What makes humanism, or secular humanism, seem more natural to you than other ethical and philosophical systems?

For me, Humanism is the perfect intersection of emotion and reason, and it is very utilitarian in that respect. Empathy for other humans and the world we inhabit is the primary emotional driver that guides us, but we are also willing to admit that we are fallible and susceptible to bias. So, we must rely on science and reason to translate our empathy into action. Many other ethical and philosophical systems rely on too many assumptive externalities. They embrace our human fallibility as some sort of positive attribute, or portray it as some impassible barrier between us and a greater future of our own design. Humanists refuse to accept this. We desire to maximise happiness and minimise suffering for this one life that we have. We may not always know the best path to achieve those goals, but relying on science and reason are the best ways we know how.

You are the President of the Tri-State Humanists. Although, as we discussed in correspondence, the term “President” is difficult with the group being small. Nonetheless, you have noted the discussion group nature of the Tri-State Humanists. How do you lead the discussions?

For our group, the term “president” is more of a formality. I’m more of a spokesperson and contact representative. I think that works well for us since we are still relatively small, but we are growing every day. We focus on providing a safe place for non-believers and knowledge-seekers to voice their thoughts during our discussion group meetings.

What are some notable topics, even articles or books, in the discussions for the group?

We cover a wide range of topics including religion, education, politics, and science. But recently we hosted an educational public event for Darwin Day. We had members and people from the community come to hear my wife Frances, a biology and environmental science graduate and

Naturalist for Des Moines County, give a talk on all the discoveries that have been made about evolution since Darwin’s publication of “On the Origin of Species”. Evolution really is a wonderful story of how we are all connected. We had a wonderful turnout and there was a lot of interest in continuing the topic in later discussion groups.

Has the group taken up any activist causes?

This past holiday we took on our first charity mission to raise funds for a book donation for our local public library. We exceeded our modest goal and raised over $200 to purchase several science education books for young children. It was great to give back to our community and support an institution that advocates tirelessly for open access to knowledge. As our group grows we hope to take on even more advocacy missions.

What is the upcoming discussion topic for March?

I believe we will be discussing the intersection of religion and politics. Precisely what legal rights are religions and religious adherents entitled to in this country and in what ways should, or could, those rights change in the future? With the increasing political divisions between parties what impact will religion play in coming elections?

How can people get involved with Tri-State Humanists?

We are currently organising all our events and discussion group meetings via Meetup.com https://www.meetup.com/Tri-State-Humanists/. But we also recently started up a Facebook page which you can find at https://www.facebook.com/Tri-State-Humanists-722197934627224/. We encourage anyone or any religious background to come and visit with us and join our discussion groups.

Thank you for your time, Tyler.

Thank you!

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Politics News in Brief March 8th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/08

Israeli women in politics surpasses US

According to Jerusalem Post Israel News, on International Women’s Day, there is an important note on women in politics for reflection, which is the fact that a total of 33 female MKs serve for the Knesset.

One study, published last year by Ofer Kenig at the Israel Democracy Institute, described the representation of women in the Israeli Knesset, which showed it is higher than the US Senate at 20% and the House of Representatives at 19.4%.

In other words, “…Israel only slightly lags behind the OECD average when it comes to women’s legislative representation.”

Russian energy minister declares non-interference in US politics

CNBC reported that the Russian energy minister denied the allegations of Russian interference in the American political system. Alexander Novak, the energy minister, said, “We did not interfere in U.S. domestic politics…”

“…and we prefer that every country be independent in resolving its domestic issues” Novak continued. It is in the wake of the OPEC output cut, and Novak “talked about Russia’s cooperation in the process, calling the coordination between OPEC and Non-OPEC producers historic.”

Apparently, this is historic because of the dual OPEC/Non-OPEC countries as signatories to the agreement.

Obamacare, but worse

Salon stated that after “more than half a decade of breaking promise after promise to produce some sort of legislation to “replace” the Affordable Care Act, congressional Republicans have finally unveiled an actual health care bill. And boy oh boy, is it terrible.”

Paul Ryan, house speaker, served legislation that “replicates Obamacare.” However, it is significantly worse than Obamacare in important ways. Fewer citizens will be covered. There will be less magnanimous subsidies for citizens. The sick and the poor will be worse off. The rich will have tax cuts. The health insurance companies will get big doled out monetary funding, so the rich will be better and the poor will be worse with this system.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

International Women’s Day and Women’s History Month – A Canadian’s Take, and Give

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/08

I feel happy at the advancement of women in the important areas of life: arts and culture, education, politics, science, and religion. In order of presentation: women in the arts and culture, from the Canadian perspective – that I know best and not even that well – which is, frankly, individual arts and culture incubators – both of which herald in new eras in Canadian society such as Alice Munro, Joy Kogawa, Lee Maracle, Margaret Atwood, Nellie McClung, and some others.

For specific sectors of Canadian society, women and girls have earned (e.g., Lee Maracle, whose narratives focus on Indigenous women and feminists), through hard work and hardship, the broad praise of the arts and culture community in Canada, especially the longstanding, prominent, and productive hands of Alice Munro and Margaret Atwood, both of whom appear to garner respect and dignified approval outside of the borders of Canada. A mark of truly outstanding lives.

Some women, recently, up-and-coming such as Madeleine Thien, who won the prestigious Giller Prize, recently, come to the fore. As well, the intimate work written by Tracey Lindberg entitled Birdie, which tells another important Indigenous story. Arts and culture remains integral to the Canadian identity, which seems plural—dominated by some based on time and quantity of people with the history—and more, and more, diversified in voices.

Education remains another important domain of female, or women’s (a more personal and preferable term), achievement in this sweet country o’ mine. In the world, women tend to have fewer opportunities for education; and if chances for education, then fewer odds of advanced education without discrimination in it. Women and Education by Statistics Canada states:

Women have progressed considerably in terms of education and schooling over the past few decades. Just 20 years ago, a smaller percentage of women than men aged 25 to 54 had a postsecondary education…Education indicators show that women generally do better than men. This gap in favour of women is even noticeable at a young age, since girls often get better marks than boys in elementary and secondary school.

As well, more girls than boys earn their high school diploma within the expected timeframe and girls are less likely to drop out. More women than men enrol in college and university programs after completing their high school education. A greater percentage of women leave these programs with a diploma or degree.

Most Canadian praise this, and share concern for boys and young men in education—which seems like a valid, important concern in developed nations, but, in an international analysis of the issue—on International Women’s Day, Canada does well in the education of girls and women in contrast to other nations.

In politics, ‘because it was 2015,’ the Canadian Prime Minister instantiated both the tactical political and equality maneuver for the first 50-50 sex-split Cabinet in Canadian history. And, as far as I can discern, the first legacy Prime Minister–following in the cut brush of Pierre Trudeau, or his father—in Canadian history is the second Trudeau, the historic, and politically savvy motion, presented Canada to the world as a place of political equality.

When I think of science, some women exist in the history books, who seem less known—and I had to look some up, such as, in 1938, Elsie MacGill became the Chief Aeronautical Engineer at Canadian Car and Foundry where she was selected to assist in the construction of the Hurricane aircraft for the British Royal Air Force and Roberta Bondar with extensive training in neuroscience and medicine and selection for NASA based on the numerous academic credentials earned by her.

Lastly, religion, or irreligion for those so tended, Marie Morin was an exemplar. One women who was the first Canadian-born women that became a religious sister. In fact, she became a bursar and superior at Hospitalièrs of Montreal. Lois Miriam Wilson was the first president, who was a woman, of the Canadian Council of Churches. And to the famous Canadian atheists, many exist: Kathryn Borel, Patricia Smith Churchland, Wendy McElroy, Hannah Moscovitch, and, of course, the wonderful Reverend Gretta Vosper.

Whether arts and culture, education, politics, science, and religion, International Women’s day as one peak to Women’s History Month is an important reflection, and, from one obscure Canadian’s view, this appears praiseworthy to me.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 29.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (24)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 847

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Richard May (“May-Tzu”/“MayTzu”/“Mayzi”) is a Member of the Mega Society based on a qualifying score on the Mega Test (before 1995) prior to the compromise of the Mega Test and Co-Editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. In self-description, May states: “Not even forgotten in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), I’m an Amish yuppie, born near the rarified regions of Laputa, then and often, above suburban Boston. I’ve done occasional consulting and frequent Sisyphean shlepping. Kafka and Munch have been my therapists and allies. Occasionally I’ve strived to descend from the mists to attain the mythic orientation known as having one’s feet upon the Earth. An ailurophile and a cerebrotonic ectomorph, I write for beings which do not, and never will, exist — writings for no one. I’ve been awarded an M.A. degree, mirabile dictu, in the humanities/philosophy, and U.S. patent for a board game of possible interest to extraterrestrials. I’m a member of the Mega Society, the Omega Society and formerly of Mensa. I’m the founder of the Exa Society, the transfinite Aleph-3 Society and of the renowned Laputans Manqué. I’m a biographee in Who’s Who in the Brane World. My interests include the realization of the idea of humans as incomplete beings with the capacity to complete their own evolution by effecting a change in their being and consciousness. In a moment of presence to myself in inner silence, when I see Richard May’s non-being, ‘I’ am. You can meet me if you go to an empty room.” Some other resources include Stains Upon the Silence: something for no oneMcGinnis Genealogy of Crown Point, New York: Hiram Porter McGinnisSwines ListSolipsist SoliloquiesBoard GameLulu blogMemoir of a Non-Irish Non-Jew, and May-Tzu’s posterousHe discusses: “Why is There No Sacred Music?”.

Keywords: Eugene Wigner, George Carlin, Gregorian Chants, J.S. Bach, Lewis Eugene Rowell, May-Tzu, Mick Jagger, mirrors, Noesis, Richard Dawkins, Richard May, Salt and Pepper, Sir Fred Hoyle, The Rolling Stones, Vivaldi.

Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: “Why is There No Sacred Music?” asks a question, which I must ask: Why is there no sacred music, Tzu?

Richard May[1],[2]*: There’s plenty of sacred music. Have you listened to the musical works of, e.g., Richard Dawkins? The Atheist community has historically written the most transcendent music. Forget J.S. Bach, Vivaldi, and Gregorian chants.

Jacobsen: You wrote, “If sacred music were the only ‘doctrine’ of the church, then I could believe.” George Carlin similarly remarked, “The only good thing ever to come out of religion was the music.” Have you ever had any religious beliefs whatsoever in a mainstream normative sense?

May: Funny, but inaccurate. Carlin missed that Judaism was far more civilizing than Roman pagan religions. The Jews freed their slaves after 7 years, for example. Hillel the Elder, when asked by a pagan to explain Judaism, while standing on one foot, said, ”Do not do to others what you would not have others do to you. All the rest is commentary.” What’s not to like about that?

I don’t remember my religious beliefs in utero, if any, or the color of the wallpaper in my mother’s womb, as so many do. When I was under four years old I was given a wax angel candle and told that it would protect me from goblins coming down the chimney. I may have been scared by a children’s story about goblins. Or maybe goblins came down the chimney.

But at a later age I never understood how Jesus could take-away ‘sins’ or what that even meant. I thought I was stupid. I didn’t know that Jews and Muslims considered this ‘taking away sins’ a heresy. I didn’t understand what ‘sins’ were. No one explained to me that to ‘sin’ came from the Greek word “hamartia,” which was a term from archery meaning “to miss the mark.”

I remember before the age of four asking my father why the moon phases occurred. He said God did it. He knew perfectly well the correct explanation. Then I asked Father what made God? This ended my father’s astronomical explanations.

If my memory of this occurrence is not a confabulation, surprisingly I may have actually been an intelligent little boy!

In the 4th grade I learned that there was no Santa Clause and hence, that parents lied to their children. Afterwards I distinctly remember going to a children’s Golden Book encyclopedia and where it was located in the class room, in order to look up “God” to discover, by analogy with Santa Clause, whether God was also a lie that parents told their children. But disappointingly there was no listing for God in the encyclopedia.

At an older age, maybe my early teens, I decided that if there was a “God,” he would not be worse than men, i.e., primitively tribal and genocidal. I was appalled by the experience of going to church, ancient ladies singing weird songs, which fortunately only happened maybe four times in my life. I told Mother that I did not “believe in” church. She cried.

Jacobsen: What is music? 

May: Music is a tonal analog of the emotions, Thinking about Music, an Introduction to the Philosophy of Music by Rowell. I think Rowell nailed it.

Jacobsen: What is sacred?

May: Something is sacred if it brings you to a higher part of yourself.

Jacobsen: What differentiates music from, simply speaking, sacred music?

May: If music inspires you to shoot your brothers or the neighborhood cop on his beat, then it may be at a different level than say, e.g., J.S. Bach or Gregorian chants.

I like to contemplate as a koan Mick Jagger and The Rolling Stones doing Gregorian chants or “Push it” by Salt and Pepper, done very slowly with the lyrics translated into Latin https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vCadcBR95oU   .

Jacobsen: If we had a better grasp of mathematics, logic, and reason, would we be able to enjoy music better? Is there an innate sensibility of mathematics, logic, and reason, behind the harmonizing beatifications of the ear in ‘good’ music?

May: I don’t think so. — ‘”the enormous usefulness of mathematics in the natural sciences is something bordering on the mysterious and there is no rational explanation for it.” — Eugene Wigner

Try natural selection! “The logic of our brains is the logic of the universe.” — Sir Fred Hoyle

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Unreasonable_Effectiveness_of_Mathematics_in_the_Natural_Sciences

But what Wigner has called the “unreasonable effectiveness of mathematics,” as applied to understanding physical reality, may in my view have a corresponding principle, “the unreasonable effectiveness of music,” as applied to human brain physiology in achieving altered states of consciousness.

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, would this mean an objective ability to grasp something akin to the Good via pitch, frequency, tone, and timbre, and higher harmonics, and the talent to reason, ratiocinate, and mathematicize?

May: I don’t know. This is beyond me. Perceiving the Good certainly is dependent upon one’s state of consciousness, which may be altered by music, drugs, dance, massage, prayer and meditation.

Jacobsen: What would Pythagoras say in a pithy way? 

May: “Music is the geometry of the soul.”— May-Tzu

Footnotes

[1] Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)[Online]. April 2022; 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, April 8). Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A, April. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A (April 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 29.A (2022): April. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)[Internet]. (2022, April 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–2022. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links March be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Anders Stjernholm

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/07

Anders Stjernholm is Chairman of the Atheistic Society and outspoken critic of religion and belief, or as he puts it “fervent anti-theist”. Anders is also a stand-up comedian who debuted in 2005 on Comedy Zoo in Copenhagen.

What’s the short of the long regarding coming into atheism for you?

I was raised as pretty standard Danish “culture christian”. My family used to be members of the state church, which is called folkekirken (people’s church), but we only attended church for ceremonies (we didn’t even attend on Christmas day).

In my early 20’s I started observing the effects of religion on society and on the individual. Adding up the score pretty obviously pointed towards the negative. Two of the most obvious effects were the stifling of free expression and critical thinking.

That interest initially found expression in my jokes – I do comedy as a stand-up comedian. Later, however, it brought me to start working for the Atheist Society (Ateistisk Selskab).

In your experience, what seems like the main reason for people becoming Atheists?

I think there are two main reasons:

1) The claim of divinity doesn’t bode well with the Danish youth, who are rather well-educated with a healthy dose of scepticism.

2) The use and personal association with the rituals provided by the church since the 70’s now have secular alternatives with increasing popularity. For instance, adulthood can be celebrated with a mini-camp on a humanistic platform with a ceremony in which young people present their newly acquired insights to their families, and new children are often given their name which is celebrated without clergy and temples.

What makes atheism seem more natural, and simply true, to you than other worldviews?

I see the methods of critical thinking and the value given to evidence and empiricism as the most successful “dogmatic” mindset. When these methods are applied to the claims that gods exist, that religion is advantageous for the individual or beneficial for society, etc., the answer is a rather clear “false.

What is the best argument for atheism you have ever come across?

I see it as a collection of arguments that make a strong case for the unlikelihood of the religious claims on all levels of the debate. The validity of the scriptures, the effects of practicing your religion, the cultural influence of religion and, as of late, I have really come to acknowledge the psychological research on the cognitive reasons and expressions of religion.

You are the chairman of the Ateistisk Selskab (Atheistic Society/Danish Atheist Society). What tasks and responsibilities come with being the chairman?

My work focuses on communication – representing the arguments and opinions of the group – and also building the organisation.

What are some of the demographics of the organisation? How many members are in it? Who is most likely to be an Atheist and join the organisation?

We have just under 1000 members. Half live in Copenhagen, and most of the rest are concentrated around bigger cities. 85% are men – how we can appeal more to women is a challenge for the future.

Has the group taken up any activist causes? What were they? What was the outcome?

We have made the website www.udmeldelse.dk in which we have made it easier for Danes to cancel their membership of the state church. Most are registered as members by default – this happens when people are baptised and we know from surveys that a significant proportion of these members do not wish to be so. The website was launched in March 2016. We just learned that the website has resulted in a record number of members leaving the church last year: 25.000 people. We hope to improve on that number next year.

How can people get involved with Ateistisk Selskab?

You can contact us on info@ateist.dk. We have a pretty quick response rate. More info on www.ateist.dk.

Twitter: @ateistdk

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ateistiskselskab.dk

Thank you for your time, Anders.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Philosophy News in Brief March 5th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/05

Philosophy still a “great major”

According to Patch, an oft labelled “useless, pretentious, counterproductive, ridiculous and self-indulgent” undergraduate major might have a strong defender.

As per a new website, created and maintained by Jack Weinstein, professor of philosophy at the University of North Dakota, argues that philosophy continues to be a “great major.”

On the front page, it says, “Philosophy is a great degree to help you get your first job…It’s a fabulous degree to help you get your second, fifth, and eighth.”

New course incorporates video games into philosophy

Stevens Point Journal reports that many video games such as “Bioshock Infinite,” “The Legend of Zelda,” and “The Walking Dead” are not only popular activities for younger people.

In fact, they can even be used to teach how they “influence thoughts, morals and decision-making.”  The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point is offering a course entitled “Video Games and Philosophy.”

This will be offered to high school students, or those of that age, “to both play and think critically about popular video games…Campers will develop argumentative, rhetorical and logical skills to become better at written and oral communication.”

The philosophy of Westworld, robot rights and more

According to the A.V. Club, Westworld is great, enjoyable science fiction with many layers of philosophical debates. It looks at the nature of consciousness, free will, and so on, in between in its many shootout scenes.

One main question, for example, is “whether the park’s hosts should be thought of as sentient.” Another is the “debate between predestination and free will.” Do we have a choice in guiding our destiny, or not?

What does that mean for morality? As well, the show’s philosophical bent looks at the nature of consciousness and free will as they relate to suffering. Do we need suffering for consciousness or free will?

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 29.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (24)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,962

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Veronica Palladino is a Member of the Glia SocietyShe discusses: growing up; a sense of an extended self; the family background; the experience with peers and schoolmates; some professional certifications; the purpose of intelligence tests; high intelligence discovered; the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses; the greatest geniuses in history; a genius from a profoundly intelligent person; profound intelligence necessary for genius; work experiences and jobs; particular job path; the gifted and geniuses; God; science; the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations); the range of the scores; ethical philosophy; social philosophy; economic philosophy; political philosophy; metaphysics; philosophical system; meaning in life; meaning externally derived, or internally generated; an afterlife; the mystery and transience of life; and love.

Keywords: Cechov, Glia Society, God, Great Britain, Italy, Leicester, Marconi-Tesla, medicine, Molise, Veronica Palladino.

Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were growing up, what were some of the prominent family stories being told over time?

Veronica Palladino[1],[2]*: My parents are two ordinary people but extraordinary to my sister and me. Even though my father passed away a few years ago, his precious teaching is always in my heart and in my mind.

Jacobsen: Have these stories helped provide a sense of an extended self or a sense of the family legacy?

Palladino: My family is the pivot of my life. It is a continuous resource, it is the nourishment for the soul when it needs to be refreshed.

Jacobsen: What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Palladino: My family is Italian. My mother was born in Great Britain, exactly in Leicester. I was born and I live in Italy in a small region called Molise. It is a beautiful place where nature, ancient traditions and authenticity create a jumble of good feelings and spontaneity.

Jacobsen: How was the experience with peers and schoolmates as a child and an adolescent?

Palladino: I was an extremely shy and reserved child. I preferred to invent fantastic stories full of enchanted worlds in which to take refuge to avoid relationship with others. My imposing and robust physical appearance created in me embarrassment and displeasure. I didn’t feel accepted and I kept a low profile to hide who I was. I did not want to share my ideas, thoughts and eccentricities with others for fear of not being understood. I showed a protective armor against evils. Now I know that I am what I am, simply.

Jacobsen: What have been some professional certifications, qualifications, and trainings earned by you?

Palladino: I am medical doctor and I have written four books: Il diario del Martedì, Un mondo altro, La Morte delle Afroditi bionde and Persone e lacrime.

Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?

Palladino: According to me the purpose of an intelligence test is to challenge one’s cognitive abilities to improve weaknesses and to corroborate potential. The result obtained should not be taken too seriously. It must be a track to evolve and do better.

Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you?

Palladino: After twenty, I have done a test for fun with a friend.

Jacobsen: When you think of the ways in which the geniuses of the past have either been mocked, vilified, and condemned if not killed, or praised, flattered, platformed, and revered, what seems like the reason for the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses? Many alive today seem camera shy – many, not all.

Palladino: Being a genius is no guarantee of success. Many factors affect the life of a brilliant mind, just think of the Marconi-Tesla comparison or the misunderstanding reserved for a great Italian writer like Svevo. The examples are numerous. Understanding the light and power of a great mind is a difficult task. Every genius has a particular and unique interaction with the world.

Jacobsen: Who seems like the greatest geniuses in history to you?

Palladino: There is not one in particular, I could say Bohr, Leibniz, Goethe, Bach, Ramanujan, Wittgenstein, Aeschylus but it is impossible for me to choose because everyone has a wonderful gift that does not admit comparison

Jacobsen: What differentiates a genius from a profoundly intelligent person?

Palladino: A highly intelligent person has cognitive abilities greater than four standard deviations from the general population. A genius is not just intelligence, it is above all an emblem of strength, determination, creativity, originality and innovation.

Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?

Palladino: No I think that genius definition does not require a profound intelligence necessarily. It is an extremely complex and various concept.

Jacobsen: What have been some work experiences and jobs held by you?

Palladino: I worked as an on-call doctor. Now I am a resident.

Jacobsen: Why pursue this particular job path?

Palladino: I believe in medicine, in helping people with love and truth, in improving ourselves. I chose my career path because I want to give meaning to my work, helping to alleviate, even if in my small way, the worries of others. Moreover, scientific studies allow you to train your mind and find explanations to the many questions that concern humanity. Then I love to write. It is a necessity to travel continously in fantastic lands. Cechov said medicine is my lawful wife and literature is my mistress.

Jacobsen: What are some of the more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses? Those myths that pervade the cultures of the world. What are those myths? What truths dispel them?

Palladino: There is a lot of confusion about the concept of genius and gifted. Genius goes back to antiquity. In Roman mythology each person was born with a guardian spirit called Genius. During the Italian Renaissance the world designated something truly exceptional about the individual. Now the term “genius” is no longer in style to describe highly gifted students or adults. Giftedness is a brain-based difference that contributes to our vibrant and neurodiverse world. Those who are profoundly gifted score in the 99.9th percentile on IQ tests and have an exceptionally high level of intellectual prowess. Genius is a poetic dream, gifted is a scientific definition.

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or gods idea and philosophy, theology, and religion?

Palladino: God is pure light, perfect science. Many do not believe in the existence of God but those who believe in it know that his existence, even if indefinable, fills life. Words do not have sufficient expressive capacity to describe what God means to those who believe. God is only total love.

Jacobsen: How much does science play into the worldview for you?

Palladino: Science is the key to knowledge because it allows you to evolve and improve by accessing higher levels of knowledge but it is also the lock because without it, the understanding of every process is denied. Our  perceptions are different, false and fragmentary but science is coherent and indivisible because it is a unifying truth that is difficult to reach and the ways that lead to it are manifold and inaccessible. Many are lost and will never be able to grasp its essence which is the ultimate basis of our life, our unique breath.

Jacobsen: What have been some of the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations) for you?

Palladino: Numerus 154 sd 15, Matriq 179 sd15, Fiqure 157 sd 15 Lexiq 175 sd 15, Nerve 169 sd 15, Labcube 165 sd 15, VerbaNum 178 sd 15.

Jacobsen: What ethical philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Palladino:  For my professional duties I believe in the power of deontology, an ethical theory that uses rules to distinguish right from wrong. Deontology is often associated with philosopher Immanuel Kant. Kant believed that ethical actions follow universal moral laws. The word deontology derives from the Greek words for duty (deon) and science (or study) of (logos). In contemporary moral philosophy, deontology is one of those kinds of normative theories regarding which choices are morally required, forbidden, or permitted. In other words, deontology falls within the domain of moral theories that guide and assess our choices of what we ought to do (deontic theories), in contrast to those that guide and assess what kind of person we are and should be (aretaic [virtue] theories).

Jacobsen: What social philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Palladino: I believe in the power of social epistemology that is the philosophical study of the relevance of communities to knowledge. Social epistemology can be done descriptively or normatively. Weinstein and Stehr have written: “ From the beginning of scientific revolution  scientists, philosophers and laypersons have been concerned about the effects of knowledge on social relations. Although views differ about the details of this knowledge…, most observers have understood that the kind of knowledge that emanates from estabilished science can indeed be quite powerful in practice.

Jacobsen: What political philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Palladino: Nature is our mother and we should respect it in every political choice. Beyond the traditional ethical disputes concerning the good life for human beings and what political situation would best suit our development, others take up an alternative conception of humanity and its relationship with the living world.  “Environmentalism” is a political philosophy that does not concern itself with the rights of people or of society, but of the rights of the planet and other species. Environmentalism rejects such human-centered utilitarianism in favor of a broad ethical intrinsicism – the theory that all species possess an innate value independent of any other entity’s relationship to them.

Jacobsen: What metaphysics makes some sense to you, even the most workable sense to you?

Palladino: I believe in the priciples of Catholicism: life and dignity of the human person, solidarity, subsidiarity and respect.

Jacobsen: What worldview-encompassing philosophical system makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Palladino:  I follow my philosophy of life which is unique and tailor-made for me. Each of us is unique, each of us is glowing potential and has all the tools within himself to evolve into a better form. Fears, insecurities, excesses divert our path. Respecting yourself to respect others is the most powerful philosophy of life. “Homo sum,  humani nihil a me alienum puto” (Terence)

Jacobsen: What provides meaning in life for you?

Palladino: The purpose of my life is to seek the truth, the truth of knowledge, the truth of love, the truth of affections, the truth of creation. I want to pull away the veil of appearances and artifacts that cover things.

Jacobsen: Is meaning externally derived, internally generated, both, or something else?

Palladino: The meaning is internally generated.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not?

Palladino: I believe in life after death in a form inexplicable to human understanding beyond the physical laws. I imagine a density of love so great that it creates more love that does not let anything escape.

Jacobsen: What do you make of the mystery and transience of life?

Palladino:

I would like to answer  with a succinct word: Soldiers.

It is a poem of Giuseppe Ungaretti.

We are as

In autumn

On branches

The leaves.

For me, the poem represents what is transience of life. It underlines the irrationality of the human condition and the inevitable end we must all face. It renders all men no different than leaves that in autumn fall from the branches, following the natural course of nature.

Jacobsen: What is love to you?

Palladino: In my poem “To you everything” I explain love.

To you who told me not to cry,

To you, what a genuflect, you forced me to get up,

To you who have fenced off my despair,

My whole being

All my bright dark,

Everything they don’t see and don’t know.

In every secret, in every lie, in every artifact there

is only one truth,

for you, and no one else.

They tear my flesh, moods, words, dreams … I have nothing left.

I’m already dead but I don’t admit it.

I walk in apocalyptic inertia e I don’t find acceleration.

Limbo is deadly, hell awaits me

Only in the last healthy piece of cancer-defaced tissue

the last memory snuggles up with you,

the impulse of an omnipotent happiness.

To you everything.

According to me love is like quantum entanglement. When two or more particles link up in a certain way, no matter how far apart they are in space, their states remain linked. That means they share a common, unified quantum state.  (i∂̸ – m) ψ = 0.

Footnotes

[1] Member, Glia Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)[Online]. April 2022; 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, April 8). Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A, April. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A (April 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 29.A (2022): April. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)[Internet]. (2022, April 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links March be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Roy Speckhardt – Executive Director of the American Humanist Association

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/04

First, there’s so much terminology on the Web: secularist, progressive, secular humanist, humanist, Unitarian Universalist humanist, atheist, agnostic, even bright and freethinker. What is the standard, straightforward definition of a humanist?

Humanism is the concept of being and doing good (for yourself and others) without reference to any gods or other supernaturalisms.

What is “humanist” in your sense? Definitions depend on individual.

In my book, Creating Change Through Humanism, I explain that humanism rests on three pillars. First, humanism’s epistemology, or how humanists know things, is the scientific method, relied upon because experience proves it to be the best method for gaining reliable answers to any questions. Second is our compassion for humankind and the world at large. Third is our egalitarianism. Both compassion and egalitarianism arise from our empathy for humanity.

When did this become the worldview for you? The preferable philosophical and ethical take on the world and human beings’ relationship with it. What was the moment or first instance of humanist awakening?

Becoming a humanist was a gradual process for me. As I learned more about the world, I replaced religious stories and concepts with scientific theories and facts. As I learned more about people and the problems many confront in their lives, the more I recognised our inherent equality and developed empathy and compassion for them.

What seems like the main reason for people becoming humanists in America?

With the “nones” as one of the most rapidly growing segments of US society, life without faith or religion is becoming normalised. Humanism provides the answer to those asking, “Now what?”, for humanism is the reality based philosophy that points folks in a direction of progress for ourselves and others.

What is the best reason you have ever come across for humanism, e.g. arguments from logic and philosophy, evidence from mainstream science, or experience within traditional religious structures?

There are so many good arguments for humanism and for discarding religion in favour of other non-theistic approaches. One can start with the problems of religion, such as their disprovable mythologies, contradictory claims, violent histories, corrupt leaders, or simply outdated approaches. Or one can start with humanism itself recognising its firm basis for provable thinking, focus on making life demonstrably better for people, and recognition of our society’s need for better, fairer, ways to live.

You are president of Washington’s DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics & the executive director of the American Humanist Association. What tasks and responsibilities come with these distinct positions?

As leader of the local group of 1,500 DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics, I have so far helped the group focus on downtown social events like happy hours, dinner meetups, and occasional entertainment events. I intend to expand the group to include more traditional lecture and discussion events in the near future.

As executive director of the American Humanist Association, I spend about a third of my time engaged in writing and coordinating outreach efforts to help increase public awareness of humanism. I spend another third of my time managing staff and working with leadership groups that fall under the AHA umbrella of organisations.

The last third is spent more directly outreaching across the country via local group lectures, media appearances, conference talks, and one-on-one meetings with members, political leaders, and allies.

What are some weekly or monthly, and popular, activities provided by Washington, DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics?

Our first Wednesday of the month happy hour at James Hoban’s Irish Pub in Dupont Circle is our most consistent and popular event. While folks are united by their rational approach to life’s big questions, it’s populated by who are diverse in their ages, ethnicities, and backgrounds.

The American Humanist Association is huge, just really big. What are some of the demographics of the organisation? Who is most likely to join either the Washington, DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics or the American Humanist Association compared to other American sub-populations? (Age, sex, sexual orientation, and so on.)

The American Humanist Association, like just about all organisations whose base of supporters were developed primarily through direct mail, has its demographics skewed older, whiter, and male(r). But in recent years as online members/supporters went up over 50,000 and the numbers on Facebook over half a million, the demographics have come closer to the general population.

We are planning on a survey for later this year, so that conclusion relies on experience rather than hard numbers, for now. Judging by past surveys about half of humanists are dedicated Democrats, but the other half, instead of being Republican tend to be independents—only 2-3% of our members vote Republican.

What have been the largest activist, educational, and social activities provided by both organisations? What have been honest failures, and successes?

The American Humanist Association has had a string of significant impacts that span the gamut from events like our participation in Reason Rallies, that drew thousands to the National Mall, to our 75th Anniversary Conference last year in Chicago that attracted several hundred members and awarded luminaries like Jared Diamond, John de Lancie, and Medea Benjamin.

We’ve had victories on Capitol Hill with the introduction of Darwin Day legislation and the passage of the International Religious Freedom Act and its specific protections for humanists and other non-theists. We continue our remarkable ninety percent win rate on our legal cases that most frequently challenge religious discrimination in public schools.

And the numbers keep skyrocketing for those making humanist donations, chatting rationally online, meeting non-theists locally, leading secular invocations, celebrating humanist weddings, and more.

We haven’t always been successful in our efforts, such as when the AHA closed a New York City bioethics office, when we lost our “Under God” case against those words appearing in our Pledge of Allegiance, or when we failed to convince any of the current nontheists in Congress to be completely open about their nontheism, but I see such setbacks as overwhelmed by our successes, which gives us reason to be optimistic for the future.

My sense of the public perception of humanism in the US, and agnosticism and atheism is either not knowing about it or disliking it. What’s behind this?

Among the faithful, there’s a deep-seated fear of those who claim to be good without a god, both because people fear the unknown and also because they feel threatened by a concept that is diametrically opposed to their own faith that all goodness derives from their god.  Just existing, being good without a god, suggests there’s something fatally wrong with the faithful’s faith.

Even worldly people ask me how I can be moral without a biblical foundation because they believe that is the only foundation for morality, not realizing the lessons of psychologists like Piaget who explain how nearly everyone develops morality through experience, not ancient books. As more and more atheists and agnostics come out and people get used to their presence, the prejudice will fade.

Who/what are the main threats to humanism as a movement in the US?

Donald Trump and the many Religious Right supported leaders he’s put in place are a dire threat to progress for humanists in the US. Not only are we already seeing efforts to reverse gains toward church-state separation, but the intentions to go further than ever before have been made clear.

Among the worst of them is the legislation supported by the Administration that would repeal the Johnson Amendment, which prevents churches and other religious organisations from getting involved in electoral politics. If the repeal went through, it’d be like Citizens United on steroids as all current campaign finance laws become superseded by the change.

Most electoral money would be instantly funnelled through the churches where they’d be limitless, anonymous, and tax deductible. The AHA held briefings on the Johnson Amendment issue in both the House and Senate, and we are poised to mobilise numbers to prevent its repeal.

How can people get involved with Washington, DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics or the American Humanist Association?

Folks can get involved with the AHA in many ways, perhaps none more impacting than being counted as a member by joining online. People can follow us on FacebookTwitter, and other social media. Those interested in meeting people face to face can join the DC AHA meetup online, or seek a local group elsewhere in the US. Others my want to use a celebrant for life events or inquire about becoming one themselves. There’s also opportunities for interning/volunteering.

Thank you for your time, Roy.

Thank you for your outreach.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Education News in Brief March 3rd 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/03

President Trump touts school choices

According to the Catholic News Agency, President Donald Trump on March 3 praised a Catholic education system while visiting a Florida Catholic school. He is in support of school choice programs.

Trump said, “You understand how much your students benefit from full education, one that enriches both the mind and the soul. That’s a good combination,” to Bishop John Noonan of Orlando.

President Trump “toured the pre-K-8th grade school, located in Orlando’s Pine Hills neighbourhood, and spoke with students, who presented him with two cards.” He reportedly told a girl “she’s ‘gonna make a lot of money. But don’t run for politics.’”

The Assembly of First Nations meet on the educational gap

CBC News: Calgary reported that the “Liberals pledged billions” to fix the education problems for First Nations. Hundreds “of First Nations leaders across the country are gathering in Calgary to talk amongst themselves about how best to tackle the perennial problem of education on reserves.”

The Assembly of First Nations national forum has been examining the educational problems in addition to novel education models. The goal is to close the gap in K-12 and postsecondary education between non-Indigenous and Indigenous students in Canada.

Economist, Don Drummond, estimated First Nations schools get 30% fewer funds compared to others in the provincial jurisdiction throughout the country. Darren Googoo, director of education for the Membertou Mi’kmaq First Nation in Nova Scotia, said, “The goal is to create and open a dialogue amongst First Nations across the country.”

Sex education to be compulsory in every English school

Elite Daily said, “In awesome growth and progress news, the UK just announced that in 2019, sexual education will be compulsory for every English school and the reasoning is beyond amazing.”

It is an amendment to the Children’s Work and Social Bill, which required the children from age 4 and up to have education on healthy relationships.  As the pupils develop, their sex education will develop along with their age to be appropriate to that stage of development.

Some of the curriculum will focus on the online world as well. Emphasis on the online world will include teaching students “how to stay safe and smart in an ever-increasing online world.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religion News in Brief 2nd March 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/02

Islam to become largest world religion by 2070

According to the Daily, the sole religion with a growth rate faster than the global population is Islam. It has an expected growth between 2010 and 2050 of 73%. It contrasts with only 35% for the global Christian population in that same period.

The main growth centres are going to be Bangladesh, India, Indonesia, and Pakistan. The new research comes from the Pew Research Centre, which operates out of the United States of America.

“The estimations, compiled from figures from a number of Pew reports, found if both faiths continue to grow at the same rate, [then] there will be” approximately 2.76 billion Muslims and 2.92 billion Christians by the year 2050.  Islam will have a bigger following than Christianity by 2070.

Hate crime on Pagan shop

CBC News states that an attack on a Pagan store can be considered a hate crime. A University of Winnipeg religion professor stated that the attacks on a West End shop, which sells spirituality products, can be considered “hate crimes.”

A self-identified witch, Dominique Smith, owns the alternative spirituality store, Elemental Book & Curiosity Shop. It was “spit and urinated on, broken into and had its windows smashed over the past six years.”

Smith wanted the acts investigated as a hate crime—the recent incident. Winnipeg Police Service said a hate crime that involves property requires the “commission…to be based on bias, prejudice or hate based on religion, race, colour or national or ethnic origin.

Believers’ ‘Black Market’ in China

The Globe and Mail reported that “Under President Xi Jinping, followers of many faiths have been pushed ‘to operate outside the law and to view the regime as unreasonable, unjust, or illegitimate,’ says The Battle for China’s Spirit.”

The Battle for China’s Spirit is a recent report from Freedom House, which is an NGO based in Washington. It advocates for civil liberties. Based on the report, Christians are “barred from gathering for Christmas” and “Muslims are jailed for praying outdoors.”

Buddhists are forced to take patriotic re-education. Officials in China have banned holiday celebrations and have had places of worship desecrated. The security forces throughout the country “detain, torture, or kill believers from various faiths on a daily basis.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Professor Jim Al-Khalili (Part 1)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/01

Professor Jameel Sadik “Jim” Al-Khalili OBE is a British theoretical physicist, author and broadcaster. He is currently Professor of Theoretical Physics and Chair in the Public Engagement in Science at the University of Surrey.

Scott Jacobsen: One longstanding phenomena in the dissemination of pseudoscience and non-science into the popular culture is the deliberate construction or unthinking repetition of words with specific meaning outside of their proper context. Two prominent words are “quantum” and “energy.” With your expertise in physics, what are the proper definitions of quantum and energy in context, in physics?

Professor Jim Al-Khalili: The word quantum comes from the Latin quantus, meaning ‘how great’, and came into general use in physics in the first few years of the twentieth century to denote the smallest indivisible piece. Now, when we use the word ‘quantum’ we mean something very specific. A quantum process is one that follows the rules of quantum mechanics that were developed in the mid-1920s. Such rules differ dramatically from those of classical, or Newtonian, physics.

Particles are defined by mathematical quantities called probability amplitudes. In the quantum world, processes are probabilistic and fuzzy and behave in waves that are very counter-intuitive. What is fascinating is the boundary between the quantum and classical worlds. Ultimately, everything is made of atoms and quantum particles, but that does not mean that we see quantum behaviour in the everyday world.

The word ‘energy’ is in far more common usage and you might think it far less obscure. Yet, it is probably abused far more often than ‘quantum’. If you think deeply about its meaning you realise that the concept of energy can be quite slippery. But we can do a good job of tying it down. Firstly, the sum total of energy in the Universe is conserved. It cannot be created or destroyed. But it can be converted into matter, and vice versa.

We see this on the quantum scale where pairs of particles can be formed from pure energy and a particle and its antimatter partner can annihilate entirely in a puff of energy. We can also think of energy as the ability to do work. Energy can convert from one form to another and there are many different forms, such as light (electromagnetic energy), gravitational energy, kinetic energy (due to motion), sound etc. Some types of energy can be traced back to something more basic.

So, sound energy and heat energy are no more than energy of motion: vibration of molecules.

Scott Jacobsen: What are one or two common ways these are used to justify pseudoscience and non-science?

Professor Jim Al-Khalili: Well, quantum mechanics is weird and counter-intuitive; there’s no denying that. This has meant that those who don’t understand it have been happy to use it to explain anything they find mysterious, whether it is telepathy, certain types of alternative medicine, like homeopathy, and all manner of spiritual phenomena. It’s sloppy and intellectually lazy thinking to ascribe anything we don’t understand to quantum mechanics.  

Even worse, when it comes to energy, we encounter downright nonsense. People use terms like negative energy or spiritual energy or auras. These are not scientific and it is very easy to show that if any of these notions were true then they would mean a complete overhaul of the laws of physics. You can’t have working cell phones and ghosts in the same universe.

Scott Jacobsen: Where are schools failing in combating this?

Professor Jim Al-Khalili: I think what is missing from school science curricula is teaching about the scientific method itself – that science is about testing hypotheses and theories to destruction, and being prepared to alter our views in the light of new evidence. That way, children can learn the difference between slowly evolving scientific consensus and evidence-based enquiry as opposed to mere ‘opinion’.

Scott Jacobsen: What methods to combat this have failed?

Professor Jim Al-Khalili: I think that some societies have confused scientific debate and opinion, and the way scientific ideas evolve, with other ideologies that form a part of human discourse and thinking, such as politics, art, sport, religion, and a wide range of cultural views. They assume that science can also be a matter of subjective opinion, or that science is just a way of thinking and that there are always two sides to any argument, view or concept.

Science is not like that. Yes, some scientists can stick dogmatically to their theories, even in the light of evidence to the contrary, but that doesn’t last. Science strives for objective truth. Unlike religious faith, a good scientist will give up his view if faced with evidence to the contrary.

We see for example broadcasters falling into the trap of always needing opposing views on matters. This may be useful in political debate, but not in science. A simple example is the following: If 99% of climate scientists argue that climate change is happening and due to mankind and 1% disagree, you should not be having a 50/50 balance in a debate.   

Scott Jacobsen: What methods have been successful?

Professor Jim Al-Khalili: I don’t know about the US, but in the UK, school children are taught evolution in science lessons. They learn that it is not ‘just another theory’ alongside religious beliefs like creationism. Sure, they should learn about the various ideological views people in different cultures and times have held, whether the Abrahamic religions or capitalism, communism, fascism, liberalism, humanism etc. But thankfully our education system does not lump the scientific method in with these.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Adalet Garmiany – Founder, Curator, and Chief Executive of ArtRole

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/28

Adalet R. Garmiany is a British & Kurdish Iraqi artist, curator and Chief Executive/Founder of ArtRole, an International based contemporary arts organisation developing international cultural exchanges with the Middle East. Adalet has been forging important cultural and artistic relationships between Iraq, Middle East, UK, across Europe, USA, and the rest of the world facilitating artistic dialogue, exchange and mutual support.

You were born in Kirkuk, Iraq in 1973. What was the original interest in performance art, music, and cultural productions?

My interest in music most probably came from the Qadri Sufi ceremony. I loved chant and the Daf musical instrument, and I still play even to this day. The Qadri Sufi ceremony is considered one of the most ancient spiritual ceremonies for Kurds. I was fascinated by Kurdish traditional weddings, colours, dancing and singing – all of which live within me and has thus become a part of my work.

As for visual art, I was fortunate enough to be given a special talent: I was one of the most talented at drawing pictures in my primary school. I would draw relentlessly – I would even draw on walls without knowing how to use brushes and colour.

Then, in 1989, I joined the Institute of Fine Arts in Mosul. Regarding culture productions, after working with international NGOs in Iraqi Kurdistan in the Nineties supporting culture industry in the region, and after I moved to live and study in the UK, I realised, personally, making only artwork wasn’t satisfying me enough, especially after seeing all the conflicts and devastation from my region.

The arts environment in the UK helped me realised that I wanted to work as an art director and curator. I subsequently founded and helped established a number of art and culture groups and organisations, one of them being ArtRole.     

Previously, you were a sculptor and painter. Why did you leave those for other interests?

I believe this has more to do with my nature. I have experienced all kinds of visual art forms as a painter and sculptor. In 1995 I considered creating an installation in Iraqi Kurdistan, then I started to read and write about postmodernism during the latter half of the Nineties whilst in Iraq, and in 2000 I started my BA in the UK and worked as artist which disclosed to me the various different ways in which I could understand, practically, new media and conceptual art.

Later I realised I wanted to work in a larger ‘play space’ with more materials. I did this by way of a mixture of performance, installation and sound art – all of which brought my spiritual background in unison with all these elements. I managed to express myself more through these forms of art. Indeed, I expressed myself through the medium of public art on the street, art in nature, etc.   

Also, you performed in a Qadri Sufi Group. You were a Kurdish drum (Dervish Def) player. What is the personal fulfilment and expression that comes from playing in a Qadri Sufi Group?

The area I grow up was dominated by the Qadri ceremony, and I was born in Qadri’s Holy town in Iraq. This spiritual Sufi ceremony helped me keep my balance and it protected me from getting lost in the chaos of decades-long wars. These wars caused untold distractions to everyone living there, and fostered, of course, a totally violent environment with houses constantly ablaze. About 80% of my family were killed by the Saddam regime.

My entire childhood memory photos were destroyed. Many of my family members were imprisoned for no other reason than for being Kurdish. However, none of this makes me hate or vengeful because I didn’t allow myself to be the victim of their fascist agenda. Instead, I have tried hard to understand what it means to be human and to act as human in the most civilised way possible. This method of spiritual living that comes from within has built my personality and has found its way into my art and culture work.    

What was the inspiration for the foundation of ArtRole?

Well, I worked with many civil society groups and NGOs, in Iraqi Kurdistan and in the UK, and I established the Kurdish Tradition Dance Group HATAW. AHRK was the main idea that I acquired during my time in the UK which was inspired by the work I did with the French NGO ‘Dia’, which works in the Kurdistan Region, with the co-creator of the Kurdish-Yorkshire Music group.

Then, after the second Golf war in 2003, when I was in the UK, I thought I needed to act internationally and get engaged with the conflict zone through the medium of art, culture and educational programmes. I believed strongly that through art I can have a role to play in those massive misunderstandings that exist within and between communities, especially the connection between the Middle-Eastern and North-Africa region and the western world.

Here the idea of ArtRole materialised, and with support of some passionate people such as Justine Blua, Mark Terry, Rob Gawthrop and Anna Bowman I established ArtRole on July 2004 in the UK in my small bedroom. This became an international organisation that extended across the globe.

ArtRole created platforms for hundreds of artists, academics, activists, diplomats, curators, art and culture managers, art students, human right and civil society groups, etc., in order to establish a mutual understanding and dialogue between them and local authorities in the hope of creating unity concerning the value of culture and how people are connected despite apparent differences.   

What are some of the eventual emotional difficulties and rewards in the creation of artistic exchanges with international creative communities?

There are many examples through our twelve years of continued work. One of the situations that was emotional for me occurred in 2009 when I organised a Post-War Art & Culture Festival in Sulaymania city, in the Kurdistan region of Iraq, at a venue called the Red Jail. The Red Jail used to be the security prison for Saddam Hussain’s regime which imprisoned thousands of Kurdish people – many of whom were tortured and executed.

The Red Jail became the National Museum and one of the main artistic spaces in the whole of Iraq. During the time I was at the Red Jail, a time in which my mother visited me often, I created a performance called “Memory Game” which featured over 50 people participating – including international artists such as Richard Wilson and Anne Bean from the UK; ex-prisoners; my mum, etc. It was a very emotional moment.

However, it was also rewarding to transform the building into a space which allowed people to freely walk back into it without coercion. Instead, people would enter for different reasons: to heal, to find optimism, and to look forward to a better future.  

You are the founder & cultural director of AHRK (Asylum seeker & Refugees of Kingston-Upon-Hull). What is the content and purpose of this initiative?

I went to the UK as a political and humanitarian Refugee, and I was granted refugee status very quickly. In a matter of months, I met a very good amount of English people who suggested that I establish a group to support Asylum Seekers. The idea came together very quickly and I started a committee to run the group.

As culture director, I proposed that we organise a culture event to introduce the group and refugee-culture to the public, which was a huge success. So the main idea was to help those who needed help by assisting them claim asylum, help them find a job, and even help them enrol in college courses (and many others kinds of support that they needed). 

Also, as the AHRK cultural director and ArtRole Chief Executive, what tasks and responsibilities come with these positions?

Such things I could list include, but is not limited to, helping people and communities despite their differences; creating a platform to bring people together; establishing dialogue; and establishing mutual understanding through the medium of art, culture and education.  

What is the probable future of Iraq, artistically and culturally (even in its basic existence as a state)?

Because there is a lack of infrastructure and a lack of political and social stability, as well as a lack of economic sustainability, there will be no real artistic and cultural environments growing from inside that area.

Your work focuses on the cultural ideas from the Middle East such as the historical, political, religious, and spiritual views. What brings these together in your professional work? How do you unite these varied perspectives in productions?

In the middle east, the religion and political division have had an extreme influence on people’s lives, especially those who are ethnic minorities. I have attempted to see these elements in my work through an artistic and cultural perspective.

The spiritual views have given me a balance in which to see the things having substantial affects on our lives in a wide, horizontal dimension. This is the amazing thing concerning art and culture, i.e. there is no limit one can reach and no limit to which things can be brought together. That is why I managed to go as far as possible in bringing together those elements within and to metamorphose them in different ways.          

For those who want to work together or become involved, what are the recommended means of contacting ArtRole, or you?

First, they will need to ask themselves what they want to accomplish. Anyone who wants to work in ArtRole will need to have a strong motivation and courage to work in the kinds of environments that ArtRole works in, environments that are both challenging and effectuate different ways of understanding what is happening in a given environment.

The most important thing concerning people who join us is that they are contributing to these situations, contributions that have real affects on the lives of others. That’s what we have been doing voluntarily for many years, and why we always welcome people who have an interest in joining us.

Thank you for your time, Adalet.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Arts News in Brief 28th February 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/28

Bay of Plenty as arts and culture hub

According to Bay of Plenty Times, there are attempts underway to turn the Bay of Plenty area into an arts and culture hub. The goal is to boost creativity and innovation through the increase in the arts and culture community and tourism.

Dawn Hutchesson, a national creative sector specialist, said, “Many cities have had great success with creative strategies from London to Brisbane to Auckland.” That’s the goal for these too.

The arts and culture strategies will work together to boost the community and strengthen their economies in turn building “engaged communities and encourage innovation.”

St. John’s is a cultural “hotspot”

The Winnipeg Free Press reported that the St. John’s is a cultural “hotspot.” The owner of the Leyton Gallery of Fine Art, Bonnie Leyton, said, “We get loads and loads of tourists…They all comment on what an amazing city this is.”

Leyton noted that the place is a “creative place” with lots of storytellers. For Newfoundlanders, it is posited as a way, historically, to entertain themselves, which might go “back to the isolation of outport communities.”

It’s becoming more important too with the offshore oil earnings sinking. The arts became more important. 75,000 people visited museums in 2016. Indeed, visitors around the world come to gather some taste for the culture, according to Christopher Mitchelmore (Tourism Minister).

Australia’s most famous cult makes the news

The West Australia stated that on “Monday February 20, the Chamber of Arts and Culture WA hosted the 2017 Arts Election Debate as part of its Arts Improves Lives campaign.”

Four main political party representatives were present—Labor, Liberals, Nationals, and Greens. “The Chamber of Arts and Culture WA promotes, and advocates for, the importance of arts and culture,” which is a powerful statement for arts and culture in their 2017 policy platform.

Over the next four years, there will a whopping $100 million injected into arts activities. Also, small investments will help with the cultural infrastructure for “access issues” and to “support economic, employment and tourism outcomes.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religion News in Brief February 27th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/27

Pro-Trump pastor opines that lesbian community baiting straight women

According to Pink News, a very prominent pro-Trump pastor, who is also a radio host, said softball prevented his daughters from becoming lesbians.

“Our two daughters played college softball… Every time I’d go to the ball games, I kept an eye on my daughters to see if they’d taken the homo bait yet… and they hadn’t,” the pastor said, “they didn’t have to because they weren’t cropped-haired wide-bottomed girls. They were pretty girls, godly women, they didn’t take the bait.”

The implication being that the lesbian community, as a whole, actively lures and recruits heterosexual women, according to the pro-Trump pastor. Others might doubt that assertion, of course.

Pope prefers atheists to bad Christians

CNN states that the Pope is concerned about fake Christians. He prefers atheists rather than fake Christians. The sermon was based on the Thursday Mass readings. It included parts of the Gospel of Mark.

Jesus Christ, in the Gospel of Mark, said, “It is better to be drowned than to cause others to sin.” So this includes the ‘encouragement of fraud by business leaders, agitation of students by teachers, and manipulation of people away from moral values.’

Pope Francis has been a critic of the excesses of capitalism and greed in business people. This critique is in line with his standard line of criticism. Those Catholic Christians who would be hypocrites to their creed would be less preferred than atheists to the current Vicar of Christ on Earth.

Australia’s most famous cult makes the news

Daily Mail reports that 14-year-old children – yea – were given LSD. That’s quite remarkable and tragic for children to be forced to have mind-altering substances without consent and in cult circumstances.

Those tragic circumstances were in Australia by their most infamous cult, apparently, called The Family. Creepy. Former police officer, Lex de Man, headed a task force to investigate The Family confirmed the LSD story to be true.

‘When they [the children] were administered the LSD at night and the room was dark, Anne would appear at the doorway with a bright light behind her with dry ice in a bucket… and through the hallucinogenic process they would wake up and believe they had seen Jesus Christ,’ Mr de Man said.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

South Dakota Anti-Science Bill 55 Shot Down

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/27

The National Center for Science Education (NCSE) has stopped another attempt—of the many tired, stammering, unrelenting attempts—to block modern education, burn it to the ground, and from its ashes build wrongheaded ideas for an educational framework for the young. The NCSE was working on behalf of South Dakotans this time. NCSE does important work, I think.

It continued its activist work on February 22, 2017 for South Dakota, too. In a report on the finalisation of this particular case, they said, “South Dakota’s Senate Bill 55, which would have empowered science denial in the classroom, was defeated in the House Education Committee on February 22, 2017.” Not bad; in fact, it’s another victory.

It’s another notch on the belt—a rather long belt—concerning attempts to introduce non-scientific ideas into the American educational system. But the scientific community, represented by the NCSE, continues to win.

The motion for passing the bill was shot down 6-9 during the vote. However, there was another motion to “defer further consideration of the bill” to a time that would ‘kill it.’ It worked with a 11-4 vote.

Senate Bill 55 (SB 55) stated:

FOR AN ACT ENTITLED, An Act to protect the teaching of certain scientific information.


BE IT ENACTED BY THE LEGISLATURE OF THE STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA:


Section 1. That chapter 13-1 be amended by adding a NEW SECTION to read:

    No teacher may be prohibited from helping students understand, analyze, critique, or review in an objective scientific manner the strengths and weaknesses of scientific information presented in courses being taught which are aligned with the content standards established pursuant to § 13-3-48.

I Googled ‘Legalese-to-English Translation.’ My computer froze. But! I have some introductory legal training – not really, so this makes some sense. Senate Bill 55 speaks to ‘common sense’ (not really), or the appearance thereof (really). ‘Science teachers should be able to teach science’ is, more or less, the purported translation. However, it doesn’t seem like the case. That is, as stated by the NCSE in the report, “South Dakota’s Senate Bill 55…would have empowered science denial in the classroom.”

As with the long ignoble history of attempts to move against the rapidity of scientific progress—book burning, training only the religious elite, restriction of education to men, the exclusion of important points in the scientific oeuvre that are politically unpleasant or theologically incongruous—up to the present, here-and-now, the attempt at legal implementation of anti-scientific training seems like another instance to me.

Representatives from the Associated School Boards of South Dakota, the School Administrators of South Dakota, the Associated School Boards of South Dakota, the South Dakota Education Association, Climate Parents, and the state department of education testified—and that’s a good team roster—against the bill. They knew what was up.

They teach the kids, manage the community, and design the curriculum. Who would know better than them? I can’t think of many. Maybe, some of the super-involved parents. Even so, there was a “groundswell” leading up to the day before the event. These included “science education, civil liberties, and environmental groups.”

The Associated Press “reviewed the controversy.” Governor Dennis Daugaard saw the bill as not needed in South Dakota. “Teachers, parents, and scientists” took issue with SB 55. By this point, of course, it’s clear everyone, but a few, were against outright or took concern with SB 55. Some even called it “weasel-worded.”

There have been similar bills such as “Indiana’s Senate Resolution 17, Oklahoma’s Senate Bill 393, and Texas’s House Bill 1485. South Dakota’s was unique. It passed in the legislature chamber and the first to “die.” It is another bill of about 70 introduced since 2004. Thankfully, NCSE is on the case.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Women’s Rights News in Brief February 26th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/26

Amnesty International reports on women’s rights

The Media Express reports that Amnesty International has released a 2016/17 report that described the “disturbing” situation in Iran with regards to women’s rights. There have been crackdowns on women’s rights campaigners and other problems for women living in those areas. 

Those crackdowns have targeted both human rights and women’s rights defenders. There has been the absurd increased in popularity associating human right defenders and women’s rights campaigners, and so on, as criminals. Or their activities as criminal.

Even further, this lead to actions against activists. They were “subjected to lengthy, oppressive interrogations by the Revolutionary Guards.” Many women will not only be rightly remonstrating such unfair treatment, but will surely be asking themselves: A) Is this fair? B) How is this just? and C) How is this solving anything?

KQED provides some resources for Women’s History Month

KQED reported on Women’s History Month, which is upcoming for next month. It is a firm reminder of the need to work for women’s rights. Some highlights from the resources were Elizabeth Cady Stanton and the right to vote.

There’s been a strong focus on the right to education through Mary McLeod Bethune and citizenship education too. There’s also been a focus on the civil rights leader Dorothy Height.

For African American lenses, there’s Ella Baker who founded the SNCC in addition to the right to health care and the pill in addition to women’s right to choose. It closes with Title IX and the 1972 education amendment. (All of the information is provided in the hyperlinked text at the start)

Participants in a Community of Practice meeting in Amsterdam focusing on strengthening girls’ and young women’s activism and leadership. Credit: Mama Cash

Funding for women’s rights

50.50 has stated that, “We see examples of feminist organisations working well together where funders have needed to catch up.” The article describes numerous examples of ways that women’s-rights organisations and coalitions can come together under one banner.

For example, for sex workers: there is the Red Umbrella Fund, as well as the FRIDA | The Young Feminist Fund. Both of which are participatory funds which assist the rights of sex-workers. Other general examples are face-value analysis that some governments are increasing funding for civil society.

The Global Philanthropy Project commissioned research that brought to bear the necessity for “power dynamics” to be “transparent and equal, and where [civil society organisations] can not only co-design project design and implementation, but also overarching funding policy and strategy.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Nagaland and the Constitutional Provisions for Equality

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/26

Nagaland, the land of naga or festivals, has been in the news, so it’s a case study, too. What is it? It’s a mountainous state in Northeast India and bordering on Myanmar. It’s been quite well-known as the “State that always carried the image of treating women with equality,” but the ‘image’ has been ‘shattered’ due to the ‘revolt from the civil societies’ based on women candidates attempting to run in politics. Presently, there is a concern over women’s rights and gender equality.

What all of this means is that this is an area of minor regress in the political arena. It might seem obscure as a place, and it is, but women’s rights matter in any place as their rights are often the most violated by individuals, groups, even states – at least as far as I’m concerned. As Human Rights Watch has succinctly, and pointedly, described:

…women and girls around the world are still married as children or trafficked into forced labor and sex slavery. They are refused access to education and political participation, and some are trapped in conflicts where rape is perpetrated as a weapon of war. Around the world, deaths related to pregnancy and childbirth are needlessly high, and women are prevented from making deeply personal choices in their private lives.

Of course, denial of equal treatment in political office isn’t the same as child marriage, but the progression towards equality happens step-by-step. Politics is one area of middle-stage equality, where regression from it is still morally outrageous to principled people of good conscience.

A 57-year-old, Hukheli, who was awarded the North East Peace General Award in 2009 for her contribution to society “has been extremely active social activist and instrumental in several peace talks in the past three decades in Nagaland.”

Yet, even someone as outstanding as a public servant and woman in the community serving from her 20s into her 50s, who has decided to run for political office, Hukheli chose to run as an independent candidate “from ward No. 9 of Dimapur Municipal Council elections” and this caused a raucous response based on 8 of 23 seats in the DMC being reserved for women. I feel the same in the opposing direction.

That is, I support Hukheli for the outstanding contribution to her local society as a civil servant and the other women who deserve those 8 seats. It’s not equal, but it’s a step in the right direction.

Civil society groups were up in arms over it. What’s the deal? In my opinion, and just opining here, my moral sentiments are to have that number as either 11 or 12. There is a claim that there is a constitutional imperative for conducting local body elections, which is good because there is – it’s the deal with the 8 of 23 reserved seats.

However, controversy comes from the State’s attempt to bypass the constitutional imperative, which associates with gender equality and woman’s rights. When the attempt was made to exempt the State from constitutional provisions, there was absurd gender inequality implications for women because the exemption was based on the rights of women.

Hukheli, emotionally and even crying and wiping away tears said:

When there is war…for example Dimapur is a war zone…then they call us to pacify the parties fighting to stop the war. I am the president of Naga Women Hoho also and I have travelled abroad also to talk to higher and collective leadership to stop the war at various times, to not to kill our own brothers and we used to tell them not to fight and maintain peace also. I have also negotiated with K for peace in the region, even have helped organization at various intervals.

…There are so many orphans and widows…women are the worst sufferers because its only we who can suffer. Men do respect us but when it comes to point of 33% reservation they oppose us.

When we were campaigning together for the past seven years together there were no issues, but as soon as we contest elections the protests started. All parts of Nagaland has become deadly against us and we don’t understand if the implementation is only an issue.  We don’t know clearly what is it? Only for women reservation or anomalies in law in the state.

There was widespread rioting, even intimidation of female candidates; and this is, not so extraordinarily as in many societies, where mostly men run the civil organisations and standard institutions are found in the society. In the wake of that intimidation, the government “walked away” from upholding the standards for all citizens.

So the civil society opposition is, in actuality, comprised of men who run the civil society organisations, a male opposition to the 8 of 23 seats reserved for women. Nagaland’s Chief Minister, DR Zeliang, resigned based on the fallout from anti-reservation violence. It’s a male-dominated society, in other words, because men at the helm. It’s the same standard, morally outrageous, shtick. What is women’s empowerment, after all?

Toshinaro Imchen has written about women’s empowerment. “Women empowerment, in the simplest of words is basically the creation of an environment where women can make independent decisions,” Imchen succinctly declared, “Without having any restrictions on their personal development and accepted as equals in society.”

Imchen wrote some general factual notes on women’s equality within Nagaland in particular. “Generally, women are not allowed in the traditional village councils, they are not recognised or accepted in the inheritance rights, early forced marriages or employment and the likes.” Imchen said.

“Although 1,110 villages in Nagaland have implemented 1/4th reservation of seats for women in the village development boards, most of it are only in papers as the mindset of women being inferior is still prevalent and taking up the accountability for its implementation is far-fetched.”

The main emphasis, according to Director of the Human Rights Commonwealth in The Tribune, is for the upholding of the law for all regardless of sex or religion. I agree with both The Tribune and Imchen. Why should there be unequal treatment of women in political and government stations? I haven’t come across a good reason with evidence to date.

I have come across instances in news reports of the same occurrences in these themes and contexts. Women harassed and treated with separate and higher standards. My concern is the government is calling for the abrogation of an aspect of the constitutional framework.

The constitutional provision states that all ministers from the government who have assumed office can do so without “fear or favour.” Question remains, “Is the implementation there?” I mean, does it actually exist? If not, then it’s just paper; it’s either enacted and means something or is not enacted and does not mean anything.

So even if there’s a paper trail, potentiality does not equate to actuality, but the structures are in place in theory without the requisite culture to support it – which is an exceptional case-in-point about the need for legal, social, cultural, and political structures to be aligned for equality to flourish.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Politics in Brief February 25th 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/25

Manning says politicians need to respond to populist sentiments, rightly

According to CBC, Preston Manning “who once successfully harnessed populist sentiment in Canada into political success is warning that much is at stake if today’s political leadership fails to do that.”

He is the founder of the Reform party. Manning asserts that the biggest difficulty for leaders in politics in the “disenchantment with government, mainstream media and politics” among the general citizenry. That’s understandable, especially the part about the media.

So that means politicians should address voter alienation while channelling “negative political energy” for more beneficial end goals.

Corbyn disappointed by Copeland

The Telegraph reported on the breaking of one of the “immutable rules of British politics,” which is that “Her Majesty’s Opposition does not lose a seat to the Government in a by-election.” It happened. Tears were shed. I’m sure. The rule parties did not win a sitting Opposition midway during the term.

However, the Conservatives did it with the by-election of Copeland, who took a seat held by Labour circa 1983 – when the constituency formed. It’s been called historic. Since the Second World War, the Governing party only won four by-elections “from the main Opposition.”

Copeland won for the first time in 35 years. Last time, it was the Tories capturing the marginal seat of Merton, Morden, and Mitcham (1982). ‘I’m disappointed about Copeland but I’m not standing down,’ Jeremy Corbyn said.

Sam Ronan: Millennial, Progressive Candidate

Paste Magazine stated, “Sam Ronan has become a dark horse candidate in the race for DNC Chair due to his bold, unapologetic progressivism. Thus far, he is the only candidate to openly pledge to get corporate money out of Democratic Party politics.” Some might say, “About time for unapologetic progressivism.”

The magazine notes that this is the bold, progressive politics that the Democrats have been missing in the United States. Ronan has had trouble acquiring money for his political work as an underground “grassroots insurgent.”

As well, this is different than those that are more established such as Keith Ellison and Tom Perez. The observation has been made that the “groundswell” of Millennials can change things. That generation is more progressive than other generations. It has the potential to change America, significantly, in a socially progressive direction.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religion News in Brief 24th February 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/24

Pope seen as exemplar of religion

According to Crux Now, a Muslim refugee has proclaimed Pope Francis an example of religion to her. Nur Essa, a Syrian Muslim refugee, was surprised at the openness of the Pope to the Muslim refugee. That openness was expressed in tolerance of other faiths.

“(He is) very open to all of the cultures, all of the religions,” Nur Essa exclaimed, “and he sets an example for all the religious people in the world, because he uses religion to serve the human being.”

Essa described the Pope as a very simple and modest individual, which was seen by her, and her husband, as a positive thing. The family was chosen to see the Pope after travelling from Damascus to Turkey, and then Turkey to Greece.

Migration changes religion

The Anxious Bench reports that migrants carry their religion with them and the lands that the religions are brought to do not remain unchanged. The author of the report used Oscar Handlin’s The Uprooted to quote and make a point.

Handlin wrote, “Once I thought to write a history of the immigrants in America. Then I discovered that the immigrants were American history.” The report makes the argument that migration, firstly, encourages people to form new communities, typically religious.

As well, it tends to sever those individuals from their homelands, where there is a “special spiritual significance” to it. Both “taken together, these factors stir both religiosity and religious innovation.” So migration changes religion.

Religion education changes to happen in Greece

Greek Reporter states that the Greek Education Minister, Constantinos Gavroglou, announced the new changes to be made in the education surrounding religion in Greece in the near future.

The change will be in “History, Ancient Greek, and Mathematics.” Gerasimos Kouzelis, President of the Institute of Educational Policy, told the outlet, Proto Thema, “That there will be radical changes in Religion classes and in the beginning of the new school year.”

“We will try the new material in the new (school) year and make an assessment,” Kouzelis said, when he was explaining that “Greek Orthodoxy will be prominently presented, as it is the nation’s official religion.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

American Soft Power and Abortion Policy Implications

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Phoebe Davies-Owen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/22

Times are changing, and fast, especially regarding reproductive technology, rights, and, in some dominant areas of the world, the repeal of women’s reproductive rights and technology. It’s rather extraordinary on both sides of the proverbial moral coin. Extraordinary to see the implementation of women’s rights in areas of the world with women and girls in exceptional circumstances, e.g. war ravaged countries or cultures with female genital mutilation practices.

Extraordinary to see the repeal of those same rights, hard won and fought for, in countries with the wealth, freedom, and citizen leisure to implement them. The global situation is all over the map. Same with the United States. But there is a definite direction. This trend in the United States (US) is a reflection of the erratic and fecund hand of President Trump to issue executive orders. Recently, in a series of swift executive orders by the American President, the landscape of American political and socio-cultural life has begun to shift.

One huge detriment is the immediate decline in available money for women’s reproductive health services in the form of funding for NGOs providing abortion services in the world, which were previously provided resources by the US. America is a nation of zeal. It wants to export its values, whether directly or indirectly. Whoever holds the levers of power and influence, they will set the tone for the values to be sent out into the world.

Any funding for reproductive health services is an internationalist value because, as stated unequivocally by Amnesty International (AI), “…equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.” My Body My Rights was a campaign devoted to awareness of this, by AI. The Trump Administration defunding has been termed the “global gag.” 

That is, global reduction or elimination of funding for NGOs and other organizations providing abortion services, whether directly, e.g. safe abortions, or indirectly, information about abortions. When abortions are made illegal, women will resort to unsafe abortions, which is a common phenomenon because of the taboos against abortion as a super-minority procedure within women’s reproductive health services. The World Health Organization (WHO) says, “Women, including adolescents, with unwanted pregnancies often resort to unsafe abortion when they cannot access safe abortion.”

An estimated 22 million abortions occur each year with 47,000 women dying in complications associated with unsafe abortions. Not only outrageous in the number of deaths, some 5 million women suffer from disabilities associated with the unsafe abortion. This is, frankly, outrageous. It’s at once unfair and unjust. Progressive actions in the advancement of contraceptive use have made “impressive gains” in the reduction of unintended pregnancies and, by implication and therefore, have resulted in the reduction of complications with unsafe abortions because women will not resort to them. Therefore, there has been more contraceptive use with unintended pregnancies prevented, which is a good thing for the mother and the child.

Simultaneously, there are still unsafe abortions with tens of thousands of deaths and millions of disabling conditions as a result of these risky procedures. “To the full extent of the law, safe abortion services should be readily available and affordable to all women. This means services should be available at primary-care level, with referral systems in place for all required higher-level care.” 

WHO recommended, “Actions to strengthen policies and services related to abortion should be based on the health needs and human rights of women and a thorough understanding of the service-delivery system and the broader social, cultural, political and economic context.”

G. John Ikenberry in Foreign Affairs described how Joseph S Nye, Jr. created the term ‘soft power’ in the 1980s.

That’s the core of the conversation here. The ways in which American hard power, military and economic dominance since the end of the Second World War, and its flourishing exporting of its culture, its soft power, have consequences. “U.S. culture, ideals, and values have been extraordinarily important in helping Washington attract partners and supporters.” Ikenberry said. That is, American society arguably sets some, but not all, international standards.

If something happens there, then other international actors will justify their actions within the framework of behaviour set by the United States. Abortion remains the same. Yet, even with Northern Ireland and the Republic residing within the sphere of soft power influence that the US dominates, it still has the most restrictive abortion laws in Europe, more so than even Poland, which has traditionally taken a hard line on abortion.

Terminations within the jurisdictions of the island of Ireland are only permissible on the grounds that the foetus threatens the life of the mother, in contrast to equally as strict Polish laws where abortion is banned with the exceptions of: there being a severe and irreversible damage to the foetus, a serious threat to the mother’s health, or when pregnancy is the result of rape or incest.

Most abortion news has been distressing if not depressing, especially for women and girls, since even the ongoing 2010s. Chile has moved closer to decriminalization of abortion. El Salvador has a total ban on abortion, which is harmful to women and girls. The Dominican Republic Senate postponed the vote for decriminalization of abortion while women’s rights activists have been receiving increasing pressure from conservative and religious groups.

Even in the general Latin American region, the “draconian abortion laws and policies” continue to, punish millions of women. On the other side of the world, in East Asia, South Korea penalizes doctors for performing illegal abortions. There remain issues in Spain and Portugal too. Abortion is still a contentious issue. Portuguese women are required to pay for a termination and undergo rigorous testing.

There were plans in Spain to further tighten abortion accessibility – making abortion illegal except in the case of rape, risk to the health of the mother, and having two doctors verify the conditions – but were scrapped after numerous demonstrations in 2014.

The US may set an example, but it is rare that it is kept to, even in its own states. Neil Gorsuch, Donald Trump’s nominee for Supreme court justice, has not made any current declarations as yet on his position on reproductive rights, but previous statements would suggest that he would take a stand against Roe vs. Wade. His positions on abortion are opaque, but possibly inferable from other views.

On assisted suicide, he views “intentional taking of human life …is always wrong,” according to reportage, on a book on the subject by him, by Forbes. And considering the views on abortion rights coming from Trump’s administration, it doesn’t hold out much hope for the women of America.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Nicole Orr – Branch Manager at CFI-Portland

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/11

Working with youth has always been very important to Nicole. In her teens, Nicole was an assistant team leader for a Search and Rescue Unit. There, she taught young people wilderness survival skills, as well as crime scene protocols. As an adult, Nicole strongly advocates the written word. She has helped run and participated in National Novel Writing Month for ten years and has been a freelance children’s author for five years. Nicole moved to Oregon from Indiana because it was the farthest she could get from that kind of religious mentality without hitting the ocean. In 2012, Nicole temporarily moved to Brisbane, Australia, and became fascinated at the religious differences culture to culture.

As the branch manager for CFI-Portland, what are your tasks and responsibilities?

I’m definitely a Jane of all Trades when it comes to my job description! On a daily basis, my responsibilities tend to be putting puzzle pieces together. If I’m trying to get an event organised, that means I’m getting the speakers to talk to me and the venue to talk to the speakers. If I’m trying to create new flyers, I’m communicating with the rest of the Members of the Board on what’s the best message, what is the best way to get our ideals out into the world? It really is just making sure events happen, questions get answered and that everybody on the Board stays on task. In a line? I’m the one keeping the Portland CFI ship sailing smoothly, while trying to make sure nobody sees me doing so!

CFI-Portland is comprised of humanists, rationalists, and sceptics. What are some of the common ‘pulls’ for people to come, attend, join, and stay in CFI-Portland?

There’s a unity in being religious and going to church. There’s a community to it, a feeling of, “Oh good, they believe what I do. I belong here.” Humanists, rationalists, sceptics, all of them are still human and still want that sense of being among those they can relate to. This is the reason that Unitarian Universalist Churches exist. It’s the reason that CFI exists. It’s all in the hope of making sure that everybody has someplace they can go and say “I’m comfortable here. I belong.”

What are some of the activities, educational programs, and lectures provided by the organisation?

Each branch of CFI is totally different when it comes to the events it chooses to host or the speakers it invites. Here in Portland, we thrive on both socialising with the already like-minded, as well as educating those that are religious and thus unfamiliar with us. Labels like “humanist,” “rationalist,” “skeptic,” and especially “atheist” often come with a lot of negative associations. CFI Portland invites people to interact with those labels in lecture halls, at potlucks and picnics, or even just at a pub over a beer.

What are the positive changes seen from the activities of CFI-Portland in the Portland area?

I’m relatively new to the CFI Portland team, but one thing I can tell you is that every time CFI Portland inspires a new Facebook group for atheists, we’ve won something. Every time a campus is open to us having a controversial debate in one of their rooms, we’ve won something. Every time we can sell out on tickets to a Richard Dawkins event, we can sleep easy knowing that we’re making a difference in our city.

Where can people find the campus outreach? How long have they been in place? How many members are there? What have been the impacts on campus for those universities with a presence to some degree?

CFI Portland has been focusing far more on its effect on campuses in the past several months. The main reason for this is that the younger demographic has shown themselves to be more open to conversations on controversial topics such as God, faith and an afterlife. With this in mind, CFI Portland has tried to host lectures and discussions in venues that appeal to the younger crowd. We have a monthly 4th Friday at the Lab event where a speaker presents a controversial subject. After it’s over, everyone sticks around for a debate on what they were just presented with. There’s beer, there’s pizza and there’s connection.

For example, on January 27th 2017, we’re having an event at PSU called “The New Campus Thought Police.” Two of the topics we’ll be covering are safe spaces on campus and free expression. We’re offering this free to all students, because we believe that their voices are some of the most important in Portland right now. We want to hear them speak out and inspire the older generation. (Link to January event)

CFI works for to fight against political turmoil and anti-intellectualism, and to protect reason, science, and civil liberties. How does CFI-Portland continue to fight against and protect those things, respectively?

We know what it’s like to be a minority and so we want to speak for the minorities out there still in the closet. To this end, CFI Portland is an advocate for same-sex marriage. We continually endeavour to keep religion out of schools. We’ve even put forth a bill to give CFI secular celebrants the legal right to solemnise marriages just as clergy are able to.

However, if I had to come up with just one way that CFI Portland protects reason, science and civil liberties, it would be creating safe spaces for people. Whether we’re meeting at the pub, having a potluck or hosting a Richard Dawkins event, we’re inviting people to sit up, stand up and raise their voice. We’re inspiring people to doubt, to question, to debate with others and to debate with themselves. Our job, in a nutshell, is to make Portland a place where “Keep Portland Weird” also means “Keep Portlanders Free to Decide What That Means.

Thank you for your time, Nicole.

Thanks for yours Scott.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Matthew Rothschild

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/11

To begin, how did you become involved in progressive movements? What was your moment of political awakening?

Well, I come from a family of liberal democrats, who are Adlai Stevenson democrats in Illinois. They worked for Adlai Stevenson in his campaign for governor and then in his campaigns for president.

My mum was a local civil rights activist in the 1960s during the Fair Housing Movement. There were clauses in real estate contracts in the suburbs of Chicago that prevented you from selling your home to a black person.

It was the same for Jewish people too, in some areas. I grew up in Highland Park. There were these things on the real estate documents which said you could not sell to a black person. My mother and father were lawyers and helped to change that. I was a precocious political geek. I was passing around literature for George McGovern in our town when I was 14, in 1972.


Later on I eventually I went to college. I was active in the anti-apartheid movement. I worked for Ralph Nader. There wasn’t one eye-popping experience, but, certainly, when I went to college and studied political philosophy and got involved in the anti-apartheid movement I became a little more active.

For about 32 years, you were both the editor and publisher of the Progressive Magazine.

I was there for 32 years. For most of the last 25, I was the editor and publisher. I started there at 24 as an associate editor and worked myself up.

Who was running the magazine at that point in time?

A very interesting, intelligent, fascinating man name Erwin Knoll. He was a refugee from Austria. He and his father, mother and sister barely escaped the Nazis. He was extremely intelligent and gifted with language. So much so that when he was 15 in Brooklyn he was editing the high school paper in English. When he was in in 20s, he was working in the Washington Post. He was an amazing journalist and editor.

You have written some texts or books: You Have No Rights: Stories of America in an Age of Repression (New Press, 2007) as well as Democracy in Print: The Best of The Progressive, 1909-2009 (University of Wisconsin Press, 2009). For the first text, where does that phrase come from – “you have no rights”?

This was interesting. This was a phrase. It was after 9/11 in New York City. There were some police officers who had apprehended some Muslim-Americans and brutalized them behind bars, banging their bodies against the wall, etc.

One of them said to the guards, “You’re violating my rights.” The guard retorted, “You have no rights.” That was such a stark statement in the United States, where we’re all supposed to have rights protected by the Bill of Rights. It stuck in my mind. We put it in the book.

Does this reflect the increase in hate crimes against Muslim-Americans as well?

The book chronicles the crimes against Muslim-Americans, Arab-Americans. People who look like a Muslim or Arab-Americans.

(Laugh)

(Laugh)

A lot of violence was going on, after 9/11. There were civil liberties infringement across the board. People being spied on. In the introduction to the first chapter, there is what I called the Edifice of Oppression, which George W. Bush helped assemble, when he was in power, through laws, through changes in policy, through executive orders.

I am worried that Donald Trump could seize upon, grab a couple fig leaves and destroy what we have left of our democracy.

Some of the picks for those that would be both powerful and in close workings with him. Many of them have not only anti-scientific views, but many deny substantiated enough things as to be basic truths such as climate change and evolutionary theory.

For climate change, how does this concern you when it still is the most powerful nation on the planet? Also, with respect to education, how does the denial of evolutionary theory concern you?

Both concern me greatly. To have an EPA, an environmental protection agency, that’s run by climate deniers such as Scott Pruitt. Trump himself is a climate denier. It is not just scary. It’s criminal, and this is a huge setback for everyone around the world that has been working so hard in this battle against global climate change.

That’s a major setback. We’re at a real crisis point for the country and for the world right now with global warming and climate change. Trump is setting us way back, turning the block way back. We need to turn the block to fast forward. This is a major setback. As far as evolution, it is the reign of the know-nothings. You have people who deny evolution of all things. You have Right-wing ideologues throughout the Cabinet.

Also, you have people, high-up, who have said vile things about freedom of religion as it relates to Muslims. Mike Pompeo, the CIA nominee, said, “Jesus Christ is our saviour and the only real solution for our world, and make sure that we pray.”

This is Christian fundamentalism. You have the same thing with Michael Flynn, who has been nominated for national security advisor. He says not all cultures are morally equivalent and that the West is more civilized. This is the clash of civilisations, which even George W. Bush – for all of his faults – didn’t dabble in.

He defended Muslim-Americans rights, at least rhetorically. This is a very alarming turn for the worse here.

What about the Supreme Court picks, which will influence American court decisions for decades?

That is another frightening prospect in the reign of Trump. That he will be able to put on 1, 2, or 3 new justices. He has vowed to have them in the mould of the most Right-wing justices that there were and have been. So, it is one reason a lot of people didn’t like Hillary at all, from the Left, voted her anyway because they were worried about Donald Trump’s influence on the Supreme Court bench. It looks like the imprint is going to be large there.

What about reproductive health? That is, what about reproductive health rights for women? As noted by Human Rights Watch, “…equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.” So, within that perspective, positions against provision of safe abortions for women, especially in developed nations where the funding is readily available, it would be a violation of reproductive health rights, and so women’s rights.

Women’s rights are on the chopping block as well. The nominee to be secretary of health, Tom Price, has called Planned Parenthood’s practices ‘barbaric’. Everywhere you look across the board, the people Donald Trump has appointed to the Cabinet are appalling and Neanderthal.

So, every day there is a new headline about another horrible story about Trump taking the country.

Women, since 1973, thought they had the right to an abortion in the United States. They may wake up one day and may not have that. Donald Trump has been pretty blasé about that. He says it will return to the states. But is it a right or not a right?

The US Supreme Court in Roe v. Wade said it was a constitutional right. For the health department secretary to say Planned Parenthood practices are barbaric shows a level of ignorance that is astonishing since it gives reproductive health information to women and cancer screenings for women.

It’s not like all they do is give abortions. It is hardly the majority of what they do. Millions of women have benefitted from Planned Parenthood. I hope they still will. But if these Right-wing ideologues have their way, and it seems they’re having a heyday now, it is going to be a hard time for women, especially poor women.

Who are, of course, disproportionately minority women.

Absolutely. Trump went to Minnesota and Michigan at the end. He tried to rile up white voters about the refugees in their midst. He started a campaign, of course, against Mexicans and Muslims. It is all of a piece right now.

Also, I believe women got the right in 1918 in the UK, 1919 depending on the province in Canada, and 1920 in America. So, this pullback, this semi-repeal, somewhat already in culture, not necessarily in law or in funding at the moment, are deep concerns. At the same time, those would be coming from, as you noted, Right-wing ideologues. What about concerns in terms of reaction from those on the political Center-Left, Left, and Far-Left?

What I am hearing from people is a lot of fear, a lot of despondency almost, but then there are those who are being really wise about the need to get out there, act together, regroup, and resist, because that’s really important. The idea that we need to give Donald Trump a chance and wait until he does something really atrocious is foolish because, number one, we know who he is, he’s told us who he is, and he’s telling us who he is by telling us who he’s appointing in his Cabinet.

It might be too late before he does something really disastrous. Frankly, I am worried about fascism in the United States. Democracies can go down really fast. Chile had democracy for over a century, and it went down virtually overnight. So, the idea that we need to wait is foolhardy.

The first thing we need to do is prepare to protect people today who are going to be in his crosshairs on the day he gets inaugurated. That means we should prepare for sanctuary, for immigrants, for Latinos, for African-Americans, for Muslim-Americans, and for people who would be tops on his list.

Sanctuary cities, places of worships say they are sanctuaries as well, individuals should consider a possible new underground railroad. If police come to break up Latino families in the United States, 11,000,000 people he wants to deport, people of good will should make an effort to get to know their neighbours and to offer shelter.

That’s what it is going to take. There is an effort in Madison, Wisconsin, here where I live, by one of the leaders in the Muslim Madison community, to set up an anti-hate registry to respond to the Muslim registry that Trump is proposing to have. If that doesn’t wake people up to the fact that this guy’s a fascist, I don’t know what will.

What about reactions from one population that you did not note? You noted African-Americans, Mexicans, immigrants, Muslim-Americans, and so on. What about Native Americans and supporting them in various protests and various occupations against, one recent mild success, the North Dakota Access Pipeline?

Native Americans, and Indigenous peoples, are leading the fight in the world against climate change. It is important to support them in those efforts and link arms with them in those efforts. At some point, there is going to be a collision between Trump and oil people in his Cabinet (it is filled with oil people) and people who are protecting the Earth – chief among them the Native Americans – and others in the environmental movement.

That is going to be a confrontation that we need to be planning for and be aware of, and non-violently help our Native American friends and everybody in the environmental movement to prepare for this and to keep protesting non-violently to make sure Trump just doesn’t roll over us.

There are similar pushbacks from Indigenous peoples in Canada (First Nations, Métis, and Inuit). Also, I think, some of the main things people can argue from, through simply writing articles and talking, is the UNDRIP and the ILO C-169, which are the two major ones that I know of that argue for and instantiate Indigenous rights.

Those might be two things people can look into.

The other thing is, Native Americans have good law on their side. There is good federal law that should be protecting Native law and land, and for clean air and water.

So, any thoughts or feelings in conclusion?

The rise of Trump corresponds to the decay of democracy that we’ve been seeing in the United States for a long time, and I think it was a contributing cause. We see capitalism devouring our democracy, where it doesn’t deliver the goods to the people anymore – so they’re resentful economically.

Thank you for your time, Matthew.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Andrew Copson

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/01

Andrew Copson is Chief Executive of the British Humanist Association (BHA), a position he has held since January 2010, and former Director of Education and Public Affairs at the BHA from 2005 to 2010. In 2015, Andrew Copson was elected President of the International Humanist and Ethical Union, the global umbrella body for atheist, Humanist, sceptic and secularist organisations. He has worked for a number of civil and human- rights organisations throughout his career in his capacity as executive committee member, director or trustee and has represented Humanist organisations before the House of Commons, the Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe and the United Nations.

​​​In brief, what is your family background – geography, culture, language?

I’m from a town called Nuneaton, in the Midlands of England, and from a poor, white working class background. I grew up in a difficult time for my hometown and county, living in the 80s, when all of the industry had been or was being wound up. But there was still a lot of social solidarity and community feeling around the old industries.

It was a very non-religious society, too. Social services and welfare, and other amenities: these were provided by the secular civic authorities or by the industries or by non-religious community groups. It wasn’t at all like a country like the US.

The area was, like most of the England at the time and still, dominated by one ethnic group. But, as a result of the manufacturing and industry around the place, it was also relatively ethnically diverse. I grew up with children from diverse backgrounds, ethnically and religiously. This affected my schooling at the primary level: the schools I attended as a young child were secular because they had to cater to a wide-range of children and they educated us about a lot of different beliefs. So, my first culture was this white working class one.

My second culture was the one I found when I was whisked out of state school by a government scheme called the ‘assisted place scheme’ which took bright children from poor families and paid for them to go to academically selective private schools. At my secondary school, and then at Oxford, where I studied Classics and Ancient and Modern History, I experienced a very elite academic culture, and a world of ideas.

You have mentioned secular a couple times. You have not mentioned humanist. What was the turning point for becoming, by label, an explicit humanist?

I would say my family were all humanists, some of whom knew the word, some didn’t at the time (my parents, my grandparents, my great grandparents), and whenever I came across the term myself consciously I found that it reflected the values I was raised in and have developed since. I think the culture of social solidarity that I grew up in and the enlightenment culture of my education are both equally humanist: certainly their basis was entirely non-religious.

Some have labelled many others in societies as tacit humanists. Does this seem correct to you?

There are a very large number of people who base their ethics on authority, commandment, hard rules, and discipline. They think the meaning of life lies outside of this world, and they think that science isn’t the way to explain the world. They also think that certain supernatural explanations describe the world. But, certainly there are just as large a number who believe the opposite of this. For example, in Britain a good third of the population has firm humanist beliefs and values; but only about 5% of the population calls themselves humanist.

So, there is a big mismatch between the humanist values in practice that people have and humanist identity. It is not terribly surprising. The word “humanist” is not an identity label; it is a post-hoc word to describe a certain set of attitudes, values, and beliefs.

When I think about the advertising of the term “humanist” and other irreligious labels – though humanist is not necessarily irreligious, terms like secularist, atheist, agnostic, freethinker, and so on, in the United States, in the pulpits, those terms are generally denigrated by leaders of particular religious groups. Do you think that might have some part to do with the negative valuation humanist and other irreligious get?

I suppose so. We don’t really use the word secularist in the UK to describe a non-religious person. That’s really a North American thing. Obviously, atheists and humanists are denounced in the pulpits here but not many people are listening.

In the UK, early in the 20th century, there were Christian clerics and others who lined up to denounce humanism. Mary Whitehouse, a famous moral crusader who wanted to clean up public broadcasting, once denounced the ‘gay, humanist conspiracy’ in British life.

In a way, those religious denigrators of humanism do it a favour by bringing it to greater public attention. I don’t see the term as something in disrepute in the UK. In some countries, of course, humanism and atheism are denounced from the pulpits, not just of religion, but of government. The Prime Minister of Malaysia, just two years ago, denounced ‘humanism and human-rightsism, and secularism’ as “incompatible” with Malaysian values.

This sort of denunciation hasn’t done humanism any harm in the West.


What do you consider the more vulnerable humanist sub-populations in the world? I suspect some countries have populations with much less receptivity to humanism. That is, there needs to be a moderating and liberalising of religion as pre-conditions.

You’re right. The liberal tendency in Europe and the wider West has certainly allowed humanist organisations to grow and flourish and humanists to live according to their consciences to a greater or less extent. In other parts of the world, specifically those countries with Islamic states, for example, it is very dangerous to be up-front about your beliefs if you’re a humanist.

In some parts of a world, it is illegal to be a humanist openly. You cannot have a non-religious identity on your identity papers in countries such as Indonesia and Saudi Arabia. There are other countries where it is possible to exist, but not possible to organise: countries that don’t let you set up NGOs around these ideas.

To the Islamic states, you can add countries like China and Russia, who also create great difficulties for humanists to organise. In other countries, it is possible to organise, in theory, but there is still official persecution and social disadvantage to being humanist or generally non-religious.

Of course, it is difficult for some people in many parts of the world. The International Humanist and Ethical Union publishes the annual Freedom of Thought Report detailing this. It looks country-by-country at the whole world to describe the social, political, and civil situation in those areas for the non-religious. You only have to read that through to see that in many parts of the world it is extremely difficult.

Speaking of organising, when you entered university, did you find some form of camaraderie, forms of clubs or groups, even attached to the university, that provided some place to meet people of like mind?

When I entered university, there weren’t any humanist organisations on campus in the UK. They were strong in the 60s and 70s. Then they had somewhat diminished as religion diminished, actually, and humanism took a backseat to the other political and social issues. Now, of course, there are, in the UK, many more humanist societies on campus.

And I hope people do find a fellowship there, but, then again, I didn’t really feel like I needed to. I was a student and came of age in that very very brief hopeful time between the end of the Cold War and 9/11, where everything seemed to be Utopian and rational progress the order of the day. Religion had all but disappeared. Humanist values, democracy, liberalism, rule of law, a rational approach to ethical issues, freedom of conscience, and so on, were about to go universal.

So, at that time, of course, humanism seemed normal and common-sense. In a way, they were common sense. I think very few people at my university college had any sort of religion. This is really still the case in the UK society now, of course. Very few younger people have any religious identity, practice, or belief, and levels are declining all the time for all the disproportionate media attention given to religions.

With respect to young people having those kinds of identities, what about the subject of faith schools? What is your opinion on that?

Of course, I am completely opposed to any state funded religious schools. Religious groups running these state schools is completely wrong. It was the campaign against state schools that first got me formally involved in the British Humanist Association. That’s when I first joined as a member. The government in England (it didn’t happen in the wider UK) had the intention to increase the number and type of state-funded religious schools and I thought that was madness.

The BHA was running a campaign against this and that activated me. Schools should be places, especially state or public funded schools, where future citizens come together to learn not just with one another but from one another, and grow up in that inclusive environment.

Public bodies like schools should not have a religious identity. They should be places that emphasise children’s shared identity, shared values, commonalities. They should encourage intellectual inquiry with a range of religions and other worldviews like humanism. What is more, they should make sure that such things are learned about and explored critically. They should not be places where one limited belief on life, value, and meaning is given top billing.

Do you think in the long run those schools have a corrosive effect on the social order in the sense that individuals find themselves as somehow other than the wider society?

I think they do, especially in hyper-diverse societies like the UK, and many other countries that are open to globalisation – those societies which are becoming increasingly diverse, especially among people of parental age. I think in that situation, one in which you have many more different ethnicities and religions in society, to have them separate themselves from each other is foolish. In so doing, you compound the social, economic and cultural separation that those groups are already subject to, which is a big mistake for the long term.

You were a director of the European Humanist Federation. What tasks and responsibilities came along with that position?

The European Humanist Federation is an umbrella group for nationalist humanist organisations, not just in the European Union countries, but in the wider continent of Europe and, of course, including Russia. So, it really is an opportunity to do two things. One is to politically organise on the European level.

So I led delegations to international institutions like the Council of Europe, which is an important regional human rights body for the continent of Europe, and went as a delegate to other agencies like the OSCE, the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe, in Vienna, to advocate freedom of religion and belief as a human right and equality and non-discrimination on grounds of religion and belief.

They are not just international norms, but European norms and values. Given a policy platform to humanist organisations, the ones that argue for equality, dignity, and freedom of conscience for everyone: that is an important function of the EHF.

Another important function is to bring the European humanist organisations together for networking and mutual benefit to learn from each other. Humanist organisations across Europe are not just providing political advocacy for the causes that they care about, but they are also providing a wide range of services such as ceremonies, pastoral support, counselling, schools, teaching, social care, old people’s homes, confirmation ceremonies, and other educational work in public schools about humanism and non-religious approaches.

So, there’s a lot of learning that the personnel at those humanist organisations can do for each other. It was very enjoyable. It was very much a lesson in how diverse humanist organisations can be, and also how unified they can be.

You were a director and trustee of the Religious Education Council, the Values Education Council, and the National Council for Faiths and Beliefs in Further Education. Between those three, what were the thematic consistencies in the tasks and responsibilities?

Interesting. All three organisations were and are fully inclusive of non-religious perspectives, but they were all involved in education in different ways. I think there’s a strong case to make for every child to be educated in religious and non-religious worldviews, such as humanism, because they are the basis for so much of human culture: they tell the human story.

Children, everyone, need to have an understanding of these different approaches. Secondly, to understand the world today and to be local, national, and global citizens, young people need to understand the motivations of other people. Their reasons for acting and behaving as they act and behave. That’s very important. Thirdly, it is useful to young people in developing their own worldviews, which will be quite syncretic and composite because real-life worldviews are.

To have access to these different ideas, thoughts, and values, to test their own against them. The work of the three organisations you’ve mentioned is vital. My role in all of these was to make sure non-religious young people or young people who would grow up to be non-religious were not left behind or left out of those subjects.

Although those organisations that you’ve listed all strive to be inclusive. In the UK as in many countries, organisations like them are dominated by the historic churches. There’s also therefore a question of privilege that needs to raised when you’re involved there in addition to introducing non-religious elements. Also, it is to take on the privileging of those Christian views in particular.

What do you consider some of the more prominent examples of the privileges that they get?

For example, in schools in England and Wales, every school is mandated by law to have an act of Christian worship every morning. Now, many schools don’t comply with this law. Some schools interpret it so that it is quite inclusive. But many comply. Perhaps, the most egregious example of religious privilege in schools, and also in general, is this disproportionate emphasis on curriculums and the philosophy in Christianity.

Of course, it has historical importance in Britain, but it is not the only approach to life that has historic importance. It has modern adherents in Britain, but the vast majority people don’t go to church or worship in a Christian place of worship. Most people don’t have Christian beliefs. Young people certainly don’t. They don’t even have a Christian identity as many older people do.

Now, you are the president of the International Ethical and Humanist Union (IHEU) and chief executive of the British Humanist Association (BHA). Those are two very prominent positions. In brief, what would you consider some of the general tasks and responsibilities? What is the personal importance to you?

Oh dear, that’s a very broad question. First of all, on the international side, it is the duty of anyone who is lucky enough to have the sort of freedom that I have had in Britain in the 20th and 21st centuries to try and support people who don’t have that same freedom, and don’t enjoy the human rights that I think of as being universal.

My first involvement in international work and in IHEU was formed by that idea. I thought it was an opportunity to give something back to the world in light of how lucky I’ve been.

That is part of the work that IHEU does. It uses the capacity and resources of more developed humanist organisations to assist those who are more recently beginning and struggling in a different way. But I learned pretty rapidly that it is not one-way traffic.

I have a lot to learn from humanist organisations in those developing countries in Africa and Asia, especially from the way they frame humanism, think about it, and their experiences. I think in the end that ended up shaping a lot of my views. So, I think the importance of working in international humanism for me is that mutual exchange that occurred.

The networking of humanist organisations together from very different cultural contexts unlocks an enormous amount of potential from all of them. It is a fruitful exchange. Also, I am an internationalist in terms of my attitudes to the world.

I think that IHEU’s support for international institutions, and that we’re present at the UN and other international bodies to make a case for international human rights, in particular freedom of belief, is vital in a world where freedom of belief and freedom of religion, particularly freedom of beliefs, are under threat by the Islamic states, by China, by Russia, now by the US, and by other countries that don’t want to accept them as universal anymore, if they ever did. That’s the international work.

The importance of the British work is, of course, different because the UK is not a very religious society in terms of the population, but we still have a constitution and legal regime that privileges, in particular, the Church of England, but increasingly a large number of religions in a disproportionate way. I think it is important that the non-religious have a voice to challenge that, to make it clear that there is that enormous mismatch.

Even though many laws might seem to be medieval clutter or dead letters, as long as they are on the statute books like, for example, the law of worship, they have a direct and negative impact on people’s lives. They disadvantage them. They create an unfair society. In the long term, such a society cannot be completely peaceful.

So, Britain is an important place to work for humanists.

The non-religious are, by definition, unorganised. They don’t affiliate to one institution. As a result, in areas like ceremonies, funerals, weddings, in areas of pastoral support, in the hospital, or at the end of life, they don’t have access to the same resources as members of organised religion. I think there is an important role for humanism and humanists in Britain to provide those services, too. I think that’s a role of central importance to the BHA today.

And of course, although most non-religious people suffer no social disadvantage, there are increasingly large numbers of non-religious people from very religious backgrounds who have a very hard time. We’re there for them as well.

We talked about faith schools, assisted dying, secularism, humanism, previous roles, and so on. I want to cover some fresh territory with the campaigns of the BHA. With respect to assisted dying, physician assisted dying, or euthanasia, depending on the place there will be different terminology, what is the situation for assisted dying at the moment in Britain?

Assisted dying is unlawful across the UK – assisting anyone to take their own life remains a crime. There have been attempts in the Westminster Parliament to undo the criminal law in England and Wales, but they failed repeatedly.

An attempt to go via the courts has been partly successful in pointing to a possible future route for legalisation that would take place through the courts, but it hasn’t borne any fruit yet. There would need to be further cases before that could be achieved.

Are there any countries that you note that are leading the way in assisted dying being legalised?

Every country is quite different. Approaches to assisted dying differ as to the history of medicine in that country, the different legal arrangements that suicide has been subject to in the past, and, therefore, that assisting suicide has been subject to the past. There are countries that see this as a medical problem. Others through the lens of equality. Equality of choice for people with, for example, incurable conditions. I wouldn’t like to say there’s one legal regime in the world that I would want to emulate.

When it comes to the UK, what I think will be best by way of a system here will be one where people, with the consent of doctors and being agreed to be of sound mind, can have medical assistance to end their own life at a time of their own choosing. I think people would need to be psychologically able to make that decision. I don’t think mental illness should be a reason for having physician assisted suicide as it is in other countries.

I don’t think it should be limited to people who are terminally ill, as it is in some countries. I think terminal illness is one dire situation. Another is incurable suffering – for example, in the recent case of Tony Nicklinson. He was not terminally ill, but was incurably suffering. He had locked-in syndrome. He couldn’t move at all. He applied to the court to get assistance to end his life. He was unsuccessful. I think people like Tony should be brought within law.

I believe in the universal human right to dignity, and the right to choose to end your life with dignity, and this is universal. But I think there are specific legal arrangements that each country will put in place to realise this right in different ways for their population.

You have a campaign against pseudoscience through the BHA. What are some of the counter-forces against pseudoscience in the UK provided by the BHA?

All of our campaigning work in terms of political advocacy is about the involvement of the state. So, for example, we don’t have a problem with people purchasing homeopathic remedies for their own use. It is unfortunate, of course, because their health will not improve as a direct result of taking those remedies. And it’s good that there are organisations that campaign for public awareness of that.

Also, we campaign for the end of state funding of those things through the NHS. We support the work of specific organisations like the brilliant Good Thinking Society in the UK, which takes on these cases directly with individual NHS bodies. So that’s an important area. We’ve also campaigned against the state funding of pseudoscience schools. Obviously, creationism was a big issue these last ten years in the UK. We’ve campaigned successfully for government guidance against the teaching of creationism.

Then we had a second successful campaign to put evolution on the curriculum for primary schools. That was a good development. That was to have each type of creationism funded in state schools. And we campaigned against the funding of Steiner schools in the UK in particular, which teach a whole range of bogus approaches to human biology and the environment.

Those are important campaigns. When you are dealing with the future generations that are upcoming in an ongoing knowledge economy, if they don’t have the proper tools for understanding the basic principles, not even just necessarily the full details of the natural world through understanding the fundamental theories of different disciplines, it can be an issue. Are there any religious thinkers that have inspired you?

Generally, I think it is important that humanists remember the fact that a humanist approach to religions is that they’re all human inventions. Many religions think of themselves as being divinely inspired or extra-human in origin, but I can only believe that they’re the creations of human beings. As a result, they provide human reflections on the human experience, which, of course, have valuable things in them.

They are mostly versions of the same general principles, and this is not coincidental at all. They are the principles of non-religious people, as well, because they are the principles that human beings need to apply if they are not going to kill each other and have their society collapse. So I don’t think humanists should be ashamed of finding inspiration in texts that religious people think of as being divine, because they really are just human creations after all.

Having said that, I can’t say I have found anything particularly inspiring in them to compare with the humanist writings of classical India, ancient Greece, or ancient China, or enlightenment Europe and the world. Instead, I’ve found a lot that is uniquely pernicious. The idea of sin, when it was first explained to me, I found profoundly shocking. And the amount of damage to human beings by such a horrible idea as that does continues to horrify me.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Scott Blair

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/29

What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?

I had a classic American beginning. My father was a General Motors Engineer; my mother was a nurse (until starting a family – this was the late fifties). We were a TV-like family of five in an all-white community in southern Michigan. We attended a Presbyterian church. My parents were committed to this – volunteering, serving as Deacon, church treasurer, and such, but it was not an oppressively religious household; questions were explored not squashed or averted. 

I spent eight years in and out of college, working factory and construction jobs, and traveling the continent on an old motorcycle. I eventually graduated from University of Michigan after some fraction of my collection of course credits seemed to form the requirements for BS in Biology.  Then I fell into wastewater, that is, I chanced to have entered the wastewater treatment profession, a great place for a science oriented generalist with a desire to be useful to fellow humans and the world we live on.

I managed wastewater treatment plants for most of my career and have tried to attend to the human component of an operation along with the technical.

When did humanism become self-evidently true to you?


I learned the term Humanism somewhere in my education and remember thinking it seemed a completely sensible perspective, but it did not dawn on me to adopt and own the label at the time. I have been a Humanist most of my life but just seized the identity in the last half dozen years. Humanism is simple. 

If one rejects the idea of a deity that directs earthly affairs, believes that the best way to understand the world is to carefully and dispassionately observe it, and desires to live a meaningful life in a functional society with other humans, then one is a Humanist.  My belief in God evaporated by the time I started college. The usefulness of dispassionate inquiry as a tool to understand reality has been apparent to me from early on. 

And, I am inclined by my nature to care about humankind and to want to build and be part of a society where its members generally can flourish.  Humanism is simply where one lands if one can’t accept supernatural explanations and cares about others. I have been there since the religion I was taught as child fell away.

What is the importance of humanism in America at the moment?

The increase in recent years in the number of Humanist organisations in this country and elsewhere is a very good thing.  For decades, I was a Humanist but without any connection to other Humanists.  I learned about and joined the GTH just as it matured out of the founders’ living rooms and started meeting in public places. 

I was enjoying a good life before GTH but I came more alive upon becoming part of this group.  I now had people, thought-mates!  It was a relief and a pleasure to be with friends with whom conversations on deep questions would begin with what is real as best as we can determine it, with no reliance on ancient magical myths. 

It is energising to be with others like one’s self; it engenders a feeling that even while a minority, we are not irrelevant. We can have an impact.  I know that the emergence of other Humanist groups across the country gives opportunities for thousands of others to find “their people” and have the experience I am having. 

There are other versions of secular communities such as Free Thought groups and Sunday Assemblies; it isn’t all found under the name Humanism.

Some groups are activist and some focus more on social meet-ups.  But to the degree that Humanists meet and organise, we are bound to influence the broader culture.  And that is good; Humanism can be a foundation for functionality in our society.  People can make better collective decisions when not bound to imagined revelations of a supernatural rule-maker and are free of delusions that exempt them from responsibility for our future on earth. 

Most Humanists are realistic about the rate at which a clear-eyed human-centric philosophy can displace deeply held supernatural beliefs as a guide for social decisions, but Humanist principles do have influence and I think their impact is increasing.  Humanistic thought is on the rise, not just among the “nones;” it also shows up even within organised religion. 

There is a strong secular Jewish tradition in the US, the Unitarian Universalists embody many humanist principles, and in many liberal Christian churches, one finds virtual Humanists among clergy as well as parishioners – people who advocate for the rights of all, support separation of religion and government, recognise our obligation as stewards of earth’s natural systems, and even, when questioned directly, do not insist on the magical claims we often associate with the very definition of Christianity. 

I have met people like this while representing Humanism in local groups such as Pub Theology and Area Council on Religious Diversity (ACORD).  So, the growth of Humanist ideas, even among those who do not identify as such, is a counterbalance to the vocal and visible conservatism that unnerves so many of us today.

What is the importance of secularism in America at the moment?

It is very important.  We hope that the religious also recognise that that government and public functions must not include or defer to religion or none of us will have freedom of religion, or freedom from the religion of others.  We can all tolerate the traditions of others expressed in public, but government must not represent or appear to favour religion. 

The workplace is a more difficult space; it is appropriate to accommodate some religious requirements of workers, but not to impose religious sensibilities of owners or managers on them.  Functions that serve the whole community (such as hospitals) should certainly not apply religious rules.

What social forces might regress the secular humanist movements in the US?

The destructive parts of our own human nature.  With the world’s population at 7.1 billion and climbing, there is increasing tension between peoples and stresses on resources.  With the internet and the availability of customised sources of “belief verification,” we become more polarised.

When societies are stressed, human nature moves them toward feeling and behaving like competing tribes.  We feel more suspicious of others and protective of those like us.  Ironically, as “Humanists,” we try to suppress part of our Human nature.  We need to wilfully act on the vision of how we can function together rather than drift into the dysfunction that is (somewhat) natural.

Conservative religions and politicians will not hurt us. The unseemly elements of our own nature (imparted on us by our evolutionary past) can hurt us.  I see it expressed even among liberals and professed Humanists.

What is the humanist culture like in Michigan? What activities, campaigns, and initiatives take place there through the GTH?

The backbone of our local organisation is our regular monthly meetings.  We feature a speaker on topics that include science, philosophy, art, or issues of community interest.  Often these bring in people from the community who are interested in the speaker or topic, who have no affiliation with Humanism. 

Sometimes the monthly lecture is a platform for an organisation that works for something Humanists tend to support.  We may in that circumstance help with raising funds and contact sharing.  GTH supplies a group of volunteers one evening each month to usher, take tickets, and make popcorn at a local community theatre that shows non-mainstream films. 

A contingent of GTH volunteers at Safe Harbour, a program for housing our town’s homeless on winter nights, and others participate in an annual work bee at Planned Parenthood.  We have supported the high school science fair with prize money (and I have served as a judge).  We have a get-together called “the Hungry Humanist” at a different restaurant each month just for socialising. 

We’ve organised member road trips to conferences of the American Humanist Association, Reason Rally, and other out-of-town Humanist or atheist events.  Contacts from these have led to some great speakers at our monthly meetings.  GTH Book Club reads and discusses nonfiction and occasional novels that give us tools for understanding the world around us (subject matter has included psychology, science, religion, justice and politics). 

Book Club events sometimes morph into very nice dinner parties. We have regular GTH bike rides, seasonal parties, and occasional campouts or ballgame excursions.

What tasks and responsibilities come with being the vice president of the
 Grand Traverse Humanists (GTH)?

Our board of seven meets at least monthly.  We exchange ideas for GTH programs, seek and secure meeting speakers, and plan our meetings and events.  Usually we do these chores with a glass of wine and intersperse them with philosophical side discussions and a few laughs. I and a couple others take turns presiding at monthly meetings. I sometimes represent Humanism and GTH at forums outside the group and to classes and media.

It also falls to us as a board to continuously assess the collective desire of the group regarding what we want to be.  To what degree do members want GTH to be an important source of support and community for one another?  Do we make it our business to know when members are ill or struggling and send casseroles? 

Or do we just provide interesting lectures and social events?  To what degree do we want to serve a function for each other often fulfilled for the religious through church membership?  Some members shudder at anything like mimicking church.  Others miss the community and ritual they gave up when they stopped believing and left a church. 

As it happens, we are in the middle.  We stay away from the vibe of a church congregation, but members do deliver a casserole from time to time.  Another common decision: shall we be activists for our philosophy, interjecting ourselves into local, regional, or national political issues? How can we know if we can do so on behalf of all our members?  Or should we just meet each other’s needs for like-minded camaraderie?

What is the current size of the GTH?

We have 83 dues-paying members, 176 participants in our closed Facebook group and 239 people who have signed up for GTH emails. Meetings have between 30 and 80 people; the larger events usually include some non-GTH attendees.

For those that don’t know, and many simply won’t because grassroots work is learned through action, what difficulties arise in the midst of grassroots organisation of a chapter?

We find that the average age of a GTH member is rather high.  We would like to have a membership that is a cross section of generations just as we hope Humanism has traction with people in all stages of life across the country and the world.  We are not sure why it is this way.  To be a group of our size in a community the size of Traverse City is a success, but we often discuss a desire for greater age diversity nonetheless.

We work on selecting our tone.  We think some have left the group out of exasperation with those who are inclined to be too tolerant of religion.  Others have ceased to attend after perceiving that others in GTH may have been too disrespectful of the religious.  Many members were once believers. 

Some feel kindly toward those they left behind in their former church scene and some are wounded and angry and receive hostility from their former fellow congregants and religious families.  Who we select as speakers or the intensity of round-table discussions can affect who we retain and who does not return.

What about the eventual emotional difficulties and rewards?

Humanism is important to me; it is something I am glad to commit effort advancing.  Other kinds of organisations I have participated in do not inspire me to get involved at a planning /serving level.  GTH does.

GTH people, Humanists, tend to be deeply interesting and caring people; they are pleasant and stimulating company. My wife Suzette and I hosted a GTH Book Club discussion at our house a few weeks ago, soon after the election. 

The election was not a topic of the night, in fact there were only a few side conversations about it, but there was a sense of support and common feeling.  Humans crave that. When all had left, I told Suzette, “you know, these are the people I want around me when things get weird.”

I am more alive and energised about life because I have these people around me.

What personal experiences tend to inform personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively, based on interactions with other humanists? Some might note ecstatic experiences, improvements in personal relationships, and so on.

Motivation for Humanist ideals comes ultimately from the better parts of human nature, from the evolved feelings that lead us to care about and support one another.   Experiences support this in giving people a foundation for empathy.

For some Humanists who had been involved in religion, a departure from religious belief, a de-conversion if you will, is a powerful experience.  It is not the emotional rush of a reported religious experience, rather it is a clearing of illusion, a relief from the tension of defending incoherent positions.  It is freedom from trying to discern the will of an intangible capricious being and execute it to his satisfaction. 

It is the new knowledge that one is not being watched all the time.  It has been described to me as “finding peace.” Some Humanist who came through this experience resent the deep connection formed in people’s minds early in life by religious indoctrination, that the ability to believe fantastic things is inseparable from goodness.  That psychologically persistent fusion of ability-to-believe and goodness, is a harm that informs some Humanist’s regard for religion after they are out of it.

Also, intellectually, what makes humanism seem more right or true than other worldviews to other humanists based on conversations with them – arguments and evidence?

Humanism has no “revealed” doctrine, no myths passed down from ancient times that we contort perceptions to defend. Humanism is interested in understanding what is true, whatever it may be, to the degree that we can.  We go where our best dispassionate, evidence based, inquiry takes us and we are comfortable with what we are not yet able to know.   Humanism commits to honest careful pursuit of the questions while religion starts with answers.

Humanism recognises humanity as part of, and a product of, nature. This is key to a Humanistic view.  We evolved as groups of cooperating primates. Our brains are a product of this evolution. In them resides the basis for our emotions and behaviour.  We evolved to have the feelings that cause us to care about and support each other because cooperation within groups had selective utility.  Self-serving instincts obviously also had selective utility. 

Competition with other groups lead to instincts in us that are at the root of suspicion and hostility toward those least like us. The good and bad elements of our nature were conserved in our evolution in balance and tension with each other.

So, Humanists know that good and evil are not forces directed by God and Satan in a supernatural battle in which we are soldiers.  Rather, our better angels and our darker motivations are part of being a natural creature.

This view also equips us to understand our limitations.  Adopting the dispassionate perspective and viewing humanity from the outside, leads to a fuller understanding of our nature and gives Humanists insight into the fallibility of human thinking and perceptions. The brain, the organ with which we apprehend the world, is an evolved tool. 

Evidence shows that we are prone to many kinds of thinking and perception errors; understanding this puts a person in a position to better recognise fallacious thinking in others.  It also reminds us to be careful and humble about what we assert to know ourselves (Daniel Kahneman, Jonathan Haidt, and E.O. Wilson have been GTH Book Club reads). 

This dispassionate examination of human nature as an evolved phenomenon gives a Humanist a very usefully lens to better understand human emotions, the culture wars, politics, religion, and interpersonal relationships.

Humanism is more likely to be right and true because we look for our car keys where we are likely to have dropped them rather than looking under the lamp post because the light is better.

For those that want to work together or become involved, what are recommended means of contacting the GTH?

Our website is gthumanists.org. Upcoming events are listed there. An email address that reaches all board members is info@gthumanists.org.  We meet at the Traverse Area District Library at 7:00 pm the second Monday of each month.  Other events vary in time and location.

Thank you for your time, Scott.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Haras Rafiq – CEO and Executive Board Member of the Quilliam Foundation

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/12

Haras Rafiq is Quilliam’s CEO and an Executive Board Member. He is currently a member of Prime Minister’s Community Engagement Forum (CEF) Task Force and was formerly a member of the UK Government’s task force looking at countering extremism in response to the 2005 terrorist bombings in London, as well as being a peer mentor for IDeA – advising regional government. He is also a member of the Advisory Group on Online Terrorist Propaganda at Europol’s European Counter-terrorism Centre (ECTC).

Some of the narratives put out can not only be on either side of those in terms of countering extremist narratives and those trying to prop up and promote extremist narratives. Some on the fringes of both of those. Those that are affected are moderate faith members. Where, there can be additional anti-Muslim sentiment as individuals. Of course, there’s anti-atheist, anti-Christian, prejudice depending on where you are and it will vary in its means and representation. How does anti-Muslim sentiment increase, in what ways does it increase, in light of some of these concerns on the periphery?

First of all, I’m glad you didn’t use the word Islamophobia. Islam is a set of beliefs. It is a set of values. I am a Muslim. I choose to accept Islamic values and Islamic ideas. Not the ones that ISIS or the Muslim Brotherhood have, different ones. I choose those values. In a liberal secular democracy, no idea should be beyond scrutiny, but no individual should be beyond dignity. This is a mantra at Quilliam.

It means that Islamophobia is a term that is defunct and is a term quite often used to stifle criticism particular interpretations of the faith, and particular organisations.

Anti-Muslim hatred is real. Now, the problem we have in the UK is anti-Muslim sentiment can be on the increase, but you know what it is not as bad as it is in the US or mainland Europe. That is because in the UK we do have a growing number, not enough – we need more, people who are ordinary Muslims who aren’t Islamists and who aren’t extremists, who aren’t fundamentalists, who are starting to help portray that not every single Muslim is the same as Anjem Choudary or Shakeel Begg (who sued the BBC and lost).

The problem is we have the regressive Left and the Far-Right that are actually at war with each other, virtually. Both claiming these particular types of Islamist Islam is normative Islam. Therein lies the problem; in the UK and the US more so, we have these regressive Left and Far-Right people who are trying to claim that the real Islam is Islamists Islam. It doesn’t help.

It takes people out of the middle ground and moves them to this polarisation. ISIS said very, very clearly that they want to create anti-Muslim sentiment in the West. In their magazine, Dabiq, they want to take people out of nuance and debate and move them into binary positions. The problem is when we don’t have enough Muslims and non-Muslims coming out and unequivocally not just condemning Islamism in general, not just ISIS or al-Qaeda or Muslim Brotherhood, and saying we do have people moving to the extremist positions.

This is a problem. If we didn’t have ISIS, al-Qaeda, the Muslim Brotherhood, or people saying, “In an ideal Muslim country, if people commit adultery, then don’t stone them to death.” There wouldn’t be anti-Muslim sentiment. We didn’t have anti-Muslim sentiment when I was growing up.

I think there will always be an element of racism, and people who are xenophobic and bigoted. I think it has moved over to being anti-Muslim sentiment. I think that’s more of what civil society needs to take on, but we as Muslim communities and others, collectively, need to help to show to ordinary people that as it was in the past. Groups that like the Muslim Brotherhood, al-Qaeda, ISIS, etc, don’t represent us at all.

What about moderate Muslim scholars coming forth and assisting and providing that more moderate narrative?

First of all, I don’t like the term moderate. I’ll tell you why. Right now, in the UK and in the world, there are a group of so-called moderate scholars calling for the activation of the blasphemy law. There are people in 2006, who I remember taking to Tony Blair. When he asked me to bring him the moderates, I said, “Here are the moderates.

They aren’t Salafists They aren’t Islamists. They are another denomination, and they happen to the majority in the UK.” There was a guy named Salmaan Taseer in Pakistan who was a politician and who was killed by his bodyguard. The killer, Mumtaz Qadri, was praised as a martyr when he was found guilty and executed. I don’t agree with the death penalty, but he was executed and praised as a martyr and somebody who was a qazi – praiseworthy – because he killed somebody for being blasphemous.

This was being called out by people who would be known as moderates. Some of the traditions that I come from. So, I don’t like the term first of all. I would use the term ordinary Muslims. Those who reject, from a human rights perspective, certain interpretations that don’t fit into our values that we believe in. The universal or human values. I don’t like to call them British values. They are universal values. Human values like human rights, secularism, and so on. There are a number of a scholars that have started to shift that way. There’s an Arabic Quranic concept:

إصلاح

Islah means reform. Reform through reasoning, ijtihad. Salafis and Islamists don’t want this to happen, but there are more Shaykh Bin Bayyah and Shaykh Hisham Kabbani, and a number of others, who have an international platform and are starting to gain a little bit more traction now and a bit more support. They can’t do it themselves.

I’ll tell you why scholars aren’t the sole solution. I’ll tell you an anecdote. I’ve got tons of anecdotes, been doing this for 12 years! I was doing a lecture of Prevent. There was a leading shaykh/scholar. I asked him to do the religious stuff. The assistant warden said that he’s got a person who has given him a bit of grief, radicalising other people, and asked if we had time to talk to him.

He came 45 minutes late, pale – absolutely pale. I made a joke, “Did you radicalise him?” He shook his head. I leaned over him. He said, “The guy’s got a point.” He went in with his version of theology, moderate theology, and said he’ll see you with my version. The shaykh told me that he won the debate on theology. I trust him that he won that.

But then the guy hit him with the intellectual, the ideological, the social, and the emotional, and the scholar had nothing. He was used to living in a bubble all of his life, living in a seminary. He couldn’t cope.

(Laugh)

Instead of offering the other guy some form of critical inquiry, he ended up deflecting on some critical inquiry himself, but they do need to be involved. They are part of the solution. That’s why we’ve fully taken on Shaykh Salah al-Ansari at Quilliam, who is from Al-Azhar University, used to be the Imam from the largest mosque in London, most prestigious, in the UK. He is a good reformer. Shaykh Usama Hassan and other, we are getting people to help stimulate the debate and reform. More needs to be done. On their own, they are not the solution.

As the CEO and executive board member for Quilliam, what tasks and responsibilities come along with this position?

I was the managing director for a number of years. I was responsible for sustainable growth in the UK. We’ve done that. When I first took over as managing director, we had 6 or 7 full-time staff. Now, we’ve got 20 in the UK. The problem that we face is the problem of global jihadist insurgency. The problem is around the world. It cannot just be dealt with in the UK, but needs to be dealt with around the world.

Adam Deen used to be a former extremist himself. My job is to help set up Quilliam offices and the Quilliam model in other countries. We are a 501(c)3 in the US, but we haven’t had a physical presence. We finished the paperwork to be set up as an NGO in Canada. My aim is to set up physical offices and presences in North America. Also, I am looking in other countries.

My job is to make penetration on policy makers and in the messaging to Muslims and Muslim communities. The third is to make sure that we do this, so that we have sustainable growth and bring in business models to make sure the business is viable and sustainable.

Finally, the keeping of the best staff. I think that as we grow we need to employ, train, and maintain the best staff. We’ve got a number of projects ongoing in Europe and North Africa, as a network, which are coming together to combat this phenomenon.  We want to reach out to Europe, Africa, North America, and other parts of the world as well.

Any thoughts or feelings in conclusion?

Conatus News is great. I think it is a fantastic initiative. It is really important that we get this vital work done. It is important that we make sure that as a civil society – I remember in 1972 going to my first football match with my brother; I was 7 years of age. It was the home team. 15 minutes before the end, we had to leave because there was racism that the home team supporters were going to beat us up.

Now, premier football stadiums that doesn’t happen. There is racism, but it is nowhere near as bad as it used to be. Why? The reason why is civil society and trans-media activism, projects and campaigns to kick racism out of football through celebrities and other people tried to educate and tackle this phenomenon means there’s been a shifting of social norms. I want to get to the point with Quilliam as part of the solution, where civil society is much stronger on the issue of tackling Islamism.

We want to get to the point where civil society reacts the same way to Islamism as they do to racism, sexism, and fascism. People talk about jihad. This is my jihad. This is my struggle to combat extremism, and extremism of all sorts.

Thank you for your time, Mr. Rafiq.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Sikivu Hutchinson -Feminist, Humanist, Novelist, Author

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/20

Sikivu Hutchinson is an American feminist, atheist and author/novelist. She is the author of ‘White Nights, Black Paradise‘ (2015), ‘Godless Americana: Race and Religious Rebels‘ (2013), ‘Moral Combat: Black Atheists, Gender Politics, and the Values Wars‘ (2011), and ‘Imagining Transit: Race, Gender, and Transportation Politics in Los Angeles‘ (Travel Writing Across the Disciplines) (2003). Moral Combat is the first book on atheism to be published by an African-American woman. In 2013 she was named Secular Woman of the year.

What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?

I grew up in a secular household in a predominantly African American community in South Los Angeles. My parents were educators and writers involved in social justice activism in the local community.

What informs personal atheist and humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively? What are effective ways to advocate for atheism and humanism?

Through public education and dialogue about the role secular humanism and atheism can play in dismantling structures of oppression based on sexism, misogyny, heterosexism, homophobia and transphobia.

What makes atheism, secular humanism, and progressivism seem more right or true than other worldviews to you – arguments and evidence?

For me, they are a means of redressing the inherent inequities and dogmas of religious belief and practice, particularly vis-à-vis the cultural and historical construction of women’s subjectivity, sexuality and social position in patriarchal cultures based on the belief that there is a divine basis for male domination and the subordination of women.  Progressive atheism and humanism are especially valuable for women of colour due to the racist, white supremacist construction of black and brown femininity and sexuality.  

Notions of black women as hypersexual amoral Jezebels (antithetical to the ideal of the virginal, pure Christian white woman) deeply informed slave era treatment of black women as chattel/breeders.  These paradigms continue to inform the intersection of sexism/racism/misogyny vis-à-vis black women’s access to jobs, education, media representation and health care.

What is the importance of atheism, feminism, and humanism in America at the moment?

Over the past decade, we’ve seen the erosion of women’s rights, reproductive health and access to abortion, contraception, STI/STD screening and health education. We’ve also seen virulent opposition to LGBTQI enfranchisement, same sex marriage, employment and educational opportunities for queer, trans and gender non-conforming folk.

These developments are entirely due to the massive Religious Right backlash against gender equity and gender justice that’s occurred both in State Legislatures across the country and in the political propaganda of reactionary conservative politicians and fundamentalist evangelical Christian interest groups.

Feminism/atheism/humanism are important counterweights to these forces because they underscore the degree to which these political ideologies are rooted in Christian dominionist (the movement to embed Christian religious principles public policy and government) dogma and biases.

What social forces might regress the atheist, feminist, and secular humanist movements in the US? 

I have no doubt when I say that the election of Donald Trump and the continued neoliberal emphasis of American educational and social welfare policy will surely undermine these movements.

You wrote Moral Combat: Black Atheists, Gender Politics & Values Wars, White Nights, Black Paradise & Rock n’ Roll Heretic. It will come out in 2018. What inspired writing it?

Rock n’ Roll Heretic is loosely based on the life of forerunning black female guitar player Rosetta Tharpe, who was a queer gospel/rock/blues musician who influenced pivotal white rock icons like Elvis Presley and Jerry Lee Lewis but is largely unsung. The book explores racism, sexism and heterosexism in the music industry in addition to the fictional Tharpe’s rejection of faith.

What is the content and purpose of the book?

The book is designed to shed light on the travails and under-representation of women of colour musicians in a highly polarised, politically charged industry that still devalues their contributions. It’s also designed to highlight the nexus of humanist thought and artistic/creative discovery in the life of a woman who had to navigate cultural appropriation, male-domination, the devaluation of white media and musical trends that were antithetical to supporting or even validating the existence of black women rockers.

Thank you for your time, Sikivu.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Saladdin Ahmed – Independent Scholar and Researcher

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/18

You are a Canadian citizen. You were in Turkey, but complications did not permit working there. What is your story? What were the complications?

In September 2014, I moved to Turkey to teach in the Philosophy Department at Mardin Artuklu University and help found a graduate philosophy program in English. At that point, there was a fragile truce between Ankara and the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK). Mardin, like the rest of Turkey’s predominately Kurdish southeast, was experiencing a cultural revival due to the relative increase of freedoms, but it was only a matter of time before the government would resume its extreme suppression of the people of the region.

To the south of the border, in Syrian Kurdistan, or Rojava, the war between ISIS (backed by Turkey) and Syrian Kurds (supported by the PKK) was at its peak. At the university, the same tensions were ever-present. While the student body generally sympathized with the Kurdish liberation movement, the state was growing more Islamist and anti-Kurd by the day.

Near the end of 2014, Mardin Artuklu University became one of the first academic institutions to be targeted by Erdogan’s renewed campaign of Islamification and de-Kurdification. The politically moderate rector of the university was removed from his position and replaced with a fundamentalist and open advocate of the revival of the Caliphate system. It was clear that the tide had turned, and we all anxiously waited to see what the new administration’s first move would be.

It came in June 2015 when 13 foreign instructors, including myself, were fired without any official explanation. In his social media posts, the new rector insinuated that we were spies and missionaries and expressed outrage that we had taken jobs away from Turks. Despite the mobilization of our students and progressive colleagues against the firing and support from Peoples’ Democratic Party (HDP) parliamentarians, we were left with little choice but to leave Mardin.

In the midst of Ankara’s renewed war on the Kurdish region, such scare tactics have considerably increased in frequency against progressive academics and public intellectuals in the country since the summer of 2014. Progressive faculty in Mardin, as in other cities across the country, are under increased pressure and scrutiny. Those who have taken public stances against the war, whether through signing peace petitions or speaking to the media, have been questioned by police and, in a growing number of cases, suspended or fired from their positions.

You earned a B.A. in philosophy, M.A. in contemporary continental philosophy, an M.A. in applied language studies, and a Ph.D. in philosophy. What were the research topics within those domains of expertise?

While studying philosophy as an undergraduate student at Carleton University, I became particularly interested in 20th century continental philosophy. From there, I focused on the Frankfurt School and especially Walter Benjamin and Theodor Adorno while doing my MA in Philosophy at Brock University.

In my major essay, I looked at fascist regimes’ systematic use of images to create homogeneous spaces control. I argued that mechanically reproduced images not only lack the auratic quality of authentic art, as Benjamin argued, but also destroy the uniqueness of the spaces they invade.

I took a different direction with my MA in Applied Language Studies at Carleton, where I used Critical Discourse Analysis to illustrate the nuances of new-racism.

New-racism is more resistant to our traditional methods of diagnosis; contemporary racist discourses do not make direct reference to the term “race,” although racists still believe that there is such a thing as race. “Culture” now often takes the place of “race” which results in the anthropologization and othering of non-white disadvantaged groups.

Finally, my Ph.D. dissertation at the University of Ottawa developed out of my earlier research on Benjamin’s concept of aura in combination with my reading of Henri Lefebvre’s seminal The Production of Space. I theorized “spatial aura” and used this concept to build my theory of “totalitarian space.”

Essentially, I argued that when space is controlled, it is rendered transparent and flat, stripped of its uniqueness (spatial aura). As such, the inspecting gaze of power and systematic commodification of space have deprived us of auratic spatial experiences.

How have those informed personal and professional critique of religion?

Not a single course throughout my studies touched on anything resembling the critique of religion. Instead, the philosophy of religion comprises a growing sub-discipline. The absence of critical approaches to religion in Anglo-American philosophy schools is merely another symptom of the apoliticality of the discipline.

Indeed, since the 1980s, there has been a tendency to politicize everything that is not political and apoliticize everything that is. The critique of religion is something philosophy simply cannot afford to avoid, if for no other reason than because religion claims authority over the same territories of knowledge, such as metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics.

The religious mystification of those fields will continue to marginalize philosophy and generate fatal social norms. If philosophy is ever to be relevant again to the actual world, it must confront religion.

What arguments seem most reasonable in support of religion?

Religion cannot rely on actual sound arguments, or it would negate its own foundations.

If one could put aside the psychological need for a comforting illusion, there is nothing clearer than the fact that the world is Godless, in the sense that it lacks universal justice. The most fundamental grounds on which religion is founded and embraced are psychological. If not for the psychological barrier, looking at any ethically unjustifiable event would be sufficient to disprove the existence of an all-knowing, all-powerful, all-good supreme being.

Let us take an example.

If we agree that there is absolutely nothing that could justify what has been committed against Yezidis, then we must conclude that there is no God. For if there were a God, he either could not intervene or chose not to intervene to stop the atrocities (including the rape and murder of thousands of children). If God could not intervene, then God is not all-powerful, which contradicts the very definition of God. If God chose not to intervene, then God is not all-good, which also contradicts the definition of God.

Of course, believers would claim that “God” knows things we do not, so he must have had a reason for allowing the Yezidi genocide (and endless other genocides) to be committed. The main problem with such a claim is that it excludes reason itself from the deduction process. To argue that there is a higher reason that would contradict logic and that we should, therefore, accept the illogical assumption is complete and utter nonsense.

You see a problem with Islam, not Muslims, at this point in time. What is the problem with the ideas comprising Islam to you?

I take issue with all collective religious and nationalist identities insofar as they are intrinsically exclusionary and discriminatory. That said, the use of “Muslims” as a category is also deeply flawed. The differences between one Muslim community and another could be far greater than the differences between a Muslim community and a non-Muslim community.

Hence, the label “Muslim” does not say much about people. Furthermore, “Muslimhood” in today’s world is perceived as a racial category. It should not need to be said that a Muslim is a person who believes in the religion of Islam. Just as not every Mathew is a Christian, not every Abdullah is a Muslim.

As for actual Muslims – people who self-identify as such – there are hundreds of millions who do not understand a word of the Quran. Islamists, on the other hand, are Muslims who consciously use Islam for political ends, and Islam as a religion allows for that because it was designed as not only a set of spiritual values and practices, but also as a political ideology for conquest and governance.

From the emergence of Islam in the 7th century all the way to the most recent Yezidi genocide, Islamic authorities have called for, encouraged, or, at the very least, implicitly justified the mass murder and enslavement of non-Muslims.

Because it was founded in the 7th century, the Islamic worldview of politics and governance is naturally disastrous when applied to today’s world. This is the obvious problem of which many Muslims are aware. A less acknowledged problem is that even for its historical time, Islam was not as progressive and tolerant as Islamic scholars would like us to believe. It matters little how many good moral lessons a belief system expounds if that system is fundamentally sexist, discriminatory, and supportive of the violent conquest of other peoples.

These have been characteristic of Islam from the very beginning. Of course, many other religions have the same problems, and for that reason they should all be rejected. Unfortunately, Islam still dominates many social and political arenas, which poses a direct threat to basic human rights and freedoms.

Why the focus on Islam over other religions?

Because Islam is the main ideological source of Islamism, and Islamism is one of the most dangerous fascist forces in today’s world. Again, it should not need to be said that most Muslims are just ordinary people, at least insofar as the followers of any religion are ordinary.

Also, there are numerous none-orthodox interpretations of Islam that stand in opposition to political Islam in general. Still, none of that should mean that it is okay to encourage or even allow Islamic centers. All the good moral teachings of Islam and much more could be included in a secular ethics course.

Some might point to extreme nationalism, linguistic chauvinism, or ethnic superior-ism to support violence or discrimination against others. What makes religious extremism better or worse to you?

I do not think religious extremism is universally better or worse than other ideologies that justify discrimination. In the so-called Muslim world, secular forms of imperialist nationalism have been responsible for numerous genocidal crimes. For example, secular Arab nationalism, such as Baathism, and secular Turkish nationalism (Kamalism) have been just as barbaric as Islamism in terms of genocidal crimes and the brutal oppression of colonized peoples.

There are many Arab nationalists who are no less anti-Semitic or anti-Kurd than Islamist Arabs. Also, let us not forget that European fascism in Italy, Spain, and Germany was secular. Absolutism is fatal whether it is religious or not; non-religious fascism has its own sources of absolutism, so it matters little what those sources or symbols are called. For Nazis, Hitler basically functioned as God, just as for Kamalists, Mustafa Kamal Ataturk, functions as God.

What about the claims of despair? That is, some theologically illiterate individuals feel despair over crimes of Western countries, based on decision and policies of leaders destroying their livelihoods, and justify violent actions based on that context and co-opt religion for extremist purposes and, therefore, religion is not to blame. Does this seem reasonable to you to explain much of the religious extremism in the world?

To me, religion is first and foremost an institution run by a group of people who design its politics, in the broadest and strictest sense of the term of politics. Illiterate individuals are mobilized by religious authorities to do what they do. Those same authorities could distance religion from violence, but when they do not, then religion as an institution is to blame, among other things.

Islamic jihad cannot be emancipatory under any conditions because Islam itself is inherently oppressive, at least in terms of its organization of societal relations. There are many peoples who have been brutally oppressed by Western and non-Western countries, but their resistance remains progressive.

The Kurdish case is indicative of this point: Kurds in Turkey and Syria are among the most brutally oppressed peoples in the world. While Turkey enjoys extensive support from Western powers, the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK) is blacklisted by Western countries. Tens of Kurdish towns have been completely destroyed by the Turkish army in the last twelve months alone. Kurdish political prisoners face unimaginable forms of torture in Turkish prisons.

Nonetheless, the PKK remains a progressive liberation movement and has not restarted to targeting civilians. In fact, fighters from the PKK as well as the ideologically aligned Democratic Union Party (PYD) have saved countless minority members from Turkish-ISIS aggressions in Iraq and Syria, including tens of thousands of Yezidis. Religious extremism has been on the rise in the rest of the Middle East precisely because of the lack of such progressive movements.

Any recommended thinkers or authors on the subject of Islamic extremism or religious extremism in general?

I am by no means an expert on the subject of religious extremism, so I am not in the position to recommend sources on the topic. That said, I have tremendous respect for Tarek Fatah, who is very knowledgeable on the subject and consistently takes progressive stances on issues related to Islamic domination. Another critic that I follow is Hamed Abdel-Samad, who is also outspoken about the problems of Islam, drawing attention to the numerous contradictions in the Quran and criticizing Islam’s social influence. There is a great need for more critical voices among white leftists in the West as well. I recently read an excerpt from Meredith Tax’s book Double Bind, which takes issue with the tendency of many in the Left to romanticize Islamist movements. The fact that the ultra-right in the West demonizes entire populations under the pretext of fighting Islamic extremism should not make the Western Left sympathize with Islamism. The ultra-right will remain racist with or without the Islamist threat. In fact, Islamism and the West’s ultra-right have far more in common than either party would like to admit. At bottom, they both rely on fascistic modes of reasoning to demonize the Other. The Left should be capable of rejecting both without any difficulty, which is what the revolutionary Left has done in the Middle East.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Caleb W. Lack – The Secular Therapist Project

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/18

Caleb W. Lack, Ph.D. is a licensed clinical psychologist, an Associate Professor of Psychology at the University of Central Oklahoma, and the Director of the Secular Therapist Project. Dr. Lack is the author or editor of six books (most recently Critical Thinking, Science, & Pseudoscience: Why We Can’t Trust Our Brains with Jacques Rousseau) and more than 45 scientific publications on obsessive-compulsive disorder, Tourette’s Syndrome and tics, technology’s use in therapy, and more. He writes the popular Great Plains Skeptic column on skepticink.com and regularly presents nationally and internationally for professionals and the public. Learn more about him here.

Tell us about your own journey into becoming a secular therapist.

I was never a non-secular therapist! I was already non-religious by the time I started my clinical psychology graduate program at Oklahoma State University, and the program itself was completely secular in nature. As such, all of my training came from an evidence-based, science-back point of view, which I naively assumed was the norm for those being trained in the field of mental health.

It really wasn’t until my pre-doctoral internship at the University of Florida and after getting my PhD that I began to be exposed to the fact that the vast majority of mental health clinicians did not practice evidence-based therapies. And it wasn’t until I began interfacing with the non-religious community in a larger role that I realised how prevalent the issue of licensed mental health professionals pushing their religious beliefs onto others really was.

Having seen and talked to huge numbers of people who went to a therapist seeking help for depression, anxiety, or marital problems and ended up being preached at and told how all their problems would go away if only they would stop being an atheist, I was very excited when I learned that Dr. Darrel Ray (a psychologist and the founder of the secular support organisation, Recovering from Religion) was leading a new initiative called the Secular Therapist Project.

About a month after it launched in 2012, I submitted an application to be in the database of therapists and was accepted. Several months after that I saw a call for a new member to join the evaluation team of the Secular Therapist Project, which are the people that actually screen potential therapists. I put my application in, and joined the evaluation team in January 2013.

In late 2015, Dr. Ray had decided to step back into a position as president of the Recovering from Religion board and was interested in having someone else become the director of the Secular Therapist Project. I decided that the time was right for me to increase my level of involvement, talked to him about the position, and officially took over my current position in January 2016.

What is the content and purpose of The Secular Therapist Project?

The Secular Therapist Project was designed to be a free service to help connect non-religious individuals who are seeking mental health care with non-religious psychologists, psychiatrists, counselors, and other therapists. However, what’s unique about the STP is that we aren’t just a database of therapists like you might find at Psychology Today. Instead, we very carefully screen potential therapists who want to become part of the STP.

We screen them to make sure that a) they are appropriately licensed in their state or country, b) that they are secular in nature as well as practice, and c) that they actually use evidence-based treatments, which have been shown to be effective at helping improve mental health problems in controlled clinical trials. This means not only will our therapists not try to preach to you or convert you, but that they are also using the most well-supported types of treatment to help you.

What is your own religious/irreligious view?

I consider myself a freethinking, secular humanist, scientific, and sceptic. That’s a mouthful, so let me explain a bit! My worldview is based on a naturalistic view of existence that is best discovered via scientific inquiry. Ethically, I believe strongly in consequentialism, the idea that our actions need be judged by their outcomes and results.

I strive to acquire and spread knowledge with the end goal of making life better for humanity as a whole, and the people I interact with in particular. Professionally, that means I spend large amounts of time teaching critical thinking skills and training other mental health clinicians in the most effective means of helping people with specific behavioural or emotional difficulties.

What tasks and responsibilities come with being a part of The Secular Therapist Project?

After applying and being accepted as a therapist in the STP, an individual’s main task is to respond promptly to messages from those seeking services. We don’t match those seeking services up with a therapist; instead they have to search our database for therapists who are close to them and make contact.

This all takes place within a completely confidential system that does not reveal names or addresses of therapists or clients. We built this confidentiality to protect those who are using our service, as unfortunately most of our therapists cannot be publicly “out” as being non-religious (atheist, agnostic, freethinker, and so on). Thanks to the negative stigma associated with being “atheist,” many of the therapists in our database would likely lose clients and referrals sources if they advertised themselves as being openly secular.

What is the common therapeutic methodology used with those coming for help from The Secular Therapist Project?

People use the STP’s website to get help for a wide variety of problems, both related to religion and completely separate from that. On the religiously-related front, people often need help with the transition from being religious to being nonreligious. We frequently have people contact us who want help in coming to grips with the fact that believed in something for 10 or 20 or 50 years, lived their life accordingly, and now no longer believe it to be true.

We see a lot of people that are angry, especially after being within a highly controlling, perhaps even abusive, fundamentalist background where they were told they were going to hell, or were a bad person because of their sexuality, and so on. We also see lots of sadness too. There’s a reason people often use the term “I lost my faith” because it is a loss, of community, of family, of friends, of routines.

Given that we screen our therapists quite carefully to ensure that they are using evidence-based practices, we also have many people who use the site not because they are having difficulties in life due to religion, but instead just want to be assured that they are meeting with someone who is using current best practice. As such our clients seek out help for depression, anxiety, relationship problems, and the full gamut of mental health difficulties.

What has been the reaction from some of the mainstream culture to the initiative?

Overall, we have received very little negative feedback about the STP from the public, which is quite nice. The reaction, though, really depends on where you live. Many people that I’ve talked to on the East and West coasts of the U.S. are quite shocked when I describe the problems of therapists in the South and middle parts of the country pushing their religious beliefs onto clients. They are shocked because doing so is highly unethical, as mental health clinicians are there to help their clients lead more adaptive, productive lives, not to proselytise to them.

Don’t misunderstand me, I’m a non-theist who strongly supports the right of individuals to believe whatever it is that they would like to believe. That right, however, shouldn’t extend to trying to push it onto others. I think it is highly unethical for therapists to push their private agenda or belief (religious or otherwise) onto persons seeking help, who are frequently emotionally vulnerable.

The major mental health organisations in the U.S. (such as the American Psychological Association and American Counseling Association) agree, and that is codified in their ethics codes.

Interestingly, the most negative feedback we have gotten has come from clinicians who have applied to be part of the STP, but whose applications were rejected. As I mentioned before, we have a fairly rigorous screening process designed to make sure that those who apply are non-religious themselves, secular in their practice, and using evidence-based therapies. Not meeting that last criteria is the most common reason we reject people, and our numbers over the past few years have us denying between 30-35% of clinicians that apply. They are often upset, as you would imagine.

What has been the most touching narrative, without divulging sensitive information, from someone coming to you, personally, for assistance in professional practice?

Due to my specialisation – which is the obsessive-compulsive and related disorders – I most frequently see people who have been to a large number of other therapists, sometimes for years. For those who have been struggling with things like OCD, Tourette’s, or trichotillomania but have not been receiving the most effective treatments, seeing someone who knows what they are doing can be life changing.

I recently had a child who has pretty severe OCD start seeing me, and the parents told me that they had seen more change in three sessions with me than they had seen in the past year and a half of therapy with someone else. That’s a major reason why I am such a strong advocate of evidence-based psychology, and why we emphasise that all clinicians who are a part of the STP must practice using those methods.

For those that want to work together or become involved, what are recommended means of contacting The Secular Therapist Project?

Our website is seculartherapy.org, which is where you can register to be either a client or a therapist. People are also free to contact me via the site if they have any specific questions about the process. If you are seeing a therapist who is secular, please encourage her or him to apply! Although we have almost 10,000 registered clients, we only have about 300 therapists at this time, so there is a massive gap, especially in the southern and mid-western states. We will also be expanding more internationally over the next few months with upgrades to our software, which is exciting.

Thank you for your time, Dr. Lack.

The pleasure was mine, Scott. Take care.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Marieke Prien – President of the International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organization (IHEYO)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/17

What is your familial and personal background?

I was born and raised in Hannover, Germany. When I had finished high school, I spent a year in the Philippines for a volunteer service, then moved to Hamburg to study Cultural Anthropology and Educational Sciences. After getting this degree, I moved to Osnabrück and started studying Cognitive Science. Right now, I am in Oswego (New York) for a semester abroad.

I got involved in Hannover’s local group of the youth wing of HVD (Humanistischer Verbands Deutschland, the German Humanis Association) when I was 13 or 14. Since then, I have held different positions in the local and national young humanist organisations and eventually got involved in the International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organization (IHEYO), where I was first elected Membership Officer and now President.

How did you become involved in humanism as a worldview?

Pretty much all of my family members are humanists, so you could say my sister and I were raised this way, though I don’t remember the term “humanism” being used. Our parents and grandparents taught us about this lifestyle not only with words, but by living and acting according to these values every day. We were encouraged to be sceptical and question things, to think for ourselves, to not prejudge people, to take responsibility for our actions, take care of the environment, and be independent.

Also, my parents love to travel and get to know people from different cultures, and I think my sister and I have definitely profited from that. It made us more open-minded towards new things and different ways of life.

When did humanism as an ethical hit home emotionally for you?

Since I was raised with humanist values, there is no specific event or time that marks this. It was simply the worldview I had. You could probably say I found out about the term “humanism” and actively chose to identify as a humanist when I decided to join our local Humanist organisation and take part in their coming-of-age celebration. The next step was becoming a member and actively volunteering for the organization. By doing this, I dedicated myself to the cause, so to say.

What makes humanism more true to you than other worldviews, belief systems?

I think about these things a lot. Ethics, religion, why do we act and feel the way we do? I try to stay objective about it and approach questions openly. And every time I come to the conclusion that humanism is the right way.

I found that the belief in gods does not withstand reason and never understood why people call religion the root of ethics, morals or values, and why they minimise the horrible things it has caused and is causing. Why do you follow rules that only exist to oppress you? Why would you need religion to love thy neighbours?

Some people will argue that being nice to one another is not a necessity or is even “unnatural”, that not caring about others will not cause them any disadvantages. But this is where love and empathy come in, a wish to live in a peaceful and kind society, something that I believe everybody has somewhere inside them.

To me, humanism is the derivation of being a compassionate and reasonable person.

You are the President of International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organization (IHEYO). It was launched in 2004. What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?

As President, I am taking the bird’s eye view. I know what is going on in the organisation and coordinate and connect people and activities. There are also decisions to be made, but I always make sure to consult with other committee members first because I want to get to know other peoples’ thoughts and perspectives before deciding on something that will affect the organisation and the people involved.

IHEYO works on a broad range of initiatives, and with multiple organisations, including women’s rights, education rights, abortion rights, LGBTIQ rights, human rights. What are some of the notable successes in each of these domains?

Though some events and activities are directly planned by us, our job is more to be an umbrella organisation connecting our member organisations.

For example, in November 2015, we held the charity week “Better Tomorrow”. We came up with the concept and asked our members to contribute with projects they thought of and planned themselves.

There are conferences that are planned by IHEYO in cooperation with the respective local member organisations. We provide know-how and funds for the events. Many of our volunteers are active in both IHEYO and their local organisations so cooperation is made easy. Alone this year there were three conferences in addition to our annual General Assembly.

These conferences were the African Humanist Youth Days (AFHD) in July in Nairobi (Kenya), the European Humanist Youth Days (EHYD) in July in Utrecht (Netherlands) and the Asian Humanist Conference in August in Taipei (Taiwan). During each conference, there are talks and workshops that are somewhat connected to humanism.

For example, during the EHYD we had a workshop on Effective Altruism, AHYD had panels about witch-hunts, and the Asian Conference featured a talk about secular values in traditional beliefs. Some talks/workshops are held by member organisations, others by people from outside of the organisations that were invited.

This way the participants can gain knowledge and know-how while at the same time spreading their own knowledge and letting others profit from their experience. Also, events like that are the best opportunity to network and come up with new ideas. We are a growing community, with growing influence, thanks to this.

So it is hard to measure our impact in numbers or clearly defined achievements. We are more about providing the basis for our members’ work and incentives to individuals. A panel like the one at EHYD, with Bangladeshi bloggers who have been threatened and prosecuted because they openly criticised religion, leads to a change of mind in the audience that can eventually bring huge change.

Any personal humanist heroes?

This sounds cheesy, but my humanist heroes are the people that put their free time and their energy into IHEYO or other humanist organisations. There is always a lot to do and it is great seeing so many people work hard for this cause.

Especially work in an executive committee involves some boring and annoying tasks, particularly when handling bureaucratic stuff. Behind every meeting and every event, there is someone writing minutes, someone putting data into spreadsheets, someone handling the numbers and keeping an eye on the finances… I am very grateful for everybody who does this as it builds the base for successful projects.

Any recommended authors?

I have not had time to read a lot of books lately, but I read many blog articles and can definitely recommend that. There is something about articles written by non-professionals who just want to express their thoughts. Especially when you know the person or they provide background knowledge about themselves.

It is so interesting to see their thought process and how they form their opinions. It helps understand why they have this opinion, even or especially if you don’t agree with it. Also, many blogs allow to comment on articles and possibly discuss with the author, so in the end everyone can benefit.

Thank you for your time, Marieke.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Vic Wang – President of the Humanists of Houston

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/14

What is your family and personal story — culture, education, and geography?

My parents are Chinese immigrants from Taiwan who came to the U.S. for college in the 70’s. I was born and raised in Texas where I’ve lived my whole life, in Austin and in Houston. All of our family attended and graduated from the University of Texas at Austin, where I got my degree in Management Information Systems.

What informs personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively?

I was raised without any religion (which I’ve come to learn is pretty rare here in Texas), so secular humanist principles have always appealed to me even before I knew what it means to be a Humanist.

And I’ve always felt strongly that ultimately, the kind of person you happen to be born as, and all of the circumstances that determine who you are as a person — your parents, your gender, your ethnicity, your nationality, really all of the circumstances that make you who you are — are ultimately completely out of your control.

And to me it’s that realisation — that you could just as easily have been born as any other person on earth — which underscores the fact at there is really no rational justification to preferentially place your own well-being and desires over anyone else’s, and that the feelings and needs of others are no less valuable than your own.

And it’s that emphasis on empathy and compassion for others that separates humanism from someone being “just” an atheist, and takes it from living your life free of theism all the way over to a worldview that drives everything you do.

What makes humanism seem more right or true than other worldviews to you — arguments and evidence?

One of my favourite definitions of humanism is living a life informed by evidence and driven by compassion, which means a rejection of the supernatural while striving to help others and actively trying to make the world a better place.

So humanism is somewhat unique in that regard as compared to the world’s religions in the way it embraces freethought; if any of your beliefs aren’t based on sound reasoning and supported by valid evidence, why continue to hold them?

Instead we should all strive to hold reality-based views on how to improve well-being, for yourself and for others. That makes humanism self-correcting in a way that traditional religions are not, as we’re always learning more and more about the world and how it operates, and improving our perspectives accordingly in light of new evidence and new understandings.

What are effective ways to advocate for humanism?

It’s no secret that the non-religious are one of the most distrusted and disliked of all demographic groups, even though the reality could not be farther from the truth. In reality, atheists are vastly under-represented in the prison population, the states in the U.S. with the least religion also have the lowest rates of crime, and the countries with the lowest levels of religion are also those with the lowest crime, the highest standards of living, and the highest levels of happiness in the world.

So I think one big part of advocating for humanism is showing that “hey, we’re just like everyone else, and there’s nothing to be afraid of just because someone doesn’t believe in any gods. We believe in helping others and doing good in the world, even if our reasons for doing so may differ from those with religious motivations”.

What is the importance of humanism in America at the moment?

Just within the past few years we’ve seen a huge turning point as the non-religious are now the fastest growing religious demographic in the U.S. The latest statistics show 20% of the U.S. population no longer hold any religious affiliation (which represents a growth of almost 50% in just the past decade) and among younger Americans, a full 1/3 of millennials are now considered among these “nones”.

And even more dramatic has been the grown of those who explicitly identify as atheists, with an increase of over 50% in the past decade. So clearly we’re seeing a decline in traditional religious worldviews and a corresponding rise in humanistic, secular views, both in the U.S. and worldwide. And yet despite this, atheists/humanists have typically been on the outside looking in when it comes to national discourse and political representation.

Our representation among elected officials is virtually zero, and for us to even be acknowledged as a group that exists in the world of politics is absurdly rare. But thankfully, organisations like the Secular Coalition for America, American Atheists, and the American Humanist Association are changing this, with an increased emphasis on political activism and fighting for political representation that thus far has been virtually nonexistent in American politics.

What is the importance of secularism in America at the moment?

At the same time that we’re seeing a growth in secular Americans, we’re also seeing a backlash against that from the religious right (and, more recently, the alt-right). We’re seeing more and more theocrats rising to power and trying to impose religiously – motivated legislation on the rest of society, whether through draconian anti-abortion regulations, restrictions on LGBT rights, voucher programs that would fund religious schools with public funding, manipulation of public school curriculums to impose pseudoscience and revisionist history on schoolchildren, or even outright attempts to dismantle the separation of church and state, as Donald Trump has already done by publicly vowing to repeal the Johnson Amendment which prohibits religious institutions from endorsing political candidates.

I think it’s very easy to become complacent as the general population becomes more secularised, while not realising that religious fundamentalism and extremism is — by its very nature — a backlash against the perceived threat that secularism presents. And we’re seeing that phenomenon playing out around the country as we speak.

What social forces might regress the secular humanist movements in the US?

In addition to the threat of fundamentalism and the religious right, over the past few years we’ve also seen a widening rift in the secular movement between those who embrace positive humanistic values and those who don’t (and in some cases outright reject them, or even reject the “humanist” label entirely).

Fortunately, it seems that the vast majority of atheists believe in actively working to make the world better, including supporting the fight for equal rights, promoting altruism, and demonstrating compassion for disadvantaged groups. But those who don’t share those values seem to be disproportionately vocal — particularly online — which I think leads to a skewed perception of what the freethought community is really about.

What tasks and responsibilities come with being the president of the Humanists of Houston?

As President I oversee all aspects of the organisation, both in “real life” and online across our social media presence (MeetupYoutubeFacebookTwitter, etc), as well as our in-person monthly board meetings. I also have a blog where I write about humanism, religion, and secularism.

How is humanism, especially secular humanism, seen in the larger Houston region?

While Texas as a whole is quite conservative and religious — in some areas overwhelmingly so — Houston is a pretty unique mix of conservatism and liberalism, with an enormous diversity of religious beliefs (Houston was recently recognised as the most ethnically diverse city in the United States, which is apparent just about any time you step outside).

And while there’s certainly a huge amount of religiosity in the greater Houston area (Houston is currently in the top 10 cities in churches per capita, and at one point used to be #1), Houston within the city limits is quite moderate and, I’ve found overall, fairly accepting of humanist views. With a few notable but rare exceptions we haven’t encountered much blowback from the local community as a result of our activities, and we’ve even been invited by the local Interfaith Ministries organisation to be a part of several interfaith events, where we educated the public about humanism/atheism and provided a secular voice to what would otherwise be exclusively religious discussions.

Also, I think the high degree of religiosity in the Houston area (and in Texas overall) has ironically played a large role in our growth as an organisation, as we’ve quadrupled in size in the past four years and are now the largest chapter of the American Humanist Association in the country and the largest humanist Meetup group in the world with over 3,000 members. And I think a big reason for that is we see the inescapable effects of religion intruding on our day to day lives in a way that perhaps many parts of the country don’t.

In many cases we have members who don’t even know any other atheists/humanists, and have no opportunity to converse with like-minded individuals outside of our events (I’ve even had some members tell me they had never even MET a single atheist — to their knowledge, at least — before coming to an HOH event). So I think there’s certainly a greater incentive in this area for atheists and humanists to seek out organisations like ours.

What are some of the activities, even initiatives or campaigns, of the Humanists of Houston?

We average 20+ events per month with activities including guest speakers, discussion groups, book clubs, volunteering, activism, and social gatherings. We hold a monthly “Humanist Community Giveaway” of supplies to the homeless, usually serving around 40–50 people per giveaway, as well as regular outings at the Houston Food Bank and other local charities. We’ve held numerous demonstrations outside the Saudi Arabian Consulate in support of Raif Badawi, the Saudi blogger who was sentenced to 10 years in prison and 1,000 lashes for advocating secular values online.

We’ve participated in demonstrations for the Black Lives Matter movement in response to the incidents of police brutality around the country. We recently completed a fundraiser for Camp Quest Texas, a summer camp for children of humanist families, where we raised over $3,000 from our members to help underprivileged children attend the camp, which turned out to be the most ever raised by an organisation in a single year. And every year we have a booth at the Houston LGBT Pride festival as well as a float in the Pride Parade, as well as being active in our support for LGBT rights and equal rights legislation.

For those that want to work together or become involved, what are recommended means of contacting you?

We can always be reached via email at humanistsofhouston@yahoo.com, and the best way to keep up with our activities is through the HOH Meetup where we have our full calendar of events and photos from previous events. We also have a YouTube channel with over 90 of our previous events and guest speakers that can be watched for free. And, of course, all of our events are free to the public so anyone is welcome to come out and check us out anytime.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Jennifer C. Gutierrez Baltazar – Executive Director of Humanist Alliance Philippines, International (HAPI)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/12

What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?

I have three siblings, and I’m the second eldest. I was catholic schooled since prep to high school, but, even when I was very young, I was already a freethinker (and a natural one – since I didn’t have access to anything conducive to freethinking per se such as books or similar like-minded people).

However, I had an ‘enlightenment’ moment in school which happened during a religious class. It happened when we were taught the Bible’s ten commandments. The day before, the teacher lectured about free-will. I began questioning the validity of free-will taking into account the ten commandments – this started my journey to non-belief.

During College I undertook a Bachelors of Science degree in Chemistry, and then I embarked on a Master’s degree in Environmental Science and Ecosystems Management. Fast-forward ten years, and I find myself having graduated, raising a family, and separated from my religious husband.

I currently head two organisations: the Humanist Alliance Philippines International (HAPI) and my own NGO called Conservation Cavers Inc (I love caving). I am also associated with a private company as their science division manager (my remit centres on the supply of laboratory solutions to various companies) and I’m managing my own business, a rope access company providing cleaning and building maintenance solutions that require vertical and hard access using rope techniques.

So, yes, I do a lot of things, but I make sure I still “play”. I’m a blades and knives enthusiast too!

What informs personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic?

Humanist beliefs are universal beliefs held and shared by everyone across religious and national identities. It stands for humane principles and values that are the very basis on and by which the declaration of human rights rests, and it also adheres to and as informed by the scientific methodology that keeps humans progressing towards a more hopeful future. A life guided by reason and inspired by compassion couldn’t be any better. If everyone could be a humanist, I think most of the problems in the world would disappear.

You have an emphasis on environmental humanism and advocacy. Why those topics?

Ever since when I was young, I loved being in nature. It started with being close to pets. I have more animal-friends than human friends as I was growing up. Ranging from chickens, quails, rabbits to the usual cats and dogs.  I feel everything is connected and cannot be separated. It’s a realisation that I think is not usual for many people. People treat nature and environment as a separate thing.

This is where the destruction starts – people use resources as if they’re unlimited. They start polluting without any care at all. Part of me knows this should not be the case, and knowing this should surely mean that one has the responsibility to inform people that it’s a wrong attitude to treat nature as both a commodity and an unlimited resource.

It is important to inform people that we are not separate from nature. As early as the age of 11, I began writing for the school paper, mostly about environmental issues. Many years ago I initiated lecturing about environmental topics to various schools and organisations pro bono, for this is my real advocacy.

If we teach and inform more people that caring for the environment is a very unselfish and, furthermore, that it is the best way to help more people – not only now but in the future -, then I think we could look forward to living in a better world (or at least make things better for the people living in it in the future).

For me, environmental humanism is the greatest form of humanism owing to the fact that it encompasses every belief system, race, gender or nationality. Environmental humanism can benefit everyone – both humans and non-humans.

What are effective ways to advocate for humanism and environmental humanism?

The most effective way is to have reach out to people as far and wide as possible and try and get them to care and get involved in the issues. People can only go so far in attending lectures about the issues, reading articles about the issues, etc., but, if you actually manage to inspire them (e.g. by showing what invaluable role nature plays for us) they will actually play a proactive role and thereby take steps to externalise their care in truly beneficial ways.

In HAPI we try to create programs that try to inspire people to care for the environment – we do tree planting activities nationwide called the HAPI TREES that had spawn other individuals and organisations to do the same. It had a domino effect in inspiring more participants to get involved with HAPI Trees.

We also do a lecture series on climate change and its reality – proceeding from the Climate Reality Leadership Corps (lead by Al Gore). We also launched a mini recycling facility in a small community that aims to teach people the concept of recycling. HAPI funded all of these with the help of some donors we reached our to.

The Humanist Alliance Philippines, International (HAPI) was founded on December 25, 2013 and launched on January 1, 2014. What was the inspiration for the foundation of the organisation?

HAPI was inspired by a growing humanistic movement that is tired of dogma and religious superstition – two things that we believe tries to divide society rather than unite us as humans. Marissa Torres-Langseth (an ANP based in the US) founded this.

She is very passionate about making a change in the Philippines, to free it of superstitious beliefs as someone who works for science. Because of her, the organisation had the momentum to progress and widen as she actively finds and connects with people she thinks has a humanist heart.

It remains purposed to the progressive and secular humanist perspectives and movements. What does this mean within the Philippines?

The purpose is unity in commonalities and the safeguard of everyone within the scope of our multicultural society without favour for any one particular group. This means, that, if we are to work together, we need to work objectively and scientifically in deciding the future of our country and people, rather than emotionally and superstitiously.

What makes secular humanism and progressivism seems more right or true to you – arguments and evidence?

The Filipino people believe in the Humanistic idea that all humans have inalienable and equal rights, and that we must all work forward in achieving a future that provides stability and peace for all people within and outside of the nation. In many ways, these are widely believed human principles.

However, superstition and dogma has clouded this position and infringed many of our citizen’s special privileges while simultaneously denying others their liberties and natural rights based on religious beliefs that seek to dictate sexual and relationship preference, education standards, and such.

In finding a solution to the ills that plague our minorities, we need to find an objective, scientific and well-studied approach that allows for our principle to materialize and improve human condition in our society.

HAPI aims to defend freedom, democratic rights, equality, protect children, and reduce poverty. What initiatives work to advance these goals within the progressive secular humanist for HAPI?

HAPI has been actively engaged in education, feeding, and tree planting programs that are designed to help educate and rehabilitate our society and environment. We propose to raise awareness about the need for an objective approach to problems and to the protection of our environment as these are the things that the next generation will inherit. In many ways, these programs are aimed at the future inheritors of our society through the love of oneself, the love of others, and the love of the environment.

What is the near future vision for HAPI?

Our near future vision is to inspire more people to embrace humanism in as many a way as possible. We aim to educate first and then set an example for them to see that we have real workable solutions to real human problems. If they see this, they can start taking initiatives to be more rational and ethical in their decision making which, we hope, will translate into people being more peaceful and life changing ways to other people as well.

What is the far future vision for HAPI?

We actually hope for a better, safer, more compassionate and caring society in general. In order to achieve this, we just have to keep going on and setting a good example to the people around us, by aggressively (but peacefully) re-introducing the humanist concept now in our (more critically-thinking) country.

Rationality and ethics play a very large role in the government, if we keep pushing and asserting this together with the environmental humanism advocacy, we think we can greatly change a lot of situation now where we are currently trapped, being in a still to be considered as a ‘religious’ nation that sort of impedes our development. Population control, unhappy homes because on being the only non-divorce country, crimes and addiction, these all should be addressed in a different perspective.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Bob Churchill – Director of Communications at the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/11

Bob Churchill is the Communications Director for The International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU), Editor of The Free Thought Report. Bob Churchill is also a trustee of Conway Hall Ethical Society and a trustee of the Karen Woo Foundation.

How did you become involved in humanism and IHEU?

I have a habit of looking at any situation and saying “Ok, but what’s the wider context, what assumptions are underlying here, what is beyond this?” The habit was deeply entrenched enough in me that I decided to study philosophy at university. So I started as a kind of curious, Enlightenment humanist, and it became a circle: the humanist impulse took me to philosophy and that sort of formalised my humanism.

But of course you don’t have to be a philosopher as such to have some or all of the attitudes and ideas of humanism. I think of humanism as something lying somewhere between the level of “being an environmentalist” and “having an ideology”. Because it’s not an ideology: there’s no foundational texts or dogmas etc. And like environmentalism it is a broad attitude to a bunch of questions, yet it’s a bit more all-encompassing than “being an environmentalist”.

And professionally, my first role in humanism was at the British Humanist Association. I got for a fairly technical job there, starting in 2008 but it quickly became a broader membership role. Head of Membership and Promotion was my final title. I left in mid-2011 and approached the IHEU and basically I developed a proposal with them to support a knowledge sharing program, and I went and worked for the best part of a year alongside various Ugandan humanist projects under the banner of the Uganda Humanist Association.

As that project was nearly concluded a role was coming up in IHEU and it was a great fit because now I had organised humanism experience on two continents, at two humanist organisations about as far apart as they come in terms of practice and circumstances, but sharing that common worldview.

You are the director of communications at the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU). What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?

It’s very wide-ranging. At the staff level the organisation is relatively small so it means that “communications” is a lot broader than it would be in a large NGO for example. I’m responsible for all external and internal communications of course, including web presence, also campaigns and press work, but even wider than that… this week for example we’ve launched the latest edition of the Freedom of Thought Report.

This is the IHEU’s “flagship” publication examining the rights of non-religious people and discrimination against them, examining every country on the planet. I’m the Editor of the report and manage the whole project. So in recent months I’ve been managing the development of a new online platform for the report, as well as coordinating volunteers and our Member Organizations who make content contributions, and editing the final result.

Right down to encoding my own footnotes into the webpages! And on Tuesday was the big launch at the European Parliament so I’d been planning the event with the parliamentary Intergroup on Freedom of Religion or Belief, and I went to Brussels and spoke on the panel there, telling everyone about the report, the findings this year, and introduced the new online system which we think sets a very high standard for civil society reports like this.

What is the overarching vision and mission of IHEU?

So, IHEU is an umbrella organisation – the “global representative body of the humanist movement, uniting a diversity of non-religious organisations and individuals.” And we want to see a world where human rights are respected and everyone is able to live a life of dignity. And of course lots of things are implied by that: we’d favour rational politics with an evidence base.

I think it would be nice if humanity didn’t have to spend the next few millennia trying to geoengineer our way out of an apocalyptic feedback loop of global warming in a world where all the big animals are dead and it’s just us and the cockroaches.

Obviously those are very long-term goals though! So let me answer more practically in the near-term. IHEU works towards a rational, humanist world by building and representing the global Humanist movement here and now, supporting new and developing organisations.

We promote human rights – we’re at the UN and other international bodies where as I see it very often our role is to be talking about things from a uniquely humanist perspective – there aren’t many organisations doing that in the international system which still has a lot of religious NGOs.

We’re defending individual people and advancing human rights topics: LGBTI rights, women’s rights, children’s rights, against slavery, for freedom of thought, bioethical issues, religion or belief, and freedom of expression.

Obviously in principle any ethical and human rights topic you can think of a humanist might care about, we do strategically focus often on issues that others are less keen to talk about: We call it out when religion is used to justify violence and human rights violations, we campaign against “witchcraft” accusations and abuse based on these beliefs, against child marriage, we promote secularism, and we defend the rights of the non-religious to be, to identify as, and to manifest non-religious views.

The Freedom of Thought Report looks into the discrimination against the non-religious. One pressing sentence says that “…there are laws that deny atheists’ right to identify, revoke their right to citizenship, restrict their right to marry, obstruct their access to or experience of public education, prohibit them from holding public office, prevent them from working for the state, or criminalize the expression of their views on and criticism of religion.” Of these, what seems like the greatest form of discrimination against the non-religious?

Interesting question! I think that one way or the other all of these things are human rights issues – remember any kind of discrimination like this is bound up in the human rights framework. So I’m reluctant really to prioritise between them, and this really isn’t just a cop-out.

I think it’s a good rule of thumb for advocates of human rights that you shouldn’t be prioritising between them because in principle they’re all basic, and in the right context a denial of the right can be devastating.

It would be tempting to say that something like the last one is most important because if you restrict free expression you can’t do anything else, that’s quite a common response and makes a kind of sense.

But equally, what if you live in a state where you can’t legally say “I dissent from religion, I’m an atheist”, then you can’t even begin to speak. If the state says you’re second class by denying the right to attain certain offices or to register a certain way or marry who you want, then again there’s a sense in which you’re potentially deterred from even thinking about developing your thinking in certain directions.

In human rights language they are “indivisible” and “interdependent”. And I don’t think that’s some dogma. I think it really is the case, logically speaking, that when you deny one real human right you weaken other parts of the whole framework at the same time.

I know a lot of people look at human rights and just think, “Well it’s all just a big convention, it’s not written in the sky or in our DNA that we have these rights,” and of course that’s right – but there’s nevertheless an objective component to them.

They do map onto real human needs and desires (in that sense they kind of are written into our DNA!) inasmuch as the contravention of these rights must represent a frustration of our preferences, our aspirations, or our health or our very lives in some cases.

So for anyone who thinks human rights do not, broadly speaking, map some realities of the human condition, I would say they should think about which human rights exactly they’d be prepared to just disown for themselves. (And of course, they can’t just reject their own rights because that’s what we mean by “inalienable!”)

The reports note the more somebody has more education and more income then their religiosity declines. What seems to be the reason for this link?

We point this out in the context of global secularisation and how it links to development trends, the point being to show that there are lots of non-religious people in the world and that the number is growing.

Again, defending human rights isn’t a numbers game, it doesn’t matter in a sense if there’s only one atheist in a country or a million. Nevertheless, it’s worth explaining, especially to those in countries where there’s a kind of pretence that no one within their borders is a “non-believer”, that actually they’re wrong about that and that many people are just being efficiently silenced by a combination of social taboo and oppressive laws.

On the reason for the correlation: I’m sure you’d get ten different answers from ten anthropologists. But I’ll bite and speculate that individual security is a big part of it. I think most research that links higher religiosity to trends like education and wealth are ultimately about wealth inequality and social instability and the increased risk of early death and so on.

It would be trite though to simply say that religion is “just a crutch” for people who are insecure in some sense. There’s always more going on than that, but personal security does seem to play a big role.

I do think we have to be careful with all research like this. and ask questions of it: Is it that education makes you smarter and therefore atheism is smart and religion is stupid? Or is it that education means you’re formally instructed in such a way that you’re more likely to acquire non-religious views?

There’s also research that finds atheists aren’t as “happy” as theists – So, is that just because theists tend to have one more social network (based around their religion)? Or are religious people more likely to lie that they’re contented? Or is the atheist just more realistic about the world?

To be clear, I’m not saying “We’ll never know!” and that all research like this is worthless, by the way. I’m just saying it’s complicated, we should be super cautious about reading too much into any social survey results like this, and most of all to avoid the temptation to homogenize huge groups of people, especially if there’s any chance it makes us feel superior in any way.

The violations against humanists comes in a black through green, grave through free and equal scale: Grave Violations, Severe Discriminations, Systemic Discrimination, Mostly Satisfactory, and Free and Equal. Why was this scale selected to describe discrimination against atheists?

The report works by looking at a whole list of boundary conditions (assessment statements really) and whether they apply to each country. Each condition has a “severity level” attached. So the terms you mention are really just labels on a scale of 1 to 5. It’s meant to give a general idea of how severe the problems are.

At the level of what we call Systemic Discrimination we’re talking about things like tax exemptions for religious organisations if they’re not available to non-religious analogues, we’re talking about control of some public services by religious groups.

At the level of Severe Discrimination we’re talking about things like if there’s a “blasphemy” law or similar on statute under which you could be sent to prison for criticising religion, we’re talking about serious controls on family law, like if you live in a country where as an atheist you couldn’t marry unless you lied about it – which might not at first glance seem as serious as the risk of going to prison but obviously it’s a serious impediment to living your life how you want to live it, potentially!

And at Grave Violations we’re talking about for example if you can be put to death in principle for “apostasy” or “blasphemy”, if the constitution says that all laws must derive in some way from religious precepts, and of course if it’s an outright totalitarian state.

What continent is the most leaning towards Free and Equal? What continent is leaning most towards Grave Violations? Where is the global average now?

Europe, which is more secularised, certainly has a lot of good social conditions and the most “green” countries across the most thematic areas. Though it’s also got a surprising number of laws linked to old established churches and traditions that are problematic.

There’s still a lot of legal discrimination that is inherent in privileging religion in general, or particular religious denominations. And there’s still a few European countries including Denmark and Germany with “blasphemy” or “defamation of religion” laws on statute punishable with a prison sentence, so they get a “Severe” rating in the free expression strand of our report.

The Middle East and North Africa clearly perform worst on our ratings and that’s because many Islamic states right now are most clearly associated with the most harsh suppression of non-religious worldviews, and are the most controlling of freedom of thought and belief generally.

In fact, if you’re plotting worst countries against anything then it’s not the continent but “being an Islamic state” that is the most obvious correlating factor, I think it’s worth saying that clearly. This includes places outside of the MENA region, like Malaysia, Maldives, problems in Indonesia, and of course Southern Asia: Pakistan, Bangladesh…

I’m not saying all Islamic states are as bad as each other, and I’m not saying it’s only Islamic states in the worst categories: North Korea is dominated by its own kind of enforced national cult, and China obviously is extremely restrictive and that’s the official atheist Communist party that’s doing it.

But as a region, as a whole, definitely MENA; and really that’s because of so many countries where Sharia and hudud laws are enshrined under civil codes and practiced, reinforcing social taboos and threatening actual manifestations of non-religious worldviews with legal ramifications.

All the data by the way is available here, and all the individual country reports here.

Who is a personal hero for you?

A few years ago I was giving a talk about the philosophy of Karl Popper and someone said “Well he was in Europe during the war what did he do about the Nazis he just wrote books!” I have no idea why this person had come to a philosophy lecture given their attitude, by the way.

And I replied “Well, as a young Jewish man he fled the Nazis and then he wrote one of the twentieth-century’s seminal works taking on fascist and totalitarian ideologies and promoting the alternative. That’s The Open Society and its Enemies. He’s always been a bit of an intellectual hero.

I’m allowed more than one hero, right? I would also say Avijit Roy. He was the first of the humanists to be killed in Bangladesh in the spate of murders of “atheist bloggers”, activists and authors in 2015. He wasn’t the first overall: there had been others previously, including the blogger Ahmed Rajib Haider in 2013. It was after the events of 2013 that Avijit Roy got in touch with IHEU and other human rights NGOs and secular groups.

He was desperately concerned for his friends, his peers. Ahmed Rajib Haider had been killed and his friend Asif Mohiuddin and a number of other bloggers instead of being protected by the state, the state effectively put a bullseye on them, took them through the courts and sent them to prison for “hurting religious sentiments” in their blogs.

Avijit Roy was one of the first to see the real long-term danger here and I worked with him through IHEU trying to raise awareness, trying to put pressure on the Bangladesh government and make them see that by giving into Islamist demands and arresting bloggers they were only going to spur them on and end up with more and more Islamist demands, and fewer and fewer people left to speak against them.

Avijit Roy himself lived in America, but he was worried about all the death threats that his friends were getting – we knew they were serious because Ahmed Rajib Haider had been cut down with a machete and now the state was effectively joining with the Islamists in silencing all the bloggers. Always Roy’s main concern was what might happen to these other young men who were writing about science, defending human rights, writing about minority ethnic groups in Bangladesh, women’s rights – it’s the same humanism you see anywhere.

Then he started to get death threats himself. He was worried about them, but he lived in America, so proportionately he didn’t seem at risk in quite the same way, but it was real cause for concern and it would be absurd to be complacent based on your geography alone today.

Anyway, early in 2015 he took a trip back to Bangladesh – very much under the radar for the most part of course – but he made an appearance at the famous book fair at the university in Dhaka and they murdered him there, also seriously injuring his wife Rafida Bonya Ahmed. This would become the first of several murders of non-religious writers in Bangaldesh in 2015. All attacks by groups of men on motorbikes carrying machetes – it’s extremely brutal.

Avijit Roy is a hero because not only was he an intellectual trying to put his message into society to change it for the better, but when that came under threat he worked as hard as he could behind the scenes, reaching out to NGOs, he became a kind of informal advisor to me at IHEU for a time, he was trying to protect the humanists and human rights defenders back in Bangladesh, and then Islamist radicals took his life.

He is a hero. And Bonya as well for standing up after that attack, overcoming that horror and injury and continuing to campaign – she’s been giving talks and writing and building up the blogging platform that Roy was working with. Incredible of her to be able to come back from that kind of attack and say “I will not be silenced!”

What do you consider your highest ideals?

Kindness and empathy. Reason and truth.

I could stop there because that’s pretty much all human life, but I’ll say one more thing, about reason and truth. Rationality is about having ideas and being open to criticism. It is about truth, but it’s not about establishing and certifying statements as true, we can’t do that.

 Rationality means attempting to isolate truths, by being bold in creativity in the hope that you might generate some truth ideas, and then being ruthless in intellectual criticism to get rid of the errors.

Any recommended authors and books?

For philosophy, read the vastly under-appreciated Critical Rationalism: A Restatement and Defence, and Out of Error by David Miller. They’re probably not easy to come by though.

What has been your greatest personal or professional emotional struggle?

Professionally, it must be the last few years, working with Bangladeshis under threat, in some cases seeking asylum elsewhere – in 2015 watching as one blogger after another was killed. And any time we’re able to work with someone who is a human rights defender under threat.

It is gut-wrenching and a kind of torture even for those that survive. It can feel like there is nothing anyone can do, or that the things you can do are so small, but you have to try to focus on those small things, those actions you can attempt, to nurture hope, rather than despairing about what you cannot do.

Thank you for your time, Bob.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Introduction: What Is Shift The Script?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/15

“No problem can be solved with the same level of consciousness that created it.” — Albert Einstein.

Work to increase the voices of the voiceless is always appreciated, especially work based on intellectual integrity and intellectual humility, to connect all of us. Individuals without much influence or power within their communities rely on the expression of beliefs and opinions by other people. An important effort to improve this world requires raising awareness for the ex-Muslim population.

Ex-Muslims are individuals overlooked for more than one thousand years, ignored by the mainstream conversation. These individuals in a diverse group have not only been pushed away from the centre of conversations on faith and non-faith, but also have their fundamental human rights ignored and violated, due to constant threats of violence and murder.

One organization pioneering the way for people to connect intends to create international evolutionary conversations online, and known as Shift The Script. The purpose of the organization is overcoming misunderstandings, prejudice and ignorance through a unique definition and exercise of what constitutes evolutionary conversations.

As with all change, it is founded on thoughts and words in a certain approach, to facilitate the refinement and exchange of thoughts and words via dialogue, discourse, and discussion. All this is necessary to create necessary re-evaluations of accepted paradigms, and truly create effectively honest conversations.

Why should we accept the premises of the culture handed to us? How can we remove ourselves from the mistakes and prejudices of discourses of the past? What is the basis for a true found effective dialogue? Shift The Script works on these questions, and starts by focusing on Ex-Muslims.

It is vital to start with the voiceless or the semi-unheard. The ex-Muslim population is a beleaguered population. These individuals chose to leave Islam, and many are instantly hit with deprivation of what constitutes fairness and respect for civil rights, punished for freedom of conscience while forced to experience fears of physical violence and multiple threats of murder: truly, the lowest form of conversation and the ‘last refuge of the incompetent.’

It is easy to posit this as an evolutionary shift in the conversation. But this could also be seen as affecting a fundamental change of consciousness. Think of the dialogue pertaining to sexual interactions now, or the right to vote or work for prior generations. All this contributes to an overall consciousness-raising effort around the world in line with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights stipulating the right to freedom of belief, freedom of conscience, and freedom of religion (including lack thereof).

These are important rights. They have existed for decades; and entirely new generations who understand these rights will protect and perpetuate an improved new era of ethics set by a prior generation. Shift The Script comprises an international effort to permit collaboration and problem-solving of the most fundamental form — to live free in a conceptual ecosystem respecting progressive societies for the sake of future generations, while protecting the individual’s journey to seek and embrace differences.

The servers, located in Iceland, provide a means by which ex-Muslims and Muslims can enjoy protection in anonymous freedom of speech, when writing or exchanging letters of support, or expressing feelings to heal pain and trauma and build bridges. Muslims and ex-Muslims can talk with one another in a friendly format, through a civil platform linked at shiftthescript.org.

The ability to humanize others requires seeing them as worthy of and capable of conversation. This is part of the “evolutionary shift” or the consciousness-raising efforts of the founders and activists of Shift The Script. The best part might be the grassroots nature inviting all of you to participate and shift scripts, to Shift The Script, not top-down.

Marginalised ex-Muslims may finally experience what too many have been deprived of, in an evolutionary conversation connecting Muslims, Ex-Muslims and non-Muslims. This evolutionary conversation is divided into two stages, and all stages are important.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Research Into Excessive Devotion Toward a Particular Figure or Object

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/08

Scott is the Founder of Skeptic Meditations. He speaks from experience in entering and leaving an ashram. Here we talk about excessive devotion to a figure or object.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who are some leading researchers into cults, of which you’re aware?

Scott from SkepticMeditations.com: First, let’s define what we mean by “cults”. Often the term cults is a pejorative, a negative term, for any group, especially religious, that we or others don’t like. The tendency is to label a group or ideology as the “other” and not try then to understand the underlying behaviors and attitudes.

After I’ve dived deeper into the research cult-like groups and their leaders I’ve discovered that “cult” behavior and attitudes are everywhere. I’m talking now about psychological phenomenon and not only about some fanatical religious group living on the fringes of society in an ashram, monastery, or flying planes into skyscrapers. Our definition of “cults” to be useful beyond name calling or pigeon-holing must be based on the underlying psychological traits and the degree of control and influence exercised on followers by particular leaders, groups, and ideologies.

In my research I’ve found many leading thinkers in the field to have written some excellent books, including:

Think: Why You Should Question Everything (2013) Guy P. Harrison. On my blog I reviewed and wrote a brief essay inspired by the book entitled 21 Great Reasons To Think and Be A Skeptic.

Anomalistic Psychology: A Study of Magical Thinking (1989) Leonard Zusne and Warren Jones. A seminal book, well-researched, citing studies, which goes in depth into “magical thinking” about psychic and supernatural phenomenon that often accompanies religious cult-like motivations, behaviors, and attitudes.

Thought Reform and the Psychology of Totalism: A Study of ‘brainwashing’ in China (1989) Robert Lifton. A seminal work that focuses on the behaviors and attitudes of thought-controllers and the thought-controlled. Lifton uses his primary research in Communist China to outline the underlying characteristics of thought-reform/controlling groups. The principles apply in many situations where undue influence and a totalist leader or ideology exercises psychological controls over its victims or followers.

The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion (2013) Jonathan Haight. Research that sheds light on the divergent attitudes and behaviors of conservative and liberal “cults”, politics, and ideologies.

The Guru Papers: Masks of Authoritarian Power (1993) Joel Kramer and Diana Alstad. A collection of essays which unmasks the covert tactics of authoritarian leaders and their followers. The essays cover a broad range of “cult-like” power plays including how authoritarian influence is steeped in recovery/12-step programs, Eastern and Western religions, intimate and family relationships.

Jacobsen: What are some of the good websites for information on cults, e.g., checklists, warnings, leaders, known groups, emerging groups, and helplines for those who want to get out?

Scott: Some online resources I’ve found helpful in researching and exploring the psychology of thought-control and authoritarian influence, include:

OpenMindsFoundation.org — Organization actively engaged in educating the public about the influence of thought-controlling leaders, groups, and ideologies.

CultEducation.com — Good starting place for research on specific cultic groups. Forums and articles on specific groups that are allegedly harmful to followers and/or society.

ICSAhome.com — International Cultic Studies Association. A variety of speakers and topics on cults and thought-control throughout culture and society.

Jacobsen: How does a cult differ from a religion?

Scott: Frank Zappa supposedly said that the main difference between a cult and religion is the amount of real-estate the group held. Mainstream groups, like the Catholic Church, are seldom considered a cult. Yet, we find many destructive behaviors and attitudes within the group’s ideology and followers. The recent alleged sexual predations of Catholic Clergy is one example of abuses perpetrated by authoritarian leaders among followers. Yet, most Americans, I don’t think, see the Catholic Church as a “cult” in the pejorative sense. Our society has accepted the Catholic Church as a norm and many of us know Catholics. I used to be Catholic. Luckily I never became an altar boy or I may have been one of the child victims who lost his virginity to priestly divinity.

The difference between a cult and a religion is in degree, not in kind. Politics, economics, social and medical issues also can have irrational, fanatical, cult-like leaders and followers. Religion is only one area for cult-like expression and destruction.

Jacobsen: What’s the main psychological mechanism behind people wanting to be in a cult?

Scott: It’s so human to want to be a part of something bigger than ourselves. To be special, to feel like we are chosen. We all want to feel like we are saving the world. Even if by withdrawing from it, by retreating to save ourselves as a reason to save the world, humanity, or planet.

The desire for certainty, for security in a dangerous and scary world drives most of us to seek certain answers and secrets. The desire to survive, to live after death, to be immortal, is also a big motivator and Con-Men know how to prey on our fears and insecurities. Religious, political and social cults abound. We think our particular ideology or worldview is the best. If only everyone believed and behaved like me or my hero or heroine. Then we’d all be living happily ever after. We live in a mythic world where we try to escape the realities and horrors of destruction, death, and meaninglessness.

When we see that we humans are fallible and responsible, that no divine power or god is going to save us, then we might be able to escape our psychological bondage. For a time, at least. We somehow need to find a way to respect tradition and authority while being able to question and create new models for authority or testing reality. Then I believe we may psychologically and socially transform our existence.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Scott.

Scott: My pleasure.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Charlotte 1 — Become The Voice CIC & Palestine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07

Charlotte Littlewood is the Founding Director of Become The Voice CIC. A grass roots youth centered community interest company that she has built in response to the need to tackle hate, extremism and radicalization within communities and online.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Become The Voice (BTV) is an activist organization. In getting at the nuance of the inspiration for the title of the organization, its purpose and content, its values and mission, and so on, apart from the website, please elaborate on these.

Charlotte Littlewood: So, Become The Voice was created in January of this year. What I had noticed working in counter-extremism and in Prevent (which is the soft end of counter-terrorism) in the UK, is a distinct lack of coordinated work on the central ground, we have seen politics divide with an increasingly illiberal far-left alongside a far-right. Identity politics have taken front stage. We have seen radicalization taking place Left and Right, but definitely not in the Center.

BTV is about equipping, enabling, and empowering youth to speak out on progressive, central values — speaking out against hate. Through this, it provides resilience in the participants against extremist narratives and to be able to reach out to people with progressive and positive messages. There is an emphasis on outreach. Once they have been upskilled in understanding the issues of extremism, and we bring them together on positive messages that counter hate, we equip them to take that to social media enabling grassroots outreach.

So one problem was a lack of grassroots work. Another problem was any attempt to create youth work was coming from a top-down government effort rather than the young doing this from their own media platforms, their own ways of engaging with each other. That is a second unique thing about BTV, it is truly youth lead.

Jacobsen: BTV is collaborating with activists on the ground and helping Palestinians. How so? Why this group of individuals? How are we reaching out via modern media to get the message out there?

Littlewood: What we did in Palestine was a gender equality women’s program, through this we were, naturally, opposing extremism in itself. It is important to give an understanding of Hebron, Palestine first. I took this quote from Rateeba, who runs the largest youth forum in Palestine. She spoke to me about extremism in Hebron and the history extremism in the women’s movement.

She said, “A women’s movement began to develop in the late 17th century. It was particularly prominent in 1965. Women were working side by side with men to achieve equality in the political and economic sphere. After the first Intifada in 1987, political Islam started to influence the culture of the Palestinian people. They moved our society far away from the leftist leading parties. They use and continue to use religion to influence people, coming into conflict with our leftist political parties. The Islamist groups started recording successes in the peace process as successes for themselves, which increased their popularity. The Left has essentially disappeared. There is little to no voice for the Left or the middle ground. We are, unfortunately, so affected by the states around us, e.g., the rise of Islamism in Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Iran, and now Turkey. There is no escaping. Women used to get together dancing and go out. Now, this is forbidden. They changed the attitude of the people, even the understanding of Islam has changed. We used to live together with different interpretations of Islam and different religions with no conflict based on religion. We used to identify with our nation, language, and culture. Now, political Islam tries to dominate our identity.”

I think this really demonstrates the shift in Palestine towards extremism and a push against progressivism. So, working in gender equality was interesting, because it is gender equality that organizations like Hizb ut-Tahrir have really been working to prevent; it has, in the last year, prevented a shelter for battered women being created. In the last couple of months, they prevented a marathon from taking place that was running through Hebron because it was a mixed gender marathon: men and women were running together.

So as you can see there is an organised effort to push against gender equality and equality for women. This gave is reason to work in gender equality. We aim first to identify the issues facing people in an area and gender equality definitely was a prominent issue. We then work with organizations who are working in that area on the ground, so we can get some professionals involved to do some training with the young people — so they get hands-on workshops with people working on this day-in-and-day-out.

We had a number of women’s rights organizations work with the women, so they really understand the issues and how to speak about them, and understand the work being done and how they can move the issues forward for these organizations while working with them. The final thing we do is upskill them on how to use social media.

One of my directors of BTV is a digital expert. So, she understands how we present stuff on Twitter, how we should blog, the tone of voice, how we should hashtag, and when we should release stuff on social media. All this stuff, I do not know very well. She helps me with this stuff. We deliver this training to the young people. They, essentially, follow a step-by-step guide on how to post, to make sure their posts have the most effect.

You can go onto the BTV Facebook and Instagram and then see what the girls did use in social media. I am trying to find my report, which tells me exactly how many likes and shares and comments they got on their posts. But I can send those details later, so you can see the effect the young people had after using the can-do guide and the messaging put into it.

That is what we practically did as well. We use social media. We did some short videos. We used the BTV Facebook and Instagram platforms for them. They also used their own social media platforms. They had decent followings too. They were trained in how to be as effective online. It means they release the image at the right time of the day, when the most people will see it. There is a way to push a hashtag through a search, which will show the hashtags that are most popular to make sure that you get onto the right trend. There are tricks like that.

We saw them being liked and shared and commented on, at high levels. It is good. Now, we have over 300 people following the BTV Facebook page. A lot of that is Palestinian people from Hebron.

Jacobsen: For the work of BTV, how do modern media and communications technologies provide a platform for women, e.g., Palestinian women, who have a platform, especially when women tend to have fewer financial resources in most of the world to fund media campaigns for themselves?

Littlewood: So, BTV trained young women in how to use social media effectively. It gives them organizations, including ourselves and other organizations within my network, to tweet at and include in their posts. So, we can reach a wider audience. What is really, really useful about social media, it is completely free. There are no economic restrictions on this. Even some of the cheap phones, smartphones, they have the ability to take a photo and put things on Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram.

It is easy; it is accessible. As we have seen, social media is having a huge influence on how we see the world, our laws, our politics. I think the most obvious example of that is #MeToo. I was looking at this before. 4.7 million people engaged through 12 million posts in the first 24 hours after the #MeToo campaign was first released.

It started with an activist standing up for a young woman who had been sexually abused. Then an actress used the hashtag, her name escapes me, she was the first to use it in the public sphere. That was in 2017. Within 24 hours, 12 million posts using #MeToo. It shows the impact and the reach we can have. Obviously, it influenced discourse, particularly if it was discourse in the UK. It has given the feminist movement a big kick up the ass once again.

Social media is a really important platform for women. It is free, easy, and accessible. If you create something that has impact, and people can relate to it, you can really get your message across.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Charlotte.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanists International Chief Executive Urges the End of ‘Blasphemy’ Law in Ireland

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/06

A colleague, and a smart and good man, Gary McLelland — Chief Executive of Humanists International previously known as International Humanist and Ethical Union, spoke on Ireland at a conference.

The conference was covering the issues of censorship and humanism. In particular, the major, and increasingly mainstream, issue of blasphemy, which, in a sense, amounts to a religious privilege over the non-religious and questioning religious people.

The conference, the All-Ireland Summer School, is coordinated and organized by the Humanist Association of Ireland and the Irish Freethinkers and Humanists with the titled, for this year, being “Humanism, Freethought and Censorship.”

McLelland stated that there are a number of laws against blasphemy, so-called ‘blasphemy’ laws, in Europe, which can “set a terrible precedent” for the international scene because this can provide a basis for the punishment of people who criticize religions or faith tenets.

Many countries still exist in which blasphemy is still punishable by death or with imprisonment, even for bloggers such as the famous Waleed Al-Husseini — who now lives in France and founded the Council of Ex-Muslims of France.

The Republic of Ireland has a referendum on October 26 2018 for a vote on the blasphemy law in Ireland regarding Article 40 with a clause, which states:

The publication or utterance of blasphemous, seditious, or indecent matter is an offence which shall be punishable in accordance with law.

The Humanists International, previously IHEU, made an urgent call to the voters to take an assertive stand for the values of freedom of expression, humanism, and secularism to make sure that blasphemy laws, such as this one in Article 40, be completely scrapped.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Religion in Iran Before and After the Revolution

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/02

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Your book Limu Shirin, The Bitter Story of Life After the Iranian Revolution speaks to personal experience of post-Islamic Revolution of Iran. Religion comes in multiple flavors. What was the flavor — so to speak — of religion since the Revolution in personal life in Iran?

Arya Parsipur: Before the revolution Iran was blessed with a society that accommodated followers of many religions (including Judaism) who lived in comfort and harmony; but post-revolution regime of Iran would not tolerate freedom of speech, freedom of religion and the civil rights of non-Muslims. During the early stages of the revolution back in the 80’s Iran was at the peak of radicalism and many non-Muslims and non-believers who had lost their jobs and property fled the country. Even the lives of Muslims who stayed back were at risk if they proved to be against the regime and the revolution’s values. Frequently houses were inspected by the regime’s guards in search of western films and music (considered un-Islamic at the time) or any other objects that verified people’s beliefs i.e. holy books of other religions, images of the late Shah, alcoholic drinks, etc. and Imprisonment and execution would have been the outcome if such objects were found. You could say that was a very similar situation of “Inquisition” in the olden times. Speaking of flavour, I would say Iranians have experienced a very unpleasant and bitter flavour of religion since the Revolution.

Jacobsen: How does religion graft itself onto Iranian society and influence politics?

Parsipur: Before the Revolution, although the majority of Iranians were Muslims, had religious beliefs and attended mosques, religion had no influence in the politics. The Shah was a secular Muslim, had modern views and the country was run by people according to their merit rather than religious views. The society also was very open-minded when it came to hijab and dressing codes. (Refer to the first chapter of my book, “Two Sides of the Same Soil” for a more thorough outlook)

The post revolution regime, however, has created much sensitivity about religion; and politicians are handpicked based on their commitment to Islam, hijab, and other Islamic values, who then through their power inject and execute such values into the society. Moreover, having the national media under full control, Islamic views have been force-fed to the society on a daily basis over the last 39 years. Despite such efforts the majority of Iranians do not practice Islam. Some don’t believe in it; others hold open views about it. They consume alcohol stealthily and have recently started to remove their hijab on the streets, both coming with harsh consequences if caught.

Jacobsen: What other national examples reflect this form of grafting religion onto the political and civic life of a country?

Parsipur: There is a big gap between the regime and the people and the Iranian society is largely polarized. The theocratic regime is established on people’s tendency to religion so the main reason to insist and invest on Islamic conduct is to stay in power rather than Islam itself. So one way of showing disapproval towards the regime is to deviate from religion and disobey the Sharia law. A recent prominent movement has begun by young women who attach their headscarf to a stick while standing on a power box and holding it out in public. The first girl that started this was on “Enghelab” street (meaning Revolution) and that’s how the movement got its name “The Girls of Revolution Street”. After that the movement spread quickly across the country. This has been the only systematic united movement women have done to fight against the compulsory hijab since 1985 when the law was passed in the parliament.

These days girls have the courage to remove their headscarves and simply walk or dance on the street and film themselves to share on social media. Most of the time they get harassed and even beaten by “Islamic ethic police” or fanatic individuals but the movement has not stopped.

Jacobsen: What seems like the weaker points of the theocrats in Iranian society? How does this provide a basis for activism on the ground, from the people, in the latter 2010s and early 2020s?

Parsipur: At the early stages of the regime Khomeini and his circle were genuinely concerned about establishing an Islamic state, and wished to expand Shiism through their power. However, as the years went by, the world initiated oil trades with Iran and the Ayatollahs got wealthy, so they showed more interest in financial activities and owning monopolies for import and export of goods and only using Islam as an excuse to stay in positions within the regime that gave them access to Iran’s oil money. Gradually traces of the IRGC force (known as SEPAH a military assembly initially created to protect the regime) was found in industrial sectors of Iran and today they are a multibillion-dollar business owning almost all economic sectors of the country. With this has come corruption, fraud and disloyalty among these men in power which is weakening the regime from inside. We often hear testimonies or threats that they make against one another and I believe this hollow monster will soon collapse from within. However, people’s protests on the streets could accelerate this downfall.

Jacobsen: How can international humanist and non-religious organizations provide some help in the reduction of theocratic tendencies in the world through support of the ordinary citizens who value the Enlightenment principles, the United Nations values, of freedom in various forms and the protection of personal autonomy?

Parsipur: Countries like Iran that are run by Islamic sharia law are most certainly violating rights of women, non-Muslims, atheists and homosexuals. The humanist organizations should be more focused on the life quality of the residents and harsher scrutiny and pressure should be on the leaders of such countries. These organizations could also educate the residents about their human rights and the necessity of secularism for a better life for everyone. The larger human rights organizations such as the UN should stop their hypocrisy and refuse to accept such countries as members.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Arya.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Waleed Al-Husseini on Women and Islam

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/31

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For women who leave the religious fundamentalism seen in the some of the world, what is the consequence to the family, especially if the culture is based on honor?

Waleed Al-Husseini: Women, they have the most complicated situation if they stay Muslims; imagine what the situation is if they left Islam, some of them if they just stop wearing hijab the family will stop talking with her, and the others will start to call her whore!

That is why some ex-Muslims women still wear hijab, even here in France.

If you talk about the closed society, yes, many got killed in the name of honor, because they just did something not consonant with Islamic values!

Jacobsen: Can a woman lose the financial and family support system if they renounce the faith?

Al-Husseini: That’s what happened for some of the women who leave in a modern society like Europe. The family just stop talking to her and cut all the relations with her. You know, some of them had this result just because she had a non-Muslims boyfriend. She went to live with him! Not just about faith!

This situation of women was one of the main reasons for me to leave Islam, because I refuse to treat my mother and sister or my girlfriend with Islamic values, which look to women like today’s citizens in the society.

Jacobsen: Many ex-religious people continue to fear hell while not believing in it. It becomes a form of long-term, even lifelong, trauma for them. Are there any unique forms of trauma experienced by women who leave the faith?

Al-Husseini: The same one but what is most insulting is the treatment of her like a whore.

Jacobsen: What have been some hopeful stories of recovery from fundamentalist religion that you have seen in France among the ex-Muslim population?

Al-Husseini: Yes, we had a hard story for a girl. She was with her family and forced to wear hijab since 10-years-old, during her school time, and in that time she was thankful for French law, which made forbidden the hijab in school; and after when she started working, she was happy for the work of the law that forbade the hijab, but after all this she started her life alone after her family wanted to let her marry an the age of 17 for some man. This was the main reason for her to leave the family and be far away from them. Now, she has a good life and is happy! She left her family since 15!

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Waleed.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/31

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When considering the restrictions on Muslim men and Muslim women in Egypt, what are the similarities and differences?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Surely, there are some difference, in childhood there are more restrictions on playing of girls, most of the families don’t allow the girls to go outside of the home. In the adulthood there are many restrictions on women in their dressing, their manner of speak, and their moves outside home and everything. Cities got little civilization and modernity in the clothes of women by the standard of backward fundamentalism, but beneath the external appearances most of the people have religious fundamental middle-aged minds and values.

Lives of men are no that good also, society does not give them also a real freedom in most of their choices in life, their ways of life, values and morals. It’s a country which you cannot easily live in it with a different manner than traditional backward way.

Jacobsen: Are they better or worse, within the religious system, for men or women regarding restrictions and moral injunctions?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: It’s worse for women. Judges still adopt some sharia laws informally, so if a man kills his wife with claiming bad morals like cheating him, he will go with light sentence, on the other hand if a woman makes the same for the same claim, she would be executed. This is from Muhammad laws in hadiths. Also, if a father kills his son meanwhile he was hitting him, in the most cases he would get some years in jail, because Islam says there no punishment on a father kills his son!

The modern Egyptian laws consider the violence of husband against wife a cause for verdict of divorcing her from him. But the written law is one thing, and what happens in reality is another thing. Islam considers it as a right of men to hit their wives, sisters, and daughters. Although of that many modern civilized families would make trouble and real hell to a husband who hit their daughter.

In the principle, they consider woman follower and inferior to men.

If you are a man you can dress shorts in street, if you are a woman you would get harassments, violence (if the situation takes a very religious tendency), or even rape in some areas.

Jacobsen: How do women play an important role in the liberation of the atheist community in Egypt?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Atheist community? In Egypt we are individuals here and there, but they don’t form a society, that would be a great comfortable thing. Most of atheist or skeptic half or primitive atheist women adopt or pretend the eastern religious values, manners, and ways of dressing. This is the case for 99% of the I think. So, these women need to free themselves first. The economic matter has a role, rarely when I saw a real liberal secular woman in Egypt. Because many on women here depend on religious traditional men, father, uncle, brother, or husband.

Jacobsen: You may have seen the news article about the Saudi women’s rights activists creating an online radio platform. What can Egyptians do to foster this form of non-violence dissent utilizing the right to freedom of expression?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Yeah, that becomes a real thing in Saudia, because they faced extremism for long time and the education in Saudia get some improvement.

Here in Egypt I don’t see any real feminist movements that cares of the public and can won their attention, may be there are some movements for the elites. But what they need to reach to the people of Egypt, our poor ignorant fundamental real people. There is no value of freedom or good education and culture, no good jobs and salaries for most people, so they adopt the legends and dark ages values and ideas.

Jacobsen: Are there Egyptian ones in existence now? If so, what are they?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: As I said above, these organizations have very little or no influence on the Egyptian society.

Jacobsen: The nature of religion builds into the political system in Egypt. What is the relationship between politics and religion in Egypt?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: The government uses religious and national claims to hide its failures in economic. The political leaders care to appear as a religious people who attend prays and religious feasts, and give prizes for people and young person who memorize Quran verses.

Jacobsen: How does this relationship between politics and religion in Egypt change the political and legal system?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Sure, it has bad influences. If we have a civil law, there would be freedom of expression against Islam, martial government, the traditions and legends. We would have equal right for men and women, including the inheritance laws. The men wouldn’t enslave women by the ideas and values of Islam and Christendom.

Jacobsen: In turn, how does this impact the laws and political restrictions on the civic and public lives of atheists?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: In Egypt, you wouldn’t get executed for being a freethinker of an apostate, but If you declare that or express yourself in public, there is a really good chance to be hit badly by public lay people, or going to jail in the silly accusation of insulting and offending of religions, it’s the same accusation of blasphemy of the middle ages. In one case Mrs. Sara Harqan get here embryo killed by violence, when she went with her husband to police station, the policemen arrest the victims!

So, atheists aren’t allowed to share in public life, culture, media and teaching.

Jacobsen: What is the social and legal punishment for blasphemy and apostasy in Egypt, if any?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Being an openly atheist in the most cases would mean losing your relations with almost all your relatives, because of the religiousness and fundamentalism of this ignorant society.

If you express your beliefs and opinions as an atheist in public, if someone report you, you would 3 to 5 or more years in jail, just for expressing ideas that doesn’t kill! And they may inflict forfeit on you to complete destroying your life. They do that to prevent anyone from thinking, talking or writing,

Jacobsen: How does this compare to other Middle East nations?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: As I know this resembles the situation in countries like Morocco, Algeria, Civil Syria, and Tunisia, and less violent than the execution sentence in Saudia and Jordon.

Jacobsen: Also, how can the international non-religious community work together to foster the translation of freethinker books through financing organizations or individuals, or contributing personal translation expertise?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They can adopt secretly the real translators and thinkers, after making sure that they are making great important big efforts. They must have committee or committees to avoid the crook deceitful frauds, and monitor on weekly and monthly basics the products of the translators to stop finance any unserious ones. The translator must have previous important works with good translation valuing to his motherland language.

Jacobsen: In terms of the Egyptian atheist community, how does one’s family tend to treat them?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They tend to threat or hit them, and if you have the strong character of body or the strong will enough, they will just consider you a non-existent person, and their relations with you, this has its ups and downs actually. In a country like this you need all your relations with relatives to get decent job, or you need to go to marry in this traditional country, for example

Jacobsen: How does the public treat them?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: The public think atheist infidel heathens is a good piety for Allah, no problem in doing it, but the civil laws would prevent them, so at least when they get a chance they would think at least destroy and steal their property, hitting them badly, or harass or rape liberal women, etc. this is surly the manner of the rubble lay people. The more civilized educated of them would just treat you as a Zionist in a mosque who tried to gather money for Israel from Moslem prayers (Just kidding), I mean they would deal with you in tough cold manner.

Jacobsen: How does the media marginalize and defame them?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Egyptian Atheists appear rarely in Egyptian and Arabian media, in most cases the rubble interviewer dealt badly with them, one of them “Shaima’a sae’d expel an atheist lady, so I don’t understand why she had invited her from first, this is not the good Arabian manners of hospitality. Others mad good shows and try to be more neutral and in the same spirit to appear in the side of Islamic clergy, in view of their fearing for their jobs, publicity, and lives. Some of those more decent interviewers might be skeptics, atheists, or secular moderate Muslims.

Jacobsen: How do the government and legal system deal with the atheist and freethinker population in Egypt?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They fight to prevent them from writing, publishing, or talking in public and media. Many went to jail. If the education and economic systems still its ways in Egypt, with the politics and horrible idiot media (most of it), there is no hope for advancement and liberalism for this country. So, the no real threat form freethought to ignorance and terrorism middle-aged thoughts in such conditions. Imagine you try to make middle-aged people in Europe to be the nowadays European people! It doesn’t work, they need good economics, good ruling systems, good improved education, culture…etc.

Jacobsen: What can other non-religious groups, including humanists — though most humanists are atheists, do to help support and bolster the efforts of the atheist and freethinker community in Egypt, or of its diaspora?

Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They should care first for the real original thinkers who hold secular liberal (western) values, and for the atheists of lay public average persons. I think they must contain them carefully, and try to influence them with the more enlightened real liberal values, because some of them may still with many fundamental ignorant middle-aged values or religions to deal with women and other nationalities for example.

They would find many ignorant silly fraud persons who search for living or money, so they must have committees to choose the persons who want and can make good scientific, atheist or criticism videos, write, translate, or paint in some cases. They should focus in thinkers who make criticism of Islam, or write or translate books on secularism, atheism, evolution science and cosmology.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Pentagon Develops Its Own AI Hub

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/29

The Pentagon is working to keep a pace with the international developments in the artificial intelligence or AI community. October, 2016, saw the formation of the Defense Innovation Board with its set of recommendations.

One of the recommendations in the larger set was the centralization of an AI and machine learning applied research unit within the Defense Department of the US Government.

Now, in latter 2018, we see the development of the Pentagon systems for AI research. Indeed, the Deputy Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan issued a memorandum.

In it, there was the formal creation of the Joint Artificial Intelligence Center. The purpose is to more rapidly research, develop, and implement a wide variety of AI tools for the Defense Department’s purposes.

There are a set of National Mission Initiatives, of which the larger AI projects are a major part. Some deal with the more urgent, grander challenges within the mandate of the Defense Department.

The Joint Artificial Intelligence Center is intended to improve coordination and collaboration for a variety of AI projects with private industry and public educational institution experts and researchers.

Some of the purported considerations are for ethical and humanitarian efforts. There will be the AI defense principles based on statements by the head of machine learning at the Pentagon, Brendan McCord.

The Joint Artificial Intelligence Center is a big step in the work of the Defense Department in its goals of AI research and tools to assist in its work. The work to better integrate AI-assistance in into its operations and work for the United States, as part of general national security.

As noted, with the Cold War over, the US retained almost unprecedented power and has continued to for a long time since the end of it. There is an almost unmatched level of military and technological sophistication of the United States compared to any other country on the surface of the Earth.

Now, the technologies that lay the foundation for the superiority of the US in military capabilities has been challenged, fundamentally. Because the technology has been spread throughout the world and, thus, reducing the exclusivity of the technological superiority the US compared to other nations around the globe. This challenges hegemony of the United States.

The Defense Department utilization of AI technology is an important part of the increased protection of the governmental and citizen interests of the US because the battle networks of the Defense Department can help with the efficiency and power of the US military and its intended operations and missions.

“The 2018 National Defense Strategy foresees that AI will likely change the character of war; thus, in Shanahan’s words, the United States ‘must pursue AI applications with boldness and alacrity,” as reported, “A major challenge to the realization of the Defense Department’s AI ambitions is that the capabilities to develop and deploy cutting-edge AI technologies today sit almost exclusively within the domain of private technology companies.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Leo Igwe on Global Humanism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/28

Dr. Leo Igwe provided some more, as per usual, needed light on the participation of one of the most populated African nations in non-religious events and programs.

He laments the excess focus on the variety of religious activities including “the Hajj, the pilgrimage to Jerusalem, the meetings of the Organisation of Islamic Conference, of the World Council of Churches, of the Anglican, Methodist or Presbyterian and the Vatican establishments.”

He’s right. Why not some more attention to the individuals who do harbour the beliefs behind the actions involved in the pilgrimages and the meetings of the various international religious communities?

In fact, the non-religious, and in particular the humanist, global communities have been hosting events, meetings, and so on, for a long time. One of the most recent has Nigeria present at it.

“The International Humanist and Ethical Union, now known as the Humanists International held its general assembly in Auckland in New Zealand,” Dr. Igwe explained, “New Zealand is one of the most irreligious nations in the world. In fact, almost half of the population identify as nonreligious.”

The Humanists International is a global collective of the formal non-religious communities around the world. It is an important organization and does crucial work in the development of plans of actions and in the visibility of the irreligious global movement.

They were using this time to discuss the important policy issues of the day in addition to the direction desired for the international irreligious, and often humanist, community under the rubric of Humanists International.

Igwe stated, “New Zealand Humanists hosted this year’s General Assembly at the Heritage Hotel in Auckland, and Nigeria was among the few African humanist organizations that attended the meeting. There were other African attendees from Uganda.”

Igwe went on to described important events before the General Assembly, which included one of the functions at the House of Parliament in Wellington. That is, the Hon. Grant Robertson hosted an event in which a representative from Nigeria spoke in order to bring serious attention to the persecution of a formal non-religious minority, the humanists.

He went on to explain how Bangladesh, Egypt, Indonesia, Mauritania, Nigeria, and Saudi Arabia continue hold the real, illegitimate threat of an attack, imprisonment, or killing of a citizen, of one of the respective nations, who does not believe in the religion of birth or of the majority of the country. This violates freedom of belief and freedom of religion as stipulated in the UN Declaration of Human Rights.

Humanists and other nonbelievers, or unbelievers — or “infidels” — deserve and reserve the same rights as everyone else to the freedoms codified in international rights documents and are working assiduously to have them realized for them — and others.

Igwe described another event as follows:

Another event that preceded the General Assembly was an international humanist conference. The event took place in Auckland. The conference featured speakers from the host country, New Zealand, and others from Pakistan, Australia, the UK, Nigeria, and Nepal. The presentations explored a wide variety of themes and situations. For instance, one presentation discussed the challenges that the New Zealand Maori face because there was no word for ‘atheist’ in the local language. Thus every Maori was assumed to be a believer in gods and should lead in prayer.

There were educational presentations on the ways in which to defend secularism with arguments and also the means humanism can bring to bear on the violent and extremist religiosity witnessed in nations including Afghanistan and Pakistan. Then he also reported on some other lectures/speeches about the secular educational paradigms and the role of secularization in the world.

There was also a tribute paid to the late Josh Kutchinsky, who died in 2018.

One of the most important aspects, personally opinion, would be the adoption at the Assembly of the Auckland Declaration Against the Politics of Division. There is a terrifying and worrying rise in the politics of authoritarianism, xenophobia and racism and even sexism, and calls for policy or social-political orders at odds with the prevailing international human rights frameworks.

One important progression for the Nigerian non-religious community was the ratification of the Atheist Society of Nigeria.

“The admission of the atheist society into the world humanist body is a positive development for nonreligious in Nigeria. Since the 90s, the humanist/ nonreligious community Nigeria has been growing in terms of number and social visibility,” Igwe said, “Nigeria has been taking an active part in the international humanist event and has featured in the several general assemblies of the Humanists International.”

Now, Nigeria’s Atheist Society of Nigeria, Humanist Assembly of Lagos, and Humanist Association of Nigeria play an important role in the formal non-religious movements into the future.

I look forward to their progress and praise their efforts, hoping they receive the accolades they deserve for the work they’re doing in one of the more difficult areas of the world in which to make this progress.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Maya Bahl on Morphology, Sex, Race and Skin Color

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/27

Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are, part two.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Regarding the question of race and its distinctions within the professional circles, what are the distinct characteristics in facial morphology utilized to determine someone’s race? How does skull morphology identify someone’s race within forensic anthropology? Why does hip morphology only indicate sex and not race?

Maya Bahl: Aspects of the face and hips are indicators in telling the difference between men and women posthumously, where forensic anthropologists take measurements in providing an accurate reading.

The nasal arch, forehead, jawline, and what is known as the mastoid process that is behind the jawline are indicators of race, although, it’s also the case where individuals of a race could show features that are distinguishable of another race.

Hip Morphology simply indicates sex because of the single anatomical and biological difference between males and females and how it relates to the birthing process, and how in humans the role of giving birth has been assigned to the female.

Jacobsen: Can one determine the race by bone structure and, therefore, infer skin color through forensic anthropology?

Bahl: Through modern imaging and scanning programs, yes one could run a prediction and generate an image of an individual and therefore infer skin color. Many times image technicians have done so whether it’s to help law enforcement identify a perpetrator or victim or to bring closure through identification of a loved one. Even outside of Anthropology, facial and skeletal reconstruction has also aided historians and researchers in seeking the truth, like with reconstructing “Otzi” or the Iceman that was found in the Swiss Alps. Without image processing software though, one couldn’t determine race by bone structure.

Jacobsen: How does race differ from ethnicity according to the experts who spend their lives in this field?

Bahl: Race captures the scientific rigor of genetics and biology whereas ethnicity attempts to group perceived ancestry, ethnicity by definition is more specific as it goes deeper in linking people together. One may have an Asian Ancestry for instance, but have a Khmer Ethnicity from Cambodia.

Jacobsen: What are some inferences one can make about race through some practical, low-level, simple examples of skeletal morphology?

Bahl: I would also turn the question around and just point out that variation among people are surfacing each day, where the distinct shapes of one’s face or nose is now not enough to claim someone’s race. There is 1 in every 1,666 births of identifying as a Transgendered individual, according to the 2000 study in the American Journal of Human Biology, where variation would undoubtedly be found.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Not Too Far Off: Speaking of “Brave New World”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/08

The Computer Age comes, by implication, with the digitization of many things. One of those was the human genome beginning with the Human Genome Project.

With the information-based view of the world emerging for decades, the perspectives on ancient topics become less abstract-theoretical and more concrete-practical.

The issues around the human genome and its edit enter into a number of camps including leave it alone, edit only out deadly mutations, or enhance the heck out of it.

The basic dilemma with the digitization of the human genome remains the possibility of germline editing. This one raises the most hairs in a cold shiver and sweat.

Let’s take, for example, the possibility of ethics eroding and then the human genome being wildly experimented on, as we have done with a variety of other species including many mammals.

The alteration to their germline leads to the direct, rapid engineering and descent with conscious modification by human beings. The idea extended to human beings raises the prospects of the rich-poor divide, the rapid change in the direction and selection pressures of the human species — even the possibility of the creation of a new type of being built from the template of human beings.

Bear in mind, the UK Ethics Council approved the modification of the genomes of children. The future is not nigh; it is here. The questions asked for decades now have answers in the affirmative about the scientific possibility but not for the moral or ethical considerations.

The moral and ethical considerations of these makes for an interesting dilemma with huge concomitant responsibilities placed on human beings because of the power inherent in the choices made collectively in the near future for the long-term future of the species. Nothing too lofty there.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The 11-Month Low for the Pound

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/07

The UK Pound has gone down to its 11-month low, recently. This is according to the UK International Trade Secretary Liam Fox, who stated that the pound is falling.

The risk of a no-Brexit deal is, now, 60%. This is a dip of the pound against the dollar: “Sterling is down 0.4% against the dollar to $1.2963 at 10.30 a.m.

Following this, it went to its lowest point since the prior September. This statement by Fox about the increased, greatly so, probability of no deal for Brexit led to the decrease in the current, of the Pound.

The idea of a no-Brexit deal is a Britain leaving the EU without any deal on the future trading arrangements. It went from 1/2 to 6/10 in probably, a jump of 10%.

As reported, “Fox is a Brexit supporter and was one of three cabinet appointments made by UK Prime Minister Theresa May to appease that faction of the Tory Party.”

Now, he made some comments to the effect that warning of Mark Carney, the governor of the Bank of England, made the odds uncomfortably high. It sent the pound in a nose-dive or spiral downward.

March, 2019, is the deadline for the deal with Brexit in the UK. However, there has been almost no progress in coming to a conclusion on the applicability of the deals.

The nature of the trading partnership between the EU and Britain remains uncertain, and uncomfortably so, too. This

Throughout Europe, the stock and currency markets have been on the down because of bad data from Germany as well, Germany orders to its factories declined by about 4%.

The deteriorating relationship, via trade, between the US and the EU has not helped the situation overall, either.

The article concluded, “Elsewhere, accountant BDO released a survey on Monday saying that the UK service sector has shrunk for the first time since 2010. The sector covers everything from consultancy to waiting tables and accounts for 80% of UK GDP.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The National Youth Internet Safety and Cyberbullying Task Force, Inc. (ISTF)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/06

The National Youth Internet Safety and Cyberbullying Task Force, Inc. (ISTF) is intended for the adolescents and their families to have a resource to know what cyberbullying and internet safety is and what to do in the case of cyberbullying.

As Chris Rock notes, rightfully, real-life bullying tends to be worse than words on a shimmering screen. Nonetheless, the safety of the young is important as there are those within one’s own peer group that can be out to explicitly harm an individual young person.

Also, there are those who are well-above the age of teenage peers who want to take advantage, and sometimes do, of the naivete of the young, whether through ignorance and the vulnerability of individuals to the evils of the world or to the proper informational etiquette.

That is to say, the proper data decorum for the young comes from the discriminatory foresight about what sites are and are not safe. Parents and so families need to be aware of this; they need to be able to ascertain what is and is not safe regarding the online world.

As noted on the ISTF website, “It also serves as a catalyst for the prevention of teen suicide, teen dating abuse, human trafficking, and bullying through research, education, support, helplines, and resources. It also works to aid teen victims of sexual abuse and/or family abuse. The task force covers a wide range of teen related issues, but focuses the majority of its time on teen suicide, bullying, internet safety, dating abuse, and cyberbullying.”

Kids deserve a safe upbringing. There is an essential need to provide for the young in some critical ways because children have guardians. Those guardians or parents, specifically, are bound to the duty of interests of the child. In particular, the best interests of the child.

This creates a moral arc and interest in the upbringing of the children, especially in terms of the safety for the young. The internet is the same as any place. There are predators preying on the vulnerable, on the young and the old alike.

The problem in the modern world is the relative vulnerability of the young population because of the issues with the rapid changes in the technological and, as a result social landscape. Cindy is up until 3am texting with Tyrone about his breaking up with Brian.

It is heartbreaking and socially juicy gossip. We are addicted to our devices; same with our young the population. The question is what to do in the case of socially inept discourse where there is inadvertent or even overt abuse of another young person.

Then there are the really serious cases of those who wish to bully young people in the online world, or cyberbully, in order to garner information about the young person, presumably to take advantage of them.

In each case, we have the problem of the cyberbullying from peers and adults with different motivations, dissimilar long-term outcomes, but the same title of cyberbullying. The main one focused on by national and international organizations is the form of the peer to peer cyberbullying. A majority of youths admit to being cyberbullied in their lifetimes.

This becomes a ubiquitous concern for the parents and problem for the teens of the upcoming generations. The ISTF works not only within the United States but also in Canada and the United Kingdom.

There are four offices in New York State, two in Pennsylvania, one in Vermont, and another two in Massachusetts. Overall, we can see the development of organizations such as the ISTF to work on tackling the problem of cyberbullying. The idea is to create a less abusive and kinder world. Who does not want that?

​“The task force is recognized as a national task force which is formed typically as a special operation to work to help a certain task or cause,” the ISTF describes, “It’s also recognized as a human service organization, as well as a non-profit organization under the Internal Revenue Service’s 501(c)3 tax exemption code. As a non-profit organization, we rely 100% on donations to keep the task force running.”

The donations enter the finances of the ISTF from a variety of sources including awards, business, community, and grants. More than 90 cents on every dollar work towards their state anti-bullying mandate and mission. It is one of the world’s leading anti-bullying organizations. I write for them and highly recommend them. Our team is completely volunteer and come from across the United States, even Canada such as myself.

Please do donate or volunteer if you can. You can go to the website and reach out for volunteering or donating!

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Skepticism, Faith, and Tactics with Claire Klingenberg

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/01

Claire has a background in law and psychology, and is currently working on her degree in Religious Studies. She has been involved in the skeptic movement since 2013 as co-organizer of the Czech Paranormal Challenge. Since then, she has consulted on various projects, where woo & belief meets science. Claire has spoken at multiple science&skepticism conferences and events. She also organized the European Skeptics Congress 2017, and both years of the Czech March for Science.

Her current activities include chairing the European Council of Skeptical Organisations, running the “Don’t Be Fooled” project (which provides free critical thinking seminars to interested high schools), contributing to the Czech Religious Studies journal Dingir, as well as to their online news in religion website. In her free time, Claire visits various religious movements to understand better what draws people to certain beliefs.

Claire lives in Prague, Czech Republic, with her partner, and dog.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is a problem of the skeptics’ movement?

Claire Klingenberg: The skeptic movement is caught at the moment in the idea that it is by skeptics and for skeptics. It is comfortable to live in our bubble. However, we will not get far if we are afraid to talk to people with a very different opinion.

It is important to find a common platform to discuss things. Otherwise, we will not be able to evolve if we do not talk to people with an opposite opinion. It is our duty to speak respectfully with people who are believers and even people who are conspiracy theorists [Laughing].

Even if their conspiracy has direct consequences, it is not simply about the people we are talking with, but the people who are hearing the conversation. If we look to dogmatic, aggressive, and if we stay within our comfort zone, we won’t attract the in-between people, all the people between the skeptics and the other extremes, believers, conspiracy theorists. I think it is really important that we invite speakers from different belief groups to our meetings, or hold talks with them.

Of course, those talks have to be moderated to make sure the conversation stays respectful. That is something we skeptics really have to work on.

Jacobsen: What has been one lesson taken from someone who holds a faith that has something you have not considered before?

Klingenberg: I study religion. I study comparative religion. One of my professors, who has greatly influenced my thought, is a Christian. From him, I learned to respect people with widely opposite beliefs, and be able to work with myself and with my ego, and to be able to push aside my opinion [Laughing] so I can actually hear, for a moment, what the other person is telling me, not what I think they are.

Because I go and visit the different religious groups and, what some people might call, cults, it doesn’t make sense to be combative. You really have to learn to listen. I would say that learning to listen is the greatest thing I ever learned from someone of faith.

Jacobsen: When I talked to Faisal Saeed Al Mutar, a prominent former Muslim, he noted that in discussions different strategies work for different groups in terms of efficacy.

If you take someone who is an extremist but does not want to be in it and is questioning it, you can have a conversation. However, if you take someone who fully believes in extremist and terrorist interpretations or versions of a religion, that person will be very unlikely to listen to any argumentation.

So, an emotional appeal may be appropriate there. That is where a bridge can be built. Do you think that matches personal experience as well? Although, I do not know if you have been in contact with people on the far end.

Klingenberg: Definitely, not in such an extreme, fortunately, I never had to communicate with someone who had such radical beliefs, but I work with true believers in supernatural phenomena.

You do find out this quite quickly. Even though you have the arguments, logic, and statistics on your side that is not going to work. You have to be able to communicate with that person on the level the person is willing to communicate on.

Sometimes, you need to use emotional arguments and appeals, even as a skeptic it goes against what you hold dear. Sometimes, you have to commit logical fallacies such as appeal to emotion to get the person listening.

When that person starts listening to you and starts taking you seriously as a discussion partner, then you can start to have a discussion.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Claire.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Maya Bahl on Different Definitions of Race

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/07/31

Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are, part one.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You and I work together at The Good Men Project. Both as contributors and editors, we talked about various topics off the record. One arose based on interest in forensic anthropology for you.

The topic was race. However, the idea of “race” in common parlance, in sociological verbiage, and in forensic anthropology, for starters, differ from one another. What seems like the common definition of race?

Maya Bahl: I do firstly appreciate our friendship Scott, that we can have a friendly conversation at a whim and still grow as contributors and editors at The Good Men Project!

In anthropology, race is seen as the groupings of people by physical or social qualities and sociology sees it as a direct difference in biological traits in a group, but in the end the fact would remain that race at a basic level is the distinguishing of groups of people against an observed pre-conceived standard. This standard was a bit stricter, and racist in terminology, at the time when the fields of Anthropology and Sociology began — as the terms “Caucasoid”, “Negroid”, and Mongoloid” were only used in classifying peoples from Europe, Africa, and Asia. Since the 1800s on though, the world has thankfully been a lot more tolerant of its classifications — though we still have much work to do on this end!

Jacobsen: How does the common definition of race differ from the forensic anthropology definition of race?

Bahl: In forensics, certain physical qualities of a group or individual is important and necessary in then identifying them in getting the big picture, whether its immediate in law enforcement/criminal situations or ongoing as a student in the Forensics discipline. The common definition of race as a distinguisher of an individual or group is much more generalized, and as a result in my opinion, could be taken in the wrong way in different scenarios.

Jacobsen: How does this definition, even further, differ from the biological construct of species?

Bahl: Race and the Biological Construct of Species as ideas dovetails with each other, as both reflect on the assumptions that are set about a group or individual. In my opinion however, the biological construct of species is more assumed, so that there’s an expected outcome without any variance, whereas in race, variations could still be made.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

PEN America Chief Executive Response to Murders

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/29

PEN released a short statement. There was an attack on the Capital Gazette newsroom. PEN, for those who may not know, is an organization devoted to the human right of freedom of expression around the world.

They champion the writers and others like them around the world. Words have power, if taken in… one word at a time.

The American Chief Executive, Suzanne Nossel stated that the organization was “devastated” to hear about the murder of those in the US newsroom.

Nossel stated:

Word that dedicated journalists, editors, and staff were killed and wounded while at work in a community newsroom sends shockwaves through our country. It is a devastating reminder of the acts of everyday courage entailed in reporting the news faithfully, knowing that the impact and reverberation of stories may be impossible to predict or control. At a time of incessant attacks on journalists from the White House, including repeated declarations that the media is an “enemy of the American people,” citizens must mobilize in defense of those willing to take the risks necessary to report stories we need to hear. PEN America mourns alongside the surviving staff of the Capital Gazette as well as all the families and friends of those targeted and the many thousands of readers who will suffer from the impact of this unspeakable tragedy. The determination and bravery of the Capital Gazette team in publishing the paper as usual this morning is an inspiration to all of us to rise up to safeguard the institution of the press that needs and deserves our unflinching defense.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Public Schools in Saskatchewan Update

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/26

Global News reported on the public school boards in Saskatchewan.

The Public Schools of Saskatchewan wants a larger discussion on the future of education. This is stated as being needed after the ruling from the year before regarding the funding through the province of non-Catholic students who attend the Catholic schools.

The article stated, “In the Theodore case, a judge ruled the Saskatchewan government’s funding of non-Catholic students at Catholic schools violated the state’s duty of religious neutrality under the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, along with equality rights.”

The association sent an appeal. Now, the provincial government continues to use the notwithstanding clause of the charter to permit the continued funding practices already in place.

The Executive Director of the Public Schools of Saskatchewan Norm Dray stated, “Bill 89 essentially says that in order to maintain the current funding practice, our government is willing to ignore the two sections of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms identified in the court ruling but also three sections of the Human Rights Code of Canada.”

He, on behalf of the organization, thinks that the Theodore decision uses an extraordinary circumstance to warrant the provincial government work outside of both the human rights code and the charter. Strong words.

Now, the government is looking to transition the non-Catholic students into the public school. This is according to the public section chair, Bonnie Hope.

Hope explained, “Now that we have a decision that clearly defines the mandate of separate schools in Saskatchewan, we believe resolution of this issue required nothing more than goodwill and attention to what’s in the best interests of students in the long term… We need to talk about this now so our vision for the future of education in our province is clear.”

The Public Schools of Saskatchewan would like to see the full conclusion of the legal process in order to shift efforts for the strengthening of an inclusive public education system.

There are about 10,000 non-Catholic students in the Catholic schools in Saskatchewan. The government of Saskatchewan said that the permission of the decision to stand may jeopardize the funding for the other faith-based schools in the area.

The article concluded, “Under the charter’s notwithstanding clause, a government can override portions of the charter for a five-year period.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Trouble for Construction in Fredericton, New Brunswick

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/20

According to CBC News, there are some ongoing and upcoming headaches for the Fredericton folks based on the summer road construction.

The general manager of the business improvement organization talked about the scrambling for some of the owners of some of the companies. They ave been cut from business due to the construction going on, which is causing a loss of income for some of the business owners.

Bruce McCormack, General Manager of Downtown Fredericton Inc., talked about the ways in which the City of Fredericton have not been able to communicate with the local businesses in an effective way.

“He said they could have better planned around the periods of congested traffic and loss of parking spaces if given sufficient notice when the intersection at Regent and Queen streets was closing,” CBC News stated.

The city failed to provide sufficient notice to the businesses in Fredericton. They suffered for it.

“We realize that construction has to work and we need that infrastructure, so we’re willing to work with the city, but we need to know the information,” McCormack opined, “There’s got to be a balance.”

The construction will cost the restaurant owners about $100,000 in total. Fredericton has 22 main construction initiatives ongoing including the renewal of the sewer mains in St. Anne’s Point Boulevard.

This will close a main part of the city for 11 weeks. The article continued, “City engineer John Lewis outlined five more major construction projects — Smythe Street, Forest Hill Road, Lincoln Road, Riverside Drive and Sunset Drive — that will take place over the next several weeks.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanism and AI

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/20

The modern technological landscape continues to alter. The world with it. There has been use of the term “Humanism” to describe the orientation of giant technological companies in the development of artificial intelligence.

The Washington Post stated, “Tom Gruber of Apple describes Siri as “humanistic AI — artificial intelligence designed to meet human needs by collaborating [with] and augmenting people.”

Satya Nadella, who is the Chief Executive of Microsoft, said, “Human-centered AI can help create a better world.” In short, the rhetoric around artificial intelligence amounts to the utilization of the terms “humanism” and “humanistic,” or “human-centered,” to substantiate the mission of the AI development.

The Washington Post argues the terms such as the aforementioned emerge in the conversation around the bringing of humanity together. However, some important points come in the form of the rhetorical aspect and the connection to the reality of it.

“The word “human” crops up in conversations across the technology industry, but it’s not always clear what it means — assuming it means anything at all,” the article opines, “Intuitively comprehensible, it sounds nonthreatening, especially in contrast to alienating jargon such as ‘machine learning.’”

The orientation of the larger companies is proposed to be for ergonomy. The development of technologies by and for human needs and wants. This becomes the basis for the use, even abuse, of the terms humanistic, argues the article.

“But calling the results “humanistic” is ultimately rhetorical sleight of hand that suggests much and means little. Unless these companies reconsider their underlying approach, their words will remain empty,” the reportage continued, “Among the big tech companies, Google has voiced the clearest expression of the idea of humanistic AI In March, Li, chief scientist for AI research at Google Cloud, penned a New York Times op-ed.”

Google did not renew the Department of Defence contract and set forth ethical guidelines for the development of technologies not for weapons. AI weapons would be a bad future, a non-positive for humans future.

However, is this the case? Does the non-renewal of the contract and the orientation of the technological curve make for a humanistic technology movement?

The Washington Post explained, “Consider computer vision, a type of AI that was key to Project Maven (and is central to self-driving cars). Photographic images from cameras mounted on drones are widely used to gather visual evidence and provide forensic truth value for military decision-makers.”

The work requires a huge amount of human labor to make sense of the information collected. There are many cases in which a drone has misidentified a target. The question is the human value framework.

Although, as a small interjection, people have different values from one another. Thus, the conception of a single human-values framework implies a universalization of human values.

What if these human-values and humanistic values purported to represent all humankind simply reflect the orientations of the billionaires and technology companies?

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Theology and Health with Mr. Melvin Lars

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/19

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Before we were talking about theology and masculinity, this time, we will talk about men’s health issues and men talking about them. Lars, you were on a talk show years prior. You talked about one of the most serious health issues for someone.

You had cancer. They have to meet an oncologist because they have cancer. Mine in this culture do not talk about minor health issues. Yet, you took the time ad courage on a talk show in public to talk about a major and potentially life threatening health issue.

Why did you go on a public talk show to talk about this? What was the health issue in more detail?

Melvin Lars: The reason for going public was because of our male pseudo crap [Laughing]. I, like most males, ignored symptoms. They were severe. I had a rash. It did not cure itself. I talked to a friend who is a physician. He thought it might be a food allergy.

They found this to be leukemia. It was the white blood cells and lack of red blood cells. The rest was history. I wanted to talk about it. I wanted to inspire others. It had nothing to do with how masculine or tough I was. I could bench press 500 pounds or more, I could squat 600 pounds or more and I was the picture of health.

I was successful as a coach, I worked every day, I would see red while driving at night, I assumed that the automobile ahead of me was putting on their brakes. Unfortunately, blood was leaking into my eyes. The red that I was seeing was my own blood.

I want to inspire men to be more conscious of their bodies and to get assistance with questionable health concerns.

Jacobsen: What seems like the reason for “pseudocrap”? In this particular branch of pseudocrap, the not talking about health complications from a rash to blood leaking in one’s eye.

Lars: Scott, with the whole process as men, we do not whine, complain. We do not talk about uncomfortable things. Those “unmanly” things. That, in and of itself, is a detriment to men and young boys getting in touch with their realities and they have a tendency to develop this sense of invincibility.

Because we do not control what happens in the atmosphere, we do not control what happens to our bodies. Acute promyelocytic leukemia is a very rare form of leukemia and there is no known treatment for it. As the oncologist and I discussed this ailment and its causes, the oncologist stated; “We do not know what causes it, we theorize that it may be caused by stress.”

My only options were to adhere to several experimental procedures or basically return home to die. We began receiving chemotherapy and was in and out of cancer treatment centers for approximately two years. Unfortunately, the chemotherapy did not work, the leukemia would appear to be in remission for short periods of time before returning. However; it was only my faith and believing in a higher power, that is allowing us to have this conversation today.

None of the experiments worked. I was told. I would not see my 40th birthday. Evidently, they did not consult with God. I am 65. I turned 65 yesterday. From a male’s perspective, we cause more physical and mental damage to young boys and young men with all of this false machismo.

Jacobsen: One of the conversations arising in the public discussion more now. It comes in various forms. It comes in the form of youth, especially young men, who commit suicide and “succeed” more at it. Young women attempt suicide more.

However, with the focus on young men, there are veterans who come back from war. They acquire shell shock or PTSD, or conditions around it. That relates to the public health conversation. It not only deals with the body but also the mind.

Veterans, young men, and other suffer from depression, suicidal tendencies, and other things. For instance, they may be mildly schizophrenic, where, in a normal context, most people most of the time will interpret the situation accurately.

However, these individuals will process the information in a slightly wrong way. So, they get the wrong interpretations. They behave inappropriately based on the wrong interpretation or wrong processing of information.

How do we then have those conversations around mental health apart from a conversation around physical health?

Lars: That is an interesting issue. We see mental health as a weakness. We see it as a flaw. Unfortunately, in a world of both men and women who perceive themselves to be this strong, invincible human specimen any form of perceived weakness is viewed as being flawed. They see mental health as a negative “human trait” in the individual.

With PTSD sufferers who are veterans, no one ever discusses the fact, that, these problems were pre-war. Most of the individuals — and I am not a therapist, if there were extensive psychological studies done on individuals before they were allowed to go into the military, there would be many more people being seen as “unfit” for the military.

Because of the potential damage done to the individual, but also to others if and when they are subjected to having to stay alive by dodging bullets and mortars/causing the death of someone else. Mental disabilities and other less accepted human frailties are things people do not want to talk about it.

One of my cousins, who is now a police officer did not pass the psychological aspect of the exam. However, he got a second chance to take the exam. This time [Laughing], he passes the exam. I think, “If he is psychologically disqualified the first time, then he will be psychologically disqualified the second time.”

He will remember the questions and know not to answer the questions honestly. That is an atrocity and endangers provides a “war-zone” giving a green light to people that may ultimately hurt themselves and others. The psychological problem was already there.

So do we just bury our collective heads in the sand and refuse to care, ignore the sight that is right before our eyes? What about our military? No one wants to discuss the true reality of the situation. I will preface with this. One of the most irresponsible things people continually do is to ignore the signs of mental illness, disregard those that cannot help themselves, your congress and senate persons refuses to pass legislation to assist veteran homelessness, veterans health care, veteran joblessness not to mention; veteran suicides (22 suicides per day is being committed by veterans) rates, and then have the audacity to insult their intelligence was some empty self-serving statement as if they are paying homage to the military, by stating, “Thank you for the service.”

It is an empty, wasted statement. You are talking about somebody putting their life on the line every day. Then when you watch the Senate, especially here in the United States, and Congress with bills being proposed for military assistance, many of them are not passed on the Senate floor.

You have the audacity to tell people, “Thank you for your service.” Then we do not want to pay them any money. This is a huge problem, as we talk about people being vulnerable with PTSD and mental illness. They commit suicide. Society has caused in individuals through constant bullying.

We have damaged people with the constant bullying. They feel, “I cannot live up to the expectations. I might as well take my own life.”

Jacobsen: Often, the men filtered into the military will be poor. The poor men tend to be minority men. It exacerbates already extant problems. Not only for men but also communities.

Lars: Yes, as you shared the question, Scott, the warmongers in the office. People try to get angry with the messenger. If you have ever noticed, Scott, 99% of the people talking about being pro-war. They are never in the military.

You cannot get them to go to war. There is something to be said about it. This patriotism and dying for the country. If I make the statement and am not willing to do it, what does this say about me? This is why you have so many men confused, who take their own lives.

They do not know how they will stack up. I always say, “Careful who you listen to.” We have a leader in this country who dodged military service all of his life. He has the audacity to talk about “being tough.”

That is where people need to be careful. They need to be careful when they vilify and talk about these young men being weak and not being good patriots. All that foolishness. When the person doing all the talking, they were the quintessential coward.

Jacobsen: Some of this. In this conversation, I see two streams. One stream is the idea that there is historical inertia: men need to fill the military. Men feeling as if they need to be part of the military. It is almost like an unconscious historical inertia.

I see another stream. Those who find a political benefit to themselves to make appropriate statements, for themselves, about national pride, military pride, saving the world, and so on. Usually, they or their children will not go into the military.

They have the option, or the finances, to not have to go into the military. It is not an individual and familial risk for them. It may not be for them an aggressive thing. It may be them not reflecting on what they’re saying, something reflective.

If someone talks about patriot love and having national pride, what are the symbols? The military, the police, the administration — Republican or Democratic, these become markers of someone who is a true American, a real American.

Those who may be conscientious objectors become anti-Americans. Someone saying this. It comes with certain benefits — in many cases, it seems. If they keep saying them, they become like the Lord’s Prayer or the Nicene Creed.

“I do not know what to pray about today. So, I will say the Lord’s Prayer.” It becomes, “I am simply saying it.” In other words, “I am reflexively and not necessarily consciously saying and stating things that, to me, feel like truisms and feel good to say them because they have come with rewards prior.” They get an A on the patriot test.

Lars: You have stated very well, exactly what I am talking about. It is why I call it pseudo-crap. Because it is a conditioned response. Again, I am not a psychiatrist, psychotherapist, or psychologist, it is like the experiment of Pavlov with the dog. The bell rings, the dog thinks it’s dinner time and begins to salivates.

It is a conditioned response. I agree with you wholeheartedly. Scott, it is like the bully on the playground. The bully on the playground knows who to pick a fight with. The bully looks for the attention of other people.

Even though, he or she pretends to be tough. He or she looks for attention from the people standing around watching and applauding. However, when it is their turn to fight, they will not fight, but they will try to talk others into fighting.

All of these people doing this big-bad, tough talking are just talk and no action. I will be very frank with you, man. My family is filled with military individuals. Two nephews retired, recently, my son was in the military. (I was not in the military). Several uncles and aunts, were also in the military; I see and hear over and over about the devastating mental and physical affects that they continue to endure as a direct result of having served in the military.

I hear people with means talking about how much of a patriot they are themselves. However, they are never in the military. They do not take the chance. They let someone else take the chance. So, they can continue to enjoy their lifestyles, wave their flags and fool themselves into believing that they are the epitome of patriotism. That is the biggest hypocrisy in the world, as I see it.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lars.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Faith, Men, and Masculinity with Mr. Melvin Lars

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/18

Mr. Melvin Lars is a native of Bossier City/Shreveport, Louisiana; he received several undergraduate and graduate academic degrees from various universities; La. Tech. (BS) Univ. & Centenary (Admin. Cert.) College) in Louisiana, Texas (Tx. Southern (MA) Univ), Michigan (Eastern, Mi Univ, & Saginaw Valley St. Univ.) and has done extensive educational studies in Ohio (Youngstown (Supt., cert.)St Univ) and California (Los Angeles, (CA. cert) City College).

Lars is a certified Violence Prevention/Intervention Specialist, receiving his certification and training through the prestigious Harvard University, with Dr. Renee Prothro-Stith.

He is a licensed/ordained Elder/Minister in both the C.O.G.I.C. & C.M.E. Churches. He is the CEO/founder of Brighter Futures Inc; a Family Wellness, Violence Prevention/Intervention and Academic Enhancement and entertainment Company; an affiliate representative for the NFL ALLPRODADS Initiative. Former interim; Executive Director of Urban League of Greater Muskegon, Former NAACP President of Muskegon County; 2007–2012, employed as a consultant to the Michigan Department of Education as a Compliance Monitor for the (NCLB Highly Qualified) initiative for Highly Qualified Teachers and works collaboratively with Hall of Famer Jim Brown and his Amer-I-Can Program and is a ten-time published author of various books, and self-help and academic articles. He is married to Ann Lars and is the father of one adult son, Ernest. Here we talk about intergenerational communication in an uncensored and educational series.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There is the Old Testament and the New Testament in Christianity. There is the idea of the stoic male. What passages are referenced when talking about the male role in a Christian context?

Melvin Lars: I want to start with something that may offend men. I use the passage: “Man should love his wife as God loves the church.” That trumps everything, when we talk about procreation, when we talk about how to treat our brother, and when we talk about the Golden Rule.

Even though, one may not be married. One does understand. We are supposed to love our wives the way God loved the church. We know that God told Peter, “Upon this rock, I will build my church.”

We know: Peter was not talking about a physical rock, however; he was referencing a solid foundation upon which men could place themselves. When we start to discuss Man’s interpretation of God’s Word, we should start with loving our wives as God loves the church.

I would go back to the beginning, in Genesis it talks about how Man was created, God spoke the world into existence, it talks about God felt that Adam needed a help meet, he put Adam to sleep removed one of his ribs and fashioned a woman.

We, as men, take the Bible and twist it. This assertion will anger many theologians, it angers Bible scholars and parishioners. Too often, people who consider themselves experts in the Word of God twist the words of the Bible to fit the conversation, in order to have the discussion to go in the direction that makes them comfortable and is best suited for them.

When you cite specific scriptures, it is opened to individual interpretation. I will be honest with you, Scott. I am careful about citing specific scriptures. There are so many interpretations and as a result, people begin to argue about the Bible rather than discuss the Bible.

When you start to pinpoint specific scripture, that is [Laughing] when the arguments start between people. I tend to generalize, when one generalizes, one has the opportunity to share more openly. Then it is not left to interpretation because of one word or phrase.

We know the Bible was written in several languages. The languages are not the same, especially English. They do not mean the same. Being American, and being honest and blunt, the Bible has been often times been taken out of context and interpreted incorrectly.

In far too many instances it was not interpreted properly into the English language. Some of the things, words, and phrases are not the same as in the Hebrew language, etc. I talk about the Bible in generalizations rather than through the citation of specific scriptures in order to engage individuals in a discussion rather than to attempt to show some misinformed expertise of God’s word.

For example, I took French in high school, the mere structure of the language is drastically different from the English language, thus causing confusion and the mis pronunciation of words, phrases and sentence structure. I took Spanish in high school as well and it presented the same frustrations and complications, I cannot speak it well at all. When you look at it, linguistically, it is different.

Many things are misinterpreted. I took the position of sharing the generalized thoughts. You have the Bible scholars who shape it. They make the Bible say what they want the Bible to say to the congregation. This does not permit people the opportunity to think, nor to interpret it.

Instead, people will say, “You have to have faith. You have to believe.” I think that in and of itself is open to question simply because there is no defining, causation of complete understanding relative to; “faith and “belief.”

Jacobsen: With respect to the outcomes of the common interpretations of the Bible in North America, there are outcomes. Men take on a stoic persona. They deny feelings. Because they think the denial of their feelings makes them a better, stronger man.

When, in fact, they are probably harming their psychological and emotional lives. Because they are denying basic emotions and creating an internal conflict by implication.

Lars: Absolutely, my angle on this, Scott. I love the question. Although, you fashioned the question in the form of a statement.

When you see men with these stoic attitude, and this pretentious since of being disconnected emotionally, I love to ask them a few simple questions; “If you feel that in order to display your prowess as a man, and that you should be stoic, and not show emotions; Why do you have that beer? Why do you have that whiskey? Why do you smoke the cigar? Why do you use tobacco?”

All of the aforementioned are ways of self-medicating. Evidently, I am speaking to the men who think that those actions personifies them as a being real man. Evidently, you do not believe it. Otherwise, you would not need the whiskey.

You would not need the bourbon. You would not need the beer. You would not need the tobacco. Because, all of these foreign substances are used to replace something that is obviously missing in their lives. In essence, they are showing emotion. Even though, it may not show on the physical face, but inside, the emotions are racing out of control.

There is a false persona. A false persona of not showing emotions, where the face appears emotionless — as if able to handle any difficulty.

Jacobsen: How does this impact boys and adolescent men watching adult men with this false persona?

Lars: It damages them greatly. It damages the young men and young boys more than the old men. The old men do not want to admit it. Any of us who are honest with ourselves understand that the loss of a loved one, the disappointment on the job or a sought after career, even a young lady who we have interest in and who does not have interest in us can be devastating.

As an example, if one is preparing for an exam, he spends three weeks burning the midnight oil studying for it. Then he barely has successful outcome if the outcome was successful.

All those emotions come spilling out. When you are a young man or a boy being told by older guys, “You should not show emotions, suck it up and come back next time.” That may sound good in theory, however; What do you do until “next time”?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Lars: [Laughing] Many times, you put your best foot forward. You go back and redo what you have already done. Many times, there is no one to say, “Okay, let’s try it this way and do this to enhance what you did last time.”

Many times, you are left with a statement, “Go back and do it again, or you didn’t put in enough time.” However, all these things are theoretical. Being a young man and being a young boy, you want to be the person your “father is proud of” or the male next door.

It causes inner destruction, which is unnecessary. Men should be honest and say, “I am with you. I support you. I understand that you did what you thought was correct. Let me see if I can share something with you that may improve the process next time.”

Jacobsen: What if we make this more concrete? I mean this across all groups. You see in these trends in popular culture, e.g. media, music, and so on. Sylvester Stallone, Arnold Schwarzenegger, the shoot ’em up gruesome images. These hyper-masculine Marvel comic movies. The guys who want to be the tough Western cowboy or the Hip-Hop and Rap thug.

Of course, the women are subordinate. They are the fainting couch woman or nothing but a booty — a “badonkadonk.” These popular representations or outcomes the young men take from listening to or watching older men. They create the false persona own culture from the examples around them — Asian, Black, Native American, and White men with false personas and so unhealthy role modelling.

How do we work to open the conversation to alleviate some of the unhealthier aspects of it? Because some great art comes out of it. At the same time, some unhealthy aspects come out of it.

Lars: Excellent question! It is a bunch of pseudo-crap.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Lars: [Laughing] Why is it a bunch of pseudo-crap? Because, if have your tough cowboys, and/or the tough thugs, what do they do? They use a foreign substance to gain ‘strength.’ I.e., alcohol, whiskey, cocaine, marijuana, etc. As much as I loved the Black Panther, he had to take a substance to materialize into this character.

The cowboys, you have to be this tough guy. You have to ask, “Barkeep, give me a whiskey” [Laughing]. You got to have courage from the alcohol. Sylvester Stallone, you are eating raw eggs, which are supposed to enhance your strength and stamina.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Lars: [Laughing] It is all a bunch of pseudo-crap, Scott. Unfortunately, human beings, especially the male human being, are not confident in ourselves. Because you know your flaws and vulnerabilities. Whereby now, you have to put on this façade of perfection.

Someone who has no weaknesses rather than: “I am learning, I’m still learning, and I have made some mistakes. I made some decision that were not the best.” At the end of the day, we must remain careful about making people think that everything is about dominating somebody else.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lars.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Young Woman Shamed for Having a Period at Catholic High School

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/09

Friendly Atheist spoke on a young woman who was shamed. She is 22-years-old now. Ashlie Juarbe is the young woman. When she attended a Catholic high school, one male teacher publicly shamed her for having a period.

This guilt-trip was reported in New School Free Press, as follows:

“Ashlie, I said you’re up.” He was at the foot of my desk, the overhead light glinted off his bald head. I feared my jeans were stained.

“I’m not feeling well, Mr. Cooper. I’d like to sit this one out,” I said. I started to sweat again. There was no way Mr. Cooper would let me go up there if he understood. I hoped God would give him a sign.

“Ashlie…”

“But Mr. Cooper, I have…” I began, but his eyes were daring me to sit a second longer. I looked at my classmates, still the words “my period” wouldn’t tumble out. For a normal phenomenon that has over 5,000 slang terms, it was never talked about in public without hushed tones and uncomfortable faces. Going to an all-girls religious high school was worse. Talking about anything below your waist was blasphemy. If it wasn’t virtuous, it wasn’t taught.

Juarbe felt humiliated. Mr. Cooper did permit going to the bathroom. However, she only went after the guilt, shame, and public humiliation over the period.

Juarbe stated, “Mr. Cooper made me ashamed of menstruating. There was no easy way of becoming a woman, especially when the institution that promised to educate you failed to mention the word “vagina,” because it wasn’t respectable for the students. At an all-girls high school, it should have been easier to teach us about health, about our bodies. But it wasn’t.”

This began a journey for Juarbe into transitioning into an atheism. She began to realize the problems for women with menstruation are worldwide. Women are seen as objects of family honor, of shame, and in need of feeling dirty for natural bodily functions — a period.

Girls and women need sanitary pads. If not, and of course for other reasons as well, the girls and women around the world can lose access to education. They cannot stay in school.

There is, happily, a Menstrual Hygiene Day on May 28th. Juarbe’s, and other girls’ and women’s, stories are important to bear in mind in order to raise awareness about the problems face by girls and women over regular bodily functions part and parcel of adolescent development and adult life.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Bill Donahue Talks About Anthony Bourdain’s Suicide

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/08

The Friendly Atheist reported on the death of Anthony Bourdain. In particular, the popular response by the Catholic League through the spokesperson named Bill Donahue.

Only a few hours since the death of Anthony Bourdain; Bill Donahue used the “tragedy to promote his own beliefs.” Bourdain did not, as far as we know, adhere to a formal religious faith.

Bourdain grew up in a mixed-faith home with a Jewish mother and a Catholic father. However, Bourdain talked about being “raised without religion.” Bourdain stated that he felt an instinctive hostility to devotions.

That any form of certainty became an enemy with doubt and self-questioning as important to him. He would question the nature of the world regularly. Bourdain was a fan of the also late Christopher Hitchens.

Donahue argued, “If Anthony Bourdain had been a religious man, would he have killed himself? Probably not…” Bourdain committed suicide; he killed himself.

“Bourdain was raised by his Catholic father and Jewish mother, though neither of them saw fit to raise him in any religion,” Donahue continued, “In 2011, he said his views on religion were similar to those expressed by Christopher Hitchens, the British atheist. This is why the atheist organization, Freedom From Religion Foundation, was so proud of him.”

Donahue remarks that the substance abuse of Bourdain was the main driver. However, he plugs the book, The Catholic Advantage: How Health, Happiness, and Heaven Await the Faithful, which is a book by Donahue himself.

He argues, “…there is an inverse relationship between religiosity and suicide: those who are regular churchgoers have a much lower rate of suicide than atheists like Bourdain.”

The Friendly Atheist responded, “Donohue, as you’d expect, doesn’t understand what the data shows. Casting logic aside and believing in God will not cure an addiction or prevent suicide.”

That is, the involvement in things such as a community with a tight social support network for people whom one can call on in times of need become the main preventative of self-harming behaviours and even suicide.

In other words, a church or a religious group, or religion generally, is not the only solution. Friendly Atheist stated, “An atheist group, a sorority, a sports team, a improv group, etc. can all serve those purposes… Let’s not forget that studies have also shown how increased religiosity leads to higher rates of suicide for LGBTQ people, and the same holds true in different parts of the world.”

This seems, by the analysis of the article, like the use of a national idol tragedy via suicide to promote a conservative and religious agenda.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Journey Canada Event Cancelled Over Anti-LGBTQ+ Concerns

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/08

The Canadian Press reported on a Saint John, New Brunswick retreat. It is a Christian retreat from a well-known controversial Christian group. It is known as Journey Canada. It was providing an intensive retreat.

It was going to be hosted at the Villa Madonna Retreat House owned by the Catholic Diocese of Saint John. Journey Canada works through the retreats to heal the “relationally and sexually broken.”

Some consider this “nothing more than conversion therapy The St. Thomas University Professor of Sociology, Erin Fredericks, stated, that the approach is reckless.

That is, it can lead to anxiety, self-harm, and PTSD. Following public groups’ concerns, the event was cancelled Wednesday afternoon by the diocese.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Surrey, British Columbia, Canada Pastor and Wife Charged with 28 Accounts of Sexual Assault

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/08

According to the Vancouver Sun, one couple, a pastor and a wife, of a Surrey, British Columbia, Canada church are face about 2 dozen charges related to sexual assault.

In May, the couple were arrested. However, the charges were only filed recently to cover the period from 2015 to 2017. The couple were released from the Surrey RCMP after arrest, but under “strict conditions” based on the reportage.

The media release states that Samuel Emerson, aged 34, from the Cloverdale Christian Fellowship Church was charged with 13 counts of sexual assault. He is the pastor of said church.

“11 counts of being in a position of authority and touching a person for a sexual purpose and one count of sexual touching of a person under the age of 16,” according to the Vancouver Sun.

Mr. Emerson’s wife, Madelaine Emerson, aged 37, was charged with one count of sexual assault, another of having been in an authority position and touching someone for a sexual purpose, as well as another for threats to cause death or bodily harm.

The Emersons have five children together. They were involved in the youth ministry for children. This was not known to the police before.

The article stated, “As of Thursday afternoon, Randy and Christine Emerson were listed as senior pastors on the church’s website and there was no mention of Samuel, but his social media accounts still list him as a pastor at the church. Samuel is Randy and Christine’s son.”

Samuel is no longer an employee of the church. In addition, there has been a drastic decline in the membership of the church since May of 2018. Mr. and Mrs. Emerson were arrested on May 18.

Randy Emerson said, “If you know us and our church please pray. We are under attack like never before and we need the accuser of the saints to be silenced and Truth prevail.”

Two days later, Randy Emerson stated:

Thank you to everyone who is praying for us and expressing love at this time. You are making a difference. This is a time when we must not believe with our eyes and ears but with our spirits. Let God be true and every man a liar. Can’t be specific at this time but your prayers are making a difference. Thanks and much love, Randy.

One media release explained how the Surrey RCMP investigators believe other victims exist who have not come forward to the police.

Cpl. stated, “Calling the police to report a sexual assault is a very difficult thing to do especially when the suspect is someone you knew and trusted, and can leave lifelong emotional scars… Our highly skilled investigators take sexual assaults very seriously, and, supported by our Surrey RCMP Victim Services workers, are here to listen and provide emotional support.”

Information on victims can be provided to the Surrey RCMP at 604–599–0502. Those who wish to remain anonymous can contact Crime Stoppers at 1–800–222-TIPS or www.solvecrime.ca.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with the Co-Founder of Atheist Alliance — Middle-East and North Africa & United Atheists of Europe

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/01

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the tasks and responsibilities that come with running a Europe-wide atheist organization?

Karrar Al Asfoor: We need to bring the atheist communities in Europe together, different languages and different countries, geo-political and minor cultural differences.

It is not easy to run a continent-wide organization and it carries tough tasks and huge responsibilities, one of the major issues is the funding and this issue does not only affect us but the whole atheist community in general, we will try to come over it by an innovative workaround and find solutions to it.

We also need to be dedicated and active to achieve the required results and this is also another issue because we all have our own personal responsibilities, but once our team grows the needed efforts will be distributed among us.

Jacobsen: What are some atheist organizations who you coordinate and collaborate with now?

Asfoor: As “United Atheists of Europe” we are not yet in coordination or collaboration with any other organizations, but as an individual activist I collaborate with many organizations like Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain (CEMB), ex-Muslims of Norway, Atheist refugee relief and Polish atheist Kazimierz Lyszczynski Foundation and many more.

Jacobsen: Who are some bright lights in the European atheist community?

Asfoor: I believe that every atheist activist is important and everyone works from their position but if I have to specify names I would say Maryam Namazie, Nina Sankari, and Michael Nugent.

Jacobsen: Can you recommend some primer books for young atheists?

Asfoor: For young atheists I would not recommend books , our era is different from the past and we are living in a fast-paced world that require us to get things done faster , time is important and we need to use it perfectly , for example you can spend two hours of your time watching a film and that’s much shorter time from the time needed for reading a novel .
In terms of recommendations for young atheists , I would recommend the philosophy series from crash course channel on YouTube , philosophy makes the individual “thinker” rather than copy-cat , it helps improve our thinking and reasoning abilities and help us reach the correct conclusions without logical fallacies , once we know how to use our minds the possibilities then are countless and we may even tackle some subjects that science never deal with .

Jacobsen: How can people become involved in the organization?

Asfoor: We welcome every atheist to join us weather European or not, ex-Muslim or from other religious background, people may contact me or Nacer Ameri directly on our social media accounts or they can send a message to “United Atheists of Europe” page on facebook.

Jacobsen: What are some means b my which individuals can donate to and help the atheist community grow in Europe?

Asfoor: There are many means to donate to different atheist organizations in Europe, our fraternity is one of them, even though we are not yet officially receiving donations and our website is not yet live but if someone wants to donate to us they can directly talk to me or Nacer.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Karrar.

Asfoor: It is such an honor for me to participate in this interview with you, many thanks, Scott.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In conversation with Ossama Nasrallah — President, Saint Mary’s University Students’ Association

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/29

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We are friends and previously colleagues through the Canadian Alliance of Student Associations. We had a talk one time about faith and views on the origin, development, and meaning of life… in a hotel lobby, funnily enough. What is your current position vis a vis student unions and CASA?

Ossama Nasrallah: I’m currently the President of the Saint Mary’s University Students’ Association and a member of the National Advocacy Committee at CASA.

Jacobsen: Now, does a personal faith or religion guide you?

Nasrallah: I’m a Muslim and I believe in God or in our religion’s Allah. My faith guides me through the Quran, which is our holy book.

Jacobsen: How does this influence personal views on the world and your relationship with the world?

Nasrallah: I’m an open minded person and believe in all religions and that’s I look at the world in an open eyes and mind. And always looking to learn more about others religions and I respect all of them.

Jacobsen: You lived in Kuwait. What is the bigger difference between Kuwait and Canada?

Nasrallah: Canada is more open minded than Kuwait that is the biggest difference, other than that I was treated the same on both countries with respect.

Jacobsen: I appreciate taking the time, by the way. Do you have anything else that you would like to mention regarding science, faith, life, and personal views on them?

Nasrallah: I believe that love should be our religion and we should all respect each other’s religions.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ossama.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A chat with tattoo artist Darrin McDaniel, Sr.

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/26

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When did you first discover a talent in body inking, tattooing?

Darrin McDaniel, Sr.: It was during a state gave vacation, I was drawing portraits then other individuals on vacation asked me to draw up pictures for them to have tattooed.

Jacobsen: How did you begin to develop this talent and make a living off it? Many people cannot do it. Fewer can make a living off it.

McDaniel, Sr.: My first tattoo was requested because no tattooist felt they could duplicate my drawing provided to them. I cannot say that I am able to rely on tattooing alone. There are still some areas of shading I would like to perfect so I have been seeking apprenticeship programs.

Jacobsen: What is involved in the technique of tattooing? What is the general process of inking?

McDaniel, Sr.: Moist important technique, I feel, is eliminating infections and using new equipment to lessen risk of an infected tattoo damaging the quality of the ink layed.

Jacobsen: How do you go about color choice to better match the desired image of the person asking for a tattoo?

McDaniel, Sr.: I have not been requested to do a color portrait or face images. I have been exposed mostly black and grey.

That can always vary; the details and shading change the cost and materials used.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mr. McDaniel.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Open Societies and Closed Societies with Prof. Imam Syed Soharwardy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/25

Prof. Imam Soharwardy is a Sunni scholar and a shaykh of the Suhrawardi Sufi order, as well as the chairman of the Al-Madinah Calgary Islamic Assembly, founder of Muslims Against Terrorism (MAT), and the founder and president of the Islamic Supreme Council of Canada. He founded MAT in Calgary in January 1998. He is also the founder of Islamic Supreme Council of Canada (ISCC).

Imam Soharwardy is the founder of the first ever Dar-ul-Aloom in Calgary, Alberta where he teaches Islamic studies. Prof. Soharwardy is the Head Imam at the Al Madinah Calgary Islamic Centre. Imam Soharwardy is a strong advocate of Islamic Tasawuf (Sufism), and believes that the world will be a better place for everyone if we follow what the Prophet of Islam, Muhammad (Peace be upon him) has said,” You will not have faith unless you like for others what you like for yourself.” He believes that spiritual weakness in humans causes all kinds of problems.

Mr. Soharwardy can be contacted at soharwardy@shaw.ca OR Phone (403)-831–6330.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With respect to open societies and closed societies, Canada is an open society and a constitutional monarchy, but also a pluralistic, multiethnic, and multifaith, society.

It comes with a lot of complexity. In any open society, any movement on any of the dials of the society in terms of progress or non-progress — in other words, openness or closedness — of the society — starts with dialogue.

What are some ‘hot button’ things that people are potentially afraid to talk about and is allowing the vacuum of conversation to be filled by the more extreme voices? That may be leading to a more closed society rather than a more open, tolerant one.

Imam Syed Soharwardy: In my opinion, in an open society like Canada, people should be allowed to express their opinions. Sometimes, it could be an offensive opinion. Sometimes, it could be a very strong disagreement, but people should be allowed to express or ask what they want to know without persecution or fear of backlash.

An open society, it is also in danger of a certain element of the society taking advantage of the freedom of the society, which it enjoys, and then try to undermine a segment of society, a group of people, by intimidating them, bullying them, and so on.

An open society does not mean people have the open freedom to spread hate against a segment of society. An open society means, what I understand, having an open dialogue, critical discussions, criticizing each other on different topics.

That is absolutely fine. The civil discussion is absolutely fine. What is, in my opinion, in an open society should not be done is causing harm to a segment of society, which may be a small minority of the society; however, they have the equal rights to live in the society with respect.

That is the norm that has to be in place. Otherwise, civil society will not be a civil society. It will be the law of a jungle. Openness does not mean that I cannot question a religion. The openness that, yes, I should be able to question and be able to ask questions. However, I have to have an attitude to get know or understand others, but not to incite or stereotype the whole community of that particular group.

That is what it is. That is the beauty of Canada. In Canada, there is a balance of freedom of expression as well as a responsible society. Sometimes, it leads to abuse. Then there are laws in place to prevent the abuse of this freedom.

I think intolerance increases if we do not allow people to ask questions because when people are oppressed or controlled. They develop the anger in their hearts, in their insides.

There would be a time when the anger comes out and becomes violence. In order to prevent violence, let the people express, so they can have a civil dialogue, I want to add one thing here. If you remember, the cartoonists published the pictures of Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him).

I was the one who took him to the human rights commission. He always says that I took him to the human rights commission because he drew the cartoons of Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him), which he thought he had the freedom to publish the cartoons.

That is absolutely not my understanding. Yes, he has his view to have his view on what he does not understand. My problem is not that he does not accept my prophet, but it does hurt me when someone portrays and makes fun of my prophet. It hurts.

I understand that the speech that could hurt someone is legal and allowed. I understand that. We should have the tolerance to hear hurt people. When I saw those cartoons, it was not about the Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him). It was about the Muslim community to be stereotyped.

Because people have to understand. The Islamic faith is not like today’s Christian society, today’s Jewish society. The majority of Muslims, even in the 21st century, have a belief in Islam, which is nothing but the sayings and actions of one man.

It is Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him). Prophet Muhammad is not just one person in the Islamic faith, one prophet in the Islamic faith, or a leader of the Islamic faith. Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) is Islam.

When someone represents him as a terrorist, which was what the cartoons were about, it means that you are representing the whole religion of Islam as terrorists. That is not acceptable. That is, in my opinion, hate mongering.

That is why I stood up against it; anyone can criticize Islam. We live in a free society. It is absolutely fine. But no right to stereotype a society with hateful, symbolic, barbaric language.

Jacobsen: You were also part of the atheist bus campaign in Canada, in small part. What was your role in that? What was your stance on that?

Soharwardy: That was my campaign by the way. When I heard the Freethought Society of Canada is running a campaign, I thought that if they have the freedom to express their view about God.

Then I have the same freedom to express my views about God. When I campaign, I spend my own money. Several of my close friends campaigned in Calgary saying, “God does exist and He loves you.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing] This is great. I love that.

Soharwardy: This was our campaign. It was civil. There was no hate. There was no violence. From either side, it ended in a peaceful way, like a Canadian way.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] That is true. I like that. Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Imam Soharwardy.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Giltimi/Morris Amos of the C’imotza Beaver Clan on Fear and Love, and the Future

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/16

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We first met in a closed-door minor political party meeting. You came with two others. More or less, you came down from Kitimat and disseminate knowledge.

Now, I did not know a lot before. I know some more now, but know the more I know the less I know in the scope of what I realize I do not know.

I know young people, such as myself, take on particular views. One is not knowing much about the history of the country and the various peoples and faiths within it. Another is aggressive activism that makes other peoples “the other.”

I mean this in the full context of othering people from all sides. When I brought this perspective to yourself, and Haimus Wakas as well, Haimus educated me.

Same with you. You both, in essence, described a view of the current state of affairs for the current generation and the next generations.

One beyond dualities, e.g. us and them, and of real forgiveness. That, in your ‘heart of hearts,’ you have moved forward from the past, but want younger people to think beyond dualities. That provides the context.

More the points, what do you mean by moving beyond dualities?

Giltimi (Morris Amos): I am Giltimi of the C’imotza Beaver Clan. I am advisor to Haimus Wakas, the Hereditary Chief of the C’imotza Raven Clan.

Moving beyond dualities — I am aware of what constitutes history, History, as we have known it, is largely written by the victors in war. What this tells me is history is a tool for the victors to continue control and manipulation over those conquered.

This world view is mine, as a member of an oppressed race of people’s. The victors in the oppression of my people’s have written history of white contact with my people from an entirely ethnocentric point of view, thereby writing the Indian out of history books.

This is changing now as people are elevating their consciousness, which is another topic. I am now satisfied, from my research, that the perpetrators of violence against my people have done so with a plan to eventually dominate the entire earth.

Some call this plan the New World Order. I am now satisfied that white people are victimized by this plan just like the Indian. We are all oppressed by this plan. I am not opposed to world order but I oppose the New World Order as planned due to the nature of the control and manipulation mechanisms as proposed and also to the reasons for desire of control which is simply to be in control for self effacing purposes, not for the good interests of humanity.

Therefore, as advisor to Haimus Wakas, I have made it my business to study those that would control and enslave humanity by various means, such as banking, law, food production, big pharma, oil and gas, etc. I have found that they have a predictable modus operandi not the least of which is the now quaint method of divide and conquer.

This method currently is used extensively to separate us into various camps, making it easier for the perpetrators to create problems for us and to self aggrandize their agenda by promulgating solutions. An enlightened mind will see the nature of the method is based on fear in all its derivatives, which in resource terms equates to what I call the consciousness of lack.

This form of thought is used to conflict people and is fueled by banking cartels who use ancient techniques to create poverty while forcing people to compete for limited amounts of jobs. A fear based pursuit of economic security becomes an obsession for peoples who succumb in a manner that makes them fodder for the modus operandi of divide and conquer.

We have been engulfed by duality and polarity. Duality of opposites such as up and down, in and out, black and white. This translates into what I call the dance of light and dark. The dark has held sway over humanity for millenniums of time, with the rise in consciousness, the light is now on the rise. The light equates with love, the polar opposite of fear.

It is clear to me that remnants of fear still exists which requires more effort to replace it with love, the highest energy of Great Spirit. Such is the nature of my efforts to bring to light the requirement of unity. Unity based on the existence of love will be the basis of a world order, not the current attempts to create a new world order based on fear.

We cannot make love, it exists, therefore we have to relearn how to allow love. Love is not exclusionary. I now use this forum to call an end to the denial of my people, the genocide of my people, we must be included in the move toward love.

The continued denial of my people is an obstacle to our spiritual evolution. The denial of my people has created a resentment of settlers which can only be remediated by an end to denial based on divisiveness.

New World Order creation of divisiveness in a manner that succeeded in demonizing my people in a way that caused the settlers to support the devious plan caused resentment.

When we see a real truth movement to out the NWO and end this denial then I submit that the resentment will leave and indigenous will forgive and welcome a new real partnership with our visitors who never left. There is a requirement to make a clear distinction between white people and the NWO.

When made clear it becomes apparent that indigenous resentment toward settlers is just as misguided as settler fear based resentment towards my people. To get past this is to disempower the NWO and put us on the path of freeing ourselves collectively from their clutches.

I now know the current fee simple land tenure system combined with banking elitism is at the root of a fraudulent pyramid scam that uses force to filter all wealth to the top, leaving the world struggling with induced poverty.

Empowerment of my people if done with love and respect and with love and respect given to settlers as well can go a long way to dislodging the NWO. I can say that in C’imotza our hereditary system is still in control of the land.

If we can set as our goal a method to dislodge the NWO from control over us I am certain we can unite to develop a system of land tenure and banking that takes into account the best interests of both indigenous peoples and settlers.

In time I can see people will become aware of how corporations have given themselves paramountcy over peoples to our detriment as corporations are the vehicles by which common wealth is pyramided into the hands of those who create perpetual conflict for the purpose of fear based manipulation and control.

I am working on my end to make this happen, I call on all to join with us in this movement to unify humanity against those who would control us for their own dark based agenda. Let love be your choice not fear. I have spoken.

The etheric nature of love has long been forgotten in this system but I can say it is now heavily on the rise. With the advent of the Mayan Tzolkin predicted movement of Mother Earth into the Photon Belt and the concomitant rise in human consciousness, it is now impossible for the new world order perps to successfully continue with their M.O. of divide and conquer. The people have had enough of their shenanigans and look for solutions.

Those that are not attached to the energy of the great spirit, who some call the ether or ethos, who are detached, think of themselves as isolated and in need of empowerment. In this case they look for empowerment outside themselves and this form of empowerment always comes at the expense of the disempowerment of others.

Those connected to the ether energy of great spirit will always look inward for their empowerment and will do so in a manner that empowers others. this knowledge will result in new leaders being called forth.

Morris Amos, or Giltimi, is of the C’imotza Beaver Clan. He is an advisor to Haimus Wakas, who is the Hereditary Chief of the C’imotza Raven Clan. He notes two communities in a part of British Columbia, Canada. One being Kitimat, British Columbia and the other being Kitamaat, British Columbia. Kitimat occupied by the white community. Kitamaat occupied by the Indian or Indigenous community.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Bwambale Robert Musubaho on the humanist movement and humanist education in Uganda

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/12

Robert Bwambale is the founder of the Kasese United Humanist Association (KUHA) with “the goal of promoting Freethought in Uganda.” The association is affiliated with the extremely active Uganda Humanist Association (UHA). In March, the UHA held a conference in Kampala whose theme was Humanism For a Free and Prosperous Africa. The Kasese United Humanist Association is a member organization in the IHEYO Africa Working Group, and has participated in humanist conferences. He is also the director of a few primary schools set up to encourage a humanistic method of learning.

Jacobsen: Who are some inspirational people in the humanist movement for you?

Robert Bwambale: Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Carl Sagan, Late Josh Kutchnisky, Robert Ingersol, Bertrand Russell, Madalyn Murray O’Hair, Paul Kurtz, Leo Igwe. Ricky Gervais.

Jacobsen: How does a humanist education provide the basis for being a functional citizen in a society?

Bwambale:

· Humanist education empowers citizens to think for themselves and devise ways how they can better their lives.

· Humanist education encourages citizens to get united irrespective of what believe in.

· Humanist education encourages respect for human right freedoms

· Humanist education enlightens the locals about the dangers of belief in magic and superstitions which is deep ridden in ou communities. It dispels performing of rituals and believing in fairies.

· Humanist education encourages citizens to get involved in managing their own affairs, better governance, conflict resolutions and emphasizes peace.

· Humanist education promotes tolerance among people with mixed difference in thinking, beliefs, race etc to come together and work for the common good of humanity.

· Humanist education exposes people to critical thinking which is a guiding principle that boosts the intellect of the human mind.

Jacobsen: What differentiates a humanist education from a religious education?

Bwambale: Humanist education empowers power to question everything while religious education doesnt.

Humanist education encourages people to think for themselves while religious education gives authority and respect to the gods or god to think, guide or plan for us.

Humanist education encourages appreciation of science and deals with facts, experimentation, analysis, research and deductions while religious education emphasizes people to have faith, believe in what they cannot see, miracles, etc.

Humanist education emphasizes that we are part and parcel of nature and that we are products of nature while religious education stipulates that we were created by a god and that a woman was created from a man’s rib.

Humanist education encourages things which are practical in nature, that can be seen while religious education encourages belief in a divine thing, unseen, revelations, or dreams of some sort.

Humanist education is against homophobia while religious education promotes homophobia.

Humanist education cherishes evolutionary science while religious education cherishes creation science, intelligent design, and pseudoscience.

Humanist education encourages learners to read a variety of books or any book that they come across while religious education encourages people to read a specific book attached to their belief or religion.

Humanist education has no room for rituals, fairies, spirits, fables, sacrifices while religious education is well empowered with all these aforementioned stuff.

Jacobsen: What are the textbooks used in humanist curricula? How do the humanist principles build into this education?

Bwambale: There is no pre-set text books in the humanist curriculum. Most of the things we teach are gathered from several sources both in some free thought books by different personalities and of recent the Humanism for schools website has been a great resource.

Below are some of the valuable books that have been helpful: Humanism for children by Nada Topic peratovic, center for civil courage, Humanism by Barbara smoker, Critical thinking document by Leo Igwe. Humanism: A Beginner’s Guide (Oneworld) by Peter Cave, Atheist Universe by David Mills.

This website by the British Humanist association has been helpful https://understandinghumanism.org.uk/

The humanist principles gives an array about what being a humanist entails and these acts as start ups that orientates any person who could want to know about what humanism or being a humanist requires.

Jacobsen: How do the religious authorities react to the humanist and non-religious educational institutions? Do they attempt to shut them down?

Bwambale: Oh yes, they seem to be against them since they think allowing people to reason, ask questions, and boosting people’s exposure to the internet would enlighten them and threaten their congregations to go low.

Many attempts or misconceptions have been put on my initiatives propelled by religious zealots in an attempt to tarnish my projects but since what i do is always in plain color, many have realized that am innocent, smart and not harmful to the society whatsoever since I am an agitator for peace, knowledge, and a better informed Uganda.

Jacobsen: ​What is the better way to donate to the organization?​

Bwambale: Donations to my initiatives can be relayed through:

Atheist Alliance international

Kasese Humanist School

Brighter Brains Institute

https://www.brighterbrains.biz/schools/

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Robert.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Marieme Helie Lucas on Noura Hammad’s Death Penalty

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/11

Marieme Helie Lucas is an Algerian sociologist, activist, founder of ‘Secularism is a Women’s Issue,’ and founder and former International Coordinator of ‘Women Living Under Muslim Laws.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Noura Hussein Hammad is a Sudanese woman up for the death penalty at only 19-years-old. Why?

Marieme Helie Lucas: She was given in marriage at age 15 by her wali (matrimonial tutor, as law permits in Sudan) against her expressed will, steadily reiterated during four years.

When she was finally taken to his house for the consummation of the marriage at age 19, she refused to have sex with him; on the 5th day, he called upon his male relatives to held her down and raped her in their presence; the day after when he attempted to rape her again, she stabbed him in self defense.

She willingly went to the police station with her father to explain the circumstances. She is a victim of child marriage, forced marriage, rape and any other violations of her fundamental human rights.

However, yesterday, she has been sentenced to death by hanging and her lawyers have 15 days to appeal of the judgment. It is a very short time to try and save the life of this courageous young victim who never failed in her determination to be respected as a human being and to defend her dignity.

Women’s rights and human rights defenders who are fighting on Noura’s behalf in Sudan believe the case needs to be supported from outside. The Constitution of Sudan, the Human rights treaties Sudan signed should help protect her; but we need to coalesce protests from within and from outside the country.

Appeals have been sent to the President of Sudan. I encourage everyone to sign on the online petitions that are now widely circulated of Aawaz and on Change; to lobby their nearest human rights organizations; to call upon media to provide an accurate picture of the situation and not a biased or racist or ethnocentric one.

Jacobsen: What role do religion and some men’s perception of their ownership of women play into this?

Helie Lucas: Marriage laws in Sudan are based on religious interpretations of Islam. This is the case in many but not all so-called Muslim countries.

Even within the countries which expressly claim their choice of applying religious laws, those vary greatly from one country to another, in some cases granting no rights at all to women within marriage, in other cases granting equal rights and responsibilities to both spouses, with all the shades in between.

Various factors can explain these differences that include different interpretations of religion, of course, but also the incorporation of traditional practices into what is being propagated as religion itself (such as female genital mutilation), or simply the stage of democratic and progressive forces in a specific country.

To give you a graphic example, two neighboring countries such as Algeria and Tunisia, both culturally homogeneous as located in North Africa, and religiously homogeneous as both are following Maliki ritual, had opposite laws regarding polygyny: in Algeria it was legal as per the first part of the verse of the Koran which allows each man four wives and as many concubines he can support; in Tunisia it was banned as per the second part of the same verse ‘provided he can treat them perfectly equally’ — the Tunisian legislators, as early as 1956, immediately after independence, ruled that no human being can possibly treat his wives perfectly equally — he can give them same money, same dress, same jewelry but not same love, hence they concluded this was a deterrent regarding polygamy.

This debate about ‘true’ interpretation of religion is not specific to Islam: you can see something very similar in predominantly Christian countries whose laws, for instance on reproductive rights, vary greatly from one to the other. Similarly, even among Catholics views are different on contraception, whether one listens to the Vatican, to the Opus Dei or to liberation theologians in Latin America.

The fact is that patriarchy always made alliances with the most regressive forces within religions — we see that with Hinduism and even Buddhism which enjoys such a good reputation among westerners these days -, and that women’s human rights are greatly affected in the process.

For the past few decades, the most conservative trends have been steadily growing within Islam; this entails, among other things, a tightening on democratic and progressive forces, on women’s and human rights organizations, changes in laws that are reformulated in order to fit new regressive interpretations of religion, etc…

Jacobsen: What has been the outcry from the general public over this?

Helie Lucas: There is an outcry in Sudan itself, with human rights and women’s rights organizations at the forefront. There is a very courageous website in defense of Noura, run by Sudanese from within Sudan. There are two online petitions on Aawaz and on Change being circulated. They are massively signed.

Opposition to the judgment grows also from within predominantly Muslim countries in Africa, in South Asia, in South East Asia. Now Europe and North America have joined in the worldwide protest. It is very important that efforts be made in support to one another. For this reason, it cannot be based on superiority and accusation of barbarity whether against Africans or against Muslims as such.

Our success in promoting a respectful coverage of the situation — with due credit to the courageous Sudanese fighting for rights from within -, the fact that Sudan’s Constitution should allow for the protection of Noura’s human rights, the fact that Sudan is a signatory to several human rights conventions and treaties, may be crucial in preventing a defensive reaction from the Sudanese authorities, and could greatly affect Noura’s fate.

This judgment is a blatant denial of fundamental human rights, it was a matter of self-defense in a case of marital rape; it should remain a human rights, women’s rights and child rights issue and not be turned into a religious issue.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Call to Action on Noura Hussein Hammad from Sodfa Daaji

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/10

Sodfa Daaji is the Chairwoman of the Gender Equality Committee and the North Africa Coordinator for the Afrika Youth Movement. Here we talk about Noura Hussein Hammad’s urgent case. The hashtag: #JusticeForNoura. Daaji’s email if you would like to sign: daajisodfa.pr@gmail.com.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Noura Hussein Hammad is a Sudanese woman up for the death penalty at only 19-years-old. Why?

Sodfa Daaji: Ms. Noura on May 10th, 2018 has been condemned to death penalty, under the article 130, for intentional homicide. Of course, we are against the decision of the court, and against the application of Sharia Law. Noura has not committed a homicide but she has defended herself from a violent husband, who has raped her without any pity. How can we, on 2018, hear about a woman condemned to death for self defence?

We are urging the Sudanese authorities to take in consideration Noura’s story, who is now psychologically damaged. Noura has been forced to get married to a relative, then she has faced a rape, physical violence, and gender-based violence.

Jacobsen: What role do religion and some men’s belief of their ownership of women play into this?

Daaji: It is not up religion, but it is up the way religion is interpreted and used by men to justify their violence and domination on women. Religion have always discriminated women, as those who need men’s protection and education.

And with the years we are assisting on a deterioration of the interpretations when it comes to religion. On Sudan is applied Sharia Law, and the culture is confirming the way men perceive and treat women.

Of course, on Noura’s case religion and some men’s belief has played a key role: Some people have said that her husband had the right to rape her since she was her wife. This sentence resume perfectly the cultural conflict present in Sudan, between people who are aware about what is violence, and those who validate violence.

Jacobsen: What has been the outcry from the general public over this?

Daaji: ​ ​Luckily Noura’s case spread around and we are assisting to actions and mobilisation in support. A note goes to Sudanese youth, who are fighting without any fear, and today went in front of the court to give support to Noura.

Their voice is putting in a corner those who are validating the violence that Noura has received, thinking that her husband and her family had all the rights to ruin her childhood and life.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sodfa.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Urgent Case of Noura Hussein Hammad

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/10

Sodfa Daaji is the Chairwoman of the Gender Equality Committee and the North Africa Coordinator for the Afrika Youth Movement. Here we talk about Noura Hussein Hammad’s urgent case. The hashtag: #JusticeForNoura. Daaji’s email if you would like to sign: daajisodfa.pr@gmail.com.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Hammad is a young woman. We are young humanists. What are some things we can learn from this current urgent, crisis of Hammad?

Sodfa Daaji: I think that there are mainly two things that we can learn from Noura’s case. The first one is that injustice is prevalent, exists, and we can find cases of injustice even around the corner. We do not have to go on the other side of the world, and we must pay more attention about what happens every day. The second lesson, the most powerful to me, is the power of people. On the last hours we are mobilizing from different countries, and everyone is trying to give its own contribution. If we gather together, we can do remarkable things, and the power of solidarity will give for sure impressive results.

Jacobsen: Is this common for young women in many countries around the world?

Daaji: Unfortunately, yes. UN is advocating with organizations, activists, and governments to achieve the SDGs on 2030, but the truth is that in some countries forced marriage, marital rape, gender-based violence are something normal, and all these forms of violence are justified with tradition, culture, and religion.

Today Noura has been condemned to death, but two days ago a woman has been killed in Sudan by al-Shabab fighters. According to the journalists, the fighters are applying a strict interpretation of Sharia, but my question is: why those kinds of interpretations are always affecting just women?

It is time for us, academics, advocates, organizations, member of civil society to have a clear distinction between religion, culture, tradition and how they are used — especially by men — to dominate women and to have power on their bodies.

Jacobsen: How do the government and religion restrict the movement, equality, and consent of women in various aspects of their such as marriage, sex, children, and the legality around those same issues?

Daaji: ​ ​Sudan has a bad record of accomplishment on human rights and having Sharia Law does not help when it comes to freedom. Death penalty is applied also to atheists, apostasy, or for changing religion and belief.

The fact that we have heard lately about Noura’s case show how Sudan is restricting freedom of speech and religion. Nahid, the woman who is following Noura personally, director of SEEMA, has been jailed multiple times, and one of Afrika youth movement’s volunteers.

To overcome this, youth need to change the narrative and reverse what is perceived as traditional and normal. Luckily Sudanese youth are aware and have a deep knowledge about their rights, and they are not afraid to fight to get and build a better future.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sadfa.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Intergenerational Communication With Mr. Melvin Lars

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

Mr. Melvin Lars is a native of Bossier City/Shreveport, Louisiana; he received several undergraduate and graduate academic degrees from various universities; La. Tech. (BS) Univ. & Centenary (Admin. Cert.) College) in Louisiana, Texas (Tx. Southern (MA) Univ), Michigan (Eastern, Mi Univ, & Saginaw Valley St. Univ.) and has done extensive educational studies in Ohio (Youngstown (Supt., cert.) St Univ) and California (Los Angeles, (CA. cert) City College).

Lars is a certified Violence Prevention/Intervention Specialist, receiving his certification and training through the prestigious Harvard University, with Dr. Renee Prothro-Stith.

He is a licensed/ordained Elder/Minister in both the C.O.G.I.C. & C.M.E. Churches. He is the CEO/founder of Brighter Futures Inc; a Family Wellness, Violence Prevention/Intervention and Academic Enhancement and entertainment Company; an affiliate representative for the NFL ALLPRODADS Initiative. Former interim; Executive Director of Urban League of Greater Muskegon, Former NAACP President of Muskegon County; 2007–2012, employed as a consultant to the Michigan Department of Education as a Compliance Monitor for the (NCLB Highly Qualified) initiative for Highly Qualified Teachers and works collaboratively with Hall of Famer Jim Brown and his Amer-I-Can Program and is a ten-time published author of various books, and self-help and academic articles. He is married to Ann Lars and is the father of one adult son, Ernest. Here we talk about intergenerational communication in an uncensored and educational series.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to the conversations around intergenerational bonding, communication, and the facilitation of those bonds and communication, we had a discussion on the platform The Good Men Project.

With respect to building intergenerational bonds and communication, what seem like some of the more important aspects of that to you?

Melvin Lars: The first aspect would be for both parties to listen. I think, and I feel very strongly, that the older generation needs to listen more. Unfortunately, older people have a propensity not to listen to the younger people. Older generations want to “share our wisdom” and then for the wisdom to be absorbed.

Next part, which is important, we should listen with purpose. Am I listening to hear what the young person is sharing? Or am I listening to then respond and placate the young person?

We have to be willing to accept and to hear what is being expressed in order to bridge this communication gap. Because one should be clear, I may have felt strongly about something at age 20. Now, let’s say, I am 65-years-old.

Since I have the same feeling at 65 as I did at 20, it does not mean that I am right. I should listen with a purpose.

Jacobsen: Would this amount to listening to learn rather than listening to respond to the young person?

Lars: Absolutely, the human race is notorious for listening to respond to the person rather than listening to learn from the person. We do not listen to people. We are thinking about our responses while another person is thinking. So yes, it is critical and crucial.

Jacobsen: What do you notice as some stronger points of communication or even wisdom coming from the younger generation to the older generation, and vice versa?

Lars: First, older guys tend to be appeasing. When we — us older guys — sit down to have a conversation, the point is to delete preconceived notions of the outcome of the conversation or the dialogue. The point is to delete the idea, “This young person has nothing to offer me.”

We need to delete the idea of placation of the young person. We need to “allow” the young person to share with us. Then we venture into telling the young person what we think and what we know, and what has been proven over the years to us — the older person.

It is important to note. Everyone understands when he or she is being placated. We may not respond angrily. We may use a modicum of respect and decorum. However, in my experience, most people shut down if being placated. They do not like it.

They may not leave. They may not move, but they have, basically, shut down. The conversation becomes the famous “Charlie Brown” teacher talking when Charlie Brown tunes the teacher out, “Wa-wa-wa-wa.” The conversation becomes a “wa-wa-wa-wa” because as an older person I have already disrespected you.

As a younger person, you relish the fact that I am older. You allow me to do it. We should not be allowed to do it, honestly. Old people should not be allowed to be disrespectful.

Although, it may not be yelling. It may not be screaming. But when we you condescend to people, to me, that is ultimate disrespect. The voice does not have to be raised any decibel. Profanity does not have to be used. But when individuals start to placate you or something indicates placation, this is ultimate disrespect.

We should not allow that to be a part of a conversation hen we’re talking about growth and communication between generations.

Jacobsen: For adolescent men, young men, middle-aged men, and elderly men, what seem like the barriers for that communication?

Lars: I laugh. Because older men would like you to think that we have it all together. We would like you to think that we are flawless. We would you like to think that we have made no mistakes in our lives. We would like you to think that the skeletons in our closet are there, accidentally.

We would not like you to think that we were not prepared for certain situations and consequences, but those skeletons are there. I want to speak from an old man’s perspective. We have to be very careful because you can send the wrong message to younger generations.

We can have three generations here. An old man like myself, a young man like Scott, and a younger man Scott would be addressing; we have to allow room for people to grow. We have to allow room for people to say, “I experienced. I can read. I can infer. I have knowledge to understand when I read something, when I see something. I have the ability to discern.”

Although, there may be very, very strong areas. That we may need to cover in conversation. It is ensuring the atmosphere is such that individuals are allowed to discern. That they are allowed to infer.

Because if we do not do that, then it is wasted air.

Jacobsen: How can the media and the larger culture facilitate this communication?

Lars: [Laughing] Oh wow! That question, for me, is a loaded one. So, I have to be careful. Everything with the media is pre-packaged. The only questions they are going to ask will elicit the response that they want from the person.

Real opinions do not appear. Let me put it this way, they do not appear interested in what an individual truly thinks about particular topics or events. They seem interested in eliciting the certain preferable responses. The media is, in and of itself, a very critical piece of the process.

However, in my opinion that, there needs to be some structure. There should be questions prepared beforehand. However, individuals should be allowed to segue. Not be allowed to go on and on and on, but at least be able to give more “insight,” if I can use that word, into what is being discussed rather than being steered into a direction that an individual wants the conversation to go.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mr. Lars.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

World Humanist Day Supporter Pack and Crowdfunding

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

The International Humanist and Ethical Union is counting down World Humanist Day.

It is on June 21. IHEYO is counting down with them. This year, IHEU launched Humanists At Risk as a crowdfunding campaign. this will help raise awareness and support for humanist concerns.

They helped raised, in a similar campaign before, about £10,000.00 “to help defend, protect and support humanists at risk around the world,” as noted in an email.

This is currently an annual crowdfunding campaign to ask for financial support. This financial support will go to helping raise awareness and to hopefully, eventually, support humanists who are at risk.

You can download the supporter pack here:

“We’re in!” — Download the supporter pack

IHEU continues to be a beacon, and umbrella, for humanist activities. The goal is to advocate for human rights, help at-risk humanists. Also, to help document discrimination, this can help catalogue the issues for humanists around the world.

World Humanist Day, in this view, becomes a great means and mechanism to support humanism and humanists around the world.

That’s why World Humanist Day is the perfect moment to harness solidarity within the global humanist community and get behind the vital work of the IHEU.

This supporter pack “includes graphics, a poster for events, news story copy for your website or press release, and template messages for social media.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Professor Al-Khalili on science communication and science

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

Professor Jameel Sadik “Jim” Al-Khalili OBE is a British theoretical physicist, author and broadcaster. He is currently Professor of Theoretical Physics and Chair in the Public Engagement in Science at the University of Surrey. In this interview, he speaks about what has driven him to pursue this career, his socially progressive outlook, his association with the British Humanist Association and the congruences between science and humanism.

The interview has been edited for clarity and readability.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become an activist and a scientist, and science communicator?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I think it’s fair to say that my career evolved gradually. When I began my academic life it very much followed the traditional route of PhD, postdoctoral research, at University College London then Surrey, then I secured a five-year research fellowship after which I became a full time (tenured) academic lecturer and moved up the academic ranks to professor by teaching and conducting research in my field of theoretical physics. I did all the usual stuff of publishing my research, attending conferences and applying for grants.

But around the mid-90s I also became active in outreach activities and communicating science more widely to the public. I found I enjoyed this as much as I did my other academic activities. I began to get involved as a contributor to radio and TV programmes and wrote my first popular science book, on black holes, in 1999. From then on, one thing led to another. Over the past decade I have been more involved in public life, but always speaking as a representative of the scientific world.

Jacobsen: Were parents or siblings an influence on this for you?

Prof. Al-Khalili: Not particularly. They were encouraging and supportive. But it was my wife who really enabled me to do what I do now.

Jacobsen: Did you have early partnerships in these activist and scientific pursuits? If so, whom?

Prof. Al-Khalili: Science is a collaborative endeavour, so over the years I have built up a wide range of colleagues and collaborators, whether in my research fields or in the public arena. The academics in the nuclear physics group at Surrey are scientists I have worked with over the years and published many research papers with. Several senior colleagues were also valuable mentors for me, supporting my development in my early career.

Jacobsen: How did you come to adopt a socially progressive worldview?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I don’t feel my worldview is particularly different from the vast majority of people I interact with on a daily basis. First and foremost, I am a scientist and so I try to see the world objectively and demand evidence for views, policies and beliefs. I am also liberal and secular in my politics. I served for three years as president of the British Humanist Association and I feel that my humanist values do indeed shape my worldview to a large extent. Last but not least, I come from a mixed culture and heritage background: born in Iraq to a Muslim Arab father and Christian English mother, I feel I can have a broader perspective on the world that is not shaped by just one ideology.

Jacobsen: Why do you think that adopting a social progressive outlook is important?

Prof. Al-Khalili: It depends on how one defines ‘socially progressive’, since I suspect that people from a wide cross-section of the political and social spectrum might regard themselves as forward-thinking and progressive. I also feel it is important to stress that being socially progressive is meaningless if we do not learn the lessons from the past. We cannot wipe slates clean and move forward without understanding where we have come from.

Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself a progressive?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I hope so. I can say that I am an optimist about the future, despite the many challenges that face the world today.

Jacobsen: Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not at all?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I think it is one of those terms that can easily be adopted by many ideologies. Maybe it is quite a clearly defined ideology or worldview in its own right. If so, then I need to learn more about what it implies.

Jacobsen: What are your religious/irreligious beliefs?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I am not religious. I guess I am defined as an atheist, which is a strange term since it implies there has to be a supernatural being, a god, in the first place for me not to believe in! Essentially ‘atheism’ is for me no more a belief system in itself than not collecting stamps is a hobby.

Jacobsen: As a progressive, what do you think is the best socio-political position to adopt in the United Kingdom?

Prof. Al-Khalili: Ideologically, I align myself with the liberal left and the social welfare stance of the traditional Labour movement.

Jacobsen: What big obstacles (if at all) do you see social-progressive movements facing at the moment?

Prof. Al-Khalili: In the UK, I think the biggest challenge is the disillusionment of many in society, such as those who voted Brexit, which manifests itself in a craving for elements of the past: a return to some perceived utopia when ‘things were better’. For me this is the opposite of a social-progressive movement.

Jacobsen: How important do you think social movements are?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I find this quite difficult to answer because today social movements can grow so quickly that there is often not enough time to consider carefully what they actually stand for. We live in an age of post-truth politics, disillusionment with establishment, vast inequalities in society, and social media that can pick up a meme and spread it faster than a virus. In this environment, social movements can thrive. But that does not necessarily mean that all social movements are for the good.

Jacobsen: What does your current work focus on?

Prof. Al-Khalili: I am doing many things. My academic career continues, as does my broadcasting, and I am excited about new developments in scientific research. In recent months I have stepped back from a lot of my public work to focus on writing, not least of which is my first novel, which I hope will come out next year.

Jacobsen: Where do you hope your professional work will go into the future?

Prof. Al-Khalili: Well, I hope to continue as it is today. I am very happy doing what I do.

Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Professor Al-Khalili.

Keep up-to-date with Professor Al-Khalili’s work by following his Twitter account: @jimalkhalili

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Second round for humanism course, free and online

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

Round two is beginning for the popular online and free (!) course on humanism. It is entitled ‘Introducing humanism: non-religious approaches to life.’

If you are a humanist, or a non-religious person with an interest in humanist ethics grounded in science and naturalism, or are a curious religious person with an intrigue in other points of view, this is a course for you.

Sandi Toksvig will teach with a step-by-step process the facets of the humanist worldview. The commitment need only be an hour or so per week to survey the material.

It amounts to a university-level course on humanist, but ‘lite’ like a ‘lite beer’ brew. The purpose is to be fun and informative with various content, videos, text material, and so on.

You can take part.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

KPIRG-KPU-Hossein controversy continues

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

The Runner reported on one of the many ongoing scandals at KPU (Kwantlen Polytechnic University).

This time with the Kwantlen Public Research Group (KPIRG). The Kwantlen Student Association (KSA) Council meeting, on April 6 2018, elected a new president, Caitlin McCutchen.

McCutchen stated, that the KSA is unable to confirm plans of defunding KPIRG or not based on the alleged fraud of Richard Hossein.

Hossein is a former staff member and the founder of the organization who may have absconded with over CAD100,000.

“We have the autonomy agreement, and this mismanagement of funds, essentially, is in breach of a few different parts of this autonomy agreement,” says McCutchen. “If there are breaches or violations, we have the option to stop remitting funds to them, which would not mean that we’re shutting down KPIRG. It would just mean we’re not giving them the funding.”

The current student senate representative and a former KPIRG board member, Kim McMartin, worked with Hossein. She “voluntarily excluded herself from an in-camera discussion that took place during the meeting. This was due to a conflict of interest, and she declined to give any other comment on the record,” according to The Runner.

The former KSA president, Tanvir Singh, attended as a student who was concerned about the situation.

Singh explained, “Through all of my roles, I’ve never had a good relationship with KPIRG.. .I’ve talked to multiple students and most people don’t know what they do. I think that this situation [with the Hossein lawsuit] in and of itself is the nail in the coffin. I think it’s time for students at KPU to seriously consider defunding KPIRG.”

Of the original signatories for the autonomy agreement, Hossein was one of the three people to do so, this autonomy agreement included the “provisions that allow the KSA to terminate it for breach of contract or by referendum.”

Article 7 may have been breached of the autonomy agreement. Because the KPIRG KSA funding must be utilized “exclusively towards accomplishing those purposes set out under the KPIRG constitution and for no other purpose.”

Same with Article 8: “all transactions that KPIRG enters into with third parties must be commercially reasonable and comply with KPIRG’s constitution, bylaws, and the Society Act or any successor Act.”

Article 33 firmly states that the event of a termination of the autonomy agreement would result in “any funds or property in possession of the KSA, at the time of the termination of this Agreement, shall remain in the possession of the KSA, and deemed to be the lawful property of the KSA. All unremitted fees shall be transferred into bursaries for KPU Students with criteria relating to social and environmental justice oriented individuals in financial need.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

RU-486 sold over 4,000 times in Canada in 2017

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

CBC News reported on the number of abortion pills prescribed by doctors in Canada.

The number was about 4,000 for Mifegymiso. This is the first year that the drug was available. in Canada. Health Canada stated that the 4,253 new prescriptions — estimated number — were dispensed by Canadian retail pharmacies.

Mifegymiso or RU-486 is an admixture of two drugs. These, together or alone, terminate early pregnancies. It was approved for Canadian use in 2015.

Health Canada placed restrictions on the use of the drug with particular requirements. Restrictions on pregnancies less than seven weeks. Doctors who prescribe must have a training course.

The restrictions were lifted in November 2017. Ginette Petitpas Taylor, the Canadian Federal Health Minister, sought to ease restrictions. Because the demand was higher.

Taylor explained, “Our government has been very clear when it comes to reproductive health rights for women. We want to make sure all options are available for women. We can see that there’s certainly a need when we look at the numbers.”

Many groups that argue for the increased access of RU-486 approve of the ease on the restrictions.

Action Canada for Sexual Health and Rights Director of Health Promotion Frederique Chabot said, “When I think of women, for example, in Nunavik in Quebec who have to travel to Montreal to seek care — that’s a plane ride and days away from your family, days away from your community and work. So we have a chance now to address some access issues.”

Chabot noted the problem with the expenses. It can be between CAD400 and CAD450 per dose. British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia have some healthcare coverage.

Women in other areas need private drug plans or need to pay from their own pockets. It is an expensive abortifacient. If a woman has access, then she can afford it; if she can’t afford it, then she doesn’t have financial access.

Chabot stated, “Our government has been clear about that and that’s why we’ve moved forward in making sure this medication is available to women.”

Viersen did not respond to requests for an interview about Health Canada’s response to his question.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Kentucky (and Mississippi) pass bills to restrict women’s reproductive rights

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05

CNN reported on the signing into law of a bill prohibiting women in Mississippi from having abortions after 15 weeks.

These abortions are restrictive. Kentucky’s own governor, after the Mississippi governor’s example, did similar. Governor Matt Bevin signed House Bill 454 to ban a procedure.

A common abortion procedure called dilation and evacuation starting earlier. That is 11 week after fertilization or into the pregnancy.

The only permitted exception is medical emergencies (ed. I do not know if this includes cases of rape). Bevin, according to the reportage, has been a longstanding anti-abortion activist.

He banned abortions after 20 weeks while in governance of Kentucky. There was another attempted, but failed, bill to make women look at unborn fetuses and listen to heartbeats prior to an abortion. The decision, even with being overturned, is begin appealed.

The entire state of Kentucky is now down to one abortion clinic. A federal judge has the fate of that sole clinic in their hands now.

CNN affiliated, WDRB, in Louisville (Kentucky) stated that the governor opined:

HB 454 signifies Kentucky’s unwavering commitment to protecting the rights of unborn children. In a society that increasingly devalues human life, we must continue to unapologetically advance laws that will protect those who cannot protect themselves. With every pro-life bill that becomes law, we send the same message: Kentucky stands for life.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Muslim celebrity doctor to be appointed by former television personality American president

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/04

President Donald Trump intends to appoint Dr. Oz. Oz is famous for false cures and fad diets. All questionable in efficacy.

Both men are TV personalities in history andat present. Both will wield much power. Both, in their records (rather than looking into their eyes to see their “soul”), abused power and influence in the past.

They seem to care more about image, self-aggrandizement, and enrichment to themselves and their small cadre of wealth constituents.

The questions then emerge about means by which these individuals will abuse the power of the US Administration to enrich themselves.

Oz will join the President’s Council on Sport, Fitness, and Nutrition. Bill Belichick, of the New England Patriots, will join Oz on this council. Does life imitate comedy or comedy imitate life?

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Iowa backs away from reproductive rights (for women)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/04

An Iowa governor signed some legislation, recently. The legislation bans almost all abortions within the state of Iowa, by implication.

The legislation states that if a heartbeat is detected, then abortion is not allowed by the physician. This is considered one of the most restrictive moves against reproductive rights.

The rights for women to safe and equitable access to abortion gets restricted. This amounts to the most restrictive ban on abortion in the United States of America.

The security at the Iowa Capitol was strengthened around the signing of the bill. Republican Governor Kim Reynolds had several state troopers outside of their office.

Reynolds stated, “I believe that all innocent life is precious and sacred, and as governor, I pledged to do everything in my power to protect it. That is what I am doing today.”

The law will become enacted on July 1, 2018. The Iowa Senate had a vote that was more or less split, but the bill was approved for the ban of most abortions in the state of Iowa.

The ban requires women to undergo abdominal ultrasounds with physicians for a test of a fetal heartbeat if a woman wants to seek an abortion.

With a detectable heartbeat, the physician can decline the performance of an abortion. Fetal heartbeats can be detected as early as 6 weeks into a pregnancy, according to experts.

Planned Parenthood for the Heartland (PPH) declared they would sue Iowa. The PPH executive officer, Suzanna de Baca, said:

It’s shameful that when Planned Parenthood heard lawmakers were introducing legislation to ban abortion, we were outraged — but we weren’t surprised… But I think many of us still never expected that Governor Reynolds would so swiftly jump to sign a bill that is so clearly unconstitutional.

An Iowa law banned most abortions after 20 weeks last year. Republican Iowa lawmakers are looking to advance legislation to challenge Roe v. Wade.

Roe v. Wade, from 1973, set the early stage for the advancement of women’s rights constitutional protection for the right to an abortion.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Lies, damn lies, and dating apps

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/03

The Daily Mail reported on something interesting. Not the fact of people lying to attract mates, that seems inevitable. Human beings lie to date or attract a mate to a date.

Based on reportage of a Stanford University study, they found the most common lies on dating apps. People falsify availability to “deceive potential partners.”

The most common lies were “butler lies.” They are 3/10ths of the lies. With 200 participants and 3,000 messages, the lies centered on relationships rather than starting them.

The situation before some of this research was ambiguous about the types of lying. Now, the vice of lying can be cut into bits via parsing of dating app data.

On the whole, people are honest. 2/3rds of people never lie. 7% were deceptive for sure. The majority of lies were “availability and exaggerating personal interests in an effort to appear more attractive.”

People lie about who they’re with and what they do. Other research has shown men lie about income and height; women lie about age and beauty.

Hancock calls the butler lies the ones that are meant to be polite into to conceal something. That prevents some unwanted social interactions.

30% of lies were white lies.

“One participant messaged, ‘Hey I’m so so sorry, but I don’t think I’m going to be able to make it today. My sister just called and I guess she’s on her way here now. I’d be up for a raincheck if you wanted, though. Sorry again.’”

People tend to be honest, about 66% of the time or 66% of people are, surprisingly, honest and frank in a respectful way. Others not so much, but only to politely avoid some interaction.

The first dating app came from 1995 with Match.com. Single people could give an image and then converse with people. This was purported to help with long-term relationship development.

eHarmony came online around 2000, and 2002 for Ashley Madison for those wanting to cheat on their spouses.

Others include “OKCupid (2004), Plenty of Fish (2006), Grindr (2009) and Happn (2013)” and “Tinder [2012].” Tinder was the first one with a swipe option as the main means for selection of a potential short-term partner — i.e., someone to sleep with.

“After its initial launch it’s usage snowballed and by March 2014 there were one billion matches a day, worldwide,” the Daily Mail reported, “In 2014, co-founder of Tinder, Whitney Wolfe Herd launched Bumble, a dating app that empowered women by only allowing females to send the first message.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Climate change is a necessary discussion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/03

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) says, “97 percent or more of actively publishing climate scientists agree: Climate-warming trends over the past century are very likely due to human activities” (NASA, 2016b).

The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in the Climate Change 2014 Synthesis Report says, “Human influence on the climate system is clear, and recent anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases are the highest in history. Recent climate changes have had widespread impacts on human and natural systems.” (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2015).

The British Royal Society says, “Scientists know that recent climate change is largely caused by human activities from an understanding of basic physics, comparing observations with models, and fingerprinting the detailed patterns of climate change caused by different human and natural influences.” (The Royal Society, 2016b).

And the Government of Canada says, “The science behind man-made climate change is unequivocal. Climate change is a global challenge whose impacts will be felt by all countries, particularly the poorest and most vulnerable. Indeed, impacts are already occurring across the globe. Strong action is required now and Canada intends to be a climate leader.” (The Government of Canada, 2015b). What do these mean, plainly?

In short, the vast majority of those that spend expertise, money, and time to research the climate affirm that global warming is a reality, and a looming threat to the biosphere (Upton, 2015Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2015). So that means, in general, if you know what you’re talking about regarding the climate, you understand it’s changing. You know it’s warming globally — not necessarily locally, wherever any particular local is, which would be weather. What does this imply?

Well if it is inevitable and ongoing, then its solution or set of solutions is a necessity, which should be the center of the discussion. Not if, but when, and therefore, how do we work together to prevent and lessen its impacts? There can be legitimate disagreement about the timeline and the severity within a margin of error based on data sets, or meta-analyses, but legitimate conversation starts with an affirmative. So why is it significant?

Because most of the biosphere exists in that “extremely thin sheet of air” (Hall, 2015) with a thickness of only “60 miles” or ~96.56 kilometers called the atmosphere. It is happening to the minute sheet of the Earth, and in turn affects the biosphere. So small, globally speaking, contributions to the atmosphere can have large impacts throughout the biosphere and climate, as is extrapolated from current and historical data. What is the timeline, and why the urgency?

Because, in general, it will cause numerous changes in decades, not centuries (Gillis, 2016). That translates into our parents, our own, our (if any) children, and our (if any) current or future grandchildren. In other words, all of us, present and future. What kind of things would, or should, we expect — or even are witnessing?

For starters, we’ll experience average increases in global temperatures, impacts to ecosystems and economies, flooding and drought, and affected water sources and forests such as Canada’s (David Suzuki Foundation, 2014bDavid Suzuki Foundation, 2014d;David Suzuki Foundation, 2014e).

It affects the health of children and grandchildren, and grandparents, through heat-related deaths, tropical disease increases, and heat-aggravated health problems (David Suzuki Foundation, 2014c). It is adversely affecting biodiversity (Harvard University School of Public Health, 2016) and threatening human survival (Jordan-Stanford, 2015).

Recently it was reported that the Arctic winter sea ice is at a record low (Weber, 2016). There’ll be sea-level rise and superstorms (Urry, 2016). And it affects all, not just our own, primate species, according to primatologists (Platt, 2016). So even our closest evolutionary cousins, via proximate ancestry, will be affected too. This is a global crisis. What are major factors?

Population and industrial activity are the big ones. Too many people doing lots of highly pollution-producing stuff. It’s greatly connected to the last three centuries’ human population explosion and industrialization, which was an increase from about 1 billion to over 7 billion people (Brooke, 2012). So life on Earth is changing, in part, because of human industrial activity with increasing severity as there are more, and more, human beings on the planet (Scientific American, 2009). What’s being done to prepare for it?

Nations throughout the world are preparing for the relatively predictable general, and severe, impacts of it (Union of Concern Scientists, n.d.). The international community is aware, and that explains the Paris climate conference (COP21) during late 2015 (European Commission, 2016), which Prime Minister Trudeau attended for our national representation at this important global meeting (Fitz-Morris, 2015).

Alberta is making its own preparation too (Leach, 2015). And, apparently, small municipalities in Canada are not prepared for its impacts (The Canadian Press, 2015The University of British Columbia, 2014). But there are those in Alberta such as Power Shift Alberta, hoping to derive solutions to climate change from our youth (Bourgeois, 2016).

So there’s thoughtful consideration, and work, from the international and national to the provincial and territorial, and even municipal levels, for the incoming changing crisis. Whether something can be done about it at one magnitude or another, it is being talked about more with concomitant changes to policy and actions following from them.

All of this preparation, or at least consciousness-raising, is relevant and needing further integration. Climate change will only get more severe unless we do something about it. So, again, that means it’s all a question of when, not ‘if’.

If we want a long-term, robust solution to assist in the reduction of CO2 emissions, a carbon tax fits the bill for a start. Then there’s future energy resources including Hydro, bioenergy, wind, solar, geothermal, and ocean (Natural Resources Canada, 2016). And the flip side of the coin for an energy source is a place to put that energy via future storage technologies also (Dodge, 2015).

But there’s something needed prior to and alongside all of that, which leads back into the original point. Talk about it. Discussion and conversation is the glue that will bind all of these together. The energy sources and storage-devices of the future, the preparation for the effects of climate change that is happening and will continue to happen, and so on, need chit-chat throughout democratic societies for even more awareness of it.

So let’s do something about it, by talking about it more through a national discourse.

Here and now.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mandisa Thomas on Black Nonbelievers, Inc.

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/02

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have extensive experience in hospitality and building the organization Black Nonbelievers, Inc. It is a 501(c)3. So, if you people want to donate or help out in some way, they can bear that in mind.

That it is a charitable organization. That you would be helping. When it comes to the hospitality industry, there are dos. There are don’ts. What are the dos? What are the don’ts?

Mandisa Thomas: Yes, thank you very much, some of the dos are to try to be welcoming. This has often been a huge ask or a huge question and a huge problem that many other atheist organizations have when it comes to diversity.

How can they attract more women, how they attract more people of color, how they attract more children, it is important to establish some ground rules about to attract and be friendly to others.

It is important not necessarily to simply bombard, especially the new members, with a bunch of questions. One thing I do when I present at events is that I tell organizers and members to engage but also gauge.

Try to be mindful of how you may be coming off to potential new members as well as recurring members, do mind your body language, do just try to ask questions, try not to get too personal with people, set that friendly and welcoming atmosphere, making sure members know what they should and shouldn’t do to new people, setting and managing that process is very, very important.

I would say a good thing. One good thing I do is watch people’s engagement on a personal level. There are a lot of people who talk about certain issues when they’re on a stage or on the online medium.

But when it comes to how they engage people on a personal level or private interaction, it is different. One good rule, I would advise: be punctual, please be on time. Tardiness is something I despise.

I try to make that a general rule: be on time, be consistent as far as your treatment of everyone, don’t treat someone who is just new as different from someone of the community. That is the basis of customer service and hospitality.

The person who sweeps the floor should be treated the same as the CEO. That is something that I think that we could learn from in this community.

Jacobsen: We have new technologies. That we did not have before for the building of community. So, that can leave a lot more questions about what is appropriate and what is inappropriate in terms of the use of those technologies to advance a movement.

For instance, you can use a hashtag, but that can be hijacked by people who want to denigrate, harass, and so on, people trying to build that movement. That is one particular example, but there are various ways not necessarily hijacked but misused to undermine a movement.

What are some of the things people can be mindful of when they are using these new technologies to build the movements?

Thomas: One thing is to do research such as on an engine and its efficacy as well as being well-informed of the history of said hashtag. Do research on who is using it and why it is being used.

Also, try to gauge, not everything is meant for public consumption. As inclusive as we try to be, it is still important to manage the process as to who we are engaging. If you see someone who is in your group who isn’t properly using said medium, you can certainly bring it to their attention or bring it to the attention of the administrator, the leader, or the organizer, we can certainly discuss it.

If it requires removal or dismissing the person who is using it improperly, then it is good to implement that.

Jacobsen: This interview is completely open. What are some controversial areas of public engagement?

Thomas: In the #MeToo movement, for example, how we are engaging women, how women are engaging the opposite sex in terms of harassment and assault, one good thing or one important aspect is to listen.

If people are telling you that something is making them uncomfortable, you need to listen to them. If someone is telling you that perhaps what you are doing could be different, it is good to take that into perspective and listen to the person or persons.

Evaluate or re-evaluate the norms that have been placed upon us about the roles of men and women as well as the rules of engagement, make sure that you are asking questions, “Is this okay? Is that okay?”

It is important to engage body language as well as what people are saying. I think some people just aren’t listening. People are talking to get their point across and not necessarily understanding the other party.

We could get a lot further when people start engaging to work towards a solution and not just ​to ​respond and argue. We see a lot of that in the online area. We argue all day long. But then there are certain people who aren’t even willing to listen and understand.

Jacobsen: Right. Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.

Thomas: No problem! Thank you.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Alberta Premier Rachel Notley emphasizes consent in sexual education

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01

In efforts throughout Canada to combat sexual misconduct and sexual violence in intimate relations, on campuses, at work, and so on, the country’s leaders are working on various methods.

One is consent in sexual education. In the province of Alberta, one emphasized method is consent. Then the various nuances around consent.

Notley said, “We’ll be looking at some work at all grade levels. How do we talk about consent as early as kindergarten and moving all the way through to Grade 12? … We need everybody to learn what consent is and how fundamental it is to relationships between people. They need to learn that at a very young age and be comfortable talking about it.”

David Eggen, the education minister in Alberta, explained consent is a part of the ongoing curriculum review. That consent is in some schools and not others.

Eggen notes a consistent approach is necessary. He said, “The safety of our children is paramount. It’s very important to have boundaries that students know about, (and) being able to say no.”

The earlier education, Eggen states, emphasizes permission and personal space. Notley proclaimed May sexual violence awareness month.

Officials from 10 government ministries and community organizations will work to combat sexual violence. The work will build on previous efforts.

These efforts are spearheaded by Stephanie McLean’s Status of Women Ministry. One effort among others will be the work on how the police will respond to sexual assault offences.

Seven grants will be funding organizations addressing sexual violence. New rules will be laid out regarding sexual harassment and assault in the workplace.

Alberta “made legislative changes to allow sexual violence survivors more latitude in filing civil claims and in getting out of leases without penalty.”

$8.1 million (CAD) will go to helping police with more counselling support. This will hep courts too.

Rural and Indigenous Alberta residents have long wait lists for supports and counseling. The same may be true for these services rolling out too.

Estimates note sexual assault as the highest under-reported crime in Canada. 1 in 20 victims come forward to report.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Introducing the Congressional Freethought Caucus

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01

Another religious group in the United States House of Representatives advocates for the nonreligious.

Democratic Representatives Jared Huffman (CA), Jamie Raskin (MD), Jerry McNerney (CA), and Dan Kildee (MI) helped form a new caucus.

It is the Congressional Freethought Caucus. The purpose is to help with the advocacy of the interests of the nonreligious.

Many people in the United States do not support religion in government. While others do, the point is to advocate for policies based on reason and science.

One may assume “and not faith and revelation.” A press release talked about a mission of the caucus. It is to “promote public policy based on reason and science, to protect the secular character of our government, and to champion the value of freedom of thought worldwide.”

Good.

The point is an area of agreement for both the nominal, liberal, moderate, and ordinary religious and the nonreligious. The point of secularism. They want to promote secularism.

Still more, they may agree on the need to advocate for science in public policy. It could be “the inspiration” of the public policy if you will.

The bigger goal is to reduce the discrimination against the nonbelieving population in the United States. Those people labelled atheists, agnostics, and humanists.

This caucus, as espoused by itself, can help give voice “for Members of Congress to discuss their moral frameworks, ethical values, and personal religious journeys.”

The Freethought Caucus appears to have an interesting take on the implications of the word religion. The implications of a narrow set of traditional definitions.

This may be increased to the more secular ritualistic lifestyles many American take on board. Religion may decline as a formal structure.

However, the practices morph with the times. Even though, this may not be called religion per se.

Roy Speckhardt, executive director of the American Humanist Association, said, “The very existence of this congressional caucus for freethinkers and humanists is a marker of how far the movement for secular and nontheist equality has come.”

Speckhardt continued, “This significant step is also a new beginning for our country as both religious and nonreligious leaders work to better the nation.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Saudi Arabian man renounces Islam, denounces Muhammad, gets death penalty

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01

A man renounced Islam and denounced Muhammad. The Saudi man, Ahmad Al-Shamri, as a result got sentenced to death. Al-Shamri posted views about Islam on social media in 2014.

The Saudi authorities became alerted to this activity. Al-Shamri was charged with the crimes of atheism and blasphemy. He was sentenced with the death penalty for the purported crimes.

He was sentenced in February of 2015. He is in his early 20s and is from the eastern Province of Saudi Arabia from the city of Hafar Al-Batin.

Al-Shafri pleaded insanity. That is, he was drunk and high on drugs at the time. This is according to the advisory board member for Human Rights Watch, Hala Dosari.

Dosari said, “His trial focused heavily on Quranic law and little on any mitigating mental illness. As a result, Al-Shamri has been sentenced to death for being an atheist.”

On April 25 2018, the Saudi Supreme Court ruled against Al-Shamri. Saudi Arabia, though known for executions, continues to be on the UN Human Rights Council until 2019. Its term expires at that time. To leave Islam in Saudi Arabia, it is punishable by death. Adam Coogle, Middle East researcher at Human Rights Watch, explained, “The conservative religious folks have full control of the justice system… Judges come from religious seminaries in Saudi Arabia. They see themselves as preservers of Saudi Arabia’s character as an Islamic state… And they come down hard on people who step out of line.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Singularities, What is Inside a Black Hole and Behind the Big Bang?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01

Sunday Express reported on the possibility for research in standard Big Bang cosmology into areas before not empirically researched. That point being before the singularity at the moment of creation or the Big Bang as it is sometimes called.

It has been notoriously thought as something outside of the realm of empirical physics and only left to theoretical physicists to speculate and compare with moments of the universe after T=0, when time began — literally came into existence.

One international team of researchers is proposing a different picture of a before of creation, of a time before the Big Bang. Apparently, the singularity of black holes is akin to the Big Bang because the laws of physics appear to break down.

With some complex math and quantum strangeness, the international team of researchers claim the origins of the universe and the center of a black hole can be explained, comprehended, and not seen as a sort of known unknown.

Professor Mir Faizal at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada and the University of British Columbia, Okanagan in British Columbia, Canada explained, “It is known that general relativity predicts that the universe started with a big bang singularity and the laws are physics cannot be meaningfully applied to a singularity.”

Faizal co-authored the paper with Salwa Alsaleh, Lina Alasfar, and Ahmed Farag Ali. Faizal said that the current theories show the singularities, in black holes and at the Big Bang, are built into the interpretations of the math to make the theories. They follow from the math.

However, if they include quantum effects to remove the singularities, then the standard theories based on work by Roger Penrose, Emeritus Rouse Ball Professor of Mathematics in the University of Oxford and Emeritus Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford, and Stephen Hawking, Director of Research at the Centre for Theoretical Cosmology within the University of Cambridge, can be modified.

Those changes to remove the singularities imply new models. Those old models without the quantum effects to the remove the singularities relied on specific models with problems. One model includes string theory, which, as noted, has its own problems.

Only “very general considerations” rather than a specific model is needed to ‘prove’ the proposal in the paper by Faizal and others. The paper concludes that the centers of black holes do not amount to singularities, but, rather, to empirically testable areas of future research.

“The absence of singularity means the absence of inconsistency in the laws of nature describing our universe, that shows a particular importance in studying black holes and cosmology,” the paper said.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Creationism and Evolution — Bill HB258 Denied

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01

This bill would enable public school teachers who teach kindergarten through 12th grade to include, as a portion of instruction regarding the scientific origins of man and the Earth, instruction regarding the Biblical theory of creation, so long as evolution is also taught. This bill would further allow any teacher who desires to instruct students regarding the Biblical theory of creation to read passages from the Bible in class which he or she deems necessary to propel the instruction forward. This bill would allow a student receiving instruction on both the Biblical theory of creation and evolution to make a determination as to which theory to accept. A student would be permitted credit on course exams if he or she chooses to adhere to the Biblical theory of creation instead of evolution and then answers exam questions according to that system of belief.

The United States of America state of Alabama attempted to pass a bill for the teaching of creationism. The curricula would include creationism alongside evolution. Creationism tends to come in three forms.

One is Young Earth Creationism with the world, humans, and everything in it no older than 10,000 years. Some room for variation in the age. Another group is Old Earth Creationist. Those who believe everything got divinely breathed into life by God. Big difference is the age factor, hence “Old.”

They believe in the 4.54-billion-year-old Earth. Same assertion but also partial acceptance of the evidence. The main inspiration coming from the Bible plus acceptance of modern geology but not modern biology.

Another is Intelligent Design. Often, unfairly, it gets lumped with Old Earth Creationism and Young Earth Creationism with the media portrayals as “Creationism.”

It amounts to, in one view, in part a religious argument and, in another view, in part an information-based argument with the research programme oriented towards detection of design in nature through, for example, finding irreducible complexity.

Each of the three have nuances. However, the general critique stands because all three as strands stand in part or whole against modern unguided biological evolution accepted by the vast majority of practicing biologists for the explanation of the development, growth, and speciation of species.

Modern biological evolution remains unguided. Some choose to assert a Theistic Evolution view. God used evolution to create “Mankind,” in essence. The majority of practicing biologists, especially the elite ones, accept unguided evolution. It becomes the bedrock for modern biological sciences, so one foundation for modern medicine too.

In a sociological analysis of the groups, these seem to have similar problems as the New Atheist movement. The Intelligent Design demographics seem, for the most part, to be white Christian males with a sprinkling of an atheist or agnostic in the mix.

The New Atheist demographics lean heavily towards white males with some ex-Muslims males. However, the majority remain white males. In Alabama’s House, Bill 258 was not accepted. It would teach creation theory as interpreted and asserted through the Bible to students.

This battle continues back as a war for decades, especially in the school system. Some religious parents resent public schools for teaching modern evolutionary theory to their children.

They would prefer creationism taught to their children. Because the literalist interpretation of their religious holy text and community demands it. The bill, Bill 258 in the Alabama House, “died in committee on March 29, 2018.

The legislature adjourned sine die to the benefit of standard biological sciences curricula. Kentucky Revised Statutes 158.177 was a Kentucky law used to create the HB 258 bill.

158.177 was enacted in 1976. It is noted by NCSE as unconstitutional. Steve Hurst (R-District 35) was the sole supporter. Hurst has been known for “previous proposals to require public school teachers to read a daily prayer in the classroom and to punish sex offenders with surgical or chemical castration.”

Writing at PLoS’s SciComm blog (February 19, 2018), Amanda Glaze — a native of Alabama now teaching at Georgia Southern University — decried HB 258, arguing, “Legislation that conflates empirical scientific evidence with evidence derived from religious texts can seriously harm efforts to improve science literacy.”

References

Kentucky Government. (2018). 158.177 Teaching of evolution — Right to include Bible theory of creation. Retrieved from http://www.lrc.ky.gov/Statutes/statute.aspx?id=3462.

National Center for Science Education. (2018, April 2). Creationism bill dies in Alabama. Retrieved from https://ncse.com/news/2018/04/creationism-bill-dies-alabama-0018734.

Organ, J. (2018, February 19). Opinion: We’re at War for Science Literacy, Not Against Faith. Retrieved from http://blogs.plos.org/scicomm/2018/02/19/opinion-were-at-war-for-science-literacy-not-at-war-with-faith/.

Representative Hurst. (2018, January 18). HB258. Retrieved from http://alisondb.legislature.state.al.us/alison/searchableinstruments/2018RS/bills/HB258.htm.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Yasmine Mohammed on Free Hearts, Free Minds

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What does this organization mean to you?

Yasmine Mohammed: I was getting inundated with messages from people from the Muslim world asking for help. I tried as hard as I could, but I didn’t have the resources to help them all. I was frustrated and sad and it was starting to affect my life and my mental health.

Because I related so much to the stories I was hearing, it was hard to separate myself. I kept thinking of how I felt when I was going through what they’re going through. And in many ways, because I was in a free, secular country — even as bad as it was for me, it was a walk in the park compared to what people in the Islamic world have to endure. Rather than wallow in feelings helplessness, frustration and sadness, I decided to start FreeHearts, Free Minds.

Starting FHFM feels like I’m reaching back 10–15 years and helping my confused, lonely, petrified, and to be honest, suicidal young self. If social media had even been available for me-had I known that leaving Islam was even an option-I wouldn’t have suffered nearly as much as I did. Today, with the help of technology, and FHFM, I want to do all I can to ensure that no one ever feels that alone.

Jacobsen: What are the scale and scope of the organization at present and into the next 3 years?

Mohammed: FHFM is not even a year old yet, but we have managed to do so much in so little time. I now have a team of ten people working with me. And we are prepared to launch a dating site that will support Ex-Muslims in the Muslim world trying to avoid forced marriages and/or circumvent guardianship laws. We’re just a few months old, but we’re expanding our services already! Who knows what could happen within the next three years? If we’re able to maintain and grow our two services, I’ll be happy. I think both services provide essential support to apostates in Islamic countries in very dangerous situations who have no other resources, no other options, and no other hope.

Jacobsen: Where can ex-Muslims connect with the organization or others to find assistance, guidance, community, and safety?

Mohammed: There are lots of online support groups out there, but unfortunately they’re all localized, so an individual would have to search for a group in their region. As far as North America, they could join EXMNA or Muslimish. There are some groups scattered around Europe as well. Because of safety concerns, it’s not as easy to find groups in the Islamic world. That’s where FHFM comes in. It supports ppl in the Islamic world because they are in the most dire need. Even if they were to find a local private Facebook group or something, they’d be too afraid to share any personal info. They know they can trust us.

Jacobsen: How can everyone donate skills, time, money, experience, and connections to the organization?

Mohammed: If you are able to help, please go to www.freeheartsfreeminds.com and support us monthly through Patreon or GoFundMe. We currently have a growing waiting list of people looking for one-on-one support from a Life Coach. The list grows, on average, about a person per week.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Yasmine.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Perspective Interview with Natasha Taneka – Session 3

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Natasha Taneka (Unpublished)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/05/05

Now, we’ve talked about your personal life a bit with regards to parents and grandparents. You grandparents being feisty. You being of Zimbabwean heritage with a lot of Canadian cultural influence. In addition, your father’s scientific background in mineralogy, the science of mineralogy, with the PhD from the University College, London and your mother getting her PhD in America and specializing in human resources management and the arts. With all of this in mind, some things do come into the line in inquiry here with respect to your general perspective. What is your general philosophy in life? What are your general ethical guidelines for personal and professional life and so on?

I would say with my sort of life philosophy as I gotten older it’s always changing and I do things that I have been given, or what I have learned, and that I have been given permission to change. I think the background with Zimbabwe we have witnessed a lot of changes, and this could go for a lot of people, at least politically and directly in my lifetime. My grandparents grew up at a time in Zimbabwe under colonial influence during Ian Smith, when they didn’t have access to certain jobs, and then they had children who were able to get a really good education and leave the country, and by the time they came back. Zimbabwe was independent.

With every option that came up, whilst everything was changing, my parents always went with the philosophy of ‘to go for it.’ I think…that chaos…in the community. So, they seem to be.. interpreted…there’s always  opportunity in chaos, and I think that in the way my parents had family. Other things can change, but there’s staying in touch in the world. You’ll make it through.

My philosophy has been to always remember that with one or two things everything can change and it can be okay… that is one of the most empowering things that one can do. It’s going to come and that’s what I’ve done with my life. I went to Canada to do my BA and then I decided to do my MA in New Zealand and then I fell in love and moved to England. 

I picked up from that and came settled in London…I never am shy for change…procurement and…and for my benefit…my priority has been making sure that…

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Professional Interview with Natasha Taneka – Session 2

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Natasha Taneka (Unpublished)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/05/05

With regards to professional life, your father with respect to work to mineralogy at the Imperial College in London and your mother in the United States in terms of human resources management and the arts. Those are very different as you pointed out at the end of the last interview. If at all, or to what degree, did these influence your own decisions to do with human procurement in professional life?

That’s a very good question. I’ve always known that for them to have picked two different, very different, disciplines. It is always been the larger spectrum. I’m very grateful that both of them weren’t in the arts because otherwise maybe growing up I would’ve only thought that my only options were the arts, or vice versa. Both of them being in the arts and mathematics. 

Them being in the opposite spectrums has allowed me to dabble in the both worlds. So,I’ve always had an interest and enjoyed sitting down with my father and watching science documentaries on mathematics and at the same time I really did enjoy the human aspect of what my mother was involved in. 

Understanding how decisions are made in the home, family planning, I think that sort of allowed me to cultivate my people skills! I do enjoy hanging out with people and talking to people about different things physically rather than in the abstract.

So with my career now in procurement and supply chain, I feel like I get a little bit of both. And so when it comes to contracts, I have to deal with numbers. You have to suspend what a suppliers… You have to see the risk. You have the see the rates that are being given, what you are negotiating will be your deterrent. There is a lot of mathematics that I have to deal with and I think that’s useful from my influence from my father. 

I am very interested in dealing with people. You have to be on the phone to get a supplier and then you have to actually get suppliers that want to help you, but you have to work on your listening skills to learn how they do business and that they have other options that your value chain partner hasn’t thought of, and so in that case I am using my influence from my mom’s background and working with people and learning that they come from different perspectives.

The two of them, I think, givens me good balance that numbers are important and do speak a lot and louder than, at times, what people say. In time, if you want t get more done, you have to understand that picking up the phone and having a rapport with people and listening to where they’re coming from is just as important to a project that they have to complete.

So, in my daily life, I use a little bit of both my father’s background and my mother’s background.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Personal Interview with Natasha Taneka – Session 1

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Natasha Taneka (Unpublished)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/05/05

To start, let’s talk about your personal life and how that lead into your professional life.

I am of African descent, particularly Zimbabwean heritage. My family immigrated to Canada. So, I am very much influenced by travel. I feel like I really have a diverse background as I have lived in 4 or 5 countries. That influenced me to choose to do my degree and my studies in international relations and it lead me to focus on immigration and human rights. From that point, I have always had an interest in working with the United Nations or volunteering for NGOs. I feel like I’ve always had this connection with development and growth. 

So, it sort of lead me to focus on procurement and connecting suppliers with businesses and making sure everyone is involved is integrated in a fair manner. That’s how I summarize how my background influences my work in a professional manner.

What about your family, in general, what kind of things do they do?

Yea! I would definitely say that my mom and dad sort of set a track for me in terms of travelling and education. My mother left Zimbabwe when she was 17 to do two degrees in Australia. One degree in Halifax, Canada. And then finally her PhD in the United States.That was definitely cemented in me the importance of education and to never far travel. And that also for my father he ended up doing his PhD out at Imperial College in the UK. It’s kind of funny that I’m all grown up and now here in the UK.

I remember being a child and being like, “Yea, my dad studied long ago and like in London.” Not myself here yet, here I am, my path in college. I think to myself, “Wow!” It’s one of those things that they never grew up with dreams of growing up and seeing so many lands. My mother is based in New Zealand and travels quite often. And I think it’s been instilled in me that the sky is the limit to travel for work, for opportunities, because where you are sometimes isn’t enough and you shouldn’t hold yourself back or limit your dreams.

That would be something that I got from my parent. As for my grandparents, my grandparents both had feisty personalities based on the stories that I hear when they were younger. It has always been an impression on me to never take crap as it is, and go forth and you could always do more.

Your father is a PhD at Imperial College, London. What was it in? And your mother’s in the United States, what was it in?

Okay, so, my father was mineralogy, which is a PhD in engineering that focuses on minerals such as precious stones, basically, that come from the earth. As a kid, he was good at mathematics and science and coming from a poor family. It is the scholarship that ended up landing him at Imperial College, London. So, his PhD is basically focused on precious stones and turning precious metals into iron. And I think it is very highly in demand in the metals industry.

For my mother, she focused on human resource management and consumer behaviour. This is all focusing on how to sort of give people the skills they need to be able to be self-sustaining, and that sort of lead her to doing some research at home such as going to Zimbabwe and collecting data, and that really influenced me and taught me what it is to do research and to get – be in partnership with a lot of United Nations to sort of deliver on projects that really could be meaningful in a lot of communities in Zimbabwe.  

Currently, she is currently focusing the diaspora in Ottawa. Sometimes, she travels to Israel to see how the Israeli diaspora work and network. She’s been to Ethiopia as well and trying to get all those lessons learned to see what they could do in Ottawa with a lot of immigrant communities, and so that’s what they do – completely opposite when you think about it.

My father in science. My mother in the arts and politics and development.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 75 – The Soul and Consciousness (6)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/31

Scott: By the way, any disclaimers? Some see these as the two most foundational and important ideas in their lives, secular or religious, e.g. in their tacit moral system such as Peter Singer’s (secular utilitarianism) or about half of the world’s with Judeo-Christian-Islamic theological ethics (religious variations of the Golden Rule ethic).

Rick: I’m not super qualified to talk about the soul because I haven’t done a lot of reading on various definitions or characterizations of the soul. I am assuming those characterizations.

I don’t believe in the soul as a divinely bestowed spark, which transcends your biological life as some thread – some people believe in reincarnation – that goes from one person to another or one person to an animal.

Something that ties people and animals in a string that goes from life to life to life. I don’t believe in that. Unless, there’s a technological means of that happening.

Scott: Does this perspective make the human organism in essence biological technology?

Rick: Yes. 50 years ago, it was a fairly popular minority point of view that the body was a machine. The heart is a pump. The lungs are bellows. A sophisticated machine, that’s overly reductive in a lot of ways, but particularly with regard to consciousness.

In that, it allowed people to gloss over whatever consciousness is, by saying, “You can do the same things with a bunch of IBM punch cards. If you had enough punch cards in a big Univac computer, you could pretty much do whatever it is we’re doing, and so let’s not think about it.”

The idea of humans and animals as machines let’s people dance around true complexities of organic life. At the same time, 50 years after that attitude, you could circle around to something like it by saying that human and animal life will ultimately be explainable via physical processes, biological and chemical processes, which themselves boil down to processes in physics.

I subscribe to that point of view. Although, I think consciousness is this actual thing. This emergent property associated with information-sharing among sub-systems in brains. So, we are biological technology, except technology as we think about it today doesn’t have the maximal feedback – the huge number of interacting feedback systems – that biological beings have.

As evolved beings, we evolved for every possible easy informational pathway among the bodies systems to be exploited. Evolution takes advantage of anything that can easily originate. Some things that are tougher to originate too.

Things like eyes. Intelligent design people like to hold up eyes as things too complicated to come about by chance, but eyes originate a lot. I’m sure somebody who is a competent evolutionary biologist could indicate various examples of where eyes have evolved independent of one another.

Scott: There are lots of examples. Some things have dozens of independent evolutions.

Rick: Things that have an easy pathway to come into being. Evolution finds those pathways. Spreading out to cover the pathways of possibility through random mutation and, I suspect, organisms’ exploitations of behavioural niches, organisms can find off-market uses for claws and whatever other things they have.

As long as those off-market uses are hard to find for animals that aren’t the smartest things in the world, once off-market uses are found, mutations that favor those uses will be themselves favored. So, you have innovating bound by their brains and bodies, often becoming locked in via genetic changes.

These favor the beings who have the mutations that work better with the off-market uses that they’ve found for their bodies. You have random mutations being exploitable. Also, you have organisms that don’t always stick to standard behavioral repertoires and end up having quirky behaviors.

That may become more and more built-in via the organisms that are better suited to do the quirky behaviors, survival enhancing quirky behaviors. They do them better and better until they aren’t quirky until they have a genetic basis in the organism.

That skirts the whole area of all of the junk DNA that can function as a library of possible other stuff or abilities that, maybe, we could have. When people think of mutations, they think of one gene going bad, then you get an organism with double the muscle.

That’s one. You can search online for super muscular dogs, bulls, and people. There’s a mutation that knocks out some hormone or some dang thing that blocks the expression of muscle. So, occasionally, you will see something with this mutation, e.g. a baby that looks like Superman or this dog that looks like a crazy anatomical chart of a pit bull because it allows it to grow a crazy amounts of muscle.

When people think of a mutation, they think of a spot mutation like that. It generally doesn’t have such great results as creating super babies or super dogs. It gives you something else like Down Syndrome. Then there are other mutations.

These can actually let larger chunks of genetics become expressed. Usually, it is with disastrous effects such as still-born things. The whole idea that there are big chunks of genes that can be moved in and out of functionality.

I’m sure that also makes evolution more complicated than we’re used to normally thinking about. When people think of biology, they think of technologically smaller things. People think of biological systems as you would think of a clock.

The teeniest gears to form sub-assemblies that all come together to form the overall organism in a hierarchy with small things being built up to bigger things like organs and being used to create bigger things like the organism.

I know one guy – my buddy, Chris – who is working on a project to figure out all of the feedback loops in human biology. They’re all over the place. Unlike with a clock, where everything feeds forward, the gears form in one way to form a sub-assembly and then into something like a clock, so something not very flexible.

In evolution, everything that easily originated and was helpful ended up being incorporated into humans and animals creating all sorts of complicated systems that are hard to root out. If you drew a diagram of all of the feedback systems, you’d end up with a thing that looks like a hairball or one of those maps of the Internet with the millions of curved red lines.

Or the maps of every route flown by an airline, except the airline flies to 50,000 cities rather than 300 cities. Lots of loops and arrows all over the place, which is a trans-technological thing. It is a way of doing things that goes beyond technology because technology as we build it for ourselves is pretty block-by-block and feeding forward, and not a lot of feeding back.

Although, the next era of technology and information processing will involve greater and greater amounts of feedback. The understanding of how greater and greater amounts of feedback work in practice. We’ll move into the era of big, complicated, unwieldy science and understanding.

Because, right now, we like a nice equation. The most simple famous equation now is E=mc2. It is simple as hell. There are processes in the world that require a dozen different feedback loops all functioning together.

With a dozen feedback loops, that’s 66 handshakes among the 12 different nodes. If every different handshake is described by an equation, that’s dozens of equations to describe some feedback system.

We, and our computing devices, are moving into a future where we’ll be better able to understand and exploit massively complicated systems. Systems based on massive feedback, which is a different kind of technology.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 74 – The Soul and Consciousness (5)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/30

Scott: What are some common mistakes in attempts to define consciousness?

Rick: Every time somebody tries to pin down consciousness, they are defining it and mistakes get built in. One mistake that I might include is that you have to be aware of yourself as conscious. You have to be aware of yourself as a being in the world. That one test for consciousness is whether you can recognize yourself in the mirror.

Other mistaken necessary ingredients for consciousness can be language and toolmaking. All of which can help indicate consciousness, but don’t necessarily mean consciousness. We can throw in the Arthur C. Clarke quote that is so overused it is a cliché: “Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic.”

That’s the natural world that our ancestors lived in, full of magic or divine ingredients because other tough things were not easily able to be understood. Over the past 400 years, we’ve explained a lot of previously unexplained stuff, and are able to take over a lot of the functions that were previously assigned to the divine.

With some functions on the medium horizon as being able to be done technologically, that would previously be assigned to God, e.g. resurrection.

Scott: We have species chauvinism tied to the idea of the soul. On the one hand, we see animals as soulless and, therefore, as machines. On the other hand, we see people as having souls and, therefore, as something partially machine-like, but something different like spiritual machines.

Some natural mechanism transcending nature, in part. Those thoughts have been rattling around in people’s heads for a long time.

Rick: Those dichotomies have been subject to contradiction, confusion, and, to some extent, not wanting to think about it. Even more so now because we have an understanding of some of the mechanics that underlie consciousness, it has always been a problem, at least for some people.

That we’re friendly with some animals and slaughter other animals for meat. Sometimes, it is both. Somebody raises a 4 age cow as a project and as a cow friend, but the end of that process can be selling that cow to be turned into meat.

If you grow up on a farm, I assume that’s part of being tough about farm life.

Scott: There’s also the sense of essentialism there. Someone raises that cow to around four-years-old, slaughters it, then begins to use the meat. They have an attachment to the meat. There’s a transfer of the essential concern and likingness of the cow when it was alive to its meat that can make one reluctant to eat it.

One can see this play out in things like overgeneralization, where people with dietary regimens, and therefore restrictions, will not eat something that is not only an animal but an animal product, e.g. dairy, or even as far as the end product simply coming from something with the face of an animal at one point.

Rick: This is an area where I think nobody has completely consistent beliefs. Everybody’s a little bit confused. Hunters will say it is cool to hunt if you use the animal that you hunt. They have contempt for people who criticize them as hunters saying, “Every time you go to the store and buy a package of hamburger. You are participating in slaughter, but just don’t see it. You are simply presented with a hygienically wrapped product. So, you’re a baby.”

The Trump kids who have gone on safaris. There are different degrees of contemptibleness of safaris in the minds of some people. One Trump kid is seen as contemptible because there is a picture of him with an elephant’s tail.

For an elephant he shot, it was part of a hunt. It was probably canned and choreographed. Some of these hunts take old animals that couldn’t survive in the wild, and then shoot them.

There was the dentist that shot a famous lion as part of a canned hunt. It garnered the world’s contempt for a month. The more we know about the mechanics of thoughts, biology, and chemistry. The harder it is to differentiate or draw a line between humans and non-human animals in terms of us having some divine spark, or divine difference, which leads to further contradictory belief systems.

These probably won’t start getting cleaner even if we live in ways that reduce slaughter. Slaughter is at crazy levels now. I am probably going to be off by billions here, but something like 40 billion chickens slaughtered in the United States every year.

It is in the order of several billion. I assume that means millions of pigs, certainly over a million cows. That’s a lot of killing. Most people don’t have a problem with that because “they are chickens and should be killed fast. Even if they are chickens, we don’t have to see the process.”

In the future, there will be less slaughter for a couple of reasons. The main one being raising meat is hugely expensive in terms of natural resources – raising a pound of meat uses up so many gallons of water. The world would run out of food if the rest of the world ate as much meat per capita as the United States does.

Scientists are working on developing artificial meat. Eventually, they will have decent product, which will mean less natural cow. Another force in the reduction of slaughtering is the uneasy feeling people have with slaughter, but, regardless of the level of slaughter, issues about slaughter are going to be not much closer to be resolved.

Whether it matters how much a chicken suffers for several reasons including that “well, yea, the chickens suffered, but we end up with nice chicken to eat.” Where people don’t really know how much philosophical weight to assign to slaughter, the general feeling is you don’t want to make things too difficult for meat animals.

Not just so we aren’t assholes in general, but that there isn’t a really easy way to keep score to how bad it is for an animal to raise it for meat and then slaughter it. Whether you get any more goodness points for a free range chicken or a farmed chicken with an amputated beak, there’s a good way to keep score.

If you’re an informationist, every living being, once that being is dead, all memory of suffering is eradicated, except through technological resurrection, which is kind of a long shot at this point. If suffering ultimately doesn’t matter because the memory or suffering is eradicated along with the brain that holds that memory and information, then you have to evaluate life, especially human life, in terms of whether that life was able to achieve goals other than suffering or not.

There are other ways to keep score. Was the human able to reproduce? Was the human able to live a full life and pass their values onto the next generation? If you look at the Holocaust, it scores badly for suffering.

But if you take suffering out because everybody dies and the suffering is not remembered, then you have to score it other ways as to whether a culture was destroyed, whether wealth was stolen, whether the Nazis were basically a giant criminal enterprise for the transfer of wealth from the people they, or it, was killing, whether victims of the Holocaust were not able to create the next generation, whether there was cultural destruction.

Even the damage to humanity’s image of itself, there are many ways to keep score. All of them, on all of those scales, you have to be really fucked up to give Nazi-ism a really good score for anything. In terms of scoring experience, there’s no good way to do that, or it’s tough. It is tough to do on a philosophical level because the default mechanism, which we don’t really have anything better than it, is the Golden Rule.

We know how it feels when good and bad things happen to us. To exercise the Golden Rule is to understand people have those same feelings and to want to maximise their good feelings in the same way we would want them to maximise our good feelings, but still no ultimate framework.

If there is no ultimate framework for humans, then there are a lot of persuasive frameworks, but there are fewer of those for animals. We want our pets to live good lives, but many people who have looked at PETA, for instance, have had the experience of seeing some of the things they say and deciding that it goes too far.

They are just a dog or just a cat. Or PETA aside, the decision on your dog with a tumor, and it will cause $5,500 to remove the tumor and do chemo. This may buy your dog another year. It doesn’t seem like an illegitimate question, especially if you’re only earning $60,000 per year.

Is it worth spending 10% of your annual income to save your dog another year? It is really hard to keep score around the quality of life of animals.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 73 – The Soul and Consciousness (4)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/29

Scott: As a materialist and an informationist, as defined earlier, nothing transcendent of space and time exists which could be called the soul. Rather, it is bound to the natural world. It is bound to the material world and the information processing ongoing in it.

Rick: Mostly yes, but there are little escapes from that, escape number one, which I don’t believe it, but has implications for the world. Let’s say we’re part of a simulation Matrix-style, the only thing you need to take from a Matrix-style simulation is that it is possible to encode the information that we think, or is, encoded in our brains and have that encoding survive external to our brains, which is something you can imagine happening in the future.

We’ll be able to do brain scans and turn our brains into code, and reproduce those codes in some other framework and have systems that way. That process can be applied to the past less effectively, where you want to make Abraham Lincoln again.

So, you track down his genes by finding his descendants, then come up with a most probable genetic profile and use that profile to develop a model of what his brain was probably like – or you straight out clone him based on most probable genetics.

Then you try to shape his brain based on everything that Lincoln ever wrote, said, and likely experienced. You end up with something that thinks it’s Lincoln, feels that it’s Lincoln, and is, maybe, 80% accurate as a version of Lincoln according to some scale.

Eventually, there will be numbers you can assign to something like this. I don’t know how that will work. We are, from day-to-day and month-to-month, slightly inaccurate reproductions of what we were before.

We change. We forget things. We learn new attitudes. Our brains and consciousnesses change incrementally. We’re okay with that because we’ve evolved to be okay with that. We feel there is, and there is, continuity among ourselves.

We evolved that way. If we didn’t have that, we wouldn’t be able to keep up with the world. There will be means of carrying on, external to the natural processes that carry us on day-to-day, in the future.

They will start out fairly crappy, low fidelity, in the area of wild guesses, but they will get better and better. You can be a materialist and an informationist, and still see the possibility for transcendence beyond our encased consciousness in space and time inside our heads once the technology exists to pull what’s in our heads and reproduce it elsewhere.

If you want, you could call certain deep structures to who we are the soul. You could have some technical resurrection based on some deep parameters. If you want to get creepy and science-fictioney about it, say there’s a revered ancestor, the grandma who lived to 88 and passes away in 2112.

To honor that grandma and by the time we’re good at brain scans, we don’t want to resurrect grandma, but honor her by taking the flavor of her soul, the patterns of her thought, and mold that into your gestating kid.

So, the kid comes out with a hint of grandma. As the kid comes out, they may have some of the same stubbornness, or willingness to stand up for the little guy, or a gruffness that hides a heart of gold, or a deep skepticism.

They’d be able to translate some of that stuff over. People will do all sorts of other stuff. People of the future, if they’re having offspring, will make sure their offspring will have the greatest chances for success.

We tweak our offspring by trying to pass on our values. There may be genetic, brain architecture, and brain chemistry ways to do that later. The creepy people of the future will take advantage of those things. Some of those means you can circle back to this whole idea of the soul.

Scott: Does the consistency over time amount to what some would term the “human spark”? That is, a relative deep consistency over the long haul in someone’s thoughts, behaviours, and general forms of information processing.

The idea of the human spark is a mistaken idea to an informationist because it is a thing to explain why we feel the way we feel as conscious beings. It gets to justify all sorts of differences being essential differences to give us dominion over the world.

We have language. We have art. We have consciousness of ourselves. We are aware of ourselves as conscious beings in the world. All of these different things have been argued to differentiate humans from animals.

Even in the 1930s with behaviorism, there was this idea that animals are collections of behaviors and reflections, and, to some extent, so are we. In the 1930s, it was fairly late to have this completely mechanistic, consciousness-denying, black box model of our experience of the world.

Which still leaves room for this superimposition of the human spark, the human spark is mostly, I think, a mistake, but you can look at mathematical ideas with regards to the ways we process information that we see as most analogous to that idea of the soul.

It would be to the deepest personality traits that are the least mutable over time. That is making excuse for the soul. We are calling these deep personality traits the soul, when it’s just another form of information.

Scott: A lot of historical figures – Augustine, Aquinas, or Anselm, for examples – wrote books referencing the soul. I haven’t read them in a while. They wrote many books. They mentioned the soul. When I did read them, the descriptions of the soul were akin to those with religious or transcendental sentiments and experiences with something as simple as mass.

If someone goes to a Catholic Mass or a Gnostic Mass, they have transcendent feelings and experiences. In the Catholic case, they might be called the “Holy Ghost” or the “Holy Spirit” in terms of the frame of reference that they can conceptualize that feeling, but we have the same genetics of people a couple thousand years ago or a couple, or a few, centuries ago.

To me, that indicates a universality in what people are associating it with a lot of the time. It was associated, in more modern terms, with transcendent experiences, or just emotions and feelings that are rarer and rarefied.

So, how do we and how do people in the past justify talking about the, without a concrete definition and a technical definition of the, soul?

Rick: In olden times, there was a lot of stuff that wasn’t readily explained. If you wanted an explanation, you had to go with a magical explanation or had to default to God. We live in a time where we have an explanation of just about everything including the shape of the universe.

The one area that remains hard to define in people’s minds is consciousness and the soul. Looking at the things that are part of our regular experience have various levels of explanatory complicatedness, gravitation was pretty much solved by Newton in the 1600s.

The shape of the universe, at least as we understand it now for the purposes of contextualizing most observational results, has arisen in the past 100 years. Genetics has been solved in the past 100, 150, years.

Most things have been solved at least in terms of having a superficial understanding. The one thing that remains easy to understand is consciousness and the related idea of the soul. It is a holdover from the magical and God-filled times of 1,000s of years ago.

Because most of the aspects were not understandable or understood, it was relatively common place to talk about things without precise definitions of them. A further definition of the soul, imprecise, is the phenomena it describes is not easily characterized.

Not only is it hard to understand what it might be, it is hard to characterize, but you have to be able to talk about this stuff. The experience of consciousness is common to just about everyone who doesn’t have some weird brain damage.

You have to be able to talk about it even if you can’t exactly define it. Although, by talking about it, you’re making an attempt to define it, which can often end up codifying or building in misconceptions.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius 72 – The Soul and Consciousness (3)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner

Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/28

Scott: Is the soul a religious assumption?

Rick: Not entirely, as time goes on, we become less religious as we find explanations that don’t require religion, but, even during the most religious times in history, there were still philosophers who would try to think about the soul without necessarily resorting to religion.

So, the soul is mostly seen showing up in religious contexts, but it is still an idea or set of ideas – because definitions vary – that exists outside of religious contexts. Regardless of religious context or not, the soul is the ‘human spark.’

It is the thing that makes us us, which is not anything beyond the material. It is this ineffable, hard-to-define, nebulous, non-specific, magic thing that is us when all of the specifics are removed. It is the general usness of us.

Whether it is a general humanness minus the specifics of any human existence or if it’s the general characteristics of somebody’s personality, the soul is the least specific aspect of humanness. It is what is left when you strip away all of the information and all of the specifics.

Hair color, how rich or poor you are, how old you are, all of those should feed into what the soul is, but if you’re a materialist, as I am, or an informationist, I think there’s nothing once you strip the information away.

I think there are more deep aspects to personality and attitudes to the world, feelings towards the world, such as arguing Einstein’s feeling for the beauty of creation, or the idea that there is a divine order found in beauty, would be closer to his soul than the business of life, of not wearing socks because he didn’t like how socks got holes in them or how they were uncomfortable when your toes poke things.

Or hooking up, when he became famous as the smartest guy in the world, he would have affairs.  His deep feelings about what makes a good physical law or physical theory are closer to his soul than the business of when and where he was hooking up with somebody.

Just because something is more nebulous or more ineffable, it is still characterizable via information. Once you remove all information, there’s no room for a soul. I think religious people who naturally assume everybody has a soul don’t spend a lot of time thinking about what a soul may or may not be.

They assume it is the human spark that makes us human as opposed to animals or rocks. That circular definition avoids the need to think specifically what a soul might be. When you get into religion, you can think of the soul as a moral underpinning – like your lungs get by living in a polluted city, where everyone is born with a pure soul.

You try to protect this innocent magic about the world, but the affairs of the world sully it. It still doesn’t help in determining what a soul might be, except that it is a wish list from God or Jesus about how you might want to be. A gift from them that you honor by being good. The gift is life and thought and the feeling of being human.

But again, I don’t even think religious people spend a lot of time thinking about what it is. They think that if they transgress then they are scuffing it up. This innocent thing that exists apart from some ideas, which exists independent of the world but can still be dirtied up by bad deeds in the world – by being dishonored. Since humans have souls, and animals don’t, then we’re different from animals.

There’s one thing. I think we are more educated about the mechanics of information processing than people of the past, so we don’t need to resort to the soul as a patch for any areas where we don’t understand how we work. But we don’t have a deep understanding of how we work, it does seem to be coming.

Thing two is since we understand how we work materially – that is, the ways thought comes from material processes in the world – then we don’t need that soul to explain thought to ourselves, which means we might be more open to looking at animals, if we live closely with animals, as having similar mental processes to us, but crappier because their brains are smaller.

I look at my dog. I see my dog having similar drives. Things the dog wants. Things the dog likes. Things the dog doesn’t like. The dog feeling good. The dog feeling bad. But on a much smaller scale, and on a mental landscape with less variety of emotion, it has less mental objects in it because she’s a dog.

She’s got a limited repertoire of likes, dislikes, emotions, because her brain could fit in a pill bottle. The dogs brain is maybe the size of two ping-pong balls taped together. She will be living in a scaled down existence compared to a human with a head that weighs 8 pounds and a brain that weights 2 or 3 pounds, but we still have a lot of mental characteristics in common that don’t need to be differentiated between via the idea that I have a magic thing called a soul.

It is more based on brain size and lifespan. I think people who are pro-life – I don’t think people put much thought into their positions of pro-life vs. pro-choice, but if they’d been taught about it they’d say your soul is attached to you at conception.

Otherwise, why get so upset over what happens to a tiny glob of cells that isn’t anywhere near what we think of as human? One way of arguing for pro-life is the soul gets stuck to you once you’re conceived. Another way of arguing is the potential is there.

Once a fetus or a human is conceived, if everything goes well for that fetus, that fetus will develop into a baby and you shouldn’t deny that potential. Although, you can argue against that in a variety of ways. What about those that are stillborn?

But we’re talking about the soul, not so much about anti-abortion, but the deal is that pro-choice vs. pro-life hasn’t really lessened much in vehemence since Roe v. Wade indicates that we’re going to enter into a landscape of further controversy and confusion, even when we start to have mathematical definitions of consciousness.

People are going to hold onto their attitudes about humans being special versus animals. If you think about being a meat eater, there are assumptions about specialness, or you have to live with the idea that you’re killing conscious beings because you like meat.

So, you have all of those confusions, even when we have the math of consciousness pinned down. When we have the index, the consciousness index, the amount of information being exchanged consciously in a human might be assigned at a base number of 100.

In a dog, it might be 12 or 14. In a pig, it might be 20. The amount of information being processed in that animal’s consciousness moment-to-moment or on average according to some index.

Further problems will arise when we have artificial but conscious information processors, AIs that process information consciously, which is broadband information sharing, real-time, among specialist sub-systems with, to some extent, value judgments and emotions being associated with the information.

One way to think of value judgments and emotion is informationally. That emotions set up a framework for thinking about the information that you’re processing. Information links the being’s goals and drives to the information it is receiving by evaluating the information relative to goals and drives, and feeling good if the information reflects the fulfillment of the goals and drives, or feeling bad at the thwarting of those goals and drives.

Emotions and values are the scorekeepers for information. It seems reasonable that some AIs will operate in ways that can be considered emotional. Wanting things, feeling good when they are closer to achieving goals, emotions aren’t just a magical overlay to add flavor to life. They are helpful interpreters of information.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.